Skip to main content

Full text of "Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of New-York"

See other formats 


seen sini 
Orns Bi 





PVN AAA 


es 


US 


aSg 


t, : A 
Sy Ss 
Zz 


WA 


” » 
An 
Wy 


Z 


LAWAW: 


a 


es 


wa WEN 


I 
EE 


TED i SST =a 7 aN es: “7 

; 4 IN IX 7 E = : = 
Wee CS 

» 4 Ee 

‘ ' ‘1 Qe 7 Z 

‘ : ' st o Ve 

‘ ‘ . 

‘ . ‘ . ~—j wy 

‘ ‘ ‘ af 

' ' ‘ ‘ ‘ aye 

' ‘ ' 

' ’ . ‘ 

‘ ‘ 

\Z 
ret a ia 


iy) 
AN 


if 
AV, 


[4 


TAA | VAY 


th 
A 


SL 


| 








n'y Fi ; ; 

















ANNALS 


OF THE 


LYCEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY. 





ANNALS 
of Molinske 
Sectional Librorv 


OF THE 


LYCEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY 


EW ONC. 


‘VOLUME VIIL 


New Work: 
PUBLISHED FOR THE LYCEUM BY 
Wal i tao Wi 0:0; Ds: Sie CaOyMiievAON: ¥;, 
PUBLISHERS, BOOKSELLERS, AND IMPORTERS, 


61 WALKER STREET, NEW YORK. 





1867. 


Tue New York PrintinG Company, 
81, 83, and 85 Centre Street, 
New York. 


OFFICERS OF THE LYCEUM. 
1867. 


President. 
CHARLES’A. JOY. 


Vice-Presidents. 
JOHNS.NEWBERRY. LIVINGSTON SATTERLEE. 


Corresponding Secretary. 
ROBE Rhy DEN Wel D DHE. 


Recording Secretary. 
ROBERT H. BROWNNE. 


Oreasurer. 


TEMPLE PRIME. 


Librarian. 


ORAN W. MORRIS. 


Committee of Publication. ’ 
TT BLAND’. Vs Bio (Gre I Ais 
Ce aa «dOry,. AM, Te AR AE EID) 
Ce Ry. CoH AN Dalene: 













er PT , 
.? 7 ‘ 
n ; 
: a | t na ; = 
as Res See 
7 ion | y | ul ie 
a | 
’ | jibe 7 
“u% 4 an a } 
i if ; ; oo . 
en et ne hh a 


ier Phi) HOYT ALE HE Pn 3 eta 
t 


| PS “at sien agente a 
a | meer erie yt ar fed ae, at 


isthe puaiabe Sar a 


‘at 


, ee ie TY Rk je clalaiges 


7 ; . ile " | ; y ; os 
pe) ih re aii 
. oR i au ‘he wh Wily (oo | 


i tn es shes 





CONTENTS 


OF THE 


El GH ey Vi Opie vik.. 





BY PROFESSOR ALEXANDER AGASSIZ, 


Nores on the Empryoioey or Srarrisnes (Tornarts) 
On the Young Stages of a few ANNELIDS ; C - 


BY §. ©. H. BAILEY. 
On the Mrneratocy of New York Island . ; ; ; s 6 


BY THOMAS BLAND. 
On the Family Proserrrvacera, with a description of a New Species of the 
Genus ProsERPINA . : : : : > : 
Remarks on Classifications of North Lae ican eens by HanOpene Au- 
thors, and especially by H. and A. Apams and ALBErRs 
Nore on certain Insecr Larva-Sacs, described as Species of Vaivatae 
Nores on certain Trerrestriat Mouiusca, with descriptions of New Species 


BY PROFESSOR THEODORE GILL. 
Nore on the Family of Myttoparoms, and on a New Species of Anronatis . 
On a Remarkable New Type of Fishes allied to Nemopuis . 
On a New Family Type of Fishes related to the BLennioms 
Expranation of Plate III. . . . : . : 2 : 5 


BY AUGUSTUS R. GROTE. 


Remarks on the SparnewwaE of Cuba, and description of a New Species of 
Ameputyx from Brazil : 5 : : : ‘ : 


BY AUGUSTUS R. GROTE AND COLEMAN T, ROBINSON. 
LepipopreroLogicaL Contributions —. : . : 
Notes on the Lepidoptera of America, No. 1. - 


BY THE HON. RICHARD HILL. 


Nores on the Natural History of the Scorrron : 
Avprrionat Note on the Natural History of the Scorpion 


BY PROFESSOR ©. H. HITCHCOCK. 
EsorietTion of a New Repritran Birp from the Trias of MassacHuserts 


PAGE 
240 
303 


185 


14 


il 
144 ° 
155 


135 
138 
141 
300 


195 


351 
432 


301 


viii CONTENTS. 


BY DR. J. W. HUBBARD AND SANDERSON SMITH. 
Caratocue of the Mollusea of Staten Island, N. Y. 


BY PROFESSOR CHAS. A. JOY. 


Examination of a few American Minerals 4 
Examination of American Blendes for TaaLtium and mie 


BY ALEXIS A. JULIEN. 
On the Geology of the Key of Sombrero. ° - : : : - 


BY HENRY KREBS, 


Remarks on some Species of West Indian Marine Shells in the Cabinet of 
Amherst College, Mass. B 

CaraLocur of Marine Mollusks, collected in the Batiane Tetanried in Revere 
beniiseb;s ect, aa ene 2 ame ee ee Bh 


BY GEORGE N, LAWRENCE. 

CaraLocue of a Collection of Birds, made in New Granada, by James Mc 
Leannay, Esq., of New York, with Notes and Descriptions of New 
Species. Part IV. : 

Descriptions of New Species of Birds of ite Eanes aeons Cate 
LipAk, and Trocuitipaxr, with a Note on PANTERPE INSIGNIS 

Caratoaue of Birds collected at the Island of Sombrero, W. I., with Bee: 
vations by A. A. JULIEN : : 

Descriptions of New Species of Birds of the arailies Pelean ae Den- 
DROCOLAPTIDAE, FORMICARIDAE, TYRANNIDAE, and TROOHILIDAE 

List of Birds from near David, Chiriqui, New Granada, collected for the 
Smithsonian Institution by Mr. Frep. Hicks, with descriptions of 
New Species 0 

Caratoeue of a Collection of Bir ier in ‘he Neeson of slid Sitheorian’ Insti- 
tution, made by Mr. H. G. Horzanp at Greytown, Nicaragua, with 
descriptions of New Species : : ° 

CataLogue of Birds observed in New York. i and Straten Isuanps, Sid 
the adjacent parts of New Jersey. . : = 

CHaracters of Seven New Species of Birds from Central and South 
America, with a Note on Tuaumattas curonurus, Gould . 

Descrietions of Six New Species of Birds of the Families Hirunprnrpax, 
ForMICARIDAE, TYRANNIDAE, and TROCHILIDAE . : : 

Descriptions of New Species of American Birds 

Desorretions of New Species of Trocai~maE 


BY THE REY. A. MATTHEWS, M.A. 


Description of a New Genus of TricnorreryerpaE lately discovered in the 
United States . : : : : 


BY PROFESSOR ORAN W. MORRIS. 


Summary of a Mrereororocioar Reersrer for the year 1863, kept in the City 
of New York 


251 


41 


92 


406 


46 


CONTENTS. 


Summary of the Meteorological Register for 1865, kept in the City of New 
York : : . : : : ; : : : 


BY EDWARD 8S, MORSE, 
Descriptions of New Species of Pupapar 


BY TEMPLE PRIME. 


Nores on Species of the Family Corsicutapar, with Figures. if PIS. 


Description of a New Species of Mollusca, of the Genus GLavconomE 
Nores on the Classification of the Corbiculadae, ete. 


BY SANDERSON SMITH. 
Norice of a Post-Pliocene deposit on Gardner's Island, Suffolk County, 


CATALOGUE of the Mollusea of Little Gull Island, Suffolk County, N. Y. 


BY R. P. STEVENS, M.D. 


Report upon the Past and Present History of the Geology of New York 
Island ‘ : ; 


BY THEO. A. TELLKAMPF, M.D. 


On the Classification of the ApHRrEDopERUS GIBBosus Le Sueur; Scoxopsis 
sAJANUs J. Gilliams . x i's Sir hers fe -£s : : 


BY PROFESSOR JOHN TORREY. 


On Ammosroma, &@ New Genus of Plants, allied to Corallophyllum and 
Pholisma . 


207 


149 
194 


108 


399 


59 


PLaTE 


PLatE 


PLATE 


PLATE 


PLATE 


PLATE 
PLatTe 
PLatE 
PLATE 
PLATE 
PLatE 


PLATE 


PLATE 


PLATE 


LIST OF - PLATES, ~ YOL. WHE 





1—Ammobroma Sonore, Torrey. 
For explanations see page 56. 
2.—Tornaria, 
For explanations see page 246. 
3.—Fig. 1. Plagiotremus spilistius, Gill. 
2. Head of the same from below. 
3. Cheenopsis ocellatus, Poey. 
For explanations see page 800. 
4.,—Key of Sombrero, W. I. 

Fig. 1. Geological map of the Key, the beds lettered upwards from 
A to F. 
2. Section of the same. 
5.—Key of Sombrero, illustrating the elevation and subsidence of the 
same. 


6. 
ie 
8 
9. 
10. 
11 


13.—Fig. 


14.—Fig. 


| 
* ‘The young stages of a few Annelids. 
J 


For explanations see pages 340, 343. 
12.—Fig. 1. ¢ Citheronia regalis, Hiibner. 
2. and 3. 4 Citheronia sepuleralis, Grote and Robinson, 


O O& £0 £0 <o & 4 OO OD ¥O 


Citheronia mexicana, Grote and Robinson. 
Charidea bivulnera, G. & R. 

Arctia mexicana, G. & R. 

Platythyris fasciata, G. & R. 

Platythyris fasciata G. & R. (reverse) 
Choerocampa laevis, Grote and Robinson. 
Choerocampa ceratomioides, G. & R. 
Ecpantheria leucarctioides, G. & R. 
Kepantheria leuearetioides, G. & R. 
Psychocampa concolor, G. & R. 


Prate 15.—Limulodes paradoxus, Matthews, 

For explanation see page 413. 
Pratt 15a.—Fig. 1. ¢ Drepanodes puber, G. & R. 
2. 2 Drepanodes varus, G. & R. 
3. 9 Drepanodes aquosus, G. & R. 


Pxate 16,—Fig. 


& £0 oF £0 & Os OD FO OD TH H fH BD BD OD DO ®& 


LIST OF PLATES. 


Endropia vinosaria, G, & R. 
Endropia vinulentaria, G. & R. 
Endropia textrinaria, G. & R. 
Endropia arefactaria, G. & R. 
Ellopia bibularia, G. & R. 
Ellopia pellucidaria, G. & R. 
Ellopia endropiaria, G. & R. 
Ennomos coloradaria, G. & R. 
Eupithecia anguilineata, G. & R. 
Cidaria cumatilis, G. & R. 
Cidaria atricolorata, G. & R. 
Melanchroia regnatrix, G. & R. 
Pantographa limata, G. & R. 
Pantographa limata, G. & R. 
Haemorrhagia buffaloensis, G. & 
Haemorrhagia buffaloensis, G. & 
Haemorrhagia floridensis, G. & R 


R. 
R 


Xe 





ANGING EY ES 


OF THE 


LYCEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY.’ 





I.— Catalogue of a Collection of Birds, made in New Granada, 
by James MeLeannan, Esq., of New York, with Notes and 
Descriptions of New Species. Part IV. 


: By Geo. N. Lawrence, 
Read April 27th, 1863. 


(Continued from Vol. VII., page 479.) 


In this Part of the Catalogue I include some additional spe- 
cies received from Mr. McLeannan since the publication of 
Part III., and also a few satisfactorily determined from a list 
furnished by him, without specimens—such for instance as the 
King Vulture, Musk Duck, Mallard, Brown Pelican, ete. I 
omit many others named in the list, as they require to be more 
positively identified. The list shows, however, that all the spe- 
cies inhabiting the locality (already shown to be remarkably 
numerous considering the restricted range in which Mr. Me- 
Leannan’s collections were made), are not at present embraced 
in my Catalogue. 

Having again thoroughly revised the species included in the 
preceding Parts of this. paper, I now publish corrections of 
ascertained errors, and also descriptions of such of the species, 
hitherto thought doubtful, as, after further study, I believe to 
be new. 


To Dr. P. L. Sclater, of London, I am under great obliga- 
MAY, 186%, tt Ann. Lyc, Nat. Hist, Vor, VIII. 


2 Catalogue of a Collection of Birds, 


tions for valuable assistance, always most kindly and willingly 
afforded. 


Fam. VULTURID. 
Supram. SARCORAMPHIN &. 


361. Sarcoramphus papa (Linn.). 
62. Cathartes aura (Linn.). 
63. re atratus (Bartram). 


Fam. FALCONID. 
Supram. AQUILINZE. 


364. Pandion Carolinensis (@Gm.). 
Fam. HIRUNDINID. 


Susram. HIRUNDININ A. 


365. Petrochelidom albilinea, sp. nov. 


ae leucoptera, Lawr. nec Gm. 
No. 156 of Part I. 


Male. Upper plumage glossy bluish green; a line of pure white runs 
on each side of the forehead from the nostrils to the upper eyelid, but 
not extending over the eye; lores black; rump white; upper tail 
coverts blackish brown ending with bluish green; tail blackish brown ; 
quills blackish brown, a few of the outer secondaries narrowly edged 
with white ; entire under plumage pure white ; bill and feet black. 

Length about 44 in.; wing 3; tail 12; tarsi ,4. 

The female differs only in being rather smaller. 


On a second comparison of this species with P. leucoptera, I 
found they were not the same, in general plumage they are 
much alike, but in dewcoptera the secondaries are broadly 
marked with white, whereas in this they have only a mere 
edging of that color; it also resembles P. Meyenii, Cab., but 
differs from both species, in haying a white line running from 
the bill to the eye. 


with Notes and Descriptions of New Species. 3 


366. Cotyle uropygialis, Lawr. Ibis. Vol. V., p. 181. 
“  flavigastra, Lawr. nec Vieill. No. 157 of 
Parti 


Fam. TROGONID 2. 
Sraram. TROGONIN, 


367. Trogon tenellus, Cab. Journ. f. Orn. 1862, p. 173. 
“ — qurantiiventris, Lawr. nec Gould. No. 20 
of Part I. 


The specimen in Part I. referred to aurantiiventris, was in 
poor condition, only a single tail feather remaining; having 
since received good examples of both sexes, also a young male, 
I think it will establish tenel/us, above referred to, as a good 
species. The young male agrees almost precisely with the 
description given by Mr. Cabanis (the only plumage in which 
it is described), even to the white mark on the hind part of the 
eyelid; this last character is in the adult female, but in three 
adult male specimens it is not apparent. 

This species certainly much resembles Z. atricollis, with 
which Mr. Cabanis makes comparison, but the plumage of the 
male is more golden above and the rump and upper tail coverts 
dark green; the most marked difference is in the color of the 
tail, which is light green in af¢ricollis, but in this of a dark 
bluish green, in some lights decidedly blue; the breast is bright 
orange yellow, pale in the young bird as stated by Mr. Cabanis ; 
the other markings are similar to those of atrzcollis. 

Length 94 in.; wing 44; tail 53. 

The brown color of the female is dull olivaceous not rufous, 
and the two central tail feathers and the outer webs of the two 
next on each side are deep cinnamon or chestnut brown, the 
inner webs of the latter being black, the three outer feathers 
are barred black and white, largely white at the ends. Mr. 
Cabanis calls particular attention to Mr. Gould’s description of 
the female atricollis, as having the six middle tail feathers 


4 Catalogue of a Collection of Birds, 


brown. I think this will be found not to be strictly so, but to 
apply to the two central entirely and the outer webs only of the 
two next; this is the case with the female of atricollzs in the 
Museum of the Phil. Acad., the inner webs of the two feathers 
next the central being black. 

Fam. BUCCONID. 


Susram. BUCCONIN 4. 


368. Malacoptila inornata (Du Bus). 


Fam. TROCHILIDA. | 


Sunram, TROCHILIN.2, 


369. LHeliomaster Sclateri, Cab. 


Fam. DENDROCOLAPTIN A: | 
' Susram. SCLEURIN&. 


370. Scleurus Gautemalensis, Sel. 
e Mexicanus, Lawr. nec Scl. No. 306 of 
‘Part DEE 


As it did not agree well with the description of JLewicanus, I 
sent the specimen to Mr. Sclater, who determined it to be the 


above species. 


[Susram. DENDROCOLAPTIN 


871. Dendrornis nana, Lawr. Ibis, Vol. V. p. 181. 


372. ia pardalotus ( Vieill.). 
: es guttatus, Lawr. nec Licht. No. 46 of 
Pari: 


This species is much like gutéatus in color, but is smaller, 
has a weaker bill, and the throat is paler. 


i 


with Notes and Descriptions of New Species. 5 
Fam. TROGLODYTID. 


Susram. TROGLODYTIN &. 


373. Cyphorinus Lawremcii, sp. nov. 
c it Sel. M.S. 
* cantans, Lawr. neo Gm. No. 
50 of Part I. 


In the Annals of the Lyceum, Vol. VIL, p. 293, I gave a 
description of this species and referred it to C. cantans, Gm. 
I was led into this error by specimens so labelled in the Museum 
of the Phil. Acad. On discovering that it was not that species, 
I sent specimens to Mr. Sclater, who decided that it was unde- 
scribed, and complimented me by conferring my name upon it. 

The measurements given in the description above referred to 
are those of the female; the male measures, length 54 in.; 
wing 23; tail 135 bill §; tarsi 1. 

I have one female specimen which has the chin and centre 
of the throat pure white, the chesnut color extending around it 
in a broad margin; this is probably an accidental variation. 


374. Thryothorus rufalbus, Lafr. 
: longirostris Lawr. nec Vieill. No. 
190 of Part IT. 


This species, in the Museum of the Phil. Acad., is labelled 
T. striolatus, which is a synonym of 7. longirostris ; finding 
on a new examination that this was not correctly named, I 
referred it to Mr. Sclater, who determined it to be Z. rufalbus. 


375. Thryothorus modestus, Cab. Jour. f. Orn. 1860, 
p- 409. 
sa leucotis, Lawr. nec Lafr. No. 191 of 
Part ay 


Mr. Sclater decides that this is the closely allied species of 
Mr. Cabanis referred to above. 


6 Catalogue of a Collection of Birds, 
Fam. MNIOTILTIDA. 


Supram. MNIOTILTIN A. 


376, Dendreca coronata (Linn.). 
377. DMyrodioctes mitratus (Gim.). 


. Faw. VIREONIDA, 
Supram. VIREONINA. 
378. Vireosylvia Bogotensis, Bryant ? 


This resembles V. olvacea, but is, I think, distinct; it may be 
Dr. Bryant’s species described Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H. Vol. VIL, 
p- 227, to which I refer it provisionally. 


Fam. FORMICARID. 
Susram. FORMICIVORIN&. 


319. Lormecwora virgata, Lawr. Ibis, Vol. V. p. 182. 
380. is meloenda, Sclater. 4 
381. Ramphocenus rufiventris (Bp.). 


Susram. FORMICARIIN &. 


382. Pithys bicolor, sp. nov. 
: leueaspis, Lawr. nee Scl. No. 
224 of Part IT. 


Male. Upper plumage of a uniform reddish brown; front and sides 
of the head sooty black; there is a black mark under the eye and 
extending down the sides of the neck ; tail brown; quills blackish brown 
on the inner webs, with the outer the same color as the back; throat, 
breast, and middle of the abdomen pure white; sides broadly marked 
with reddish brown tinged with olive; under tail coverts reddish brown 
tipped with grey; upper mandible black except the edges and tip, which 
with the lower mandible are whitish horn color; tarsi and toes brownish 
black. 

Length 54 in.; wing 3; tail 2; bill 425 tarsi 1. 

The female differs only in being a little smaller. 


with Notes and Descriptions of New Species. 7 


This resembles P. lewcaspis, but in that species the upper 
plumage is of a brighter color, more red, especially on the head, 
this color extending to the bill. I pointed out these differences 
in Vol. VII. p. 326, and have now determined that they will 
bear separation. 


283. Myrmelastes corvinus, Lawr. Ibis, Vol. V. p. 182. 
Fam. TURDID. 


Susram. TURDIN A. 


384. Turdus minimus, Lafr.? 


The 7. minimus, Lafr. is considered by some writers as of 
doubtful validity, and has been referred to Z. Swainsonz, Cab. 
Dr. Bryant, however (Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H.), considers it 
entitled to specific rank, based upon a specimen in his cabinet 
from Bogota. This bird is of the same dimensions as those of 
T. minimus, but apparently somewhat different in colors. 

My specimen is certainly very distinct from Swainson?, and in 
measurements agrees with those of Lafresnaye and Dr. Bryant, 
but in coloration it does not agree satisfactorily with either. 

Awaiting further light, and a comparison with Dr. Bryant’s 
specimen, I have placed it for the present as 7. minimus. 

An examination of the type, by some competent judge, will 
probably be necessary to properly establish the position of 
Lafresnaye’s bird. 


Fam. TYRANNIDA. 
Supram. ATTILIN &. 
385. Attila citreopygrus (Bon.). 
Susram. PLATYRHYNCHIN. 


386. Platyrhynchus superciliaris, Lawr. Ibis, Vol. V. 
p. 184. 
. cancroma, Lawr. nec Licht. No. 
250 of Part II. 


8 Catalogue of a Collection of Birds, 


A second examination showed this to be quite distinct from 
“ cancroma” and undescribed. 


Supram, ELAINEIN A, 


387. Myiozetetes marginatus, Lawr. Ibis, Vol. V. p. 
182. 


388. Rhynechocycius flave-olivaceus, sp. nov. 


Male. Third quill slightly longest, second, fourth, and fifth equal, 
first shorter than sixth. Upper plumage of a bright yellowish olive 
green, scarcely duller on the crown; tail olive brown with yellowish 
green margins; quills umber brown, the primaries edged with yellowish 
green, the secondaries with pale yellow; the smaller wing coverts are 
the same color as the back, the larger are brown, both broadly mar- 
gined with light yellow; entire under plumage pale yellow, brightest on 
the middle of the abdomen, on the chin slightly greyish; under wing 
coverts pale yellow; upper mandible black, the lower pale yellowish 
white; the tarsi appear to have been of a yellowish flesh color, toes and 
claws brown. 


Length 5 in.; wing 23; tail 23; tarsi 24. 


Allied to “sulphuwrescens” and “ cinereiceps,” but differs in 
wanting the cinereous crown and grey throat of those species, 
with the under plumage brighter yellow and the tarsi longer ; 
the bills in both those species are smaller and have the under 
mandible tinged with dusky. 


Supram. TYRANNIN A. 


389. Myobius atricaudus, Lawr. Ibis, Vol. V. p. 183. 
i barbatus, Lawr. nee Gm. No. 287 of 
Part ee 
On examining this species anew, I found it to differ from dar- 
batus as well as its other near allies sufficiently to justify its 
separation. 
390. Myiobius sulphureipygius, Sct. 
391. Hmpidonax Trailli (Aud.). 
392. Ke flaviventris, Baird. 


with Notes and Descriptions of New Species. 9 


Fam. COTINGIDZ. 
Susram. LIPAUGIN 2. 
393. Lipaugus albogriseus, sp. nov. 


Front and crown black; sides of the head plumbeous black; hind 
neck, back, and smaller wing-coverts of a rather dark ashy bluish grey, 
on the middle of the back slightly tinged with yellow; rump white; 
upper tail coverts like the back; tail black, the outer edge of the lateral 
feather and the tips of all the others narrowly margined with white ; 
wings, and middle and greater wing coverts black, the secondaries nar- 
rowly edged with white, the tertiaries and wing coverts broadly and 
conspicuously margined with white, the primaries wholly black ; throat, 
breast, and sides of a clear bluish ashy grey, lower part of breast, abdo- 
men, and under tail coverts pure white; under wing coverts and inner 
margins of quill feathers white; bill brownish black, base of under man- 
dible lighter brown ; tarsi and toes black. 

Third quill longest, fourth nearly as long, second a little shorter than 
the fourth, first intermediate between the sixth and seventh. 

Length 7 in.; wing 33; tail 82; bill 8; tarsi 14. 


It is with some hesitation that I have placed the above 
described bird in Lipaugus, but its affinities seem nearer to this 
genus than to any other. 


Fam. TANAGRID A. 
Susram. TANAGRIN A. 


394. Phenicothraupis fuscicauda, Cab. Jour. f. Orn. 
1861, p. 86. 


This differs from P. rubicoides (also found on the Isthmus), 
in having a well defined scarlet patch on the throat, the general 
color is of a deep vinous or purplish red, the wings and tail 
more brown and the bill rather larger; rubicocdes is more uni- 
formly red, and the prevailing color is much lighter. 

Thave aspecimen from St. Martha, which is of a still browner 
color than those from Panama, but this is attributable probably 
to its being younger. Mr. Sclater in his Catalogue of American 


10 Catalogue of a Collection of Birds, 


Birds, p. 83, gives P. erythrolema from this point; his spe- 
cimen was received from Verreaux with Bonaparte as authority 
for the name, to which Mr. Sclater says he can find no refer- 
ence. My specimens from the Isthmus and St. Martha I con- 
sider the same, and think it probable that the names of both 
Bonaparte and Cabanis refer to this species ; if so, and Bona- 
parte’s name was not published prior to the date of Mr. Sclater’s 
catalogue, fuscicauda will have priority. 

The female of this species is darker in color than that of 


rubicoides, the plumage both above and below having a green- 
ish olive shade. 


Fam. FRINGILLID. 
Supram. SPERMOPHILINE:. 


395. Spermophila semicollaris, sp. nov. 
: aurita, Lawr. nec Bp. No. 276 
of Part IL. 


Male. Upper plumage black, on each side of the neck a distinct lunate 
mark of pure white; tail black; quills brownish black, the middle pri- 
maries marked at the base with a white spot which is partly concealed 
by the wing coverts; the under plumage is mostly black, the middle of 
the breast and abdomen being white mottled with black; under wing 
coverts white; bill and feet black. 

Length 4 in.; wing 24; tail 13; tarsi 5%. 

The female is of a dull greenish olive above, and below of a tawny 
olive, lighter on the abdomen. 


I referred this species to aurita, Bp., with a question as to 
its correctness ; further investigation caused me to determine 
that it was distinct, and it not being known by Mr. Sclater, I 
have described it as new. 


396. Spermophila schistacea, sp. nov. 
cinerea, Lawr. nec Lafr. No. 
341 of Part UI. 


I gave a description of this species and pointed out wherein 


with Notes and Descriptions of New Species. abi 


it differed from S. cinerea, in Part III., and proposed the name 
now adopted should it prove to be different. Having satisfied 
myself that they are specifically distinct, I consider it entitled 
to the above name. 


Fam. PSITTACIDA. 
Suspram. ARAIN A. 


387. Ara aracanga (Linn.), 6 & 9 
398. Conurus chrysogenys, Mass. et Sowanc. 
pertinax, Lawr. nec Linn. No. 277 of 
Part IL. 


I placed this species as pertinaz with a doubt, and pointing 
out wherein they differed; a second examination satisfied me 
that they were not the same, and being unable to determine it 
satisfactorily I sent it to Mr. Sclater, who identified it as above. 


Susram. PSITTICINZ. 
399. Psittacus pulverulentus, Gm. 
Fam. PICID. 
Supram. PICIN A. 
400. Celeus squamatus, Lawr. Ibis, Vol. V. p. 184. 
Fam. CUCULID. 
Susram. CROTOPHAGINE. 
401. Crotophaga sulcirostris, Sw. 6 & Q 
Fam. COLUMBIDA. 
Susram. TURTURIN ZL. 
402. Streptopelia risoria (Linn.). 


This species appears to have established itself on the Isthmus 
in a wild state and found congenial quarters for its increase. 
Mr. McLeannan writes me that he had heard it “at two 
extreme points on the Isthmus, ten miles from the Atlantic and 


12 Catalogue of a Collection of Birds. 


six from any habitation, and also four miles from the Pacific 
close to a village, and have been told by a gentleman surveying 
here, who knows the bird well, that he saw them on a stream 
called the Cabiancho, a tributary of the Gatun.” 

It is probable that its colonization originated from a pair that 
had been domesticated. 

The specimen sent is in fine plumage, with no apparent evi- 
dence of its having been in confinement. The colors seem 
precisely as in the domestic bird, but in the single specimen 
sent there is a bare space around each eye, which may be acci- 
dental, but is worthy of being noted. 


Fam. CRACIDA. 
Supram. PENELOPIN @. 
403. Penelope purpurascens, Wagl. 
Supram. CRACIN AL. 


404. Crax globicera, Linn. 3 


Fam. ARDEID 4. 
Susram. ARDEIN JE. 


405. Ardea herodias, Linn. 
406. Herodias egretta (Gm.). 
407. Ardetta exilis (G'm.). 
408. Tigrisoma tigrina (Gm.). 
Fam. SCOLOPACID &. 
Supram. RECURVIROSTRIN &. 
409. Himantopus nigricollis, Vieill. 


Susram. TRINGIN 4, 


410. Actodromas maculata ( Vieill.). 


On the Family Proserpinacea. 13 
Fam. ANATID A. 


Supram. ANATIN AL. 


411. Dendrocygna autumnalis (Linn.). 
412. Anas boschas, Linn. 
413. Dafila acuta (Linn.). 
414. Catrina moschata (Linn.). 
Fam. PELECANID/. 
Supram. PELECANIN &. 


415. Pelecanus fuscus, Linn. 





Il. On the Family Proserpmacea, with Description of a New 
Species of the Genus Proserpra. 


By Tuomas Briann. 


Read April 27, 1863, 


Tur most recent writer on the family Proserpinacea is Dr. 
Gray, who, in his “Guide to the Systematic Distribution of 
Mollusca in the British Museum,” Part I. p. 188, 1857, thus 
describes its characters. 


ORDER SCUTIBRANCHIATA. 
Sus-orprErk PSEUDOBRANCHIA. 


Gills in form of branched vessels on the inner surface of the mantle. 
Body and shell spiral. The lateral central teeth large, irregular. Oper- 
culum none. Terrestrial. , 

These differ from Pulmonata in the mantle being free from the nape, 
leaving the pulmonary cavity open, and in the animal being unisexual. 
They differ from Phaneropnewmona, with which they have hitherto 
been united, in the teeth being truly Riphidoglossal.* 


* “Teeth transparent, glass-like, in numerous longitudinal series; the central 
5.1.5, variable in form; lateral very numerous, more slender, curyed at the 
tip.” —Gray, l, ¢, 


14 On the Family Proserpinacea. 
Famity PROSERPINADAL. 


Muzzle short, annulated. Tentacles lateral, subulate, short, distant. 
Eyes sessile on the outer side of the base of the tentacles; sides simple, 
without any membranaceous fringe or lateral beards. The lateral central 
teeth large, irregular, lobed or dentated. Foot moderate, truncated in 
front, acute and keeled above behind, with a concavity in the front part 
for the base of the shell, lined with an extension of the mantle. Oper- 
culum none. Shell spiral, depressed ; whorls close-pressed, more or less 
covered with a polished coat; aperture lunate, with a fold forming a 
slight truncate canal at the columnar angle. Peristome simple, acute ; 
throat and inner lip with spiral laminz ; axis covered with a callous 
deposit ; the septa between the upper whorls absorbed.’* 


In the Family under consideration there are two Genera, 
which, with the species hitherto known, are thus characterized 
by Pfeiffer (Mon. Auric. Viv., pp. 168-174, 1856). 


I. CERES GRAY. 


T. helicineeformis, carinata, superne rugosa, epidermide tenui obducta, 
basi callo nitido munita; apertura in speciebus notis utrinque lamellifera ; 


peristoma rectum, subincrassatum. 
1. C. eolima (Caracolla) Duclos. 


— apertura “lamellis 6 intrantibus coarctata, 2 parallelis parietalibus, 
1 subtrausversa columellari, 3 inaequalibus, extus pellucentibus in pariete 


basali.” 


Hab.—Province of Vera Cruz, Mexico.—(Sallé.) 


2. C. Salleama Cuming. 


— apertura “lamellis 6 coarctata, parietalibus 2, columellari 1 sub- 
torta, 3 in pariete basali, mediana maxima.” 


Hab.—Province of Vera Cruz, Mexico.—(Sallé.) 


‘ * See “On the absorption of parts of the internal structure of their shells by 
the animals of Stoastoma, Lucidella, Trochatella, Helicina, and Proserpina.” 
By T. Buanp, Ann. Lye. N. Y., vip. 77 


On the Family Proserpinacea. 15 


II. PROSERPINA GRAY. 


T. imperforata, helicineformis, subglobosa vel depressa, l:vigata, 
utrinque callo nitido obducta; columella unidentata; paries aperturalis 
lamina 1 vel pluribus spiralibus munitus; apertura lunaris, seepe laminis 
palatalibus coarctata ; perist. simplex, rectum. 


Pfeiffer divides this species into the two following sections :— 
A. Lamellis palatalibus instructs, (Genuine) § I., Nr. 1-2. 
B. Lamellis palatalibus carentes, (Odontostoma Orb.) § IL., 


§ I. 
1. P. mitida Gray. 


—— apertura “ lamellis 4-5 coarctata: 1 maxima in ventre anf. penul- 
timi (interdum superposita secunda, minore, profundiore, illiparallela), 
1 horizontali, subtorta, valida ad columellam, 2 parallelis in basi antrac- 
tus ultimi.”* 


Hab.—Jamaica. 


2. P. linguifera Jonas. 
&. minor. P. pulchra C. B. Adams. 


— apertura “5 plicata: plicis 2 ineequalibus in ventre anfr. penultimi, 
2 parallelis in margine basali, quinta valida, transverse prominente ad 
columellam.” 


Hab.— Jamaica. 
§ IL. 
3. FP. pisum C. B. Adams. 


— apertura bidentata: “dente 1 transverso ad columellam subyerti- 
calem, altero approximato ad parietem aperturalem.” 


Hab.—Jamaica. 


* Pfeiffer gives the following measurements of this species—Diam, maj. 9, min. 8, 
alt.4 mill. I have a specimen, Diam. maj. 11, min. 10, alt. 5 mill. The presence 
of the second parietal tooth is the rule rather than the exception, 


16 On the Family Proserpinacea. 


4. P. globulosa Orbigmy. 


— apertura bidentata: “dentibus approximatis, altero lamellzeformi, 


intrante in pariete aperturali, altero acuto in columella,” 
Hab.—lIsle of Pines; also Cuba. 
o. P. depressa Orbigmy. 


— apertura bidentata: “ dentibus approximatis, altero lamellzeformi, 


intrante in pariete aperturali, altero acuto in columella.” 
Hab.— Cuba. 
6. P. bidemtata C. B. Adams. 


— “apertura dentibus 2 instructa, altero prope basin columelle, 


altero pauld supra eum.” 
Hab.—Jamaica. 


It will be noticed that the existence of one or more parietal 
or palatal teeth, in addition to the fold or tooth on the colu- 
mella, is given as a characteristic of the Family. 

The recent discovery, however, of the species described in 
this paper as P. Swifti, having the columellar fold only, shows 
that it alone, so far as the teeth are concerned, is a constant 
character. 

P. Swift does not properly belong to Proserpina as defined 
by authors, but as that genus embraces species with and with- 
out palatal teeth, it may fairly be enlarged so as to include 
those with and without parietal teeth, all having the colu- 
mellar fold characteristic of the family. There are, however, 
other differences which might warrant my placing the species 
in a new Genus. 


Proserpina Swifti, nov. sp. 


T. depressa, tenuis, nitidissima, diaphana, fulva; spira vix elevata; 
sutura distincte impressay, anfr. 5 lente accrescentes, ultimus latus, basi 
convexiusculus, juxta columellam excavatus ; apertura lunaris, plicd den- 
tiformi, acuta, in columella munita; perist. simplex, tenue. 


Classifications of North American Helices. a Ws 


Shell depressed, thin, highly polished, diaphanous, reddish- 
yellow; spire little elevated; suture distinctly impressed; whorls 
5, slowly increasing, the last broad, rather convex at the base, 
excavated near the columella; aperture lunate, with an acute 
tooth-like fold on the columella; perist. simple, thin. 

Diam. maj. 10, min, 9, alt. 4 mill. 


fHabitat.—The mountains between Porto Cabello and Valen- 
cia, Venezuela. Rob’t Swift! 


Remarks.—This shell is most nearly allied in form to P. de- 
pressa Orb., but has less basal callus even than that species, 
and is readily distinguished from it, especially in being with- 
out the parietal lamella. In P. Swifte the delicate thinness 
of the shell, the impressed suture, and absence on the surface 
generally of the callous thickening which prevails more or less 
in the other species of the,genus are marked characters. 

P. Swifts is the sole representative of the Family at present 
known to inhabit South America. Ceres belongs to Mexico, 
on the borders of the Gulf. Proserpina had hitherto been 
found only in Cuba, the Isle of Pines, and Jamaica. 

I dedicate the species to my friend Mr. Robert Swift, who 
called my attention to it, and gave me specimens when I was 
with him in St. Thomas, W. I., in November, 1862. 





Il.—Remarks on Classifications of North American Hericrs 
by Huropean Authors, and especially by H. & A. Avams 
and ALBERS. 


By Tuomas Branp. 


Read October 12th, 1863. 


No classification or arrangement of Terrestrial Mollusks, 
embracing the numerous Genera and Sub-genera proposed by 
European authors, has at present been attempted or discussed 


by American Conchologists. 
QCTOBER, 1863. ye Ann, Lyc, Nar. Hist, Vou, VIII. 


18 Remarks on Classifications of 


In this paper I propose to give particulars of, and observa- 
tions especially upon the classifications* by II. & A. Adams, 
(Genera of Recent Mollusca, I1., London, 1855), and by Albers, 
(Die Heliceen, Leipsic, 1860, 24 Ed., by Von Martens), of the 
species of Helix which inhabit North America, exclusive of the 
Pacific Coast and Mexico. : 

The following extracts from the lists of species given in the 
former work will show the views of H. & A. Adams; the cor- 
rections printed in Italic letters, are added by myself. 


Fam. HELICID. 
Susram. HELICIN A. 
Gen. Helix L. 
Subgen, Potymira Beck. 
varians Menke. me 
Gexn. Macrocyclis Beck. 
Subgen. Vattonra Risso. 


annulata Case costata Miill. 
is exigua Stimp. pulchella Mill. 


Gey. Amchistoma} Kein. 


Ariadne Pfr. Dorfeuillianum Lea. 

auriculatum Say. Edgarianum Lea. 

avarum Say. fallax Say. 

cereolum Muhlf. fraternum Say 

clausum Raf. is var. of monodon M. & R. 
is inflectum Say. germanum Gould. 

convexum Raf. Hindsi Pfr. 
is monodon M. d&: R. hippocrepis Pfr. 

dentiferum Binn. hirsutum Say. 


* It is to be regretted that the first parts only of Gray’s Catalogue of Pulmo- 
nata, London, 1885, and Guide to the Systematic Distribution of Mollusca, 
London, 1857, issued from the British Museum, have at present been published. 

+ “ Shell orbiculately depressed, the umbilicus open or covered; whorls 5-7, 
the last detlexed at the aperture, often gibbous; aperture contracted, lunate, sub- 
triangular ; peristome reflexed, usually dentate; inner lip with a linguiform or 
tooth-like callus, often uniting the margins.” In the Synonymy of Anchistoma 
H. & A. Adams have Stenotrema Raf., Ulostoma Albers, Triodopsis Raf, Deeda- 
locheila Beck, Isogonostoma Fitz., ete. Gen. of Recent Moll., Il. 205. 


North American Helices. 19 


Hopetonense Shuttl. Roemeri Pfr. 
labyrinthicum Lea Rugeli Shuttl. 

is labyrinthicum Say. Sayi Binn. 
Lecontii Lea ‘spinosum Lea. 

is loricatum Could. Texasianum Moric. 
loricatum Gould. ; tridentatum Say. 
major Binn. Troostianum Lea. 

as var. of albolabris Say. uvuliferum Shuttl. 
monodon M. & R. ventrosulum Pfr. 
obstrictum Say. volyoxis Parr 
oppilatum Mor. is var. of septemvolva Say ? 
palliatum Say. vultuosum Gould. 


pustulatum Fer. 
is pustula Fer. 


Subgen. Mesopon Raf. 


albolabrum Say. multilineatum Say. 
appressum Say. Pennsylvanicum Green, 
elevatum Say. thyroides Say. 
Michelianum Lea zaleta Say 

is Mitchelianum Lec. is exoleta Binn, 


Subgen. PoryGyra* Say. 


fastigiatum Say profundum Say. 
is fastigans L. W. Say. septemvolva Say. 


Gen. Eberus Mont. 


Subgen, CAMPYLAEA Beck. 


electrinus Gould sportella Gould 
is viridula Menk. is var. of Vancouverensis Lea. 
Syn. pura Alder. strigosus Gould. 


Subgen, Arranta Leach. 


Townsendianus Lea. 


Gen. Eygromiia Risso.t 


Berlanderiana Morice. planorboides Raf. 
griseola Pfr. is concava Say. 
hispida L. rufescens Penn. 


* “ Shell discoidal, more or less carinated on the upper edge of the whorls, umbi- 
licated; aperture longer than broad; lips thickened, toothed or folded and con- 
tinued, folds concave beneath; pillar-lip raised above the preceding whorl and 
concave beneath.”—Say Jour. Acad. I. 276. 1818. W. G. Binney’s Ed. p. 10. 

: + In the Synonymy of Hygromia is Fruticicola Held—Gen. of Hecent Moll. 
.¢c. 214, 


20 Pemarks on Classifications of 
Fam. STENOPID 4. 


Susram. HELICELLIN Ai.* 
Gen. Sagda Beck. 


Subgen. Gasrroponta Albers. 


gularis Say. macilenta Shuttl. 
interna Say. is lasmodon Phill. 
Jasmodon Phill. multidentata Gould 
lineata Say. is multidentata Binn. 


Gen. Zomites Montfort. 
fuliginosa Griff. 


Subgen. Conuxus Fitzinger. 


egena Say. Gundlachi Pfr. 
fulva Drap. ligera Say. 
Syn. chersina Say. stenotrema Fer. 


Gen. Discus} Fitzinger. 


alternatus Say. planorboides Raf.” 

mordax Shuttl. is concava Say. 
is var. of Cumberlandiana Lea. solitarius Say. 

perspectivus Say. striatellus Anthon. 


Vancouverensis Lea. 


Gen. Heliceliat Lamarck. 


arborea Say. leevigata Raf. 

caduca Pfr. ligera Say. 

cellaria Mill. minuscula Binn. 

demissa Binn. nitida Mill. 
fuliginosa Griff. Syn. hydrophila Ingalls ? 
inornata Say. placentula Shuttl. 

intertexta Binn. is capsella Gould. 


* In the text, Helicelline stands as a subfamily of Oleacinidz, but in the Ap- 
pendix II. 639, H. & A. Adams add the following :—‘This sub-family having a 
caudal gland should be removed to the family Stenopide.” 

+ Patula Held. is in the Synonymy of Discus.—Gren. of Recent Moll. 1. ¢. 116. 

¢ “Tentacles short; edge-teeth of tongue aculeate. Mantle thickened and 
slightly reflected; tail obliquely truncated. Shell depressed, vitreous, shining, 
umbilicated ; whorls regularly increasing, the last not descending at the aper- 
ture; aperture rotundately lunar; peristome thin, straight.” H. & A. Adams 
have in the Synonymy of Helicella, Hyalina Fer., not Schum. and Zonites Gray 
not Mont?.—Gen. of Recent Doll. 1. c. 118. 


North American Helices. 21 


pura Alder. 
Syn. electrina Gould. 


unidentata Say 
is indentata Say. 


vortex Pfr. 


In the above lists incongruous fori.s both of shell and animal 
are placed together, allied forms are separated, and in several 
cases the names of species are repeated in different genera or 
sub-genera, and even in different families. 

Among other characteristics of the Fam. Helicide, H. & A. 
Adams give :—“ foot elongated, with the hind part simple and 
pointed behind, not glandiferous” (II. 126); and of the Fam. 
_ Stenopide : “ foot long and narrow, abruptly truncated behind, 
and furnished with a distinct, mucous, caudal gland” (II. 221) ; 
yet I find in the lists above quoted the following inconsist- 
encies :— 


Fam. Heticiw 2. Fam. SrENOPID A. 

Zonites stenotrema Fer. 

Helicella pura Alder. 

Discus Vancouverensis Lea. 
“  planorboides Raf. 


Anchistoma hirsutum Say. 
Iberus electrinus Gould. 

“ sportella Gould. 
Hygromia planorboides Raf. 


Looking at the lists of species in the different genera and sub- 
genera, I notice :— 


Polygyra septemvolva Say. 


Anchistoma cereolus Mublf. 
“ volvoxis Parr. 


e major Binn, Mesodon albolabris Say. 
e palliatum Say. “ _ appressum Say. 
fs Troostianum Lea. Polygyra fastigiatum Say. 


Zonites fuliginosa Griff. Helicella fuliginosa Griff. 


The arrangement of the North American Helices by Albers 
(Die Heliceen, 2d ed.) is certainly far more reliable and con- 
sistent than that of H. & A. Adams. It is based on a better 
knowledge of their forms and of the characters of the animals. 
The lists* given by the former are not simply alphabetical, as 
are those of the latter, but the aftinities of the species are con- 

* It will be understood that I extract from the lists given in both the works 


referred to the names only (with few exceptions) of the species which occur in 
North America exclusive of the Pacitic Coast and Mexico. 


22 Remarks on Classifications of 


sidered, their habitats stated, and geoeraphical distribution is 
largely taken into account. 

The following extracts (to which I also add corrections, 
printed in Italic letters) are from the above mentioned work of 
Albers. 


HELICEA. 
B. Vitrinea, 
Gen. XI. Myalima (Feér.) Gray. 
1. Hyatrna s. str. 


Type. H. cellaria Mill. 


cellaria Mill. indentata Say. 
viridula Menke. arborea Say. 
Syn. pura Alder. Ottonis Pfr. 
“ electrina Goud. is arborea Say ? 


limatula Ward. 


2. Mesompuix Raf. 


Type. H. olivetorum Hermann. 


fuliginosa Griff. demissa Binn. 

* lucubrata Say. placentula Shuttl. 
inornata Say. is capsella Gould. 
subplana Binn. ligera Say. 
laevigata Raf. intertexta Binn. 


4, Ammonoceras Pfr. 


Type. H. euspira Ptr. 
caduca Pfr. 


6. Conutus (Fitz.) Moq-Tand. 


Type. H. fulva Drap. 
fulva Drap. Fabricii Beck. 
Syn. chersina Say. Gundlachi Pfr, 


* This is mentioned as from Ohio and Georgia, whereas it is a Mexican species. 
HE. lucubrata Binn. (levigata Raf.) is probably intended. Vide Remarks o» 
Amer. Helicide. Annals, VII. 130. 


North American Helices. 23 


7. Gastroponta Albers. 


Type. HH. interna Say. 


bicostata Pfr. labyrinthica Say. 

as gularis Say. lineata Say. 
interna Say. multidentata Gould 
gularis Say. is multidentata Binn. 
suppressa Say. Jasmodon Phill. 


macilenta Shuttl. 
zs lasmodon Phill, 


Gen. XII. Macrocyclis Beck. 


Type. M. laxata Fer. 


vellicata Forbes concava Say. 
as Vancouverensis Lea. (planorboides Raf.) 
Vancouverensis Lea, 


C. Helicacea. 


Gen. XV. Helix Linn. 
2. Micropuysa Albers. 


Type. H. Boothiana Pfr. 


minuscula Binn, incrustata Poey. 
vortex Pfr. 


5. Paruna Held. 


Type. H. rotundata Mill. 


perspectiva Say. mordax Shuttl. 

striatella Anthon. as var. of Cumberlandiana Lea. 
exigua Stimp. solitaria Say. 

Cumberlandiana Lea. strigosa Gould. 

alternata Say. sportella Gould 


as var. of Vancouverensis Lea. 


15. Potyeyra Say. 


Type. H. auriculata Say. 


eereolus Muhlf. Troostiana Lea. 
volvoxis Parr fatigiata Say (non Binn.) 
var. of septemvelva Say ? és fastigans L. W. Say. 


delitescens Shuttl. 


* microdonta Desh. 
Texasiana Moric. 
Ariadnse Pfr, ? 
Hindsi Pfr, 
oppilata Mor. 


24 Ltemarks on Classifications of 


ventrosula Pfr. 
hippocrepis Pfr. 
auriculata Say. 
uvulifera Shuttl. 
avara Say. 


16. Srenotrema Raf. 


Type. 
hirsuta Say. 
maxillata Gould. 
stenotrema Fér, 
Edgariana Lea. 
spinosa Lea, 
monodon Rack. 


H. spinosa Lea. 


germana Gould. 
pustula Fer. 
leporina Gould. 
Lecontii Lea 

is loricata Gould. 
barbigera Redf. 


1%. Triopoprsis Raf. 


Type. 

Rugeli Shuttl. 
inflexa Say 

as inflecta Say. 
loricata Gould. 
clausa Say. 
vultuosa Gould. 
hopetonensis Shuttl. 


H. palliata Say. 


fallax Say. 
tridentata Say. 
palliata Say. 

var. obstricta Say. 
appressa Say. 
divesta Gould. 
elevata Say. 


18. Mresopon Raf. 


Type. H. albolabris Say. 


thyreoides Say: 
bucculenta Gould, 
exoleta Binn. 

var. albolabris Say, 
major Bion. 

is var. of albolabris Say. 
profunda Say. 
Sayi Binn. 


dentifera Binn. 

var. Roemeri Pfr. 
multilineata Say 
pennsylvanica Green. 
Jugallsiana Shuttl. 

as Ingallsiana Shuttl. 
Mitchelliana Lea. 


20. Acantutnuta Beck. 


Type. H. aculeata Mill. 


harpa Say. 


* The habitats given of H. microdonta are Key West and Bermuda. The Key 
West shell has been described by me (Annals VII. 138) as H. Carpenteriana. 
The Bermuda shell has been distributed at H. delitescens Shuttl. in litt. ; it is, I 


believe, H. microdonta Desh. 


North American Helices. 25 
21. Vationta Risso. 


pulchella Mill. 
a. costata. 
b. pulchella, 


23. FruricicoLa Held. 


Type. H. hispida L. 
rufescens Penn. hispida L. 


37. Artonta Leach. 


Type. H. arbustorum L. 
Townsendiana Lea. 


52. Potymita Beck. 


Type. H. muscarum Lea. 
varians Menke, submeris Migh. 
is varians Menke. 

Looking at the lists of Albers, I do not understand why . 
caduca Pfr. should not be in the same genus with fuliginosa, 
ete. L7. labyrinthica Say, with reflected lip, is in Gastrodonta 
(sub-gen. of Hyalina), but the characteristic peristome both of 
genus and sub-genus, as described, is of the one “ tenue, acu- 
tum, rectum,” and of the other, “simplex, acutum.” Pfeiffer 
(Malak. Blatt.) has this species in Mesodon. H. sportella Gould, 
in my opinion, var. of Vancowverensis Lea (Annals VIL. 366), 
is in Patula (sub-gen. of Helix), while Lea’s species is in Macro- 
eyclis. H. clausa Say and divesta Gould are in Triodopsis, of 
which palliata Say is the type, but they have no teeth, and 
must have been misunderstood ; they seem to belong rather to 
Mesodon. 

H. obstricta is considered a var. of palliata, albolabris of 
exoleta, and Leoemert of dentifera ; in the opinion of American 
Conchologists all are distinct species. 

LH. Ingalisiana Shuttl. (Mesodon), misspelt in the list quoted 
Jugalisiana, was so named in compliment to Dr. T. R. Ingalls 
of Greenwich, N. Y., but not described by Shuttleworth, who 


26 Remarks on Classifications of 


several years ago called my attention toit. Hesent me a plate 
(executed under his direction), in which it is figured with //. 
clausa, Mitchelliana, Pennsylvanica, and Columbiana. It 
appears in form more like, but smaller, than Pennsylvanica, 
having a somewhat similarly shaped aperture, without, how- 
ever, the callosity on the lower margin of the lip; the umbi- 
licus partially open. Ihave seen no specimen agreeing with 
the figures. 


After arranging a series of typical specimens from my Cabi- 
net in accordance with the classification of Albers, I prepared 
and annex a copy of a Catalogue of all the species which inha- 
bit North America (exclusive of the Pacific Coast and Mexico) ; 
the order in which they are given is based on that of Albers, but 
with changes in agreement with, and so as further to illustrate 
the views herein expressed. 


Comparing my Catalogue with the lists of Albers, it will be 
noticed that I place together at the commencement, /7. fuli- 
ginosa and the allied species. I do so because several at least 
of the animals of those species are known to have the mucous 
pore or slit on the posterior termination of the foot, in which 
they agree with the animal of the genus Zonites. 

Dr. Binney (Terr. Moll. IL), in his descriptions of the animals 
of the undermentioned species, gives the following among other 
characters : 


H. fuliginosa Griff—*a double marginal furrow runs along the sides 
of the foot, from the head nearly to the posterior extremity, where it 
passes upwards, and joins that from the opposite side, leaving posteriorly 
a flattened rounded extremity, somewhat prominent and glandular. 
Upon the centre of the extremity is a longitudinal fissure, or sinus, 
which is sometimes expanded, and at other times closed and invisible. 
Secretion of mucus from the extremity profuse.” (p. 223.) 

H., laevigata Raf. (lucubrata Binn.)—“ margin of foot furrowed, fur- 
rows meeting over posterior termination. Caudal extremity bluish 
above, with agland.” (p. 225.) 

H. inornata Say.— a marginal furrow extending along the edges of 
the foot, and meeting above and before its posterior termination. Behind 
the junction is a prominent, sub-conical, bluish-white gland, on the extre- 
mity of the foot.” (p. 227.) 


North American Helices. i 


W. G. Binney and myself are enabled, from personal obser- 
vation, to corroborate the statement of Dr. Binney as to the 
existence of the mucous pore in fuliginosa and laevigata, and 
have noticed it also in kopnodes. Looking at the forms of the 
shells, I assume its presence in frdabilis and caduca, and suspect 
that it will be found in subplana and sculptilis, although the 
latter has considerable affinity with éndentata. 

Gray (Catal. of Pulmonata, 1855) has the genus Zonites in 
the Family Arionide, butin a paper, “ On the Arrangement of 
the Land Pulmoniferous Mollusca into Families” (Ann. and 
Mag. of Nat. Hist. VI., 3d Series, 267, 1860), he suggests im- 
portant changes in the arrangement proposed in the Catalogue. 

In the paper referred to he thus characterizes and remarks 
on the family Parmacellid, to which, as I understand it, he 
anticipates that Zonites will be found to belong: 


“Mantle central, large, shield-like, free in front, more or less covered 
with a spiral shell. Young and adult alike. Foot truncated behind, 
with a subterminal gland. Parmacellus, Mariella, Laconia (Cat. pp. 
62, 63), Vitrinella, Nanina, and the allied genera, will probably be 
found to belong to this family when the animals are more closely exa- 
mined.” 


With the description of Zonites, in which he places one Ame- 
rican species only (ewryomphalus Pfr., from Guatemala), Gray 
introduces an account from Feérussac (Zab. Sys. 10) of the 
animal of /Z. algira L., the type of the genus, in which the fol- 
lowing occurs :—‘ If the mucous pore does not exist in this 
species as in the Arions, a well marked slit is to be observed in 
its place, to which the grooves on the upper part of the foot 
tend.” 

Albers thus describes the Genus Zonites :— 


“Zonites Montfort. T. umbilicata, orbiculato-convexa vel depressa, 
striata vel decussata, subtus laevis, nitida; anfr. 6—7 sensim accrescentes ; 
apertura obliqua, lunaris ; perist. rectum, acutum, intus leviter labiatum. 

“ Maxilla magna, simplex, parum arcuata, a latere attenuata, medio 
tuberculo valido, rostriformi munita. Palpi labiales distincti. Porus 
mucosus oblongus in apice pedis. Radula denticulis marginalibus elon- 


28 Lemarks on Classifications of 


gatis, aculeiformibus. Folliculi mucosi, bursa et sagitta amatoria 
desunt, flagellum obsoletum, vagina papillis mucosis orbiculatim cir- 
cumdata.” Die Heliceen, 2 ed. p. 65. 

Albers divides the genus into two subgenera, viz. Aegopis 
Fitz. and Moreletia Pfr., of which algirus L. and euryompha- 
lus Pfr. are the types. He has no American species excepting 
euryomphalus in the genus, and although extensively remark- 
ing on Dr. Binney’s writings places fuliginosa and its allies 
in Mesomphix, a subgenus of Hyalina, in the description 
of the animal of which no reference is made to the mucous 
pore. 

I should mention that Dr. Binney (Zerr. oll. I. 253), in his 
description of the animal of HZ. suppressa Say, adds: “ On the 
upper surface of the extremity of the foot is a longitudinal 
fissure or furrow, from which mucus exudes in great quantities, 
and which the animal shuts and closes at will.” I have very ' 
lately examined the animal referred to, and find the above state- 
ment correct. Dr. Binney does not allude to that character in 
his notice on the animal of the very closely allied Z. gularis 
Say, which I have not at present seen. Looking at the shells 
alone of suppressa and gularis, they seem to belong to the same 
genus, but the absence of the mucous pore in the animal of the 
latter will widely separate these species. 

Differences appear to exist in the form and structure of the 
mucous pore or slit (subcaudal gland), requiring careful exa- 
mination. 


Albers, referring to the fulcrum, first mentioned by Lea, has 
in his description of the genus Stenotrema the following :—‘ In 
quarta parte circuitus anfractus ultimi ante aperturam, coln- 
mella appendice callosa, lamelliformi, cavationem anfractus 
coarctante, munita est.” 

In my “ Lemarks on certain species of North American Heli- 
cide” (Annals VI. and VIL), and also in my “ Votes on the 
toothed Helices of North America” (Annals, VII. 442), I made 


North American TTelices. 99 


various observations on the fulcrum and its modifications, but 
some further explanation on the subject is necessary. 

The following species have the same form of that accessory 
process as prevails in spinosa, the type of Stenotrema, viz. : 


H. monodon M. & R. H. hirsuta Say, 
barbigera Redf. labrosa Bld. 
Edvardsi Bld. maxillata Gould. 
Edgariana Lea. leporina Gould. 
stenotrema Fér. pustuloides Bld. 


A simple, small, transverse tubercle, which I have called a 
modification of the fulerum, is found in— 


H. pustula Fer. H. Troostiana Lea. 
tholus W. G. By. fastigans L. W. Say. 
“var. Mooreana W. G. By. hippocrepis Pfr. 
Dorfeuilliana Lea. loricata Gould. 


In my “ Notes” above referred to I placed H. Hazardi in 
section “D. Lip reflected, with fulerum ;” but in my “ Re- 
marks” (Annals VI. 393) I more correctly described it as 
follows :— 

“In H. Hazardi the inferior tooth of the labrum, at its inner end, is 
continued back within the aperture, forming a white, erect lamella on 
the floor of the whorl, parallel with, and leaving a narrow sinus between 


it and the inner wall, to which it is joined at its extremity, about 24 mill. 
from the edge of the peristome.” 


In ZZ. vultwosa and its near ally 4. introferens, the lamella 
on the lower lip is continued within the aperture, where it ter- 
minates in a somewhat diagonal, elevated callus. 

The lamella in Hazardi, and callus in the two above named 
species, placed much nearer to their apertures than the fulcrum 
or tubercle in those enumerated in the two preceding lists, can 
scarcely, perhaps, be considered as modifications of the fulerum. 

It will be noticed that Albers places in Stenotrema ZZ. pustula, 
also H. Lecontit Lea from California (the latter as loricata 
Gould, which name has priority, in Triodopsis), both having the 
tubercle as in Zroostiana and other species put by Albers in 


30 Remarks on Classifications of 


Polygyra. 1. germana Gould, from California, also in Steno- 
trema, has no fulerum or any modification of it. 

Hf. spinosa and the species more immediately allied to it, 
having the same form of fulcrum, are grouped together in my 
Catalogue, while those having the tubercle and H. Hazardi, 
all polygyral in character, are separated from them. JZ. lepo- 
rina and pustuloides, with the fulcrum of spinosa, are placed 
apart; in general form they seem also to belong rather to Poly- 
gyra than Stenotrema. //. vultuosa and introferens precede 
species determined by Albers to be in Triodopsis. 7. hippo- 
crepis (with the tubercle as in pustwla), having a reflexed hook 
far within the aperture, connects the group in which the latter 
is placed with that embracing auriculata and its allies. 

The value, as generic characters, of the fulerum and tubercle 
above described (existing in North American species only, so 
far as [ am informed), remains to be decided. 


No scientific arrangement of the North American Helices 
can, however, be framed until more is known of the animals. Dr. 
Gray (Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist. 1. c. 268) remarks on “ the 
impossibility of defining with accuracy and certainty, from the 
examination of the shell alone, the genus, family, or even order 
to which a Mollusk may belong ;” adding that, “ shells similar 
in external appearance and character have animals of different 
conformation and habits.” In this connexion I would mention 
that Mr. W. G. Binney and myself are now aiding in an investi- 
gation of the jaws and lingual teeth of asmany North American 
species as possible, of which figures will be published in a work 
now being prepared for the Smithsonian Institution. 


The chief object of this paper being to facilitate and encon- 
rage inquiry by affording information, I conclude by annexing 
to the Catalogue copies of the descriptions, given by Albers, of 
the principal Genera and Subgenera in which he arranges the 
American species of Helix herein mentioned. 


North American Helices. 31 


Catalogue of the Species of Helia which inhabit North Ame- 
rica (caclusive of the Pacific Coast and Mexico), arranged 
especially with reference to the forms of the Shells, and show- 
ing the Genera and Subgenera in which they are placed by 


Pfeiffer and Albers. 























PFEIFFER, 1855. ALBERS, 1860. 
Malak. Blatt. Die Heliceen. 
Gen. Hetrx. Gen. HYALINA. 
Subgenera. Subgenera. 
fuliginosa Griff. Hyalina Mesomphix 
kopnodes W. G. Binn, = = 
friabilis as ss = 
caduca Pfr. «“ | Ammonoceras 
inornata Binn. = Mesomphix 
subplana “ = & 
laevigata Raf. a a 
sculptilis Bld. — — 
* 
cellaria Mill. 3 Hyalina 
nitida “ 6 | (74 
hydrophila Ing. ? 
tarborea “cc 46 “ce 
limatula Ward | “ | < 
viridula Menke “ “« 
electrina Gould | 
indentata Say « ss 
* 
Elliotti Redf. = | os 
* | 
demissa Binn. a | Mesomphix 
capsella Gould ; = - 
ligera Say as ae 
intertexta Binn. $f gs 
* 
fulva Drap. | Conulus Conulus 
chersina Say 
egena ae 
Fabricii Beck Ke &“ 
Gundlachi Pfr. . de 
% 
gularis Say Gastrodonta Gastrodonta 
suppressa Say + « 











Norr.—The species marked = in the columns of the above Catalogue are not 
named by the Authors in the lists quoted. 


Sv) 
bo 


lasmodon Phill. 

* 
interna Say 
multidentata Binn. 
lineata Say 

x 


tpolygyrella Bld. & Coop. 


labyrinthica Say 
Hubbardi Brown 
x 


+ Vancouverensis Lea 
var. sportella Gould. 


concava Say 
* 


minuscula Binn. 
milium Morse 
minutissima Lea 
vortex Pfr. 
incrustata Poey 

* 
asteriscus Morse 
exigua Stimp. 
perspectiva Say 
tstriatella Anthon. 
alternata Say 
Cumberlandiana Lea 

“ var. mordax Shutt. 

tstrigosa Gould 
+Cooperi W. G, Binn, 
tsolitaria Say 

* 


cereolus Mulhf. 
Carpenteriana Bld. 
septemvolva Say 
“ var. volvoxis Parr. 
* 
Texasiana Moric. 
triodontoides Bld. 
Hindsi Pfr. 
ventrosula Pfr. 
* 
oppilata Mor. 
auriformis Bld. 








Preirrer, 1855. 
Malak. Blatt. 





Gey. Hetrx. 
Subgenera. 


Actinaria 
(73 


6“ 


Mesodon 


Macrocyclis 


66 


Hyalina 


| Polygyra 


“ 


“ 


Daedalocheila 


Ulostoma 
Daedalocheila 














Remarks on Classifications of 


ALBERS, 1860. 
Die Heliceen. 
Gey, Hyatina. 
Subgenera. 
Gastrodonta. 





Macrocyclis (GEN.) 
Patula (Hexrx) 
Macrocyclis (GEn.) 
Genus HeEtix 
Subgenera 
Microphysa 





North American Helices. 


Bd 





avara Say 
espiloca Rav. 
Postelliana Bld. 
auriculata Say 
uvulifera Shuttl. 
Ariadne Pfr, 

* 


hippocrepis Pfr. 
* 


pustula Fer. 
tholus W. G. Binn. 


“ var. Mooreana W. G. iB: 


Dorfeuilliana Lea 
Troostiana “ 


fastigans L, W. Say 
* 

Hazardi Bld. 
* 


leporina Gould 
pustuloides Bld. 
* 


monodon M. & Rack. 
barbigera Redf. 
Edvardsi Bld. 
spinosa Lea 
Edgariana Lea 
stenotrema Feér. 
hirsuta Say 
labrosa Bld. 
maxillata Gould. 
* 
vultuosa Gould 
introferens Bld. 
* 


inflecta Say 
Rugeli Shuttl. 


*Mullani Bld. & Coop. 


Hopetonensis Shuttl. 
tridentata Say 
fallax cs 
palliata ‘ 
obstricta 
appressa “ 

* 


elevata &“ 











Preirrer, 1855. 


Malak. Blatt. 
Gen. Hetrx. 
Subgenera, 


Daedalocheila 


Isogonostoma 


Ulostoma 
Daedalocheila 
(T9 


| 


Ulostoma 


Tridopsis 


Ulostoma 


Isogonostoma 


Ulostoma 
(T3 


Mesodon 





ALsERs, 1860. 
Die Heliceen. 


—— + 


Subgenera. 
| Polygyra 


| Polygyra 


Stenotrema 





“ 
“cc 
“ 
“ 
“cc 
46 
“ 


Triodopsis 


Gen. Hetrx. 








OCTOBER, 1863, 


3 Ann, Lyo. Nat. Hist, Vou, VIIL ab 


34 Teemarks on Classifications of 


Clarkii Lea 
* 
Christyii Bld. 
x 


thyroides Say 
bueculenta Gould 
Wheatleyi Bld. 
exoleta Binn. 
albolabris Say 


“var. major Binn. 


dentifera Binn. 
Roemeri Pfr. 
profunda Say 
Sayii Binn, 

* 
m ultilineata Say 
Pennsylvanica Green 
clausa Say 
Mitchelliana Lea 
Downieana Bld. 
divesta Gould 

* 
harpa Say 

* 


pulchella Mall. 


costata 6 
* 


rufescens Penn. 


hispida L. 
* 
jejuna Say 
Berlanderiana Moric. 
griseola Pfr. 
* 
+Townsendiana Lea 
* 
hortensis Mill, 
* 


aspersa Miill. 
* 


varians Menke* 


H. bulbina Desh. 


egena Say 


glaphyra Say 


PFEIFFER, 1855, 
Malak. Blatt. 


Gen. Hetrx. 
Subgenera, 


Mesodon 


Ulostoma 
39 


14 
6¢ 


Mesodon 


Galaxias 
6c 


Arianta 
Tachea 
Pomatia 


Phaedra 


Species not Identified. 
H. Ingallsiana Shuttl. 
porcina Say 
tenuistriata Binn. 





ALsBeErs, 1860. 
Die Heliceen. 








Gen. Hetrx. 
Subgenera. 


Mesodon 
“cc 


Triodopsis 
Mesodon 


Triodopsis 
Acanthinula 


Vallonia 
79 


Fruticicola 


Polymita 


(Se) 
Or 


‘ North American Helices. 


Descriptions of the principal Genera and Subgenera in which 
certain North American Species of IHelia are arranged by 
Albers, “ Die Heliceen,” 2d Ed. 


GENUS XI. 
Hyauina (Fer.) Gray. 


Testa plerumque umbilicata, tenuis, nitens, vitrea vel fusco-cornea ; 
anfr. 5-7 regulariter accrescentes, ultimus non descendens, sepe antice 
dilatatus ; spira depressa, rarissime orbiculate-conica; apertura rotun- 
dato-lunaris ; perist. tennue, acutum, rectum. 

Animal: maxilla simplex (nec sulcata nec dentata), arcuata, margine 
inferiori acato, medio rostriformiter prominente. Apertura respiratoria 
latere dextro supra collare, genitalis ad basin colli. Systema sexuale 
simplex, sagitta amatoria ejusque bursa et folliculi mucosi omnino desunt ; 
flagellum parvum vel nullum, musculus retractor penis brevissimus, 
Dentes linguze (radulz) laterales elongati, hamiformes, lateribus non 
denticulati. 


1. Hyatina s. str. 


Testa umbilicata interdum perforata, depressa, vitrea, nitida; anfr. 
5-6 regulariter accrescentes; spira rarissime conico-elevata; apertura 
rotundato-lunaris; perist. tenue, acutum, rectum. 


Flagellum breve (Moq.-Tand.). 


2, Mrsompuix™ Raf. 


Testa umbilicata vel perforata, globoso-depressa, tenuis, striatula, 
fusco-cornea, subtus pallidior, nitida ; anfr. 4}—6, apertura lunari-ovata ; 
perist. simplex, rectum, acutum, marginibus conniventibus, columellari 
reflexiusculo, Flagellum nullum ; bursa copulatrix apice angusta, canali 


brevi. (Mogq.-Tand.) 
4, Ammonoceras Pfr. 


Testa late et perspective umbilicata, depresse orbicularis, nitida, pel- 
lucida, tenuis, radiatim striata; spira planiuscula; anfr. 4-7 parum con- 
vexiusculi, ultimus auctus, antice non descendens, ad peripheriam rotun- 
datus ; apertura perobliqua, ampla, rotundato-lunaris ;_ perist. simplex, 
acutum, marginibus conniventibus. 


* “ Mesomphix umbilicus expanded, exhibiting the volutions.” Raf. Vide Terr, 
Moll. 1. 49. 


36 Remarks on Classifications of 
6. Conutus (Fitzinger) Moq.Tand., - 


T. imperforata, vel angustissime perforata, turbinata, arctispira ; anfr. 
5-6, convexiusculi; apertura depresso-lunaris, anfr. penultimo valde 
excisa, parum obliqua. Perist. marginibus remotis. 

Maxilla carina verticali parum expressa, rostro mediano brevi, obtuso. 
Tentacula inferiora crassa, 


7. Gastroponta Albers. 


©, subperforata vel umbilicata, orbiculato-convexa, corneo-diaphana, 
vitrea, plus minusve ruguloso-striata; anfr. 5-73; apertura lunaris, basi 
dentibus pliciformibus, marginem non attingentibus, seepissime munito ; 
perist. simplex, acutum. 


GENUS XII. 
Macrocyctiis Beck. 


T. tenuis, late umbilicata, depressa, striata vel rugulosa, concolor, anfr. 
44_5, ultimus latus, depressus, antice modice descendens; apertura obli- 
que ovata; perist. subincrassatum vix expansiusculum, margines approx- 
imati, basalis breviter reflexus. 

Maxilla arcuata, medio rostrata, tota costulis confertis marginem non 
attingentibus exarata. 


GENUS XV. 
Hetrx L. 


T. discoidea, globosa vel conoidea, apertura transversa, obliqua, lunaris 
vel rotundata, marginibus distinctis. 

Maxilla arcuata, perpendiculariter costata, margine crenato. Dentes 
linguales numerosi, medii trifidi, laterales bifidi, breves. 

(Sagitta amatoria in plerisque.) 


2. Micropuysa Albers. 


T. umbilicata, depressa, tenuis, striatula, vix nitens; spira applanata ; 
sutura distincta; anfr. 4-5 convexiusculi, lente accrescentes, ultimus non 
descendens; apertura lunari-rotundata; perist. tenue, simplicissimum, 
marginibus convergentibus, 


5. Parura Held. 


T. aperte umbilicata, depressa, discoidea vel turbinata, cornea, rugosa 
vel costulato-striata; anfr. 4-6 aequales vel lente accrescentes; apertura 
lunari-rotundata ; perist. simplex, rectum, acutum, 


North American Helices. oT 


Maxilla costis numerosis, parum prominentibus, margine crenato. Fol- 
liculi mucosi, sagitta, capreolus, flagellum desunt. 


15. Potyeyra Say. 


T. umbilicata vel perforata, orbiculato-planata, oblique costulato-stri- 
ata; anfr. 5-74 lente accrescentes, ultimus antice constrictus, breviter 
deflexus, basi inflatus, devians, penultimus plane conspicuus, perfora- 
tionem seepissime rimatim constringens; apertura subreniformis vel irre- 
gulariter sinuata; perist. anguste reflexum, callosum, marginibus inter- 
dum dentatis, callo triangulari, deutiformi, in parietem aperturialem 
oblique intrante junctis. 


16. SrenoTREMA™ Raf. 


T. obtecte perforata, lenticularis vel globoso-depressa, pilosula; anfr. 
44-6, ultimus antice gibbus, breviter deflexus, basi tumidus; spira 
parum elevata; perist. albo-labiatum, margine supero breviter reflexo, 
basali strictiusculo, saepe sinuoso dentato. 

In quarta parte circuitus anfractus ultimi ante aperturam, columella 
appendice callosa, lamelliformi, cavationem anfractus coarclante, munita 
est. 


17. Trrovopsist Raf. 


T. obtecte perforata vel umbilicata, orbiculato-depressa vel subglobosa, 
plus minus oblique striata; anfr. 5-7, ultimus antice paululum de- 
flexus; apertura sinuoso-coarctata, subtriangularis; perist. albo-callo- 
sum, late angulatim reflexum; paries aperturialis dente valido, oblique 
intrante munitus. Maxilla costis 3-5, prominentibus, margine dentato. 
Folliculi mucosi 2, simplices. (Moq-Tand.) Sagitta 1 subconica, parum 
arcuata, basi biangulata, elongata. (Ad. Schmidt.) * 


18. Mxesopon{ Raf. 


T. umbilicata vel obtecte perforata, subglobosa vel orbiculato-depressa, 
tenuis, subtiliter striata, interdum decussatim sculpta; anfr. 5-6 regulares ; 
apertura rotundato-lunaris, interdum dente parvulo in pariete aperturiali 


: * “ Curmotrema.—Aperture transverse, extremely curved, resembling a simple 
ssure. 

“ ToxorreMa.—Differs from the preceding by the emarginate lip. 

“ SrenorreMA.—Differing from the two preceding by a thick emarginate lip, and 
a second lip flattened to the spire and uniting with the true lip; a transversal 
earina above.”—Raf. Vide Jerr. Moll. lc. 49. 

t ‘‘Trroporsis.—Umbilicus large, lip thick, aperture narrowed by three teeth, 
one upon each lip and one upon the columella.” Raf. Vide Terr, Moll. l. c. 49. 
Wh Mesopon.—Differs from Helix by lower lip with a tooth.” Raf..Vide Terr. 

oll. 1. c. 49, 


38 Classifications of North American Helices. 


coarctata ; perist. albo-labiatum, expanso-reflexum, margine basali rare 
unidertato, 


Maxilla costis crassis circa 10, valde prominentibus. 


20. AcantutnuLa Beck. 


T. perforata, globoso-turbinata, vel epidermide brunnea, costulato- 
plicata vel aculeata induta; anfr. 4-5; apertura rotundata; perist. 
tenue, expansiusculum, marginibus approximatis. 

Tentacula inferiora et palpi labiales sat magna. (Moquin Tandon.) 


21, VatuontrA Risso. 


T. umbilicata, depressula, diaphana; anfr. 34-4; apertura obliqua, 
subcircularis; perist. candidum, labiatum, reflexum, marginibus conti- 
guis vel conniventibus. 

Maxilla costis numerosis, margine parum crenulato. Folliculi mucosi 
nulli? Sagitta 1, longa, conica, levis, (Goldfuss.) 


23. Fruricicota Held. 


T. umbilicata vel perforata, depresso-globosa, interdum pilosa; anfr. 
5-7 convexiusculi ; apertura late lunaris vel lunato-rotunda; perist. acu- 
tum, brevissime expansum, intus labiatum, margine basali reflexo. 

Maxilla costis numerosis (usque 20), margine subtiliter crenulato. 
Folliculi mucosi plerumque 2, bi-quinquefidi. Sagitta 1-2, conica, arcu- 
ata, apicem versus aciebus instructa. Vesicula pedunculata magna, 
appendice coeca carens. (Paasch.) 


87. Arionta Leach. 


T. umbilicato-perforata, conoideo- vel depresso-globosa, tenuis; anfr. 
5-6, ultimus leniter descendens; apertura lunato-rotunda; perist. late 
labiatum, marginibus parallelis, basali dilatato, umbilicum saepe tegente. 

Maxillis costis 4-6, distantibus, prominentibus, inzequalibus, margine 
dentato. Folliculi mucosi 2, simplices. Sagitta 1 arcuata, apice incras- 
sata, basi biangulata. 


52, Potymira Beck. 


T. aperte vel obtecte perforata, globosa, nitida, spira brevis; anfr. 4—5, 
ultimus magnus, ad aperturam deflexus; columella basi dilatata ; aper- 
tura contracta, subverticalis, rotundato-lunaris; perist. simplex, obtusum, 
intus labiatum, marginibus distantibus. 


ADDENDUM. 


The foregoing paper relates especially to species of Helix 
which inhabit North America, exclusive of the Pacific Coast 
and Mexico. I used the term “ Pacific Coast” as employed by 
W. G. Binney in his “Check Lists” published by the Smith- 
sonian Institution, in which Lists the species of the “ Pacific 
Coast from the extreme north to Mazatlan” are separated from 
those of “ Eastern North America from the boreal regions to 
the Rio Grande,” the Rocky Mountains being considered as the 
dividing line of the two faunas. My Catalogue, however, em- 
braces species (indicated by a t) collected by Dr. J. G. Cooper 
on the Pacific side of the Rocky Mountains, several of which 
species occur also on the ZLastern side; I refer particularly to 
Hf. arborea, striatella, and solitaria. Under these circum- 
stances, and having been requested to do so, I annex the fol- 
lowing Catalogue of species arranged in the order adopted by 
Albers, including those marked — which he does not mention. 
I add his descriptions of two Subgenera of Helix which are not 
represented in’ Eastern North America. 


Catalogue of the Species of Heliw which inhabit North Ame- 
rica West of the Leocky Mountains, from the extreme North 
to the northern limits of Mexico, exclusive of those marked + 
an the preceding Catalogue. 


ALBErs, 1860. 


Die Heliceen. 
cultellata Thomson aa This belongs pro- 
fulva Drap. Conulus. bably to Zonites. 
Newberryana W. G. Binn. = 
germana Gould Stenotrema 
loricata =“ Triodopsis 
vultuosa Gould a 


EE EE eee 

* A number of new species have been discovered in the prosecution of the 
Geological Survey of California and otherwise, specimens of some of which I have 
received. At a late date descriptions of them had not been published. 


40 Classifications of North American Helices. 


ALBERS, 1860. 





Die Heliezen. 

devia Gould Mesodon 

Syn. Baskervillei Pfr. 
labiosa Gould “ 

Syn. Columbiana Lea 
fidelis Gray Aglaja 
infumata Gould == 
Dupetithouarsi Desh. Arionta 
Californiensis Lea “ 

Syn. vincta Val. 
Nickliniana Lea “6 
tudiculata Binn. “ 
arrosa Gould “ 

olim aeruginosa Gould 
levis Pfr. a“ 
Kelletti Forbes a 
Pandorae “ ee 
exarata Pfr. Ut 
reticulata Pfr. ae 
redimita W. G. Binn. With this and the 
intercisa following — species 


ramentosa Gould = marked — I am al- 
Ayersiana Newe. = most entirely unac- 
Bridgesii “ = quainted, but they 
Carpenteri “ = seem to belong to 








Mormonum Pfr. Arionta. 
Traskii Newe. = 
areolata Sowb. Euparypha 

Hielix L. 


84, Ag asa Albers, 


Type. H. Audouini Orb. 


T. umbilicata, orbiculato-convexa, striatula, fasciata; anfr. 44-6, ulti- 
mus antice profunde descendens ; apertura lunato-ovata, valde obliqua; 
perist. incrassatum, expanso-reflexum, album, marginibus conniventibus, 
columellari dilatato, reflexo, libero, umbilicum partim occultante. 


40. Evparypua Hartm. 


Type. H. pisana Miill. 


T. perforata, depresse globosa, corneo-calcarea, tzniata; anfr. 5, supe- 
riores planati, carinati, ultimus inflatus; apertura dilatato-lunaris, intus 
sepius labiatum, margine columellari, reflexo. Maxilla costis 2-3 
approximatis, validis. Folliculi mucosi 2. Sagitta 1, coronata, aciebus 
4 instructa, conica, recta. Capreolus nullus. 


Descriptions of New Species of Birds. 41 


IV.—Descriptions of New Srxctes of Birds of the Families 
Tanaarip#, Cucutipx, and Trocawipz, with a Note on 
PANTERPE INSIGNIS. 


By Gro. N. Lawrence. 


Read June 18th, 1864. 


Fam. TANAGRIDA.. 


1. Saltator fulviventris, nov. sp. 


Entire upper plumage and sides of the head dull olive green; quills 
blackish brown edged with olive green; tail feathers blackish brown 
with greyish olive margins ; superciliary stripe yellow; chin and throat 
pale fulvous, deeper in color on the lower part, and bordered on each 
side with a line of black ; breast fulvous tinged with olive, abdomen 
reddish fulvous; under tail coverts rather light rufous; under wing 
coverts pale reddish fulvous, outer edge of shoulder pale yellow ; sides 
under the wings brownish olive; bill black at the base, fleshy brown at 
the end; tarsi and toes brown. 


Length about nine inches; wing 4; tail 44; bill 135 tarsi 1, 


Habitat.—Paraguay. Collected on Capt. T. J. Page’s Expe- 
dition ; marked on the label “ eyes dark green, legs dark.” 


Remarks.—This does not appear to resemble any species with 
which I am acquainted; the yellow superciliaries, fulvous 
under coloring, and dark tail with an olive upper plumage, 
seem peculiar characteristics. 


2. Tachyphonus tibialis, nov. sp. 


~ Male. Head, cheeks, chin, wings, and tail deep black; ear coverts, 
upper and under plumage fuliginous or sooty black, darker on the back 
and rump, greyish on the hind neck and under surface ; upper part of 
the breast tinged with yellowish olive; thighs of a clear light yellow ; 
bill black ; tarsi and toes dark brown. 

Length 74 inches; wing 33; tail 333; bill 4; tarsi 1. 


JUNE, 1864, 4 Ann. Lyc, Nat. Hist. Vou. VIII. 


42 Descriptions of New Species of Birds. 


Habitat.—Costa Rica, San Jose. 


The specimens of the Family Tanagride, belonging to the 
Smithsonian Institution, were sent me for examination by Prof. 
Baird; among them were the two species above named, which 
I think have not been heretofore described. 


3. Tachyphonus Napensis, nov. sp. 


Male. Glossy black; crest of a reddish fulvous orange; smaller wing 
coverts, and also the under wing coverts white; rump and hypochon- 
driacal region chestnut; bill and feet black. 

Length 6 inches; wing 34; tail 2115; bill 4; tarsi 2. 


Halitat—Napo River. In my collection. 


Lemarks.—Somewhat like T. surinamus, but smaller, the 
crest deeper in color and less in extent; the most marked dif: 
ference, however, is in the color of the rump, which is reddish 
chestnut, instead of pale fulvous, as in Z. surinamus. 


Fam. CUCULID 2. 


4. Coccyzus Julieni, nov. sp. 


Front ashy, upper plumage greenish with a tinge of brown on the 
head, wings, and back; tail olive green with the shafts of the central 
feathers pale rufous, the three outer feathers end with dull white, and 
the exterior web of the outer one is of the same color for two-thirds its 
length from the end; quills olive brown, the greater coverts and the 
secondaries on their outer webs tinged with pale rufous; the throat and 
the upper part of the breast is of a clear grey, the abdomen, under tail 
coverts, and inner lining of wings white; upper mandible black except 
on the sides at the base, where it is orange-yellow, under mandible 
orange-yellow, with the tip black; tarsi and toes black. 

Length 104 inches; wing 5; tail 4g; bill $5 tarsi 13. 


Habitat.—Sombrero. 


Descriptions of New Species of Birds. 43 


Remarks.—Obtained by Mr. Alexis A. Julien, in compli- 
ment to whom I have named it. 

Differs from the other yellow-billed West India species, in 
being without any rufous coloring below or on the quills. 


Fam. TROCHILID. 
5. Urechroa leucura, nov. sp. 


Upper plumage shining grass green, becoming coppery-bronze on the 
rump and upper tail-coverts; two central tail feathers dull bronzy green, 
blackish purple at the end, the four other feathers on each side white, 
the outer feather margined broadly and the other feathers narrowly on 
the outer webs, with dull black, and a narrow edging of the same color 
near the end on the inner webs of the three outer ones, but a broader 
margin on that of the feather next the central; wings brownish purple ; 
throat brilliant dark blue; chin, sides of the neck, breast, and sides of 
the abdomen shining green; middle of abdomen dull dark ash; under 
tail-coverts bronzed coppery olive ; bill and feet black. 

Length 5} inches; wing 27; tail 12; bill 13. 


Habitat.—Ecuador. 


Remarks.—This is closely allied to U. Bougueri (Boure.). 
It may possibly be that species, and it is with some hesitation 
that I venture to describe it as distinct; there are some differ- 
ences, however, of color and markings which I cannot reconcile. 

Mr. Gould, in Monog. Troch. (where a fine figure of U. Bou- 
guerz is given) describes that species as having the sides of the 
head and the upper plumage of a dark coppery bronze, becom- 
ing brighter or more coppery on the upper tail-coverts. In the 
present bird, with the exception of a very slight tinge on the 
crown, the rump and upper tail-coverts only are coppery, the 
rest of the upper plumage being green. The two species differ 
materially in the color of the tail. Mr. Gould states that U. 
Bouguert has “the two centre and the outer tail feather on 
each side purplish black; the remaining tail-feathers white, 


44 Descriptions of New Species of Birds. 


broadly margined externally, ete., with purplish black.” In 
my species the central feathers are dark green, and all the 
others white, margined with dull black. 

Two specimens examined differ only in one (apparently not 
so mature), having the inner web of the feather on each side, 
next the central ones, almost entirely black, clouded white in 
the middle. 


6. Urosticte rufficrissa, nov. sp. 


Male. Entire upper plumage deep grass green; wings brownish 
purple ; tail-feathers dull bronzy green, the four central largely tipped 
with pale creamy white, below the white these feathers are washed with 
coppery bronze, the other tail feathers being also largely so towards 
their ends; throat of a deep luminous emerald green; breast and abdo- 
men grass green ; crissum of a rather light rufous; bill black; feet dark 
brown. 

Length about 44 inches; wing 2,3, ; tail 1435 bill g. 


Habitat.—Kcuador. 


Remarks.—In a collection from Ecuador, I was much gra- 
tified by finding a second species of this remarkable form, the 
only representative of the genus heretofore being U. Benjaminz, 
Boure. It differs from that species in being larger in all its 
proportions, in not having a violet mark beneath the luminous 
throat (which is of a much deeper green), nor the white spot 
behind the eye; the crissum is rufous which in the other is 
ereen; the form of the tail and the white markings on the central 
feathers are precisely asin U. Benjamin, but it is more deeply 
forked, the outer feathers extending half an inch beyond the 
middle ones, or twice as much as those of that species. 


7. Ramphomicron olivaceus, nov. sp. 


Male. Entire upper plumage, including the tail, dull bronzy olive 
green ; wings light bronzy purplish brown ; the gorget, of brilliant scale- 
like feathers, is emerald green on the chin, ending in more elongated 


Descriptions of New Species of Birds. 45 


feathers of fiery crimson which terminate with violet purple; under 
plumage dull brownish olive; vent light fulvous grey ; under tail-coverts 
dull bronzy olive green, each feather margined narrowly with greyish 
fulvous; bill and feet black. 


- Length 54 inches; wing 33; tail 2g; bill ,9. 
Habitat.—Bolivia, La Paz. 


Remarks.—This exceeds in size any species of the same genus, 
the wings longer and the bill stouter, the feet and claws are 
strikingly large and strong. 

The only species it at all resembles is 2. heteropogon, but 
that has a bright green crown, and the upper plumage is of a 
shining green and reddish bronze, whereas the one now de- 
scribed is of auniform olive; the feet and bill of 22. heteropogon 
are feeble compared with those of the new species, the feet and 
claws of which are twice the size of those in the other. 

The above described species, received at the Smithsonian 
Institution in a collection from Bolivia, was sent to me for exa- 
mination ; it also contained some valuable additions to their 
museum, viz. Orcotrochilus Estelle, Ramphomicron Stanley?, 
etc. 


In a collection from Costa Rica, also belonging to the Smith- 
sonian Institution, I found a specimen of Panterpe msignis, 
Cab.; the example described by Mr. Cabanis was, I believe, 
unique at the time it was figured by Mr. Gould in his Mono- 
graph of the Trochilidz. The specimen agrees exactly with 
Mr. Cabanis’s description ; it isa very beautiful and well marked 
species. In the same collection are specimens which I have 
concluded to be females of this species, and of which I add a 
description, as this sex has not been heretofore known. It dif- 
fers in some of its colors and markings very decidedly from the 
male, and but for their coming together I should have been at 
a loss where to place them. 


46 Summary of a Meteorological Register for 1863. 


Panterpe insignis, female, 

Upper plumage shining grass green, crown duller and of a coppery 
tinge; middle tail feathers bronzy grass green, the other tail feathers of 
' this color except one third at their ends, where they are black ending in 
very pale buff; wings purplish brown; a broad white mark extends 
back from the eye over the ear, below which is a broad mark of black 
running from under the eye down the side of the neck; entire under 
plumage dark rufous; thighs black as in the male; bill black; under 
tail coverts greyish buff. 

Length 4 inches; wing 2,5, ; tail 13; bill 72. 





V.—Summary of a Mxrrrorotocican Reaster for the Year 
1863, kept in the City of New York. 


Bx Proressorn Oran W. Morris, 


Read June 18th, 1864. 


Tur year 1863 was warmer than any year for the last ten, 
being 1.62° more than the mean, and .369° more than 1861, 
which was considered a warm year. The highest temperature 
of 1863 was not quite as high, nor the lowest as low as some of 
the years, but a more uniform warmth prevailed during the 
whole year. The quantity of water from rain and melted snow 
was 1.37 inch greater than in any other of the ten years, and 
6.303 inches above the average for the same time. 

The following remarks on each month include notices of the 
phenomena that occurred in each, and a comparison with the 
previous nine years. The table shows the maximum, minimum, 
and mean of the barometer and thermometer, the quantity of 
rain and melted snow, and the prevailing wind for each month. 

The month of January was warmer than any January, except 
1858, and quite variable. The thermometer at 7 a.m. of the 
15th was at 56.8°, and fell in 24 hours 36.8°. The barometer at 
7 am. of the 16th was 29.216 inches, and at 7 a.m. of the 18th 


Summary of a Meteorological Register for 1863. 47 


30.719 inches, a rise of 1.518 inches. The quantity of water 
that fell inrain and snow was greater than in any except in 1899 
and 1862, Rain fell on 10, and snow on 6 days. The prevail- 
ing wind was north-east. Lunar haloes were observed four 
times, and shooting stars once. 

February was warmer than any February, except in 1857 and 
1859. The temperature was variable, for at 9 p.m. of the 1st 
the thermometer indicated 45°, and at 9 p.m. of the 4th it was 
6°. At2p.m. of the 6th it had risen to 47.5°. The barometer 
rose from 29.756 in. at 7 a.m. of the 2d to 80.912 in. at 9 p.mof 
the 4th. It fell again from 7 a.m. of the 18th to 7 a.m. of the 
20th from 30.350 to 29.215 in., then rose again, so that at 7 A.M. 
of the 22d it stood at 30.515 in. The quantity of water that fell 
was greater than in any other February. Jain fell on 10, and 
snow on 5 days. The prevailing wind was north-east. 

March was colder than any March, except in 1856, though 
nearly the same asin 1855. The weather was as fickle as usual, 
but no great changes. More water fell than in any March, 
except in 1859. Snow fell on 11, and rain on 10 days. The 
prevailing wind was west. Lightning occurred on the 25th. 
A parhelion, a solar halo, and the zodiacal light, were each 
observed once. 

April was about the average temperature. The mercury in 
the thermometer varied, but not greatly; in the barometer it 
fell .937 inch. from 2 pt. of the 2ist to 9 p.m. of the 24th. 
The quantity of rain was about the average. Snow fell in slight 
quantities on 3 days, and rain on 14. The aurora-borealis, 
also a solar halo, a lunar halo, and a parhelion, were each 
noticed once. 

May was warmer than any May except in 1859 and 1862. 
The temperature was variable, and so was the mercury in the 
barometer till the 29th, when it commenced falling, and con- 
tinued to do so till 2 p.m. of the 31st, when it was at its lowest 
point of the month. The quantity of rain was near the average. 
Rain fell on 12 days. The prevailing wind was south-west. 


48 Summary of a Meteorological Register for 1863. 


There were four thunder-showers. Lightning without thunder 
four times, and one rainbow was observed. 

June was about the average temperature, and generally quite 
uniform, no very great changes occurring either in the ther- 
mometer or the barometer. The quantity of rain was the small- 
est of any of the ten years; it rained on 8 days. The prevail- 
ing wind was west. There were two thunder-showers. Light- 
ning occurred once, alone; thunder alone, once; and a parhe- 
lion was once noted. : 

July was warmer than any other July for the ten years, and 
quite uniform in temperature, but the barometer fell on the 
20th and 21st almost half an inch. The quantity of rain was. 
greater than in any July of the tenyears. Rain fell on 20 days. 
The prevailing wind was south-east. There were 12 thunder- 
showers; and lightning occurred once. 

August was also warmer than any edad with only one 
change of moment; on the 25th the mercury fell 17° in as 
many hours; the barometer remained quite uniform till just at 
the close of the month, when it rose .495 inch. The quantity of 
rain was more than the average. It rained on six days. The 
prevailing wind was west. There were three thunder-showers, 
and lightning occurred once. 

September was cooler than any September in the time, with 
a change of temperature from 2 p.m. of the 17th to 7 a.m. of the 
20th, of 82.2°. The barometer fell from 7 a.m. of the 15th to 2 
p.m. of the 18th, .72inch. It rose on the 22d .305 inch., and 
fell again on the 23d to the 26th, .6 inch. The quantity of rain 
was less than in any corresponding month of the ten years. 
Rain fell on 7 days. The prevailing wind was north-west. 
Lightning occurred once. 

October was a little warmer than the average for October ; 
the temperature was variable, though no great changes occurred, 
nor any of note in the barometer. The quantity of rain was more 
than the average; rain fell on 9 days. The prevailing wind 
was north-west. 


Summary of a Meteorological Register for 1868. 49 


November was warmer than any November in the ten years. 
The temperature was variable, but no great changes. On the 
21st the barometer rose after 9 p.m. till 7 a.m. of the 23d, .665 
inch. ; it then fell till 7 a.m. of the 25th, .66 inch.; then rose till 2 
p.m of the 27th, and fell on the 28th.7 inch. The quantity of rain 
was less than the average; it fell on 10 days, and snow on 4 
days. The prevailing wind was west. The aurora-borealis, a 
lunar halo, and a meteor, were each observed once. 

December was 1.593° warmer than the average of Decem- 
bers; the thermometer varied considerably, falling 28.3° from 
2 p.m. of the 9th to 7 a.m. of the 11th; then rising 37.7° to 2 p.m. 
- of the 13th. The barometer was 30.679 inches on the 7th at 7 
A.m., and fell to 29.927 on the 9th at 2 p.w; rose to 30.47 on the 
11th at 7 a.m., and then fell to 29.276 on the 14th at 7 a.m, 
with some other great changes before the close of the month. 
The quantity of water was nearly the average; rain fell on 9 
days, and snow on 3. The prevailing wind was west. Lunar 
haloes were observed three times ; a rainbow, a parhelion, and 
a meteor, each once. 

For the year the maximum of the thermometer was 95°, being 
less than 1859 and 1862, and the same as 1854; the minimum 
was greater than any year except 1862. The maximum of the 
barometer was greater, and the minimum greater also, except for 
1858 and 1860. The extreme range of the thermometer was 
less than any year except 1862, and that of the barometer 
greater than the others except 1856 and 1857. The prevailing 
wind was the same as 1857, 1861, and 1862. 

A fact has been illustrated, in making a chart of the weather 
for the year, that I will mention, although I presume others 
have noticed the same: About the time that the thermometer 
makes a great rise the barometer falls, and so wce versa. It 
can be seen better by a chart than by the figures, and illustrates 
one of the laws of meteorology very finely. 


50 Summary of a Meteorological Register for 1863. 


1863. 


Jan, (a 
Feb. ‘Min 
March Min 
April Mie 
Moy 1 Min 

Max. 
June 1 Min 
uly} Min 

Max. 
Aug Min 
Sept. | Min. 
oc, MP 

Max 
Nov. } Min 
D Max 
oe } Min 
Year Max 

Min 

Max 

Min 


.|30.748 
. (29.216 
x./30.906 
. {29.395 
.(30.588 


. {29.410 
.|30.102 





. (29.584 


. |29.799 
.|30.471 
. [29.703 
.|30.414 
. |23.607 
.|30.467 
. [29.549 
.|30.679 
. (29.562 


TABLE OF TEMPERATURE, Etc. 


Barometer. 


2 P.M. 


T AM. 








30.743 
29.258 
30.720 
29.432 
30.505 
29.538 
30.369 
29.315 
30.039 
29.367 
30.153 
29.407 
30.122 
29.557 
30.230 
29.821 
30.468 
29.450 
30.389 


29.638 
30.364 
29.437 
30.071 
29.534 
30.153 


30,211 


30.433 


30.621 
29,276 





.130.906/30.743 
. |29.216}29.258 


29.664 
29.544 


9pm. ) Mean. 


30.779 
29.367 
30.912 
29.474 
30.520 
29.547 
30.363 
29.432 
30.084 
29.453 
30.168 
29.545 
30.120 
29.657/|29.911 
30.260 

29.803)29.970 
30.430 

29.656|30.040 
30.406 

29.665/30.040 
30.363 

29.464/29.956 
30.616 

29.408/30.029 








30.047 
30.154 
30.002 
29.903 
29.892 
29.881 





30.912 





30.912 
29.216 
1.696 








Thermometer. 


TAM|2 pM 


56.8|54.0 
15.0/24.8 
45.6/50.3 

8.0|11.0 
52.0/55.0 
14.021.5 
55.5/72.3 
30.0/32.5 
76.0/88.5 
41.8|45.5 
75.1|90.0 





'56.0/62.2 


83.0|87.3 
66.7|74.0 
85.2/95.0 
62.0|69.3 
75.0|84.7 
45.8/56.0 
67.0|75.0 
33.5/44.8 
52.8|63.0 
28.0/35.7 
51.4/58.7 
14.6|25.8 


85.2/95.0 





95.0 
6.0 
89.0 


9 p.m| Mean. 


48.3 
19.0)37.245 
45.0 
6.0 
49.6 
19.0 
63.0 
34.5 
79.0 
41.0 
73.2 
57.8|69.376 
82.0 
69.8)77.536 
89.0 
61.0] 79.45 
77.0 
49,8|65.688 
67.2 
38.0|/56.477 
62.8 
28.0/47.755 
52.0 
23.0} 36.08 





33.90 
35.37 
49.03 
62.99 





89.0 


29.367/29.985}| 8.0)11.0) 6.0|54.239 


Rain &{ Pre- 


melted 
Snow. 


vailing 
Wind. 








5.45) N.E. 


7.04|N.E. 
5.77 
5.69 
4.58 


1.43 








8.60) S.E. 
4.59) W. 
1.05|N.W. 





4.09|N.W. 
3.88] W. 
4.86) W. 


57.03) W. 








Ammobroma, a New Genus of Plants. 51 


VI—On Ammosroma, a Vew Genus of Plants, allied to 
Corallophyllum and Pholisma. 


By Joun Torrey, 


Read June 27th, 1864. 


Tuis singular plant was discovered in the year 1854 by the 
late Col. Andrew B. Gray, in his survey and explorations for 
ascertaining the practicability of constructing a southern rail- 
way to the Pacific. It was found in abundance on a range of 
sandhills near the head of the Gulf of California, and is not 
known to occur elsewhere. 

A brief notice of the plant was given in amemoir by Prof. A. 
Gray, entitled Plante Nove Thurberiane, which was pub- 
lished in the fifth volume of the Memoirs of the American 
Academy of Arts and Sciences, in the year 1854. A full de- 
scription was reserved for Col. Gray’s complete narrative of his 
expedition. Various causes have hindered the publication ot 
this work, and as it is now doubtful whether it will ever make 
its appearance, owing to the recent death of that gentleman, it 
seems proper that one of the most interesting of the scientific 
results of his labors should no longer be withheld. 

The following are the characters of the new genus, taken 
from dried specimens presented to me by Mr. Gray, and from a 
drawing made from the living plant by Mr. C. Schuchard, who 
accompanied the expedition as draughtsman. 


AMMOBROMA®, Torr. 


Calyx deeply 10-parted; the divisions setaceous, plumose. Corolla 
monopetalous, tubular-funnelform, somewhat plicate ; the border 6-lobed ; 


* From aypos, sand, and Bewpos, food; in allusion to its place of growth, and the 
use made of the plant by a tribe of Indians. 


52 Ammobroma, a New Genus of Plants. 


lobes short and emarginate. Stamens 6-10, inserted above the middle 
of the tube of the corolla in a single series, included ; filaments very 
short; anthers oblong, 2-celled; the cells opening longitudinally. 
Ovary oblate-globose, 15-20-celled ; the cells arranged in a marginal 
circle around a thick central axis; style elongated, rather stout, straight, 
included; stigma sub-capitate, depressed in the centre, the margin cre- 
nate. Ovules single in each cell and fixed to the inner angle, at 
first nearly hemitropous, but becoming anatropous; the micropyle supe- 
rior. Fruit (immature) depressed, the dehiscence apparently localicidal- 
Endocarp chartaceous, separating readily from the rest of the fruit, which 
is apparently somewhat fleshy. Plant herbaceous and fleshy, of a 
dull orange color, parasitical on the roots of an unknown shrub. Stem 
simple, scaly, almost entirely buried in the sand, the summit expanded 
into a shallow cyathiform head or receptacle, which is densely lined with 
small, pedicellate, purplish ebracteate flowers. 


Ammobroma Sonorz. 
Prats I. 


Habitat.—State of Sonora, Northern Mexico, in the sandy 
desert near the head of the Gulf, on hills around Adair Bay. 


Root consisting of thick tortuous fibres, dilated near the extremity, 
where they are attached to the plant from which the parasite draws its 
nourishment. Stem 2 to 4 feet long, and from three-fourths of an inch 
to an inch and a half in diameter, thicker below, and gradually tapering 
upwards, furnished with numerous lanceolate acute scales, which are 
appressed, except near the top and on the under side of the cup-like 
receptacle, where they are reflexed. This receptacle is about two inches 
in diameter, funnel-form inside, with the margin recurved, and the cavity 
and margin densely lined with flowers, which stand on short pedicels, 
which are longer in the centre flowers, so that the mass of flowers is 
nearly level or only slightly concave. The inflorescence appears to be 
centrifugal. Calyx 10-parted nearly to the base; the divisions very 
slender, purplish, clothed with spreading simple or bifid white hairs 
which appear torulose under a lens. Corolla about 4 lines long, nearly 


Ammobroma, a New Genus of Plants. 53 


the length of the calyx, purple and plicate towards the summit; the 
border 6-lobed, with the lobes erect and slightly emarginate. Stamens 
5-10 (mostly about 8), inserted near the upper third of the corolla; 
the filaments very short, triangular-lanceolate, blue; anthers obtuse at 
each end. Pollen simple, obtusely, but distinctly triangular. Ovary 
orbicular and somewhat flattened, mostly about 20-celled, the cells mar- 
ginal and surrounding a thick fleshy central axis. Style cylindrical, 
about two-thirds the length of the corolla; stigma capitate, somewhat 
lobed or crenulate. Ovules suspended on a short funiculus. Mature 
front not seen. 


In a business Report of Col. Gray to the Texas Western Rail- 
road Company, published at Cincinnati in 1856, is the following 
notice of the plant: ‘ West of Tucson and Tubac, towards the 
Gulf of California, the country presents more the appearance of 
a barren waste or desert than any district Lhave seen. It isthe 
country of the Papigo Indians, a peaceful and friendly tribe, 
extending down the Gulf coast, where they are mixed up some- 
what with the Cocopas of the Colorado. From Sonoita I 
explored the Gulf shore near the mouth of Adair Bay. This bay 
is completely encircled by a range of sand-hills, reaching 
north-west to the Colorado river, and southward as far as the 
eye could discover. The “sables” are probably eighty or ninety 
miles in extent by five to ten broad. Notwithstanding it ap- 
pears to be the most desolate and forlorn-looking spot for eighty 
miles around the head of the Gulf, the sand-hills looking like a 
terrible desert, nature seems even here, where no rain had fallen 
for eight months, to have provided for the sustenance of man 
one of the most nutritious and palatable vegetables. In this 
naked spot I found a band of Indians (Papigos) almost in-a state 
of nudity, living on fish and crabs caught in the salt creeks and 
lagoons of the Gulf; and a sort of root, which was eaten after 
roasting upon hot coals or dried in the sun, and ground ona 
metate (curved stone) with mesquit beans, forming “ Pinole.” 
In the latter state it was not so palatable as ours made of 
parched wheat or corn; but the vegetable itself, when first 


54 Ammobroma, a New Genus of Plants. 


gathered and cooked, was very luscious, and resembled in taste 
the sweet potato (batatas), only far more delicate. It is very 
abundant in the hills; the whole plant, except the top, buried 
in the sand, apparently attached to some other root or sub- 
stance.” : 

There is not much probability that the Ammobroma can be 
cultivated, as it seems to be a true parasite; yet it is possible 
that it may be propagated by transplanting it along with the 
living roots to which it is attached. 

The only known genera to which the Ammobroma is nearly 
allied are Corallophyllum of H. B. and Kth.* (or rather Lennoa 
of Llave and Lexarzat), and Pholisma of Nuttall. The former 
has been found only near the City of Mexico, and no botanist 
appears to have noticed it since the original descriptions of the 
plant were published, about forty years ago. It differs from 
the other two related genera in having a corymbosely branch- 
ing cespitose stem, with the fleshy leaves (or rather scales) : 
deeply and irregularly laciniate, and the stamens in a double 
series. The principal figure in the ov. Gen. et Spec. Plant. 
does not clearly show the mode of inflorescence, but the flowers 
are described as being bracteate. 

Pholismat of Nuttall is as little known as the preceding genus, 
not having been found since that sagacious botanist discovered 
it near San Diego and Monterey in California, in the year 1835. 
It is very closely related to Ammobroma, but differs in its 
calyx being 6- (not 10-) parted, and in having its flowers in a 
dense oblong spike instead of lining a cyathiform receptacle. 

As to the affinities of these plants there has been much 
uncertainty, owing to their great rarity and the incompleteness 
of our knowledge concerning them; the two longest known 
having been examined only by the botanists who first described 
them, and the character of the mature fruit and seed being still 

-* Nov. Gen. et Spec. Plant. 7, p. 276, t. 660 bis (1825). 


+ Nov. Veg. Mex. Desc. fase. 1, p. 7 (1824), fide Pritz. Thesaur. 
+ Nutt. in Hook. Icon, t. 626, 


Ammobroma, a New Genus of Plants. 55 


undetermined. Kunth (1. ¢.) expressed no opinion as to the 
place of Corallophyllum in the Natural System, and he seems 
to suspect that the plant he examined was in an abnormal con- 
dition. It is left by him among his “genera incertw sedis.” 
Endlicher also places it with “ genera dubiw sedis.” 

Sir W. Hooker, who first described Pholisma, from Nuttall’s 
specimen, and gave a good figure of the plant in his Icones 
Plantarum (I. c.), regards it as nearly related to Corallophyllum, 
and refers it to Orobanchaces, though he thinks it will yet 
form a distinct group near that order, but with a very different 
fruit. Walpers follows Hooker without comment. Lindley* 
places both genera, with a mark of doubt, at the end of Mono- 
tropacete, which they certainly resemble much more than they 
do Orobanchacee. Like the former they are parasitical on 
roots ; and in the spiked inflorescence of Pholisma there is an 
approach to Hypopithys. Most of the genera of Monotropacese 
are gamopetalous, and in half of them the anthers open by lon- 
gitudinal slits.t The pollen, also, is simple and spherical. 

On the other hand, Corallodendron and Pholisma, as well as 


. * Vegetable Kingdom, p. 452. 

t Viz. In Pterospora, Allotropa, Torr. and Gray (in Bot. Wilkes’s Expl. Exped. 
_ined.), and Hemitomes, Gray, in Newberry’s Bot. of Williamson, and Abbot's 
Pacif. Railroad Expl. An examination of good specimens of Hemitomes, collected 
in Washington Territory by George Gibbs, Esq., shows that the anthers are dis- 
tinetly 2-celled; but they open and discharge their pollen even before the flower 
is expanded. The lines of dehiscence are near the connective. After opening, 
the broader portion of the cells is rolled backwards till each nearly meets its fel- 
low, forming a large and spurious cell. A narrow portion of each proper cell is 
left. These also incline towards each other, so that another smaller, spurious, and 
apparently abortive cell is formed, Hence, after flowering the anther might 
easily be regarded as only one-celled by abortion. An examination of an unex- 
panded flower shows the true structure of the anther; and proves that in the 
withered state the spurious cells are at right angles to the normal ones. Hence 
the name Hemitomes is quite inapplicable, and I propose that it be changed to 
Newberrya, in honor of the first discoverer of the plant, who has distinguished 
himself by investigating the recent and@ fossil botany of the Western and Pacific 
States. 


56 Ammobroma, a New Genus of Plants. 


Ammobroma, differ from Monotropacee in the stamens being 
perigynous not hypogynous, with the pollen distinctly trian- 
gular; and in the numerous cells of the ovary with only a single 
ovule in each cell. As the mature fruit is unknown we are 
uncertain as to the character of the seeds, but there is no indi- 
cation of their being loose-skinned. On the whole, therefore, 
it would seem that these three genera form a very natural 
group by themselves, which may be regarded as a tribe or sub- 
order, to be named Lennoew; the genus Lennoa having been 
published by Llave & Lexaza a year earlier than the Corallo- 
phyllum of H. B. & Kunth. 


DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATE. 


. Upper part of the plant of the natural size. 
. Longitudinal section of the same, showing the mode of inflo- 


Nor 


rescence. 
. A portion of the root, and that of the plant to which it is attached 
as a parasite. 


jet) 


“ 4, A flower, magnified. 

‘5. One of the divisions of the calyx, more magnified. 

“ 6. The same, with its calyx removed, and the corolla laid open, 
magnified. 

“ 7. A stamen; back view, magnified. 

“ 8. The same; front view. 

“ 9. A grain of pollen, highly magnified. 

* 10. A pistil, with a longitudinal section of the ovary, considerably 
magnified. 

“11. A cross-section of the same, equally magnified. 


Cotumsia Cottear, New York, September, 1864. 


oR 
-~I 


Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 


VII.—WNotes on Species of the Family Corsicurane, with 
Figures. 


By Tempe Prime. 


Read June 27, 1864. 


Genus CORBICULA. 
1. Corbicula pexata, nov. spec. 


C. testa trigona, ovato-transversa, inzequilaterali, compressiuscula ; 
latere antico rotundato, postico longiore, 
productiore, obtuso; umbonibus tumidis, 
approximatis ; valvis tenuibus, intus viola- 
ceo-candidis ; ligamento modico ; profunde 
striata; epidermide nitente, olivaceo-brun- 
nea, fusco-maculata induta, aliquantisper li- 
neis radiata; lunula inconspicua; dentibus 
lateralibus pallide violaceis. 


Long. 36; lat. 30; diam. 19 mill.’ 


fab.—In flumine Fuh-chan, Chinae. 
Collect. Prime. 





In outline the shell is trigonal, trans- 
versely oval, inequilateral. The ante-— 
rior side is rounded and the posterior 
side is longer, more produced and ab- 





rupt. The valvesarelight; the cavity 


Corbicula pexata. 


of the shell is not very deep, and the 
color of the interior varies from white to violet. The teeth offer 
no distinctive characters; the lateral teeth are often violet. 
The beaks are somewhat full, they are considerabl y raised above 
the outline of the margin and they are approximate. The sulci 
are regular, close, raised, and sharp. The epidermis is dark 

JUNE, 1864 5 Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. Vou. VIIIe 


58 Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 


brownish-olive color and polished, and has, besides occasional 
markings of black or brown, fine rays of a lighter shade running 
from the beaks to the inferior margin. The lunula is not dis- 
tinct. 

Compared with Corbicula Primeana, Morelet, this species is 
lighter in texture, more inequilateral, the posterior side is more 
produced, the beaks are fuller, the hinge is less robust, and the 
general coloring is not the same. 


2. Corbicula Primeana, Morelet. 


Cyrena (Batissa) Primezi, Morelet (non Mérch). Rev. Zool. 480. 1862. 


C. testa transversim ovata, subzequilaterali; Jateribus rotundata, solida, 
nitida, sulcis numerosis et tenuibus regulariter coe- 
lata; epidermide viridi lutescente, ad umbones fus- 
cescente induta, maculisque paucis fusculis obscure 
notata; umbones obtusi, erosi, apice violaceo ma- 
culati, antice vix proni; lgamentum tumidum, 
prominens, terminale ; margarita livido-violacea. 


Long. 32; lat. 25; diam. 16 mill. 


Hab.—In flumine Che Fou, Chinae Sep- 
tentrionalis. Collect. Morelet et Prime. 


The shell is transversely-oval, equilateral, 
and somewhat solid. The anterior side is 
rounded. The beaks are moderately full, 





Corbicula Primeana. 


though not much raised. The interior is of a 
brilliant violet color. The cavity of the valves is not deep. 
The hinge is broad and robust. The sulci are numerous, close, 
regular, raised, and sharp. The epidermis is greenish, with 
occasional spots of a darker color. 

Somewhat allied to Corbicula Miilleriana, but larger, pro- 
portionately less robust, the beaks are more inflated, the margin 
above the anterior lateral tooth is less rounded, and the sulci 
are closer and more numerous. 


Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 59 


The specimens I possess of this species, and from which the 
accompanying figure was taken, were kindly sent to me by the 
original describer. 


4 we = 
3. Corbicula Mulleriana, nov. spec. 


C. testa ovato-transversa, xquilaterali, solidiuscula, subinflata; latere 
antico rotundato, postico subobtuso; umbonibus tu- 
midulis, obtusis, seepius erosis; sulcis distantibus ; 
epidermide squalide-virescente, nitente vestita ; car- 
dine incrassato; valvis intus pallide violacee tinctis ; 
tunula vix conspicua. 


Long. 25; lat. 20; diam. 14 mill. 


Hab.—In flumine Fuh Chan; Chinae. Col- 
lect. Wheatley et Prime. 





The shell is rounded-oval, equilateral, not 
much inflated, somewhat solid, the margins 
are generally rounded, the posterior margin 
is slightly obtuse. The hinge is broad and ro- 4 
bust, and the teeth are strong; the anterior ee ee 
lateral tooth is a little bent in the vicinity of the muscle. The 
interior of the valves is pale violet. The beaks are moderately 
inflated but obtuse, and they are often eroded. The lunula is 
indistinct. The sulci are distant, in young specimens they are 
very distinct, regular, much raised, and sharp, in the adult shell 
they seem at times to become nearly obsolete. The epidermis 





is polished and varies in color from light green to a dark ferru- 
ginous brown, the portion of the shell in the immediate vicinity 
of the beaks is most generally brown or black. 

I am at a loss to understand how this species, which is found 
quite commonly, should have escaped the notice of concholo- 
gists ; it has probably been confounded with Corbicula flumi- 
nea. Compared with that species it is very much smaller, much 
more transverse, less triangular, less ponderous, and less solid ; 


60 Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 


the beaks are less full and less prominent ; the hinge-margin is 
more delicate and straighter, and the color of the epidermis is 


lighter and not so uniform. 
Fig. 4 





Corbicula fluminea. 


I dedicate this species to the memory of the author of the 
Vermium terrestrium, etc., the first who described species of 
this genus. 

I am indebted to Mr. Wheatley for my specimens of Cor- 


bicula Miilleriana. 
4. Corbicula Chemnitziana, nov. spec. 


C. testa triangulari, eequilaterali, compressiuscula ; latere antico rotun- 
dato, postico attenuato; umbonibus tumi- 


Fia. 5. 


dulis, incurvis, approximatis, integris; car- 
dine incrassato; valvis solidiusculis, intus 
pallide-violaceis, ad margines saturatioribus ; 
lunula ovato-lanceolata; striis numerosis, ad 
marginem inferiorem imbricatis; epider- 
mide luteo-virescente, subnitente vestita. 


Long. 353; lat. 31; diam. 19 mill. 
Hab.—China? Collect. Prime. 





= SS 


Corbicula Chemnitziana. : . : 
The shell is triangular, equilateral, 


and not much inflated. The anterior side is rounded and the 


Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 61 


posterior side is somewhat attenuated. The beaks are full, 
though not much raised, they curve inwardly, and are approx- 
imate. The valves are solid. The hinge is strong though not 
broad, and forms an obtuse angle. The interior is pale violet, 
which becomes more intense on the margins and the muscular 
impressions. The sulci are not much raised, and are regular 
until they reach the centre of the discs, then becoming more 
and more irregular as they approach the inferior margin. The 
epidermis is a little polished and of a soiled greenish color. The 
lunula is quite distinct. 

Comparing this species with Corbicula fluminea* we find 
that it is smaller, less inflated, less solid, more transverse, the 
beaks are less full and not so much raised, the hinge also is 
narrower and not so strong; the sulci and the general coloring 
are different. 

The only specimens of this species I have met with are those 
in my cabinet. I have every reason for assigning China as the 
place where this species is found. 


5. Corbicula lutea, Morelect. 
Cubicula lutea, Morelet. Rev. Zool. 481. 1862. 
C. testa ovato-subtrigona, transversa, inzequilaterali, tumidula, tenui ; 
latere antico rotundato, postico atte- 


Fie. 6. 
nuato; ligamento modico ; umbonibus : 








parvulis, acutiusculis, incurvis, viola- 
ceis; sulcis fere obsoletis ; cardine an- 
gustissimo; dentibus minutis, tenu- 
ibus; epidermide  flaveo-lutescente 
maculisque cinereis plus minusve no- 
tata, ad margines nitente, vestita ; 


margarita albido-lilacina. 
Long. 43; lat.35; diam. 22 mill. 
Hab.—China. Collect. More- 


let et Prime. 
The shell is transverse, oval-subtrigonal, inequilateral, deli- 





Corbicula lutea. 








* See Fig. 4, page 60, 


62 Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 


eate, and somewhat inflated. The anterior side is rounded and 
the posterior somewhat attenuated. The beaks are small, acute, 
they curve inwardly and are approximate. The hinge is very 
slightly eurved, narrow and delieate; the cardinal teeth are 
very small, the lateral teeth are long, narrow, and slight. The 
interior is whitish-lilac with a tinge of light pale brown on the 
basal margin. The sulciare very nearly obsolete; they become 
more distinet, however, and less regular as they approach the 
inferior portion of the shell. The epidermis is of a soiled yellow- 
ish color, violet upon the beaks and with occasional spots of 
grey, and somewhat polished on the margins. 

This species is different from all others of the genus ; its out- 
line is more like that of a Batissa or Cyrena, and it comes very 
near a species of Cyrena from the Basin of Paris, the Cyrene 
compressa. The texture of the valves is remarkably delicate 
proportionately to their size. 

Monsieur Morelet, to whose kindness I am indebted for my 
specimens of Corbicula lutea, observes that this species is found 
very abundantly, and that it is used by the natives as an article 
of food. 


6. Corbicula difficilis, nov. spec. 
Corbicula difieilis, Prime in litt. Cat. 4. 1863. 


C. testa ovato-trigona, inzequilaterali, in medio inflata, latere antico 
producto, postico brevi, subtruneato ; umbonibus parvulis, obtusis, ineur- 
vis, oppositis, apice denudato; valvis intus violaceis, ad margines satu- 
ratioribus ; cardine rotundato; epidermide fusco-virente, subnitente ves- 
tita ; regulariter suleata. 


Long. 26; lat. 24; diam. 15 mill. 
Hab.—Afriea Septentrionalis? Collect. Deshayes et Prime. 


The shell is rounded, trigonal, inequilateral. The anterior 
side is produced and the posterior is subtruncated. The beaks 
are small, obtuse, they curve inwardly, and when denuded show 


Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 63 


a violet under surface. The valves are moderately solid, they 
are curved in the centre but very much flattened on the inferior 


Fru. 7. Fie. & 





Corbicula difficilis, ©oerbicula cor. 


margin and its immediate vicinity. The interior is violet. 
The hinge is moderately broad and strong, and is curved. The 
striz are more or less regular, they are not much raised. The 
epidermis is somewhat polished and is of a dusky greenish color. 

A peculiarity of this species is the remarkable appearance 
presented by the inferior portion of the valves, the lower margin 
of the shell, starting from the inferior extremities of the lateral 
teeth, is so much flattened as to induce one to suppose that the 
compression was due to artificial means; this can, however, 
hardly be the case, as a number of specimens which I have had 
under examination showed exactly the same characters. The 
Corbicula dificilis has probably been confounded with Corbi- 
cula cor, and looked upon as an abnormal variety of that spe- 
cies. On comparison, however, we find that the species differ 


64 Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 


not only in respect to the flattening of the inferior margins in 
Corbicula difficilis, but that the Corbicula cor is larger, more 
transverse, less inequilateral, more inflated and more robust ; 
the beaks are fuller, larger, and more prominent; the hinge is 
stronger and less rounded, and the strize are deeper. 

I have every reason to suppose that the Corbicula difficilis 
comes from Northern Africa. 


7. Corbicula leviusculla, nov. spec. 
Corbicula leviuscula, Prime in litt. Cat. 4. 1868. 


€. testa ovato-trigona, inzequilaterali; latere antico producto, rotun- 
dato, postico subtruncato ; subinflata ; umbonibus 
parvulis, depressis, apice denudato, albidis; mar- 
garita albido-lilacina ; cardine angusto; dentibus 
minutis; lunula inconspieva; sulcis reguilaribus, 
tenuibus ; epidermide nitidissima, fuscescente, ad 
marginem inferiorem pallide  viridi-flavescente 
vestita. 


Long. 27; lat. 26; diam. 17 mill. 





Hab.—Cochinchina. Collect. Prime. 


The shell is rounded-trigonal, inequila- 
teral. The anterior side is produced and 
rounded, the posterior is subtruneated. The 
beaks are small, not much raised, afd when 
denuded show a white surface. The valves 
are light and not much inflated. The inte- 
rior is pale whitish lilac. The hinge is narrow and consider- 
ably curved. The teeth are delicate and small. The lumula is 
indistinct. The sulci are regular and close. The epidermis is 
highly polished, the upper portion is blackish-brown, and the 
portion near the inferior margin is pale greenish-yellow. 

This attractive species bears some resemblance to Corbicula 
difficilis, as far as the marginal outline is concerned ; in other 





Corbicula leviuseula. 


Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 65 


respects, however, it is quite different. The Corbicula levius- 
cula, though larger, is much lighter and more delicate than 
Corbicula difficilis ; it issomewhat more inflated, less transverse, 
the beaks are less curved, the hinge is much narrower and less 
strong, the sulci are closer and more regular, the epidermis is 
different in color and more polished, the color of the interior is 
not the same, and finally the inferior margins do not present the 
abnormal appearance peculiar to those of Corbicula difficilis. 


8. Corbicula Malaccama, Deshayes. 


Corbicula Malaccensis, Desh. Proe. Zool. XXII., 348. 1854. Biv . Brit. Mus, 229. 
1854. 


C. testa ovato-transversa, subtrigona, inzequilaterali, turgidula, soli- 
dula; umbonibus parvulis, obtusis ; latere antico 
longiore; extremitatibus obtusis; valvis intus 
albidis vel pallide violaceo tinctis; cardine an- 
gusto; epidermide subnitente, viridi-flavescente 
vestita; sulcis regularibus, 


Long. 27; lat. 23; diam. 15 mill. 





Hab.—In rivulis ad Malacecam affluenti- 
bus. Collect. Cuming et Prime. 


The shell is rounded-oval, inequilateral, | 
and not inflated. The sides are obtuse. The 
beaks are small and not much raised. The 
interior is white or pale violet. The sulci 
are light and regular. The epidermis is 
greenish-yellow and somewhat polished.. The hinge is some- 





Corbicula Malaccana. 


what narrow. 

Compared with Corbicula cor, the Corbicula Malaccana is 
smaller, less solid, less inflated and less transverse; the beaks are 
less tumid and the sulci are lighter. 


66 Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 


9. Corbicula rhomboidea, Prime. 


Corbieula rhomboidea, Prime. Acad. N.S. Phil. Proc. 127. 1861. Prime Cat. 3. 
1868. 


C. testa ovato-transversa, subzequilaterali, tumidula, solidiuscula ; 

Rig t1. utraque extremitate obtusa; regulariter sulcata; epi- 
dermide nitente, fuscescente vestita ; umbonibus tumi- 
dulis, magnis, obliquis, profunde erosis; margarita 
albido-lilacina; cardine incrassato; lunula ovato-— 
lanceolata. 


Long. 23; lat. 19; diam. 14 mill. 
Hab.—Malacca. Collect. Cuming et Prime. 





The shell is solid, subequilateral, and in- 
flated. The sides are obtuse. The beaks are 
large, inflated, and oblique. The lunula is 
quite distinct. The sulci are raised, thick, and 
regular. The epidermis is brown and polished. 
Corbieula rhomboidea. The interior is whitish-lilac, somewhat darker 





on the margins. The hinge is broad and strong. The cardinal 
teeth are large, broad, flattened, and very strong. 

Somewhat allied to Corbicula brunnea, at least in shape and 
general external appearance ; it is however more solid, more 
ate the beaks are much larger and more tumid, the hinge 
is stronger and broader, the cardinal teeth are stronger and more 
flattened, and the color of the interior is not the same. 


10. Corbicula Kirkii, nov. spec. 


C. testa parva, orbiculato-trigona, subinflata; latere postico obtuso ; 
umbonibus parvis, acutiusculis, incurvis, oppositis; regulariter et dense 
striata; epidermide nitente, flavescente vestita, ad umbones violacea 
radiata; lunula distincta, pallida, ovato-lanceolata; pagina interna pal- 
lide violacea; cardine angusto ; margine superiore rotundato. 


Long. 16; lat. 14; diam. 9 mill. 
Hab.—-Mozambique, Africae Centralis (fide Kirk). Col. Lea. 


Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 67 


Theshell is small, orbicular-trigonal and somewhat inflated. 
The posterior side is obtuse. The beaks are small, Fre. 12. 
and they curve inwardly. The striz are close and 
regular. The lunula is distinct and oval. The inte- 
rior of the valves is pale violet. The hinge is nar- 
row. The epidermis is yellowish and polished. 

Compared with Corb. radiata, this species is less 
globose, not so inflated, the beaks are not so tu- 
mid, the strize are closer, and the color of the epi- 
dermis is different. 

This interesting species was brought from Africa by John 
Kirk, M.D., of Edinburgh, to whom I take great pleasure in 
dedicating it. Dr. Kirk accompanied the Zambesi Expedition 
sent out by the British Government, in the capacity of medical 
officer and naturalist. I am indebted to Mr. Isaac Lea for 
being able to describe this species. 








Corb. Kirkii. 


11. Corbicula brunmea, Prime. 


Corbicula brunnea, Prime. Acad. N.S. Phil. Proc. 126. 1861. Prime Cat. 3. 
1863. 


C. testa ovato-transversa, sequilaterali, solidiuscula, subinflata ; latere 
antico rotundato, postico obtuso; regulariter striata 5 
epidermide nitente, fuscescente vestita; umbonibus 
parvulis, integris, apiculatis, incurvis, violaceo radi- 
atis; margarita violacea; cardine incrassato ; lunula 
ovato-lanceolata. 


Long. 22; lat. 19; diam. 12 mill. 





FHTab.—In flumine Seamander insulae Tas- 
maniae. Collect. Prime. 


The shell is equilateral and not much infla- 
ted; the anterior margin is rounded and the 
posterior margin is obtuse. The beaks are 





small, apiculated, they curve inwardly and are Corbicula brunnea. 
radiated with violet. The interior of the valves is violet. The 


68 Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 

lunula is distinct. The sulci are regular. The epidermis is 

brown and polished. The hinge isrounded and not very broad. 
12. Corbicula Leama, nov. spec. 


C. testa ovato-transversa, eequilaterali, compressiuscula; utroque latere 
equaliter declivi, latere antico rotundato, postico 


Fig. 14. 


x subtruncato; margine inferiore arcuato; umboni- 
bus tumidulis; margarita violacea; regulariter 
striata; epidermide pallide viridescente, nitente 
vestita ; cardine incrassato; dentibus crassis; lu- 
nula ovato-lanceolata, pallida. 


Long. 26; lat. 22; diam. 14 mill. 


Hab.—Saponia. (fide Wilson.) Col. Lea 
et Prime. 








The shell is equilateral and somewhat com- 
pressed. The beaks are tumid. The color 
of the interior is violet. The lunula is pallid. 





Corbicula Leana. i : ile 
The sulci are regular. The epidermis is po- 


lished and of a pale greenish color. The hinge is strong. 
Compared with Corb. Primeana, it is smaller, more equila- 
teral, fuller, the beaks are more inflated, the sides are less angu- 
lar, and the coloring is darker. 
I take much pleasure in dedicating this species to Mr. Isaac 
Lea, who was kind enough to lend it to me for description. 


13. Corbicula Japonica, nov. spec. 


C. testa ovato-transversa, subtrigona, subzequilaterali, solidiuscula, 
compressiuscula ; latere antico rotundato, postico subobtuso ; umbonibus 
inflatis, obtusis; cardine incrassato; margarita pallide violacea; striis 
subobsoletis ; epidermide atro-fuscescente, nitidissima vestita ; lunula vix 
conspicua. 


Long. 26; lat. 22; diam. 14 mill. 


Hab.—Japonia (fide Gulick). Collect. Wheatley, Jay, 
Brownne, Cooper, Lyc. Hist. Nat., Prime et Lea. 


Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 69 


The shell is transversely oval, subtrigonal, nearly equilateral, 
not very solid and somewhat compressed. The Fra. 15. 
anterior margin is rounded and the posterior one 
somewhat obtuse. The beaks are full, but not 
raised, they are very generally eroded. The 
strize are nearly obsolete, and when visible, irre- 
gular and somewhat distant. The epidermis is 
very highly polished aud varies from greenish- 
brown to blackish-brown, or even black; it is 
lighter in the young specimens. The lunula is | 





very indistinct. The hinge is rounded and some- 
what strong. The interior of the shell is pale (ot. Japonica. 
violet. _ 

This is an attractive species, and is quite remarkable for the 
high polish of the epidermis. 

We are indebted for the discovery of the Corb. Japonica to 
Mr. Gulick, who seems to have found it in great abundance. 


14. Corbicula Lamarckiana, nov. spec. 


C. testa ovato-transyersa, valde inzequilaterali, compressa; latere an- 


tico rotundato, postico longiore, subobtuso ; umbo- Fre. 16. 


nibus parvulis, depressis ; cardine lato, incrassato ; ses 





margarita lilacina; regulariter et dense striata; 
epidermide fuscescente vestita ; ligamento elongato ; 
lunula nulla. 


Long. 24; lat. 18; diam. 10 mill. 


F ake Faia 
Hab.—Montes Laos, Cambodiae. Col. Prime, ©7?!e™# Tamaresiana 


The shell is transversely-oval, very inequilateral, the posterior 
side being much the longer, and it is quite compressed. The 
beaks are small and obtuse. The ligament is elongated. The 
striz are regular and very close, they are not raised, though 
perfectly distinct, and becoming somewhat obsolete as they 
approach the inferior margin. The epidermis is light brown 


70 Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 


and has no polish. The valves are sometimes slight, and when 
held to the light are perfectly transparent. The hinge is broad 
and strong. The cardinal teeth are robust and compressed. The 
lateral teeth are broad and comparatively short. The lunula is 
wanting. ‘The interior is lilac and quite brilliant. 

The outline of this species recalls somewhat that of the Cor- 
bicula prolongata, from Australia ; it differs otherwise, however, 
in not having the same texture and in being more compressed. 

I am indebted to the kindness of Mr. Wheatley for this, as 
also for the two following species. 


15. Corbicula Linmeana, nov. spec. 


C. testa ovato-subtrigona, transversa, ineequilaterali, solidiuscula, com- 
pressiuscula ; lateribus obtusis; umbonibus parvulis, 
obtusis; cardine incrassato; valvis intus violaceis, ad 
margines saturatioribus; irregulariter et dense stri- 
ata; epidermide fuscescente vestita; lunula nulla. 


Long. 23; lat. 20; diam. 18 mill. 
Hab.—Montes Laos, Cambodiae. Col. Prime. 


The shell is transverse, oval-subtrigonal, ine- 
quilateral, somewhat solid and not much inflat- 
ed. The lateral margins are obtuse. The beaks 
are small and obtuse. The hinge margin is con- 

| ea eae siderably curved. The hinge is broad and 

strong. The anterior lateral tooth is curved. ‘The interior is 
violet, with a darker shade on the margins. The strie are irre- 
gular and close. The epidermis is dark brown and is without 
any polish. The lunula cannot be distinguished. 

On comparison with Corbicula Sayana, we find thatthe Cor- 
bicula Linneana is larger, less transverse, more solid, the pos- 
terior margin is more abrupt, the hinge is more robust, the color 
of the interior is lighter, the sulcations are less regular and the 


epidermis is darker and duller. 











Notes on Species of Corbiculade. e 


16. Corbicula Blamdiama, nov. spec. 


C. testa rotundato-trigona, equilaterali, solida, compressiuscula; um- 
bonibus parvulis, tumidulis, incurvis; latere antico 
rotundato, postico breviore, subobtuso; margarita 
violacea ; cardine incrassato, arcuato; dentibus late- 
ralibus prelongis; striis regularibus, remotis; epi- 
dermide nitente, viridi fuscescente vestita; lunula 
ovato-lanceolata. 


Long. 23; lat. 22; diam. 13 mill. 
fTab.—Montes Laos, Cambodiae. Col. Prime. 


The shell is rounded, trigonal, equilateral, 
solid, somewhat compressed. The anterior 
margin is rounded and the posterior somewhat 
obtuse and shorter. The beaks are small, 
slightly inflated, and they curve inwardly. The interior is 
violet. The hinge is rounded and strong, the lateral teeth are 
considerably elongated. ‘The strive are regular, somewhat dis- 
tant, raised and sharp. The epidermis is of a soiled greenish- 
brown color and polished. The lunula is quite distinct. 

Somewhat allied to Corbicula Malaccana, it is however more 
trigonal, less transverse, less inflated, the hinge is more curved, 
the interior is darker, the striz are more regular, and the color 
of the epidermis is not the same. It is smaller and more equi- 
lateral than either Corbicula difficilis or Corbicula leviuscula, 
and it is more trigonal, smaller, and less inflated than Corbicula 
cor. 

I take much pleasure in dedicating this species to Mr. Th’s 
Bland. 





Corbicula Blandiana. 


17. Corbicula Sayama, nov. spec. 


C. testa ovato-transversa, subtrigona, compressa, subeequilaterali; 
latere antico rotundato, postico longiore, obtuso; umbonibus parvulis, 
brevibus; margarita atro-violacea, ad margines nitidissima; cardine 


72 Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 


angusto; striis regularibus; epidermide viridescente, nitente vestita ; 


lunula nulla. 


Long. 20; lat. 16; diam. 10 mill. 


Hab.—Insulae — Philippinenses. Collect. 
Wheatley et Prime. 





The shell is somewhat slight, transversely 
oval, subtrigonal, compressed, and nearly equi- 
lateral. The anterior side is rounded and the 
posterior is longer and obtuse. The beaks are 
small and not much raised. The interior is 
blackish-violet and very highly polished on the 
margins. The hinge is narrow, rounded, and rather delicate. 
The strie are very regnlar. The epidermis is greenish and 
polished. The lunula is wanting. 

Very closely allied to Corbicula Manillensis, it is however 
less equilateral, less inflated, transversely less rounded, the pos- 
terior side is more produced, the beaks are less full, and the 
strize are closer. Compared with Corbicula striatella, from In- 
dia, it is a little slighter, more elongated, and not so oval. 





Corbicula Sayana. 


18. Corbicula Crosseama, nov. spec. 
C. testa ovato-transversa, inflata, subzequilaterali; umbonibus tumi- 
dulis ; latere antico rotundato, postico subobtuso ; 
margarita violacea; cardine incrassato, arcuato ; 
sulcis elevatis, regularibus; epidermide _ pallide 
viridi-fuscescente, subnitente induta; lunula indis- 


Fig. 20, 


tincta. 


Long. 25; lat. 21; diam. 14 mill. 


Hab.—Insulae Philippinenses. — Collect. 
Wheatley et Prime. 


The shell is transversely oval, inflated, 
| and subequilateral. The anterior side is 
Corbicula Crosseana,  younded and the posterior somewhat obtuse. 
The beaks are small and inflated, and when eroded show a 





Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 73 


violet under-surface. The interior is violet. The hinge is 
strong and rounded. The striz are raised, very regular, but 
not very close. The epidermis is somewhat polished and of a 
pale greenish-brown color. 

In shape and in inflation this species comes near the type 
form of Corbicula Cumingii ; the beaks are, however, more 
obtuse, the hinge is broader and stronger, the strize are closer, 
more regular and more raised, and the coloring is different. 

It gives me much pleasure to dedicate this species to the able 
editor of the Journal de Conchyliologie. 


19. Corbicula vwemustula, nov. spec. 


C. testa ovato-transversa, eequilaterali, solidiuscula, inflata; latere 
antico rotundato, postico angustiore, obtuso; umbo- 
nibus parvulis; cardine incrassato, rotundato 3 valvis 
intus pallide violaceis; sulcis tumidis, regularibus ; 
epidermide nitidissima, viridi-flavescente vestita ; lu- 
nula ovato-lanceolata, flava. 





Long. 22; lat. 185; diam. 12 mill. 


fab.—Manilla. Collect. Wheatley et Prime. 


The shell is transversely-oval, solid, inflated, 
and equilateral. The anterior side is rounded, 
the posterior side is somewhat narrower and is 
obtuse. The hinge is strong and rounded. 
The beaks are small. The lateral teeth are somewhat short. 
The interior is highly polished and violet, but very variable in 
shade, the teeth and the extreme edge of the margins being 
very much lighter. The strive are regular and prominent. 
The epidermis is greenish-yellow and polished. The lunula is 
yellow and very distinct. 

This species recalls at first sight the Corbicula gracilis from 
Java, but on examination it is found to be very different. The 


Corbicula venustula: is much less spherical and more trans- 
JUNE, 1864. 6 Ann, Lyc. Nat, Hist. Vou. VIII. 





Corbicula venustula. 


74. Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 


verse, the teeth are less robust and the interior coloring not the 
same. In fact it is more closely allied to Corbicula Crosseana 
than to any other species. It differs, however, in being smaller, 
more solid, more equilateral, and more transverse ; the posterior 
side is less protruded, the coloring of the interior is not the 
same, the epidermis is more highly polished, and the lunula is 
more distinct. 


20. Corbicula striatella, Deshayes. 


Corbicula striatella, Deshayes. Proce. Zool. XXII. 344. 1854. 
Biv. Brit. Mus, 224. 1854. 
Prime Cat. 3. 1863. 
Corbicula violacea, Prime. Acad. N.S. Phil. Proce, 128. 1861. 
Prime Cat. 8. 1863. 


C. testa ovato-transversa, depressiuscula, eequilaterali; extremitatibus 
eequaliter obtusis; transversim regulariter striata; epi- 


Fie. 22. 


dermide pallide viridescente, nitente vestita; pagina in- 
terna violacea; umbonibus brevibus, atro-violacentibus, 
pallidiore biradiatis; cardine angusto; lunula ovato-lan- 





ceolata, pallide flavescente. 


eee longa t, «lat. 4: diam..8 mill: 


fTab.—Pondicherry, Indiae. Collect. Mus. Brit., Jay, 
Wheatley, Haines, et Prime. 


The shell is oval, equilateral, and somewhat compressed. 
The lateral margins are obtuse. The beaks are small, and when 
denuded show a blackish-violet under surface. The interior of 
the valves is highly polished and of a blackish-violet color. The 
hinge is narrow and slight, and not much curved. The color of 
the teeth is lighter than that of the rest of the interior. The 
sulci are regular, close, and not much raised. The epidermis is 
pale greenish and polished. 

Compared with Corbicula Manitllensis, this species is not so 
inflated and more transverse, and the strive are more delicate, 
closer, and more regular. 


Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 15 


21. Corbicula subradiata, Prime. 


Cyrena subradiata, Kurr in litt. 
Corbicula subradiata, Prime. Acad. N.S. Phil. Proe. 127. 1861. 
Prime Cat. 3. 18638. 


C. testa ovato-trigona, transversa, squilaterali, compressiuscula, extre- 
mitatibus obtusis; striis regularibus ; epidermide viridi, ni- 
tente induta; margarita pallide violacea; umbonibus mi- 





angusto ; lunula ovato-lanceolata. 


——_* 


Long. 145; lat. 12; diam. 7 mill. restates 7 
Hab.—Agra, Indiae. Collect. Prime. 


The shell is small, transversely-oval, trigonal, equilateral, 
and somewhat compressed. The lateral margins are obtuse. 
The strie are very regular. The epidermis is green and 
polished. The lunula is indistinct and pale. The beaks are 
very small and acute, they curve inwardly, are flesh-colored 
and marked with a ray of dark violet. The interior of the 
valves is violet. 

The Corbicula subradiata is very closely allied to Corbicula 
radiata of Africa; it is, however, more trigonal, less globose, and 
the beaks are less tumid and less acute. 


22. Corbicula Agwemsis, Prime. 


Cyrene Agrensis, Kurr in litt. 
Corbicula Agrensis, Prime. Acad. N.S. Phil. Proc. 128. 1861. 
Prime Cat. 3. 1863. 


C. testa parvula, ovato-transversa, subaequilaterali, subinflata; extre- 
mitatibus rotundatis ; epidermide viridi-olivacea induta ; sulcis 
regularibus; margarita violacea; umbonibus parvulis, acuti- 


Fig. 24. 
a 





usculis ; cardine angusto ; lunula pallida. 


Long. 9; lat. 8; diam. 5 mill. Sern: 


Hab.—Agya, Indiae. Collect. Prime. 


76 Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 


The shell is small, transversely oval, nearly equilateral, and 
slightly inflated. The lateral margins are obtuse. The beaks 
are small, acute, and they curve inwardly. The interior is 
violet. The strie are regular. The epidermis is greenish-olive. 
The lunula is quite distinct and of a paler color than the rest of 
the shell. 

Compared with Corbicula Quilonensis, this species is more 
equilateral and the posterior side is less produced; the beaks 
are also less inflated and more approximate. It is less inflated 
and has closer striz than Corbicula tumida. 


23. Corbicula parvula, Prime. 


Corbicula parvula, Prime. Acad. N.S, Phil, 127. 1861. 
Prime Cat. 4. 1863. 


C. testa ovato-transversa, compressiuscula, sequilaterali; extremitatibus 
obtusis ; umbonibus parvulis, acutiusculis, incurvis, brevibus ; 


Fic. 25. 


sulcis irregularibus, obsoletis; epidermide pallide viridi-fla- 


vescente, nitente vestita; margarita pallide violacea; cardine 





angusto ; lunula pallida. 


Coparyul. Long. 12; lat. 9; diam. 6 mill. , 
Hab—India. Collect. Prime. 


The shell is rather slight, rounded-oval, compressed, and 
equilateral. The lateral margins are obtuse. The beaks are 
small, acute, not raised, they curve inwardly and are very 
approximate. The striz are irregular and somewhat obsolete. 
The interior is pale violet. The epidermis is pale greenish- 
yellow and polished. The lunula is discernible and is paler 
than the rest of the shell. The hinge is nearly straight and 
narrow. The teeth are very slight and delicate. 

Compared with Corbicula subradiata, this species is smaller, 
more transverse, less trigonal, and the beaks are considerably 


Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 17 


less drawn up to an angle. The striz are also different, being 
more obsolete and less regular. The color of the epidermis is 
not the same. 


24. Corbicula purpurea, nov. spec. 
Corbicula purpurea, Prime in litt. Cat. 4. 1863. 


C. testa ovato-transversa, subtrigona, inflata, equilaterali; extremi- 
tatibus obtusis; umbonibus parvulis, tumidulis, incur- 
vis, approximatis, violaceo maculatis ;_ regulariter sul- 
cata; epidermide viridi, nitente vestita; cardine incras- 
sato; margarita profunde violacea; lunula ovato-lan- 
ceolata. 





Long. 20; lat. 16; diam. 12 mill. 


ffab.—In flumine Tigris, Asiae. Collect. 
Wheatley et Prime. 





The shell is transversely-oval, somewhat tri- 
gonal, inflated, and equilateral. The lateral CPiculs purpurea. 
margins are obtuse. The beaks are small, tumid, approximate, 
they curve inwardly and are marked with violet. The epi- 
dermis is green and polished. The strie are regular. The 
interior is a rich and brilliant violet or purple. The lunula 
is very distinct, and of a lighter shade than the rest of the shell. 
The hinge is rounded and somewhat broad. 

The Corbicula violacea is allied to certain forms of Corb:- 
cula cor, and more especially to those of the young of this 
species; it is, however, smaller, more equilateral, much more 
transverse, not so trigonal, the beaks are less full and less 
raised, and the hinge is less curved, less broad, and less robust. 
In coloring and in disposition of the strie, the two species are 
very similar. 


78 Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 


25. Corbicula Largillierti, Deshayes. 


Cyrena Largillierti, Philippi. Zeit. Malak. 163. 1844. Phil. 

Abbild. IL. 75, pl. 1, f. 1. 1844. 

Corbicula Largillierti, Deshayes. Biv. Brit. Mus. 225. 1854. 
Prime Cat. 3. 1868. 


C. testa trigona, subzequilaterali, compressiuscula, epidermide olivacea 
induta ; latere antico lato, rotundato, pos- 
tico angustiore, acuminato, obtuso; umbo- 
nibus tumidis, elevatis, antice inclinatis, 
incurvis, approximatis ; lunula indistincta ; 
dense et irregulariter striata; epidermide 
olivacea induta ; pagina interna albida, ad 
margines violacea ; cardine incrassato. 


Long 


g. 863 lat. 335 diam. 20 mill. 


Hab.—In flumine Yang-tse-Kiang, 
Chinae. Collect. Wheatley, Jay, et 
Prime. 


The shell is trigonal, subequilateral, 
and somewhat compressed. The an- 
terior side is broad and rounded, the 
posterior side is narrow, produced, 
and obtuse. The beaks are full, 

Sena LT Lae raised, inclined, curved inwardly and 
approximate. The lunula is indistinct. The striz are close, 
light, numerous, and irregular. The epidermis is olive color. 
The interior is white with violet on the margins and on the 
lateral teeth. The hinge is broad and very much curved. 

This species is easily recognised by the elevation and pro- 
trusion of the beaks, which are also very much inclined. 

Compared with Corbicula Chemnitziana, the beaks are more 
raised, the shell is more trigonal, the hinge is more angular, 
and the coloring and disposition of the strize are different. 





Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 79 


The Corbicula Largillierti is rare. The specimens in my 
cabinet, which served for the above description and figure, came 
from Monsieur Largilliert, from whose collection Philippi 
described the original Cyrena Largillierti. 


26. Corbicula sulcatima, Deshayes. 


Corbicula suleatina, Deshayes. Proc. Zool. XXIL, 348. 1854. 
Biv. Brit. Mus. 233. 1854. 


C. testa transversa, ovato-trigona, turgidula, subsequilaterali, obliqua, 
transversim dense et tenue sulcata, sulcis pos- p 
2 Fie. 28. 
tice evanescentibus; lunula depressa, leevi- 
gata; epidermide viridi-flavescente vestita ; 
umbonibus levigatis, prominentibus, obliquis, 
incurvis; margarita candida, ad margines pal- 
lide castanea vel violacea; cardine angusto. 


Long. 33; lat. 29; diam. 17 mill. 





Hab.—China. Collect. Cuming et 
Prime. 


Corbicula suleatina, 


The shell is transversely oval, trigonal, not much inflated, and 
nearly equilateral. The posterior is slightly produced and is 
obtuse at the extremity. The beaks are moderately full, raised, 
approximate, and they curve inwardly. The interior is white, 
with chestnut or violet on the margins and teeth. The epider- 
mis is yellowish-green, with occasional spots of a darker color. 
The hinge is curved and somewhat narrow. 

The specimens which served for the above description and 
drawing were received from Mr. Cuming, from whose cabinet 
Monsieur Deshayes described the Corbicula sulcatina. No 
locality is assigned to this species, but its form and general 
appearance place it beyond a doubt with the Corbiculz from 
China. 

In my Catalogue I had classed this species under the head of 
Corbicula Largillierts ; since its publication having had an 


80 Notes on Species of Corbiculada. 


opportunity of forming a complete suite of the Corbicula sul- 
catina, I found cause to change my views, and I now consider 
it as a distinct species. Compared with Corbicula Largillierti, 
it is more transverse, less trigonal, the beaks are much less 
inflated and less raised, the anterior margin is not so broad, the 
hinge is slighter, narrower, less abruptly curved, and not so 
strong, and the coloring of the shell is different. 


27. Corbicula mimor, Prime. 


Corbicula minor, Prime. Acad. N. 8. Phil. Proc. 127. 1861. 
Prime Cat. 4. 18638. 


C. testa parvula, ovato-transversa, compressiuscula, solidiuscula, subze- 
quilaterali; extremitatibus rotundatis; umbonibus promi- 
nentibus; sulcis regularibus; epidermide virescente ves- 


Fie. 29. 


tita; pagina interna violacea; cardine angusto; lunula 


indistincta. 


Long. 15; lat. 11; diam. 8 mill. 





Corb. minor. 


Hab.—Nova Hollandia. Collect. Prime. 


The shell is small, transversely rounded, somewhat com- 
pressed and nearly equilateral. The sides are rounded. The 
beaks are moderately full and somewhat raised. The strize are 
regular and close. The epidermis is green. The interior is 
violet. The hinge is nearly straight and rather narrow. The 
lunula is indistinct. The valves are comparatively solid. 

Compared with Corbicula Australis, it is more elongated, the 
hinge is straighter and broader, the strize are more regular and 
the coloring is different. Corbicula minor is larger, more elon- 
gated, and more oval than Corbicula Angas, and the disposition 
of the strize and the coloring are different. 


28. Corbicula imaequilateralis, Prime. 


Corbicula inequilateralis, Prime. Acad. N.S. Phil. 128. 1861. 
Prime Cat. 4. 1863. 


C. testa ovato-transversa, compressiuscula, tenui, valde inzequilaterali, 


Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 81 


extremitatibus rotundatis; umbonibus brevibus, prominentibus, acuti- 
usculis, approximatis, incurvis, antice inclinatis, violaceo 


Fia. 30. 


subradiatis ; sulcis regularibus; margarita pallide viola- 
cea; epidermide pallide virescente, nitente induta; cardine 





angusto ; dentibus lateralibus inaequalibus; lunula ovato- 






lanceolata, flava. ~~ y} 
: SS 
_ : a Corb. insequi- 

Long. 163; lat. 12; diam. 7 mill. lateralis. 


Hab.—Africa. Collect. Prime. 


The shell is transversely oval, somewhat compressed, and 
very inequilateral. The lateral margins are rounded. The 
beaks are small, raised, acute, they curve inwardly, they 
are approximate and very much inclined. The valves are 
slight. The interior is pale violet. Thestris are regular. The 
epidermis is pale greenish with violet markings on the beaks, 
and is polished. The hinge is quite narrow and nearly straight. 
The posterior lateral tooth is longer than the posterior tooth. 
The lunula is oval and yellow. 

The very inequilateral appearance of this species renders it 
quite distinct. 


29. Corbicula solidula, Prime. 


Corbicula solidula, Prime. Acad. N.S. Phil. Proe. 127. 1861. 
Prime Cat. 4. 1863. 


C. testa parvula, ovato-trigona, crassula, subzequilaterali, tumidula ; 
striis regularibus ; extremitatibus rotundatis; epidermide fla- 
vescente, nitente induta; valvis solidiusculis; margarita al- 
bida, ad impressiones musculares castanea ; cardine incrassato ; 


lunula inconspicua. 
Long. 11; lat. 10; diam. 7 mill. SP pedals: 


Hab.? Collect. Prime. 





The shell is small, oval, trigonal, somewhat equilateral, and 
more or less inflated. The sides are rounded. The beaks are 
moderately inflated and not prominent. The striz are regular 


82 Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 


but somewhat coarse. The epidermis is yellow. The lunula is 
not very distinct. The valves are comparatively solid and heavy. 
The interior is white, with chestnut markings on the muscular 
impressions. The hinge is broad and curved. The teeth are 


strong and broad. 

Comparing this species with Corbicula trigona, we find that 
it is more trigonal, less transverse, more solid, the posterior 
side is less produced, the beaks are not so acute, the striz are 
coarser, and the coloring is different. 


Genus BATISSA. 


1. Batissa solidula, Prime. 
Batissa solidula, Prime. Proe. Zool. 1862.—Prime Cat. 5. 1863. 


B. testa ovato-orbiculari, subsequilaterali, compressiuscula; latere 


Fie. 32. 





antico productiore, rotundato, postico abrupto, obtuso; valvis solidis, 
intus albidis, ad margines violaceis ; cardine incrassato, dentibus cardi- 


Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 838 


nalibus subsequalibus ; lateralibus angustis inaqualibus, postico remoto ; 
epidermide nigro-virescente, nitida vestita; area posticali rugis irregu- 
laribus divaricatis corrugata; umbonibus parvulis, integris, antice incli- 


natis, incurvis. 
Long. 60; lat. 60; diam. 33 mill. 
Hab. % Collect. Cuming et Prime. 


The shell is rounded, orbicular, subequilateral, and not much 
inflated. The anterior side is somewhat produced aud rounded, 
the posterior side is broader and very abrupt. The valves are 
solid. The color of the interior is white, running into violet on 
the inferior posterior side and on the margins. The margins 
are much flattened. The hinge is broad and very much 
curved. The cardinal teeth are slightly divergent and sube- 
qual. The lateral teeth are moderately elongated, somewhat 
narrow and unequal; the posterior lateral tooth is situated at 
a considerable distance from the primaries, and is somewhat 
rudimentary. The epidermis is dark or blackish green and 
polished. The folds on the posterior side are coarse and irre- 
gular. The beaks are small, not denuded, inclined; they curve 
inwardly and are approximate. 

This species is very closely allied to Batissa Jayana from 
Java; it is, however, more solid, somewhat more inflated, the 
hinge is much broader, the cardinal teeth are longer and less 
divergent, the lateral teeth are broader, and the posterior lateral 
tooth is more rudimentary and less elongated. 


Genus CYRENA. 


1 Cyrena Bernardiiama, Prime. 


Cyrena Bernardiiana, Prime. Acad. N. 8. Phil. Proce. 126. 1861. 
Prime Cat. 6. 18638. 


C. testa ovato-transversa, subtrigona, subzequilaterali, tumida, in medio 
ventricosa; margine superiore arcuato; valvis solidis, intus candidis- 


simis; cardine angusto, dentibus cardinalibus angustis, majoribus apice 


84 Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 


profunde fissis, dente laterali antico conico ; ligamento elongato, partina 





Cyrena Bernardiiana. 


in fosso; umbonibus inclinatis, parvulis; sulcis obsoletis; epidermide 


viridi, nitente vestita. 
Long. 65; lat. 57; diam. 38 mill. 
Hab.—Nova Caledonia. Collect. Prime. 


The shell is transversely-oval, subtrigonal, nearly equilateral, 
and inflated, more especially so in the centre of the dises. The 
posterior margin is somewhat abrupt at the extremity. The 
other margins are rounded. The valvesaresolid. The interior 
is white. The hinge is somewhat narrow. The cardinal teeth 
are rather slight and divergent, and the principal ones are 
bifid. The anterior lateral tooth is conical, the posterior lateral 
tooth is narrow, somewhat elongated and compressed. The 
beaks are small. The epidermis is bright green and polished. 
The strize are more or less obsolete. The folds on the posterior 
side are coarse and irregular. 


Sar terse 





Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 85 


This species is dedicated to the late Chevalier Bernardi, who 


was formerly one of the editors of the Journal de Conchy- 
liologie. 


The Cyrena Bernardiiana is more inflated and more trans- 
verse than Oyrena nitida. Compared with Cyrena Ceylonica 
it is not so solid, more inflated, and less trigonal. 

2, Cyrema Proxima, nov. spec. 
Cyrena prozima, Prime in Litt. Cat. 6. 1863. 
C. testa ovato-suborbiculari, subeequilaterali, subinflata; latere antico 


Fic. 34. 





Cyrena proxima. 


rotundato, postico subobtuso; pagina interna candidissima; cardine 
crasso, lato; dentibus cardinalibus angustis, divergentibus, majoribus 
bifidis; umbonibus parvulis, integris, inclinatis, incurvis, approximatis ; 
striis obsoletis; epidermide viridi, nitente induta. 

Long. 67; lat. 63; diam. 37 mill. 

Hab.—Siam. Collect. Prime. 


86 Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 


The shell is oval-suborbicular, nearly equilateral, and some- 
what inflated. The anterior side is rounded, the posterior is 
subobtuse. The beaks are small, they curve inwardly and are 
approximate. The valves are solid. The interior is white. 
The hinge is broad. The cardinal teeth are narrow and diver- 
gent, the two principal ones are bifid. The anterior lateral 
tooth is conical and the posterior one somewhat elongated and 
flattened. The strize are more or less obsolete. The epidermis 
is light green and polished. The ligament is narrow, elongated, 
and not prominent. 

This species is less inflated and less orbicular than Cyrena 
spherica, and it is more inflated and less produced than either 
Cyrena nitida, Papuana, or Bernardiiana. 


3. Cywema Siamica, Prime. 


Cyrena Siamica, Prime. Acad. N. 8. Phil. Proc. 126. 1861. 
Prime Cat. 6. 1863. 


C. testa ovato-transversa, subtrigona, inzequilaterali, subinflata ; postice 


Fig. 35. 





Cyrena Siamica. 


subtruncata, antice valde declivi, in medio convexa’ epidermide fusca 


Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 87 


vestita; irregulariter striata; valvis solidis, intus albis; umbonibus 
depressis, brevibus, seepius erosis; cardine incrassato; dentibus cardi- 
nalibus brevibus, obliquis, fere parallelis, majoribus superne canaliculatis ; 


lateralibus parvulis, compressis. 
Long. 59; lat. 51; diam. 30 mill. 
Hab.—Siam. Collect. Cuming et Prime. 


The shell is transversely rounded, subtrigonal, inequilateral, 
and somewhat inflated. The lateral margins are more or less 
abrupt, and more especially the posterior margin. The valves 
are solid, and they are convex in the centre of the discs. The 
epidermis is dark brown without polish. The striz are coarse 
and irregular. The beaks are small and compressed, and are fre- 
quently very much eroded. The interior is white. The hinge 
is curved and not very broad; the cardinal teeth are short, 
subparallel, the two principal ones are bifid; the lateral teeth 
are nearly of the same length, they are short and not much 
raised. 

Very closely allied to Cyrena Sumatrica, it is however less 
inflated, less transverse, and the hinge is much more curved. 
Compared with Cyrena ponderosa, it is less transverse and less 
produced on the anterior side. 


4. Cyrema ponderosa, Prime. 


Cyrena ponderosa, Prime. Acad. N.S. Phil. 80. 1860. 
Prime Cat. 6. 1863. 


C. testa transversa, subtrigona, inzequilaterali, subinflata; latere antico 
producto, postico subtruncato; valvis solidis, intus candidis ; umbonibus 
brevibus, obliquis, seepius erosis ; irregulariter et dense striata; epider- 
mide brunnea induta; cardine incrassato; dentibus compressis, cardi- 
nalibus fere parallelis. 


Long. 53; lat. 45; diam. 32 mill. 


Hab.—Insulae Philippinenses. Collect. Acad. Phil. et Prime. 


88 Notes on Speeies of Corbicuiade. 


The shell is transverse, subtrigonal, inequilateral, and some- 
what inflated. The anterior side is produced and the posterior 


Fic. 36. 





Cyrena ponderosa. 


side is somewhat truncated. The valves are very ponderous. 
The interior is white. The beaks are small and oblique, they are 
often very mucheroded. Thestriz are close, coarse, and indis- 
tinct. The epidermis is dusky brown without polish. The 
hinge is angular, broad and strong. The cardinal teeth are 
somewhat flattened and nearly parallel. The lateral teeth are 
not much raised, the anterior tooth is short and conical, the 
posterior is a little longer and not quite so much raised. 

This species is somewhat allied to Cyrena Bengalica, it is 
however smaller, a little more transverse, and the beaks are 
much less raised and less inflated. 


5. Cyrena Cyprimazformniis, Prime. 


Cyrena Cyprineformis, Prime. Acad. N. 8. Phil. Proc. 125. 1861. 
Prime Cat. 6. 1863. 


C. testa magna, transversa, ovato-subtrigona, suborbiculari, ineequi- 
laterali, in medio ventricosa, solida, crassa; latere antico breviore, rotun- 
dato, postico angustiore, subtruncato; pagina interna candidissima ; 





Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 89 


umbonibus tumidis, parvis, acutis, obliquis, incurvis, approximatis ; liga- 
mento elongato, partim in fosso; epidermide viridi-fuscescente vestita ; 





Cyrena cyprineformis, 


cardine incrassato ; dentibus cardinalibus elongatis, majoribus apice pro- 
funde furcatis, lateralibus brevibus. 


Long. 94; lat. 85; diam. 58 mill. 
Hab.—Australia Septentrionalis. Collect. Cuming et Prime. 


The shell is large, solid, transverse, oval-subtrigonal, subor- 
bicular, inequilateral, and ventricose in the centre of the discs. 
The anterior side is short and rounded, the posterior side is nar- 
rower and subtruncated. The beaks are inflated, but small, 


acute and oblique; they curve inwardly and are approximate. 
JUNE, 1864. 7 Ann. Lyo, Nat. Hist, Vou. VIII. 


90 Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 


The ligament is long and narrow and somewhat concealed. The 
strie are coarse and indistinct. The epidermis is brownish 
green, without polish. The interior is white. The hinge is 
somewhat curved, not very broad, but strong. The cardinal 
teeth are narrow and divergent, the two principal teeth are 
bifurcated. The lateral teeth are short and obtuse. 

This species is somewhat allied to Cyrena Cyprinoides, it is 
however more transverse, less trigonal, and the beaks are less 
inflated. Compared with Cyrena similis, it is less heavy, more 
orbicular, and somewhat more inflated. 


6. Cyrema reguiaris, Prime. 


Cyrena regularis, Prime. Acad. N.S. Phil. Proe. 136. 1861. 
Prime Cat. 6. 1863. 


C. testa transversa, ovato-rotundata, valde inzequilaterali, in medio 


Fie. 38. 


= Z Cae 





“Cyrena regularis. 


subinflata; latere antico, producto, angusto, rotundato, postico subtrun 


Notes on Species of Corbiculade. aT 


cato; pagina interna candidissima; umbonibus parvis, obliquis, acuti- 
usculis, incurvis, approximatis ; striis irregularibus, obsoletis ; epidermide 
fuscescente vestita; cardine angusto, incrassato; dentibus cardinalibus 
divergentibus, majoribus profunde canaliculatis; dente laterali antico 
conico, postico elongato, compresso. 


Long. 78; lat. 67; diam. 40 mill. 
Hab. ? Collect. Prime. 


The shell is transverse, rounded oval, very inequilateral, and 
somewhat inflated in the centre of the discs. The anterior side 
is produced and narrow, the posterior side is subtruneated. The 
interior is white. The beaks are small, acute, they curve 
inwardly and are approximate. The strive are irregular and 
nearly obsolete. The epidermis is dusky and without polish. 
The hinge is nearly straight and somewhat narrow. The car- 
dinal teeth are elongated and narrow, the two principal ones 
are very deeply bifurcated, the central tooth is very broad. The 
lateral teeth are very short and small, the anterior tooth is coni- 
cal, the posterior is slightly elongated, narrow, and not much 
raised. 

Compared with Cyrena sublobata, this species is less heavy, 
more inflated, the anterior is narrower and the hinge is less 
broad and less strong. It differs from Oyrena sinuosa in being 
anteriorly narrower, posteriorly broader, and in having the 
hinge margin straighter. + 


Genus PISIDIUM. 


1, Pisidium Nov-Zelandicum, Prime. 


Pisidium Nov-Zelandicum, Prime. Proe. Zool. 1862. 
Prime Cat. 17. 1863. 


P. testa minuta, transversa, ovali, subobliqua, valde inzequilaterali, 


92 Catalogue of Birds. 


compressiuscula, tenui, postice subtruncata; umbonibus parvis, obtusi- 
usculis ; epidermide corneo-flavescente, nitente vestita. 


Fie. 39. 


Long. 4; lat. 3; diam. 2 mill. 


Hab.—N ova-Zelandia. Collect. Cuming et Prime. 





. landicum. 


The shell is small, delicate, transverse, rounded- 
oval, very inequilateral, somewhat compressed, and a little 
oblique. The anterior side is produced, elongated and rounded, 
the posterior is somewhat abrupt. The beaks are small and 
obtuse. The epidermis is yellowish-horncolor and polished. 

Very closely allied to Pistdiwm abditum and to Pisidiwm 
Casertanum, it is however less inflated than either of these 
species. 








VIU.— Catalogue of Birds collected at the Island of Sombrero, 
W. L., with Observations by A. A. JuLtEn. 


By Gro. N. LAwrence. 


Read December 12, 1864. 


In the spring of 1863 I received for investigation a few 
water birds and one species of land bird, collected on the Island 
of Sombrero by Mr. A. A. Julien. 

The land bird proved to be a new species and was described 
by me in the Proceedings of the Phil. Acad. of Sci. for 1863, 
p- 106. I then promised a catalogue of the birds of that island, 
should further collections received from Mr. Julien warrant my 
doing so. 

He has since forwarded many additional species, and although 
the entire number is not large, I have thought a list of them 
might not be devoid of interest. The popular names of eight 
or ten others are given as frequenting the island, but no spe- 
cimens of them have yet been obtained. Some time since I 





Catalogue of Birds. 93 


suggested to Mr. Julien that a description of the locality, with 
such notes as he was able to make of the birds found there, 
would be desirable information to incorporate in a catalogue. 
With this request he has complied, as will be seen by the 
annexed letter, in which he gives an account of some of the 
peculiar features of the island, together with some general 
remarks concerning the arrival and departure of birds; also 
notes on the habits of particular species, which are placed under 
those to which they refer, and indicated by quotation marks. 


“SomBrero, Jan. 12, 1864. 

“T have to-day, for the first time, a little leisure to commence the 
account I promised you of the occasional observations I have made upon 
the birds visiting this Key. ‘They are necessarily of a merely popular 
character from my entire ignorance of the science, and I fear that the 
little time at my disposal will compel me to jot them down as they 
come into my recollection, without much systematic arrangement. 
During the first two years of my residence here (Aug. 1860 to Aug. 
1862), my observations were altogether accidental and I made few 
notes, but I have paid particular attention to the subject during the 
past year (1863). 

“ The Island of Sombrero is a naked rock, about seven-eighths of a mile 
long, twenty to forty feet above the level of the sea, and from a few rods 
to about one-third of a mile in width. It is situated in the open sea 
(the Islands of St. Martin and Saba being just visible low down on the 
§. E. horizon), and exposed to the full force of the winds. There is no 
vegetation whatever on the island over two feet high; it consists merely 
of a few patches of ‘ prickly pear’, a little grass, samphire, and other low 
herbs. In the centre of the widest part of the Key is a shallow layer of 
sand, all the rest of the surface is the naked rock. In the winter season 
the salt spray is carried entirely over some parts of the Key by the high 
winds, 

“From this short description you will understand the insignificance 
of the locality, and the little likelihood of many species of birds being 
found here which I have seen or heard of in neighboring islands, On 
account of the diminutiveness of our Key, however, and the large force 
of laborers scattered over its surface, I have been able during the past 


94 Catalogue of Birds. 


year to get more or less acquainted with nearly every individual land 
bird and every species of sea bird that has chanced to visit us. 

“ Our birds may be arranged in three classes : 

““Y, Sea birds of the breeding season. 

“TJ. Birds of the September passage. 

“TIT. Land birds, stragglers. 


“T, Sea Birds of the Breeding Season. 


“ Regularly every year in March large flocks of sea birds arrive here 
from the south, immediately build their nests, breed, and successively 
depart again to the southward with their young, during the latter part of 
May, June, and July. In past years, apparently from time immemorial, 
this Key has been greatly celebrated for the numbers of the sea birds 
visiting it in the spring, and the abundance of their eggs. The sloops 
and small craft of the neighboring islands made periodical visits here at 
this season, loaded themselves deep with the birds and eggs, and carried 
them to the St. Thomas market, which is the depot of the surplus pro- 
ducts of the islands in this part of the West Indies. I have met with 
several captains of vessels who in past voyages have stopped here to 
procure supplies of birds and eggs for their crews, and many of the labor- 
ers now upon the Key have often visited it before for this purpose ; all 
these assure me of the countless flocks, and the vast numbers of eggs 
scattered over the surface. 

“The quarrying operations began in 1856, and since that year the 
numbers of the birds and eggs have been rapidly decreasing. Even on 
my arrival in 1860, and the following spring, the extremities of the Key 
on which no quarries were opened, were occupied by flocks whose num- 
bers, gyrations, and deafening din, formed a strange spectacle as they 
rose alarmed at each blast. But our negro laborers have ever been so 
indefatigable in collecting the eggs at their meal hours and even during 
the night, that I do not believe a single young bird has been hatched 
since our occupation of the Key. At this season it was not uncommon 
to see birds, caught on their nests, kept in the houses until each had 
yielded up its prize. Consequently last season (spring of 1868) only 
about two dozen eggs in all were found, instead of the thousands of pre- 
vious years. 


Catalogue of Birds. 95 


“Tn 1861 this class of birds arrived on the 29th of April in large 
flocks. Eggs were laid in large numbers until about the middle of June, 
and by August nearly all the birds had again flown southward. 

“In 1862 large flocks suddenly arrived on March 18th. They were 
quite variable in their attendance on the Key, sometimes being present 
in large numbers, and occasionally being nearly all absent. The first 
egg was found on March 234d, and they continued to be laid in numbers 
(only about two or three thousand in all), until the latter part of May. 
Most departed in June, but a few flocks still remained until the latter 
part of August. 

“In 1863 only a few individuals arrived, Feb. 22d, instead of the 
usual large flocks of Noddies, but a large flock of Royal Terns arrived in 
the following month. Nests were begun on May 4th, and on the 24th 
the first eg was found. The large flocks disappeared in the latter part 
of June, but a few remained until the end of August. 


“TI. Birds of the September Passage. 


“Tn 1861, either in August or early in September (I omitted to note 
the date), large flocks of birds passed over the Key, coming from the 
N. W. and going to the S. E.,, ce. towards St. Martin. Several of 
these flocks thus passed during several days, and only a few stragglers 
alighted upon the Key. 

“In 1862, September, I was absent from the Key. 

“In 1863, from Sept. 2d to Sept. 12th, several flocks passed in the 
same way, containing from three to about one hundred individuals. 
Flocks also passed during the night; cries were heard as if from many 
birds flying to the 8S. E. Some of these flocks appeared to consist of one 
species, others of two or more. Some of the flocks flew very high, but 
others at a less elevation. The following fact was observed in some cases 
both by myself and others upon the Key : as the flock arrived over the 
Key it hesitated in its flight, rose nearly vertically to a greater elevation, 
hesitated, again sank to its former level, and continued its flight towards 
the south-east. All this was done in a few seconds; we fancied they 
acted thus for the following reasons: that Sombrero was the first land 
they had made in their flight, that they hesitated to alight here, there- 
fore rose to get a better view of the other islands (perhaps over inter- 


96 Catalogue of Birds. 


vening clouds), and having thus satisfied themselves continued their 
flight to their old haunts, Whence dothese flocks come—from America 
or Bermuda? 

“Many stragglers and small flocks settled upon the island and remained 
until the first part of October, from these were procured the specimens I 
sent you (Charadrius Virginicus). Ishould have mentioned that I left 
the Key in 1862 on the 14th August, and up to that time none of these 
flocks had passed. So that from the experience of the last three years I 
infer that these flocks regularly pass during the first fortnight in Sep- 
tember, 


“TIT. Landbirds, Stragglers. 


“Most of the species included here do not come from the N. W. in 
September, in my experience, and I believe that they are perhaps all 
permanent residents of the neighboring large islands. Individuals make 
their first appearance especially during a calm or after a heavy gale. 
The number of species in this class which I have been able to obtain is 
very small. Besides the different species of Flycatchers, etc. which I 
saw during my first two years’ residence, of which I have no specimens, 
and aside from the various kinds visiting parts of the Key and the ves- 
sels in port, which I did not see but was informed of, I have the local 
names of nearly twenty birds belonging perhaps to as many species, of 
most of which I got but a single glimpse during this last year, 1863. 
To my knowledge no land bird breeds upon this Key. All the members 
of this class are but mere visitors here, remaining, if at all, but for a day 
or two. A person resident here for many years would probably be able 
to procure’ most or all the species of the islands to windward, and per- 
haps some from to leeward, according as they might by chance be blown 
here, or for some reason tempted to cross the channel. 

“My foregoing remarks will at least give you a clearer idea of the 
insignificance of this little Key as an ornithological field, and I regret for 
this reason that I have not been a resident of one of the larger islands. 
As it is, however, I could not have found time to have skinned even this 
small number of birds had I not possessed an intelligent ‘contraband’ 
as a laboratory boy, who, after a few trials, skinned specimens as well as 
I did. 

“JT have not written these notes in the form of a scientific paper from 


Catalogue of Birds. 97 


my evident want of materials, but have jotted them down under the 
impression that perhaps you might cull out something new or peculiar 
to this locality, and such you may publish or dispose of in any way you 
think proper. Atexis A. Juien.” 


1. Tinnunculus sparveroides (Vigors). 
“Tn 1863 one was seen, and one Oct. 21st; they are common 
in St. Martin.” 
2. Margarops fuscatus (Vieill.). 
“¢Thrush’ ; one shot, Sept. 28, 1863.” 
3. Setophaga ruticilla (Linn.). 
“ No local name, several specimens obtained.” 
4, Hirundo horreorum, Barton. 

* Swallow,’ sometimes called ‘Hurricane bird,’ from its 
abundance in St. Martin in the Hurricane Season, August to 
October. A large flock remained here from Sept. 22d to Nov. 
3d. Notwithstanding the free exposure of this Key to the wind, 
flies are very abundant here, especially in calms like that which 
prevailed while the above flock of swallows was present.” 

5. Vireosylvia atripennis, Lawr. Proce. Phil. Acad. 1863, 
p- 106. 

“No local name, probably belongs to some of the Windward 

Islands.” 


6. Vireosvivia altiloqua (Vicill.)? 

This specimen, the only one in the collection, I have placed 
provisionally as altiloqua, but it differs so materially from that 
species (or rather from the only specimen of it I have for com- 
parison), that I think it may possibly be distinct; should it so 
prove on a future comparison I suggest for it the specific name 
of wirginalis. 


The entire upper plumage is of a clear yellowish green, brighter on the 
rump and duller on the crown, but not at all inclining to ashy on the lat- 
ter; tail light brownish olive with the outer webs the color of the back, 
the inner margins pale yellow ; quills blackish brown edged with yellow- 


98 Catalogue of Birds. 


ish green; under wing coverts and inner margins of quills pale yellow ; 
a dull fulvous line runs from the bill over the eye, and a narrow dark 
mystachial stripe on each side of the chin; under plumage white with a 
slight tinge of pale fulvous on the throat, greyish on the neck and upper 
part of the breast; sides tinged with yellowish green; under tail coverts 
clear pale yellow ; thighs brownish ash ; upper mandible biackish brown, 
the under whitish horn color; tarsi and toes plumbeous black. 


Length about 6 in.; wing 54; tail 24; bill 3; tarsi 2. 


It is of a much brighter color than altiloqgua, being of a clear 
green without the brown cast which pervades the plumage of 
that species, only a shade of this color existing on the front, 
showing nothing like a decided cap. 


7. Tyrannus griseus, Vieill. 
“ Local name ‘ Chincherry.’ ” 
8. Hulampis chlorolemus, Gould. 
9. Orthorhynchus exilis (Gm.). 
10. Coceyzus Sulieni, Lawy., antea p. 42. 

“In 1868, Oct. 20th, while taking a walk, I suddenly came 
upon this bird in a cavity of the rock; he appeared greatly 
frightened ; having no gun with me I chased him, and a boy 
finally struck him with a stone. There is no local name for it 
here.” 

11. Dolichonyx orizivorus (Linn.). 
12. Zenaida amabilis, Bonap. 

“Mountain Dove’; they are abundant in the neighboring 

islands.” 
13. Ardea herodias, Linn. 
14. Nyctherodius violaceus (Linn.). 
15. Charadrius Virginicus, Borck. 

“¢Golden Plover’; the first flock passed Sept. 2d in 1863, 
and stragglers remained until Oct. 20th, during a portion of 
that time forming a large flock. They were almost continually 
running about in the sand, picking up the insects which abound 
in the summer and autumn among the weeds. They were very 


Catalogue of Birds. 99 


fat and easily shot. They are also a celebrated game bird in 
St. Martin.” . 

‘Mr. Julien’s observations under Section II. undoubtedly all 
relate to the migration of this species, which possesses peculiar 
interest both from its regularity and the great distance accom- 
plished without rest. The periodical southern flight takes place 
at the end of August; at that time a succession of flocks leaves 
the North American continent about Nova Scotia, and striking 
boldly out to sea they take a direct: line south, passing over or 
to the east of Bermuda, and making no stops, if not interfered 
with by storms, until the West Indies are reached, even passing 
over the first of these in their course. 

In some seasons large numbers suddenly appear on Montauk 
Point, the easternmost extremity of Long Island. What is 
designated as Montauk Point is nine miles in length by one and 
a half to two miles in breadth; it is connected with the neigh- 
boring portion of Long Island by a sand beach of five miles in 
extent, and has the appearance of having at one time been 
detached from it. It differs strikingly in formation and appear- 
ance from the adjacent shore, consisting of a succession of 
immense hills, with a bold rocky shore on the seaside. The 
original sod on the entire Point remains unbroken by the 
plough, being only used for pasturage ; excepting the Light- 
house there are but three buildings upon it, these are occupied 
by the keepers having in charge the stock sent there for the 
summer. 

In August, 1858, I was spending a few days on the Point, 
and had quarters with Mr. Patrick Gould, who occupied the 
last or most easterly house ; he had long been a resident there, 
and was an intelligent observer. I inquired of him in reference 
to the great flights of Plover that occasionally took place; he 
stated that when they appeared in such numbers it was about 
the 28th of August, not varying more than a day or two from 
that time, and then only when a south-east storm drove them 
on the island from their regular course over the sea. I had 


100 Catalogue of Birds. 


made arrangements to leave on the 27th. In the morning of that 
day there were symptoms of aS. E. storm; Mr. Gould then pre- 
dicted that on the following day one of the large flights of 
Plover would occur. The storm commenced about noon, and 
as I rode over the hills in the afternoon to leave the Point flocks 
began to appear. As I learned afterwards Mr. Gould’s predic- 
tion was fully verified, for on the 28th the birds came in unnsual 
numbers. In these visitations they remain but a short time, 
the main body moving on south in two or three days. Every 
season a few flocks pass the Point at the time of their migration. 

From long observation Mr. Gould had noticed that unless a 
storm occurred just at the time named by him no unusual flight 
took place, showing that their principal migration is made each 
year at a fixed period and is over in two or three days. 

I have noticed for several years that a flight of this species, 
whether large or small, always took place on the last two or 
three days of August. 

A very interesting account, with many data of the southerly 
migration of this species, is given in an article by J. L. Hurdis, 
Esq., published in “The Naturalist in Bermuda.” 

16. Aegialitis semipalmatus (Bon.). 
“¢Ring-neck.’ Flocks seen from September to December.” 
17. Strepsilas interpres (Linn.). 
“¢Turnstone.” Small numbers of this species arrive in No- 
vember and remain until May.” 
18. Macrorhamphus griseus (Gm.). 
“¢ Grass-bird.’ In 1863 a flock was seen Sept. 9 and 10.” 
19. Hreunetes pusillus (Linn.). 
20. Micropalama himantopus (Bon.). 
21. Gambetta flavipes (Gm.). 
“¢ Yellow-legs.’ Seen in small numbers during September, 
associated with Golden Plover.” 
22. Numenius hudsonicus, Latham. 
“<¢ Curlew.’ Appear in September, but not abundant.” 
23. Fulica Americana, Gm. 


Catalogue of Birds. 101 


“ Nobody here could identify this bird. A pair lit in the 
sea among the vessels in port, one was disabled by a blow with 
an oar and captured.” 

24. Querquedila discors (Linn.). 

“¢Teal.’ In 1863 a flock of nine arrived on the night of 
Oct. 11th, but departed the following morning on being alarmed 
by the negroes, with the exception of one which I shot. This 
one appeared greatly fatigued, as if from long flight. In 1860 
a pair was shot. These are the only two cases in which wild 
ducks have been seen here.” 

25. Pelecanus fuscus, Linn. 

“¢ Brown Pelican.’ A few occasionally arrive here in the 
spring from the south, but do not remain; I have never seen 
nor heard of a nest or eggs of this species here. At St. Martin 
they may be seen all the year round, and breed upon the neigh- 
boring little Keys. They are caught there by nailing a small 
fish or bit of pork upon a plank, so arranged as to remain just 
beneath the surface; when spied by the Pelican he makes his 
usual downward plunge, and is disabled or killed by coming in 
contact with the plank. It is not uncommon in St. Martin and 
St. Thomas to see tame Pelicans attached to houses. During 
the day they go out to fish and return at night to roost with the 
fowls. Several are thus attached to the French garrison at 
Marigot, St. Martin, and when the fishing boats come in to the 
harbor the Pelicans are regularly on hand to receive their 
share of the spoils. So tame are they that amusing contests 
sometimes occur between them and the fishermen, in their 
efforts to obtain a larger portion by theft.” 

26. Sula fiber, Linn. 

“¢ Booby.’ During the winter only a few are to be seen, but 
in the spring they increase in number; a large flock suddenly 
arrives in June or July and remains until November. They 
never alight on the top of the cliff, but on the ledges at the 
sides. They fly low over the water chasing the shoals of small 
fish. I have never seen its nest or egg.” 


102 Catalogue of Birds. 


27. Lachypetes aquilus (Linn.). 

“< Frigate Bird.’ This species is almost our constant com- 
panion, from two to twelve or more pair being generally 
present. They breed in June and July. The nest is made out 
of twigs, and is about one foot in diameter and four or five 
inches high. But one egg is laid, sometimes short and oval and 
sometimes long and elliptical. These nests are never made in 
crevices, but on the top of the cliff at the extremity of the Key, 
overhanging the sea. J have never seen them quarrel, but, on 
the contrary, they appear to be very social; and when several 
pairs nest together the nests almost touch each other, the males 
standing and sitting around them ina close group. The females 
on their nests always sit facing to windward, as indeed do all 
other sea birds when their nests are exposed to the wind. 

“They are often very tame. Ihave frequently approached a 
group like that just mentioned (the females on their nests sur- 
rounded by the males), slowly and steadily. The males would 
first fly away when I came within twenty feet of them, but the 
females would remain looking around for the cause of alarm, in 
a bewildered manner, as if shortsighted; and I have sometimes 
approached thus within five or six feet of them (near enough to 
effect their capture) before they would rise into flight in the 
heavy, unwieldy manner peculiar to them. Sometimes, in a 
calm, I have seen a large flock alight on the brink of one of our 
quarries on an extremity of the Key, and there sit looking down 
unconcernedly on the laborers only ten or fifteen feet below 
them. The male collects the twigs for building the nest, and 
for that purpose hovers over some locality where the dead herb- 


age abounds, and after a few circles makes a sudden swoop . 


downwards, and jerks up his prize, unless it is too firmly rooted.” 


28. Phaeton aethereus, Linn. 

«Tropic bird.’ During my residence here this species has 
visited the Key regularly, but in small numbers. In 1862 four 
arrived March 18th; on the 23d these were caught in a hole in 
the cliff facing the sea on the windward side. One egg was 


i I A OIE AEE TO 


Catalogue of Birds. 103 


obtained (large and of a purple color), this is the only one I 
have ever seen or that has been laid here during the last three 
years; it was unfortunately broken. In 1863 a few were seen 
at intervals from February 7th to June 8th, when the last one 
was observed and shot. It will be thus seen that these birds 
are rare here. However, a captain who landed in 1848 informed 
me that they were then present, as well as the other sea birds, 
in prodigious numbers.” 


29. Phaeton flavirostris, Brandt. 

Mr. Julien described one specimen of Tropic bird that came 

under his notice, which undoubtedly was this species. 
30. Chrotcocephalus atricella (Linn.). 

“<Taughing Gull” This species is not abundant; they asso- 
ciate with the Royal Terns in the same manner as the Sooty 
Terns with the Noddies.” 

31. Thalasseus regius, Gambel. 

“White Gull’ In 1862 a large flock arrived May 138th, 
the first egg was found June 5th; there were large flocks in 
July and August, they left the middle of August. In 1863 
large numbers arrived April 16th and departed the same day. 
The attendance of this species was very variable this year, 
sometimes going out every morning as if to fish and coming 
back every night; sometimes departing for one or more weeks 
and again suddenly returning; again being represented by a 
few pair sitting upon the buoys, which are moored a consi- 
derable distance to the westward of the Key. In this latter 
habit they are peculiar, as most of the sea birds, and especially 
the Noddies, never frequent the buoys, but prefer to rest upon 
the Key. June 28th, large flocks of this species and an abund- 
ance of their eggs were found to-day, by the schooner attendant 
upon this island, upon ‘Little Dog Island, a small Key some 
twenty miles toS. E. A large flock remained at Sombrero all 
July and departed August 13th. The flocks of this species pre- 
sent a very pretty snow-white appearance when settled upon 
the ground. They prefer to rest on the sandy tract or upon the 


104 Catalogue of Birds. 


level portions of the rock. Their nests are always made in the 
sand, and contain each oneegg. Ihave found it extremely dif 
ficult to get a shot at these flocks, as they are very shy and easily 
alarmed. The eaptain of a vessel who shot several for me, 
stated that he saw the whole flock pounce upon a wounded one 
and tear it to pieces.” 


32. Haliplana discolor, Coues. Ibis 1864, p. 392. 

“*Eoe bird.’ So called, I presume, from the abundance of 
the eggs derived from it; for I am inclined to believe that in 
former years the number of its individuals visiting this Key has 
been surpassed only by that of the Noddy and Royal Tern. It 
is peculiar especially for its social habits in regard tothe Noddy ; 
whatever may be its numbers upon the Key it is almost always 
to be found in the flocks of Noddies. They arrive in March and 
depart in August. This species makes its nest about after the 
same fashion as the Noddy, and lays but one egg. It often flies 
high with a noisy chatter, very different from the discordant 
‘caw, caw’ of the Noddy, and a quick darting motion. I have 
never noticed the two species to quarrel, though the individuals 
of both will often fight long and obstinately with each other.” 

This is certainly distinct from /Z. fuliginosa (Gm.), and I 
agree with Dr. Coues (see his paper cited above) that it has not 
been satisfactorily identified with S. payanensis, Gm. (payana, 
Lath.). But his determination of S. payanensis, Gm., as being 
identical with fuliginosa, Gm., I do not consider to be surely 
established, and think payanensis had better be allowed to rest 
on its own merits. The size of S. payanensis is given by Gm. 
as that of S. hirundo, viz. 14 inches, which is also that of the 
present species, whereas the length of S. fulegznosa is 16 inches. 

Under the circumstances I think Dr. Coues is justified in 
giving the present bird a distinct specific name. 

It differs from fuliginosa (with which it has been confounded) 
in being smaller, in having a distinct black cap, between which 
and the dark greyish slate back there is a space of light greyish 
ash, nearly white next the black. The whole upper plumage 


Catalogue of Birds. 105 


of fuliginosa is smoky black; in the latter species the white on 
the side of the head terminates in a point over the eye, the 
upper eyelid being black; in discolor the white extends over 
and beyond the eye, with the upper eyelid white, and the black 
line from the eye extends further forward separating the white 
from the edge of the bill; in fwégénosa the white of the front 
comes to the edge of the bill forward of the black.* 

The egg of this species measures 1$ by 14 inches; the ground 
color is creamy white marked with blotches of deep rusty 
brown, most abundant on the larger end. 

33. Anous stolidus (Linn.). 

“¢ Noddy.’ From my own and the observations of others, 
this species appears to have been always represented by the 
greatest number of individuals. During my residence its eggs 
have been by far the most abundant of. all. They usually 
arrive in March and depart about the middle of August. On 
account of their exceeding tameness these birds are easily 
knocked down with a stick, and in former breeding seasons 
large quantities of them were thus despatched, plucked, and 
thrown into brine, for sale in St. Thomas. As an instance of 
their tameness, many used to make their nests in crevices of 
the cliff, within a few feet of the shute down which the lumps 
of guano are thrown into the lighters. They appeared entirely 
undisturbed by the roar and enveloping clouds of fine dust. 
Their nests are of two kinds. For the first the Noddy gathers 
together, by carrying in its bill, a considerable quantity of bits 
of shells, deposits them in a shallow cavity of the rock, say 
eight to twelve inches in diameter, deepens a little the centre 
of the basin, and thereon lays her egg. Occasionally such a 
nest is also encircled with a few twigs; sometimes it consists of 
over fifty pieces of shell, but more frequently the shells and 
twigs are’so scant that the egg lies upon the bare rock. The 
nests built in the crevices of the cliff, however, consist chiefly 





* This species may be added to the Fauna of the United States, as I have 
specimen from Mr. Audubon’s collection, obtained on the coast of Florida. 
JUNE, 1364 8 Ann, Lro, Nat, Hist, Vou, VIII. 


106 Catalogue of Birds. 


of twigs, though even these are frequently capped by a few bits 
of shell upon which the egg immediately hes. The Noddies 
are often thievish when building their nes's; where two pair 
are thus engaged in close proximity, the one will often repeat- 
edly carry off to their own nest from that of the other in their 
abzenee. On the return of the owners to their spoiled home, 
and especially when the attempt is repeated in their presence, 
an amusing altercation ensues, and sometimes a fight. The 
Noddies especially, among the sea-birds, have always suffered 
severely from the ravages of cats, of which a number have run 
wild over the Key. These, and the neighborhood of man, have 
been rapidly frightening them away. 

“Tt has been an amusing sight to see a large flock sometimes 
settle down immediately around a Llast hole, after tle laborers 


had ignited the fuse and run away, and again rise, expressing. 


their noisy astonishment at the report. Thesurface of the Key 
is very rough, and offers these birds an abundance of cavities 
for building their nests; they lay indiscriminately over the 
surface, inland as much as near the cliff, but never on the cen- 
tral tract of sand. Only one egg is laid in a nest.” 

The egg of A. stolidus is of a pale cream color, with a belt 
of reddish brown blotches around the larger end, and a very 
few small spots on the other portions; it measures 2% by 12 
inches. 

34. Sterna Antillarum, Less. 


New Species f Mollusca of the Genus Glauconome. 107 


IX.— Description of a New Svectes of Mollusca, of the 
Genus GLAUCONOME. 


By Tempe Prme. 
Read April 8, 1865. 


Glauconome oblonga, nov. sp. 


Gl. testa elongata, oblonga, valde inzequilaterali; latere antico brevi 





Glauconome oblonga. 


rotundato, postico obtuso ; epidermide rugosa, viridi-fuscescente induta ; 
striis irregularibus; valvis intus albis ; umbonibus obtusis, seepius erosis 5 
cardine angusto; dentibus inzequalibus, divergentibus ; in valva dextra 
dente postico bifido, in sinistra mediano bifido. 

Long. 68; lat. 31; diam. 20 mill. 


Habitat.—Singapore. Collect. Cuming et Wheatley. 


The shell is elongated, oblong and very inequilateral. The 
anterior side is rounded, and the posterior obtuse. The epider- 
mis is brownish-green, uneven and without polish. The strize 
are irregular and light. The beaks are obtuse and often eroded. 
The hinge is narrow. The teeth are divergent. The posterior 
tooth in the right valve, and the central tooth in the left valve, 
are bifid. 


_ MAY, 1865, 9 Ann. Lyo, Nat, Hist., Vou. VIL 


108 History of the Geology of New York Island. 


This species is very closely allied to Gl. Jayana from Aus- 
tralia; the margins are, however, more rounded, the epidermis 
is not of so brilliant a green, and the teeth are somewhat dif- 
ferent. Compared with G7. rugosa from Manilla, the margins 
are more rounded, the valves are fuller, and the teeth are 
larger. 


X.—feport upon the Past and Present History of the 
Geology of New York Island. 


By R. P. Srevens, 
Read January 16, 1865. 


The Past History of the Geology of New York Island. 


In 1816, Mr. Hayden, in the Geological portion of Prof. 
Cleveland’s Mineralogy, describes a granite ridge, crossing 
New York Island, and appearing at Hurlgate on Long Island, 
thence extending into Connecticut. 

It is almost needless at this time to say, that there was no 
such “granite ridge,” there is only an elevation of gneiss 
(Murray Hill), common to the whole island. 

In the same volume, Maclure, the father of American 
Geology, upon his Geological Map of the United States, places 
the rocks of the island with his primitive formation. 

In 1820, Samuel Akerly, one of the Vice-Presidents of this 
Society, published “ An Essay on the Geology of the Hudson 
River, and the adjacent regions; illustrated by a geological 
section of the country from the neighborhood of Sandy Hook 
in N. J., northward through the Highlands in New York, 
towards the Cattskill Mountains.” The paper was read before 
the Lyceum in August, 1819. 

At the time of its publication, it was a very valuable contri- 
bution to the geological history of the Island, connecting it, as 


laa, 


History of the Geology of New York Island. 109 


“it did, with the geology of the adjacent mainland and islands, 
and describing the points of difference. 
The following is an abbreviated description of the Island of 
New York, from Akerly’s Essay : 


“The south part is an alluvial, on a granitical base, which appears at 
the Battery. The northern part of the Island is of the primitive forma- 
tion. The body of granitical rock, forming the base of the Island, has 
a direction nearly between southwest and northeast. It appears to be 
veined or stratified in that direction, as may be seen where quarries have 
been opened to procure building stone. Where no disintegration has 
taken place from decomposition, the color of the rock is bluish or gray- 
ish blue. 

“The various aggregates found among granite are seen in different 
parts of this country—as granatines (ternary combinations), granitelles 
(binary aggregates), granilites (aggregates of more than three compo- 
nents), gneiss, etc. 

“Rocks, in which magnesian earth predonfinates, are frequently 
found, though not in large masses, but mostly in detached pieces, 
Some of these are steatites, some serpentines, and others asbestus, 
Many elegant specimens of steatites may be procured, some of which 
have handsome dendritical appearances upon them. 

“The serpentines are not very beautiful; but there are a great variety 
of the forms of asbestus, some of which approach to amianthus. The 
stellate, the plumose, and the fibrous asbestus, are met with as well as 
the ligniform. Y 

“On the northernmost part of the Island of New York, near where 
it is united to Westchester by Kingsbridge, is the commencement of a 
limestone formation of the primitive class. It is white and granular, 
and contains beds and veins of quartz and granite, and is also associated 
with tremolite. Rubilite, or red schorl, has been found in it; and our 
associates, the Rev. Frederick C. Shaeffer, and Dr. Peter S. Townsend, 
have also discovered pyroxene in this limestone. 

“The limestone (says Dr. Bruce) has running through it, in different 
directions, veins from one to three or four inches thick, composed of 
quartz, feldspar, and mica, and granular limestone, through which 
the oxyde of Titanium is sparingly disseminated. 


110 History of the Geology of New York fsland. 


“The quartz is of the foetid kind, giving out an unpleasant odor on 
being fractured.” 


In 1839, L. D. Gale, M.D., resident member of our Society, 
in the preliminary report on the geology of the first district of 
the State, gives the first minute and detailed description of the 
geology and topography of the island. 

He considers the elevation of the Island to be due to a force 
acting in a N.N.E. and §.S.E. direction. By it, Staten 
Island, Governor’s Island, the smaller islands of New York 
Bay, with Manhattan, were elevated. From the Island it 
passed by Hurlgate, through Westchester into Dutchess, Ches- 
nut Ridge, and Winchell Mountain, belonging to it. 

He was the first to give the geological topography of the 
Island, as being a group of gneissoid islands, and separated 
from each other by low levels, slightly elevated above tide and 
filled with drift or alluvial. 

Dr. Gale’s observations on the character of the rock, its dip 
and strike, and its surface markings, were very accurate, and 
need at the present time no emendations.. The following is 
his description of the Island of New York: 


“The basis rock of the island is gneiss, if we except about one mile 
in length of the northern part of the island, which is limestone. The 
gneiss varies considerably in character in different portions of the island. 
For example, the northern part abounds largely in limestone, and the 
western in veins of granite and quartz; while the southern and eastern, 
as well as the middle portions, are more purely gneiss. 

“The general direction of the strata is N. 25° E., to 35° E., and cor- 
responds with the direction of the avenues; and the dip, though gene- 
rally to the west, averages within ten degrees of the vertical. 

“Tn a few cases, it has been found that carbonate of lime enters into 
the composition of the rock of the island. This is the case on the east 
side of Fourth Avenue, from 118th st. to 120th st. Here the rock 
retains its identity, as gneiss, to all appearance; although half its mine- 
ral matter is carbonate of lime. Again, at 157th st. and about one 


es 


os 
ee ee oe 


ear at tlle eS Et Rc eS i eet he AP 


a 


ee eed eee ae 


History of the Geology of NewsYork Island. 111 


hundred feet west of Tenth Avenue, the rock is entirely changed, both 
in composition and structure. In composition, it is a mixture of lime- 
stone and serpentine ; while in structure it is destitute of strata, and 
lies in beds. 

“ Anthophyllite locality —This rock extends from W. 59th st. to 63d 
st., its strike is N. 30° E. At 63d st. it is talcose in structure, and may 
be split into thin slabs; in others it is dark grey, almost black, composed 
of straight fibres arranged in a columnar form, meeting and crossing 
each other frequently at right angles. 

Drift Strie—These vary from N. 25° W. to N, 48° W., depth of 
strie from a few lines to one and a half inches. 

“From W. 195th st. to 197th st., there is an opening through the 
western ridge, forming a continuous valley from the Hudson to the 
Spuyten-Duyvel creek. Through this vailey, vast masses of drifts have 
been carried and piled up in conical hills east of the road, and on the 
northern slope of the eastern ridge.” 


In 1840, Prof. H. D. Rogers, corresponding member of the 
Lyceum, in his Geological Report of the State of New Jersey, 
describes the gneiss of the seaboard rocks as appearing at 
Trenton and Jersey City, N. J., on Staten Island and Manhat- 
tan. He was the first to draw a distinction between the gneiss 
of the Atlantic and the Highlands—the former having mica, 
talc, chlorite, and other laminated minerals of the micaceous 
order as prominent ingredients, thereby differing from the 
latter. 

In 1843, Mr. W. W. Mather, to whom was committed the 
geological examination of the First District of the State of New 
York, brought out his final report, in the fourth volume of the 
Naturat History or New York, accompanied by a geologi- 
eal and topographical map of the Island of Manhattan. His 
brief description is as follows : 


“The Island of New York is underlaid by rocks of gneiss, mica- 
ceous gneiss, hornblendic gneiss, hornblendic slate, hornblendic rock, 
limestone, the anthophyllite rock, and granite. The micaceous gneiss is 
the prevailing rock. The strata are nearly vertical, some dipping east- 


112 =LMistory of the Geology of New York Island. 


ward, and some westward. ‘The strike is also variable from northeast 
to northwest, but north-northeast is the prevailing direction. Granite 
in numerous beds and veins, some of which are very tortuous, were 
observed, At Hurlgate ferry, at the east end of 86th st., the strata are 
vertical, and are of gneiss more or less hornblendic, interlaminated with 
beds and irregular masses of granite. The strata are frequently bent 
where these irregular masses of granite were observed.” 


In the same year (1843), Mr. Issachar Cozzens,* resident 
member and Librarian of the Society, published a small 
volume on the Geology of New York and the adjacent Islands, 
illustrated by colored maps and sections. 

It is one of the best contributions made upon the subject, 
and abounds in many important and pleasing local reminis- 
eences. The following is his description of our Island. 


“This island is about thirteen miles long. It consists of eight differ- 
ent series or formations of rock, as follows : 

“1st. Granite.—This begins to show itself at 28th st., a little east of 
8th avenue, and runs in an interrupted line to the North River at 32d 
st.; from thence, it is seen between the 10th avenue and river, and paral- 
lel with the river to 60th st.; it then crops out at 86th st., between the 
‘Harlem Railroad Tunnel’ and the ‘ Receiving Reservoir’ of the Croton 
Water Works;; in levelling east 22d st., near, and south of the ‘ Belle- 
vue Almshouse,’ it was exposed in a pyramidal form, the top of which 
was cellular, and had aspongy appearance ; in the cells were found small 
crystals of quartz, feldspar, and prismatic mica, the gneiss lying super- 
incumbent, with its dip varying from 30° to 45°. 

“2d, Syenite.—This crops out at the north edge of the serpentine ; it 
may possibly be a boulder of greenstone, but if so, it is the largest on 
the island. 

“ 3d. Serpentine—Between 54th and 62d streets, the shore and 10th 
avenue, there are four or more small knolls of black serpentine, with 





* Mr. Cozzens, slightly bowed with the burden of eighty years, is a frequent 
attendant of our meetings, one of the few representatives of the founders of our 
Society. 


t 
History of the Geology of New York Island. 118 


scales of silvery and golden talc, accompanied by a vein, about twelve 
feet wide, of anthophyllite. This vein is in a vertical position. Actino- 
lite is found imbedded in the serpentine. At the south end there is a 
vein of carbonate of lime. This carbonate of lime has small specks of 
serpentine diffused through it, and forms a kind of ‘verd antique,’ 
which, when polished, makes handsome specimens. 

“Ath. Gneiss—This rock has a greater extent, and shows itself more 
than any other on this island; it begins at the Battery, which it under- 
lies; it was to be seen also at the lower end of E. 14th st.; in 8th st. 
west of the 3d avenue, in digging a well, it was found eighteen feet 
below the surface. 

“This rock begins on the south side of, and underlies Governor’s 
Island, which is its most southern extent, passing through New York 
Island, and running through the greater part of Westchester Co. 5 it 
- forms the rock at the straits called Hell-gate, and even at that place 
(where it may be traced some eight or ten miles) underlying Long 
Island. 

“The gneiss of New York Island isa peculiar variety. It has more 
mica than common, and which is also in larger plates than usual for’ 
this rock, The dip of this rock varies from the extreme of horizontal 
to vertical. 

“5th. Hornblende Slate—This rock is associated with the gneiss in 
many parts of the island; at Spuyten-Duyvel bluff, at the north end of 
the island, also at Manhattanville. 

“6th. Quartz Rock.—These are on the 10th avenue, near 60th st. 
Veins of various thickness of grey, granular quartz. 

“7th. Primitive Limestone of King’s Bridge is well known; it is a 
dolomite, and has all the varieties of white, grey, and light blue, granu- 
lar, coarse marble; it begins at the south end of Mr. Dyckman’s farm, 
and runs through the middle of the Island to Spuyten-Duyvel creek; 
this formation rests on granite. There were then (forty years ago) 
three foot marks, two left feet, and one right one, on the smooth sur- 

face of the limestone, on the north end of the formation near the 
y road. 

“sth, Diluvium.—This formation covers almost all the island ; on the 
lower end of the island it is of the greatest depth (100 feet), in it are 
found types of all the rocks of the valley of the Hudson.” 


; 
114. History of the Geology of New York Island. 


Present History of the Geology of New York Island. 


Since the publication of the work of Mr. Cozzens, there has 
not appeared any contribution to the geological knowledge of 
New York Island. The artificial sections of its rock have been 
largely increased in number, by the opening of new streets and 
avenues, and the improvements at the Central Park. Proba- 
bly there is not another spot on the face of the globe where, in 
so easy and accessible a manner, such numerous sections of 
eneissoid and metamorphic rocks can be seen, as on the upper 
end of our Island. We have, as roughly calculated, from 75 
to 100 miles of artificial, and at least twenty miles of natural 
sections. 

The artificial sections throw new light upon the structure of 
the rock mass, and will be alluded to in this report. 

Our rocks are a portion of the main land in Westchester Co., 
from which we are cut off by a profound fault, a cross fracture 
in part, originally narrow, but widened by the abrading power 
of water and ice, gravel and boulders, and, in part, by rupture 
of the strata longitudinally, with subsequent abrasion. 

Beginning, on the North River, at Spuyten-Duyvel Bridge, 
the first cross-fracture extends 8.S.E. 1500 feet; then com- 
mences a longitudinal fracture extending to Tubby Hook, the 
Spuyten-Du¥vel Creek flowing in it 2000 feet. Another cross- 
fracture then commences, extending to the Harlem River, in 
which the creek flows 1000 feet, then it enters another longi- 
tudinal fracture, in which it flows N.N.E. 4000 feet, where it 
meets with another cross-fracture for 2000 feet. From thence 
a longitudinal fracture extends as far southwards as McComb’s 
‘Dam and Bridge, running parallel with the North River; from 
thence the fracture slightly inclines south-eastwards to Hurl- 
gate on the Kast River. 

At Tubby Hook there is another cross-fracture, extending 
from the North River into the second longitudinal one. At Man- 
hattanville there is another reaching across the entire island. 

Between the islands in the East River, and the New York 


History of the Geology of New York Island. 115 


Island, there is a longitudinal fracture through limestone and 
gneiss, extending from the main land as far south as Avenue 
A. South of this point we infer a continuation of it to the 
southern extremity of the island. A similar longitudinal frac- 
ture begins at Dobb’s Ferry and Hastings, through the same 
rocks as the eastern, and extends the whole length of the 
island, forming the channel of the North River, separating it 
from New Jersey. 

The cause and reason of these longitudinal fractures will be 

_ explained as we progress in our report. 

The main mass of the rocks of the island is gneiss. In the 
gneiss lie veins and beds of granite, anthophyllite, and horn- 
blende. . 

Granite. When this rock occurs in veins, their strike is 
generally coincident with that of the gneiss, viz. N.N.E. and 
S.S.W. Their angle of dip is also coincident with that of the 
gneiss. The granite is interlaminated with the stratification of 
the gneiss. These veins are much more numerous upon the 
western than on the eastern side of the island. They vary in 
thickness from a few inches to sixteen feet. Their extent, N. 
and 8., is limited not by fault or fracture, but by an insensible 
fading out into gneiss. In the process of grading streets and 
of levelling blocks of lots, they are often completely removed, 

sthus showing that they have not been injected from beneath ; 
and I am led to the conclusion that they are of metamorphic 
origin, similar to the gneiss itself. 

When granite occurs in massive beds, as at the corner of 
E. 53d st. and 4th avenue, it lies across the strata; and when 
the metamorphism is perfect, it can be distinctly separated 
from the gneiss; but following the mass along the fresh exca- 
vations, it is seen to insensibly blend into gneiss, similar to the 
veins. When the active forces of the ancient “Ice Period” 
acted upon the softer gneiss, removing it from around the 
granite, on its northern aspect, it gives it the form of large 
rounded bosses and sometimes ridges. 


116 = History of the Geology of New York Island. 


Hornsrenpr, Antuopuyiuire, and other masses.—Similar 
remarks to the above on granite will apply to these masses; 
they are simply different conditions of the same elementary 
materials as the gneiss, merely different forms of metamor- 
phisin. 

Limesrone.—The Kingsbridge mass has been fully described 
and needs no further remarks from me, except that, on the 
western bou:ds, there is evidently a partial overthrow of the 
mass, so that the western wall has an eastern dip, similar to the 
eastern, while the central is vertical. : 

East of 6th avenue, in grading W. 132d st., another bed of 
limestone is revealed, having an eastern and western dip on its 
respective flanks; its arch is plainly visible, and the gneiss 
repoxing conformably upon it.. This is a continuation south- 
wards of the limestone of the Clove, north of McComb’s Dam, 
Westchester Co. 


EAST 12272 STREET NY 
Bt iad i 

















LLLP A Z S : s AN Ss RA 
GNEISS, LIMESTONE GNEISS LIMEST ONE iGNEISS BROuER STRATA | GNEISS; 
1 lar + ISF i H 15 FEET ' 3 36 F ¥ i 


Section of Limestone and Gneiss. 


Between 4th and 3d avenues, E. 123d st. cuts through 
another bed of limestone, showing a double fold, with gneiss * 
on the east flank, and reposing in the fold. ‘ In E. 122d st. the 
same bed has been cut through, revealing the broken arch of 
the fold, with gneiss on the western flank, and broken gneiss 
on the eastern. The middle of the arch is also to be seen, dip- 
ping gently westwards and abruptly eastwards. Again it was 
seen in the excavation for a culvert in E. 50th st., between 3d 
and 4th avenues. The gneiss of the arch was much broken, 
the axis of limestone revealed at the depth of about eighteen 
feet beneath the street. The angle of the dip about equal on 
either side. The arch of this fold can be Seen in the gneiss EK. 
49th st., in front of the “ Protestant Episcopal Orphans’ Home.” 


History of the Geology of New York Island. 117 


This fold of limestone has been cut through at the ‘* Mon- 
tauk Steel Works” on the main land at Mott Haven. Its: base 
is one hundred feet wide, and the height is about twenty feet. 
The thrust of large masses of limestone into the solid gneiss 
was seen, crushing and grinding the latter as it passed, showing 
that the rocks were hardened when the folding action took 
place, and the thrust was made. 

At Melrose, on the mainland, there is another bed of lime- 
stone which is traceable to Harlem River. This bed, traced 
under the strait separating Barn and Randall’s Islands from 
New York, would explain the westward dip of the gneiss 
along East River, and the eastern dip of the same rock on the 
small islands of Hurlgate, and also the location of limestone 
formerly to be seen at Corlear’s Hook, Avenue A or B. 

The fracture of this fold, and its subsequent abrasion, has 
caused the channel now filled in part with the waters of Kast 
River. 

Upon the mainland in Westchester Co., at Hastings, is 
another bed of marble, which, continued southwards, would 
underlie the Hudson River. Reasoning by analogy, we infer 
that this is the case, for in no other way can we account for the 
beds of limestone at Hoboken ; we have, therefore, in our sec- 
tion of the rocks across from N. J. to Randall’s Island, so 
placed it. We have good geological reason for inferring that 
the North River flows through similar fractures and abrasions 
of folds of gneiss and limestone from Haverstraw Bay to the 
Narrows. 

Our section is a constructed one, and therefore in part arti- 
ficial, but if asection had been made from Kingsbridge marble 
directly eastwards, across Westchester Co., all the beds of lime- 
stone would have been found in precisely similar conditions and 
geological positions, and which are the northward continuations 
of those upon our island. 

In addition to the foldings of the strata in a longitudinal 
direction, there are other disturbances of strata, which will 


Geology 


History of the 


118 





‘IOATY WOpIvy] pus yoodp poadnq-uozAndg Jo o1oys utoyJNos oY} Suole pUvjsy YIOX MON Sso10v WONG 















ssiano 7, WANOLSSMEL no 
al STAGNVY W317YVH 


1 
1 
‘ 
\ 
’ 





SSISN9 
21" 39dqius HSIH 


pth) 


SSISN9. 
NOLONIHSYMid 








INOLSSNIT 




















“YFAlY NOSANH 
44343 0S Hld3a 






‘ 
' 
, 
' 
, 
’ 
‘ 
’ 
‘ 


L934 08°73 
\ 


PALISADES 





- 
mer ord ‘ 
meee ew ‘ ¢ 


History of the Geology of New York Island. 119 


now be mentioned. The first is a cross-fracture at Tubby Hook, 
extending from the Hudson River to the lowlands of the Har- 
lem River; the second great one is at Manhattanville, extend- 
ing by the upper part of,the Central Park, through Harlem 
Creek to the East River; a third one is along the creek crossed 
by 2d avenue at E. 50th st.; a fourth along the creek, near E. 
20th st.; and probably there was a fifth rivalling the second, 
crossing the island, along Canal and Centre streets, by the old 
Collect Pond and Ferry st. to the East River; the sixth sepa- 
rates our island from Governor’s Island. 

At the fracture in E. 50th st., and some other localities, a 
northward incline of the rocks is visible, but the general incline 
is southward from 3° to 8°. This incline can be readily seen 
at the lower tunnel, and Yorkville Tunnel of the Harlem Rail- 
road. It is this southward incline of the rock mass, as well as. 
its abrasion, that carries the rocks from a height of 180 feet at 
the highest northern point, to a level below high tide at Canal 
street. 

Under what previous classification of American Rocks does 
the New York group arrange itself? 

So far as my reading extends, it was Nuttall (véde his account 
of Franklin, N. J., in Silliman’s Journal, Vol. V., a.v. 1822), 
who first considered the rocks flanking the Highlands as meta- 
‘morphic. To the late Prof. Emmons beloygs the honor of 
_ developing his Taconic system. These he always considered a 
part of it. Mather seems at first to have coincided with him, 
but afterwards changed his mind and called them metamor- 
phosed lower Silurian. 

If we look at the lower sedimentary rocks flanking the great 
primary (Laurentian) centres, we shall find that each of them 
has its own peculiar system of sandstones, slates, and limestones, 
or one or two of them. 

New York group differs from the true type of the Taconic, 
in the absence of the lower members. These would, in their 
regular sequence, not reach our island but underlie Long 


120 Examination of a few American Minerals. 


Island. We have four (or six including those under water) 
beds of limestone, with their associated shales and limestone 
shales, the former metamorphosed into marble, and the latter 
into gneiss and calciferous gneiss—granite or hornblende. 

The conclusion which we have arrived at is, that the rocks 
of New York Island are metamorphosed Taconic, and worthy 
of the name of Mannarran Grovp. 


XI.— Examination of a few American Minerals. 


By Cuarres A. Joy, 


Professor of Chemistry, Columbia College, New York. 


Read May 15, 1865. 


1. Silicate of Copper, Chrysocolla, Copper Harbor, Lake 
Superior. 


Tus specimen was one of the earliest brought from Lake 
Superior, and was interesting on account of the proximity of 
the locality to the remarkable deposit of black oxide of copper 
found near Copper Harbor. 

It was supposed by early explorers to be a carbonate, and 
the “ pocket” of black oxide was looked upon as having been 
derived from the chemical decomposition of this mineral, 
known as “the green rock.” 

For the determination of the water, 1-294 grms. of the finely 
pulverized mineral, dried at 100° C., were heated to redness 
until the weight remained constant. Loss of weight, 0°3429 
grms. = 26°50 per cent. The powder was decomposed by 
nitric acid; found silica, 0-414 grms. = 32 per cent. The iron 
and alumina were precipitated by ammonia, found 0:1002 grms. 
= 7°75 per cent. The copper was precipitated by caustic pot- 
assa, and determined as oxide; found 0°423 grms. = 82.75 per 


cent. 


Examination of a few American Minerals. 121 


The 1-294 grms. of silicate yielded by analysis : 


Water, : . 03429 orms. in 100 parts ; 26°50 
Silica, . : . O°414 . a 32°00 
Oxide of copper,. 0°4237 “ ne 32°75 
Tron and alumina, 0°100 s ss : 7°75 








1:2806 99-00 


The following analyses are added for comparison : 
1. Smith, Chili ; ; 2. Field, Chili; 3. Joy, Copper Bie ine 
4, Jackson, Copper Harbor; 5. Ber Ahir Somerville, N. J. 


ale 2. 3. 4, 5. 
Silica, i poles 72852 | 32°00 37°85 35°40 
Oxide of copper, . 42°51 39°50 32°75 27-97 35°10 
Water, : . 21°62 2452 26:50 20:00 28.50 


Sesqui-oxide of hn) velo, 2280) Me 8:90 1:00 
Alumina, . ‘ aa 2ow OG 4°80 








100°28 100-00 99:00 99°52 100°00 





2. Black Oxide of Copper. 


Some years ago I saw tons of this mineral excavated from a 
bed in the conglomerate at Copper Harbor. The miners sup- 
posed that the supply would prove inexhaustible, and com- 
paratively few specimens were saved. Many rounded pebbles 
of black oxide were found on the shore of the lake, and in the 
mine; they presented a rounded or indented ‘surface, not 
unlike many metallic meteorites. 

Whitney* found for the specific gravity of a very pure spe- 
cimen, 6°25. Another specimen gave me 5:952.+ 

I analysed three specimens with the following result : 


* Report IL, 100. ¢ Pogg. Ann. LXXX., 286. 


122 Examination of a few American Minerals. 











ibe 2. 3. 
Silica, . : . 98082 3°38 
Oxide of copper, 93:064 95°20 by loss. 99°45 
Oxide of iron, . 1:066 1-19 
Lime, . : rh 0:23 
Loss, . ; ah aro 0.55 
100-000 100-00 100-00 


3. Mesotype, New York City. 


This specimen was believed to have come from the Island of 
New York. As I have since found it on Second Avenue, near 
50th st., there appears to be very little doubt on the subject. | 

The formula given by Rammelsberg for Mesotype is NaO, 
Si03;+Al,0,, 8i0,+2 HO. 

I obtained with 1°775 grms. material 


Found. Formula. 
Silica, >. . 0°835 grms. 4704 47°86 
Soda, = sO Eio 14°56 16°20 
Alumina, . 0:2584 “ 26°76 26°62 
Water, 6)... Odd ° drom d:41 ‘orm, 10:99 9°32 








99°35 100-00 


4, Magnesite, Hoboken, N. J. i 


I analysed an impure specimen from this locality containing 
an unusual quantity of spathic iron. | 
1-705 grms. dried at 100° C. yielded— 


Lime, . 0:0336 grms. 1:97 Carbonate of lime, 3°51 
Magnesia,. 0539 “ 31:60 Carb. of magnesia, 66.36 
Protox. iron, 0.2745 “ 16:09 Carbonate of iron, 25.92 . 
Silica, TOL02 re 1:17 Silica and loss, 4-21 i 
Carb. acid, by loss. 49-17 


100-00 100-00 


—— 


Examination of a few American Minerals. 123 
5. Magnesite, Hoboken, N. J. 


I obtained this specimen from a vein in the serpentine. It 
was absolutely white and free from impurities, and found to be 
nearly pure carbonate of magnesia. 

Mr. H. B. Cornwall analysed it with great care, and reported 
the following results : 


Magnesia, . : . 46°71 + Carbonate of magnesia, 98°45 
Lime, . : : . trace Carbonate of iron, -r G20 
Fsrotox. 1nony | - 40:56 

Water, - : = 0°30 ’ - 0°30 


Carbonic acid, . . 50:00 
Silica, : : one : : : ; - 0°23 





97°80 99°88 


6. Anthophyllite, New York City. 


There are numerous boulders of this mineral found on the: 
Island of New York, and it also occurs 7m s¢¢w near the corner 
of 59th st. and 10th avenue. I found the specimen, which I 
gave to Mr. Cornwall for analysis, on 49th st., near Columbia 
College. 

A fragment was taken from the interior of the boulder and. 
earefully pulverized. 0443 grms. heated to whiteness lost 
0-038 grms. = 8°577 per cent. 

0°336 grms. were fused with a mixture of carbonates of soda 
and potassa, and the mass dissolved in hydrochloric acid, 
obtained silica 0°156 grms = 46°428 per cent. 

The acid solution was nearly neutralized with carbonate of 
soda, and boiled with excess of acetate of soda, and the pre- 
cipitated acetate of iron converted into sesquioxide by ignition, 
found 0-035 grms. = 9:375 per cent. protoxide. 

The lime was precipitated by oxalate of ammonia, and con- 


verted into carbonate by ignition; found 0-017 grms. = 5:059 
MAY, 1865. 10 Ann, Lye. mee Hist. Vou VIIL.. 


124 Examination of a few American Minerals. 


per cent. lime. Manganese was precipitated by sulphide of 
ammonium, re-dissolved in hydrochloric acid, and precipitated 
as carbonate, found 1:383 per cent. protoxide. 

Magnesia was precipitated as phosphate, found 28°803 per 
cent. 


The following is the result of the analysis. 








ile her 

Silieaz, : : . 46°428 58°43 
Magnesia, . : . 28°803 29°34 
Lime, . : : . 5059 ~* Alumina, trace. 
Protoxide of iron, . y OPO WOU ccs bla: . OO 
Protoxide of manganese, 1°383 Soda, 0-88 
Water, . ; 5 ~ SO 2s : 226 
99°625 99°67 


7. Dolomite, Westchester Co. 


This mineral is found, according to Dr. Stevens, traversing 
portions of the Island of New York. It was observed on 49th 
st., near Columbia College. 

Mr. J. W. Alsop, Jr., analysed a specimen of the stone used 
in the construction of the Roman Catholic Cathedral on 5th 
avenue, between 50th and 5lst streets. It was found to be 
nearly pure dolomite, answering to the formula CaO, CO,+ 
MgO, CO,. 

Mr. Alsop found :— 


Found. Formula. 


Lime, . : . 80°750 Carbonate of lime, 54°91 54°34 
Magnesia, . . 20°300 Carb. of magnesia, 42°63 45°66 
iron, ... : . 0°%65 Carbonate of iron, 1-23 
Insoluble residue, 1°300 Insoluble, . :, 1:80 
Carbonic acid, . 46°660 





—— 


99-775 100-07 100-00 


~ * Smith and Brush, Am. J. Sei [2], XVI, 49. 


alla ae ae a ee 


Examination of a few American Minerals. 125 


8. Copper Pyrites, Ellenville, N. Y. 


Mr. Cornwall brought specimens from. this locality and 
analysed one in my laboratory. 

The mineral was associated with galena, blende, and quartz. 
0-985 grms. were treated with boiling aqua regia, leaving 
0:002 grms. = 0.203 per cent silica. All the sulphur was 
oxidized and precipitated as sulphate of baryta; the sulphate 
weighed 2°631 grms. = 0°361 grms. or 36°649 of sulphur. The 
copper and lead were precipitated by sulphuretted hydrogen, 
and the sulphides dissolved in nitric acid. The lead was sepa- 
rated from the copper by evaporating to dryness with sulphuric 
acid and washing out the sulphate of eopper with water. 
Found sulphate of lead 0°005 grms. = 0°0038 grms. or 0.304 per 
cent. lead. 

The copper was determined from a fresh portion after sepa- 
rating the lead, iron, and silica, by precipitating with caustic 
potassa. 0.481 grms. of the ore were taken; found, oxide of 
copper 0°196=32°432 per cent. . 

The iron was precipitated by ammonia, and weighed as ses- 
quioxide—from 0°800 grms. of the ore—found 0-358 grms. 
=31-25 per cent. iron. 

Results of the analysis. 








Copper, . : 82-432 Caon a. . 40°615 
Iron, |  BLODP AY RexS., .  Sce58 Ot 
Sulphur, . . 86°649 eb Sasi tier: et Oat 
Mead? . <1) as 0308) FSO: au ein eae 
Silica, 1. =... 4 0:203 
Zine, : . trace. 

100°838 99-240 


New York, May 1, 1865, 


126 Descriptions of New Species of Birds: 
XII.— Descriptions of Nuw Srrctus of Birds of the Families 


Tanacrip2, Denprocotaptip#, Formicaria, Tyrannipa, 
and 'TRocHILIDE. 


By Geo. N. Lawrence. 


Read May ist, 1865. 
Fam. TANAGRID. 
1. Buarremon @Qcai, nov. sp. 


Male. Front, crown as far as on a line with the middle of the eyes, 
and sides of the crown, black; bind part of crown and occiput chest- 
nut red, each feather faintly tipped with black; a narrow longitudinal 
line on the front and a superciliary streak running from the bill to the 
hind neck white, sides of the head black; back, wings, and tail clear 
yellowish green, a little duller on the rump; quills brown on their inner 
webs, the outer webs margined with yellowish green, except the entire 
outer web of the first primary, a portion of the others towards their 
points and the ends of the secondaries, where they are narrowly edged 
with greyish ash; the smaller wing coverts broadly margined with 
greenish yellow, and the others tipped with the same; bend of the wing 
bright yellow, under wing coverts yellowish olive; throat white, on each 
side of which is an interrupted line of black running from the bill, and 
connecting with a broad semicircular black band across the upper part 
of the breast; breast and abdomen white, with a very dilute tinge of 
fulvous; sides fulvous brown; thighs dull bluish ash; under tail coverts 
light fulvous; bill black; tarsi and toes brownish flesh-color. 

Length 81 inches; wing 81; tail 445; bill §; tarsi 14. 


Habitat.—Mexico, Jalapa. 
Named in compliment to R. Montes de Oca, from whom I 
received it. 


Remarks.—At first sight this species resembles B. brunnei- 
nuchus, but is much larger, the bill stouter, the color above is 


Descriptions of New Species of Birds. 127 


lighter, more yellow; the reddish spot on the crown paler and 
more restricted; it has a white, superciliary streak, and the 
white of the throat is divided by black lines, neither of which 
exists in the other; the tail of B. brunneinuchus is deep brown, 
whereas in the present species the iuner webs are olive green, 
with the central feathers and the outer webs of the others, the 
same color as the back. 


Fam. DENDROCOLAPTID 2. 


2, Philydor rufobrunneus, nov. sp. 


Front, crown, and sides of the head dark olivaceous brown, the fea- 
thers with somewhat lighter centres ; a greyish spot on the lores; back 
and wings reddish-brown, rump rather brighter, upper tail coverts dark 
rufous brown; tail deep cinnamon or dark brownish rufous; quills 
blackish brown, the outer webs the color of the back; under lining of 
wings bright cinnamon, inner margins of quills reddish salmon color ; 
throat bright ferruginous, breast and abdomen brownish rufous, brighter 
on the middle of the latter; each feather of the breast with a light fer- 
Tuginous stripe down its centre; sides like the back in color; under 
tail coverts rufous ; bill black; tarsi and toes blackish brown. 

Length 9 inches; wing 33; tail 3f; bill $; tarsi 1,4. 


Habitat.—Costa Rica, San Jose. Collected by Dr. A. von 
Frantzius. Mus. Smith. Inst., Washington, D.C. 


3. Amabazenops lineatus, nov. sp. 


Female. Entire upper plumage dull rufous brown ; upper tail coverts 
deep bright rufous, tail dark brownish rufous; inner webs of quills 
blackish brown; chin and upper part of throat pale fawn color; under 
plumage dull rufous brown, lighter than above, and paler on the abdo- 
men; the feathers of the crown, sides of the head, hind neck, upper 
part of the back and breast are marked down their centres with narrow 
lines of a pale ochreous or fawn color; these lines also exist on the 
abdomen, becoming paler as they descend, until on the lower part they 


128 Descriptions of New Species of Birds. 


are almost obsolete; under lining of wings light rufous, inner margins 
of quills pale cinnamon; under tail coverts dark rufous; upper man- 
dible blackish horn color, the under at base pale yellowish white; 
tarsi and toes dark brown. 

Length 8 inches ; wing 32; tail 34; bill 2; tarsi 7. 


fTabitat.—Costa Rica, Angostura. Collected by J. Carmiol. 
Mus. Smith. Inst. 


4. Wargarornis rubiginosa, nov. sp. 


Back, wings, and tail of a deep bright rufous or dark rust color, tail 
slightly paler and duller, with the shafts red; crown more brownish, 
hind neck lighter in color, the sides of the head pale rufous; a narrow 
post-ocular stripe, and the throat ochraceous white; under plumage of 
a lighter rufous than the back, and paler on the middle of the abdomen; 
on the upper part of the breast the feathers are marked in the centre 
with small spots of ochreous white, the ends of the spots are narrowly 
margined with black ; under wing coverts and inner webs of quills at 
the base pale yellowish rufous; the terminal portion of the inner webs 
of the quill feathers blackish brown; under tail coverts dark rufous ; 
upper mandible light brown, the under pale yellowish white; tarsi and 
toes pale fleshy brown. 

A young bird has all the colors paler, the throat greyish white, and 
a shorter bill. 


Length 64 inches; wing 3; tail 3; bill $5 tarsi 2. 


Habitat.—Costa Riea, San Jose. Collected by Dr. A. von 
Frantzius. Mus. Smith. Inst. 


Remarks.—This species differs from J. syuamigera in being 
darker above, but in the under plumage they are entirely dis- 
tinct in color, the spots in the new one being very inconspi- 
cuous and few in number; the bill is much larger with the 
wings and tail shorter. 


5. Margarornis guttata, nov. sp. 


Head above brown, the feathers of which are a little lighter in their 





Descriptions of New Species of Birds. 129 


centres; hind neck and upper part of back brown, with the feathers 
marked down their centres with pale rufous, and margined with brown- 
ish black; middle of back tinged with rufous, becoming bright rufous 
on the rump and upper tail coverts; tail dark brownish rufous, with 
the shafts brown; quill feathers blackish brown, the outer webs with 
rufous margins ; wing coverts the color of the back, each feather having 
at the end a distinct spot of light rufous edged with black; a post- 
ocular stripe of pale rufous; throat pale ochreous; sides of the head, 
the neck, breast, and abdomen brown, closely marked with guttate spots 
of a pale ochreous color tinged with rufous, most so on the abdomen, 
becoming duller and less distinct on the lower part of the belly; all 
these spots are margined with blackish brown; under wing coverts pale 
rufous, inner edges of quills and inner webs at base light salmon color; 
upper mandible black, the under yellowish white ; legs brown. 

Length of skin 54 inches; wing 2}; tail 22; bill 45 tarsi 2. 


Habitat.—Ecuador, Quito. 


Remarks.—This bird differs from the preceding species and 
M. squamigera in the decided spots of its upper plumage and 
wing coverts; in the brown portions of its plumage it some- 
what resembles J. brunnescens, Scl., but the lower part of the 
back, tail, and outer edges of the quills are rufous, as in Jf 
squanvigera, but much deeper in color; it has a longer bill, 
with shorter wings and tail than sguamigera, the spots are 
larger, duller, different in color, and not sharply defined as in 
that species. At 


Note-—Among the birds from Costa Rica belonging to the 
Smithsonian Institution, sent for examination by Prof. Baird, 
is a species of Margarornis which seems to be much like 
brunnescens, Scl.; it is of the same dimensions and color, 
except that the color and character of the spots below are 
much as on U/. guttata. Mr. Sclater, in comparing his species 
with squamigera, says: “ the plumage of the two species below 
shows much similarity, but in the drwnnescens the tear-like 
spots are yellowish.” In the specimen before me the spots are 


130 Descriptions of New Species of Birds. 


not much like those of sguamigera, being not so clearly defined 
and with the throat are of a pale rufous color, whereas in 
squamigera the throat and spots are of a clear pale yellow, the 
latter surrounded with deep black. The Costa Rica specimen 
has the back brown tinged with rufous, and the tail of a deep 
rich brown nearly black. I found a specimen of the same spe- 
cies (not labelled) in the Museum of the Philadelphia Academy, 
which came from Ecuador. This has the back of a much 
brighter rufous, as also the throat and spots below. I think 
there is a possibility of its being different from brunnescens, 
and should it so prove, propose to distinguish it by the name 
of brunneicauda. 


Fam. FORMICARID. 
6. Dysithamnus striaticeps, nov. sp. 


Male. Entire crown, occiput, and sides of the head clear greyish 
cinereous, each feather with a broad stripe of black down its centre ; 
back and upper tail coverts of a dark uniform olive green ; tail brownish 
olive ; bend of shoulder white, wing coverts black, each feather marked 
at the end with a roundish white spot; quills blackish brown, edged 
with olive green which has a fulvous tinge, the secondaries slightly 
tipped with fulvous; under wing coverts and inner edges of quills 
creamy white; throat and breast dark slaty cinereous, some of the fea- 
thers with their outer margins broadly white, most so on the breast ; 
middie of abdomen white, on the lower part pale yellow; sides dull 
greenish olive ; under tail coverts pale fulvous; upper mandible black, 
the under whitish horn color; tarsi and toes dark plumbeous. 

Length 5 inches; wing 23; tail 11; bill ,; tarsi 2. 

Female. Head above of a rather bright rufous, with the feathers 
striped down their centres with black, but narrowly and not in so 
marked a manner as in the male; the upper plumage olive green, with 
.a rufescent tinge; tail olive brown; wing coverts dark olive, spotted as 
in the male, but of a pale rufous color; quills blackish brown, the mar- 
gins olive green tinged with rufous; throat dull grey, with the shafts of 
the feathers blackish ; breast and sides tawny olive, some of the feathers 





Descriptions of New Species of Birds. a 


on the breast with whitish margins; middle of abdomen reddish ful- 
vous; bill and legs as in the male. 


fabitat.—Costa Rica, Angostura. Collected by J. Carmiol. 
Mus. Smith. Inst. 


Remarks.—This species somewhat resembles D. semzcinereus, 
but is browner above, has a much larger bill, and in its striated 
head seems to differ from that and all others of the genus. 


7. Disythamnus rufivemtris, nov. sp. 


Male. Upper plumage of a dull brownish olive, with a tinge of 
rufous, most so on the rump; front bluish cinereous; a concealed dor- 
sal spot of pure white ; tail olive brown; shoulders white, smaller wing 
coverts black, edged with white, middle and larger coverts reddish olive 
brown, narrowly margined with pale rufous; quills blackish brown, 
edged with reddish olive ; under wing coverts and inner edges of quills 
pale salmon ; chin and upper part of throat greyish white, with a dilute 
rufous tinge; sides of the head and lower part of the throat light bluish 

‘cinereous; breast and abdomen light rufous, brightest in the middle, 
sides olive brown; under tail coverts reddish brown; upper mandible 
black, the under whitish horn color; irides brown; feet dark fleshy 
brown. 


Length 54 inches; wing 21; tail 22; bill 3%; tarsi 7. 


Habitat.—New Granada, line of Panama R. R.- 


Remarks.—In its rufous under plumage it differs from all 
other species of the same genus. 


8. Myrmotherula albigula, nov. sp. 


Male. Above oliye brown, inclining to cinereous on the crown, and 
slightly tinged with rufous on the rump; it has a slight post-ocular 
stripe of dull white; tail blackish brown, edged with dull rufous; 
smaller wing coverts the same color as the back, the others dark brown 
ending with pale rufous; quills blackish brown, edged with reddish 
olive ;.under lining of wings and inner margins of quills pale cinna- 


132 Descriptions of New Species of Birds. 


mon; throat white; sides of the neck, breast, abdomen, and inner tail 
coverts clear pale cinnamon; upper mandible black, the under whitish 
horn color; tarsi and toes plumbeous black. * 

Length 4 inches; wing 2; tail 1,5; bill 4; tarsi 4. 


GTi) 16) 


Hlabitat.—New Granada, line of Panama R. R. 


Lemarks.—The female differs only in the color not being so 
clear below, and in the white of the throat having a slight 
tinge of cinnamon. 

I have had for some time a female of this species, which I 
was, however, unable to determine. Recently I received ano- 
ther example, much the same in plumage, but with the color 
below purer and the throat whiter, the sex of which was 
not marked. This I have now described as the male,—it agrees 
with a specimen of the same species, marked as of that sex, 
which came with other birds belonging to the Smithsonian 
Institution, sent to me for examination by Prof. Baird; it was 
collected in Costa Rica by Julian Carmiol. This and the pre- 
ceding species are included in my Catalogue of the Birds of 
Panama, but were undetermined. 


9. Miyrmeciza stictoptera, pov. sp. 


Male. Entire head, hind neck, throat and breast black, somewhat of 
a fuliginous hue, except on the chin and throat where it is deep black; 
there is a concealed dorsal spot, the feathers of which are pure white at 
base, then black, and terminating in dark chestnut brown, which is the 
color of the back, this color becomes brighter on the rump and upper 
tail coverts ; tail dark brown, the feathers edged with the color of the 
back; shoulders white, the smaller and middle wing coverts black, 
each feather marked at the end with a conspicuous white spot, the 
greater coverts dark chestnut brown, with terminal, spots of pale rufous ; 
quills dark brown, with their margins the same color as the back; ab- 
domen, sides, and under tail coverts colored like the back, but duller ; 
upper mandible black, the under dusky brown, whitish underneath ; 
feet plumbeous black. 


Length 6 inches; wing 211; tail 2; bill 42; tarsi 1.1 


Descriptions of New Species of Birds. 133 


Flabitat.—Costa Rica, Angostura. Collected by J. Carmiol. 
Mus. Smith. Inst. 


Leemarks.—Allied to WZ. ewsul, Scl., and IL. lemosticta, Salv. 
(P. Z. 8., 1864, p- 582); it differs from the former in having a 
white concealed dorsal patch, in the middle as well as the 
smaller wing coverts being black, and the spots on them larger 
and more conspicuous; the bill is much narrower than that of 
exsul ; from lemostictu it differs in the throat being unspotted, 
the shoulders white, and the middle wing coverts black ; it is 
also larger. j 

MM. lemosticta differs from all its affines in having the throat 
spotted with white, and in its shoulders being black. 


Fam. TYRANNIDA. 


10. Empidomax flavescems, nov. sp. 


Male. Plumage above greenish yellow, the crown darker, and of a 
brownish cast; tail umber brown, edged with the same color as the 
back; smaller wing coverts colored like the back, the others umber 
brown, margined at their ends with light fulvous, forming two bars 
across the wing; quills umber brown, narrowly edged with greenish 
yellow; under plumage bright yellow, the breast deeper in color and of 
a fulvous shade; the chin greyish; under wing coverts pale yellow ; 
inner margins of quills of a light salmon color; upper mandible black, 
the under creamy white ; feet light brown. 

Length 54 inches; wing 23; tail 24; bill $; tarsi 3. 


Habitat.—Costa Rica, Barranca. Collected by J. Carmiol, 
April, 1864, Mus. Smith. Inst. 


~ Another specimen, collected Nov. 30th (sex not marked), 
has the quill and tail feathers of a darker brown, the crown 
darker and richer in color, and the fulvous on the breast and 
wing coverts deeper and brighter. 

This is not much like any other species of the genus. 


134 Descriptions of New Species of Birds. ° 
11. Contopus lugubris, nov. sp. 


Female. Upper plumage very dark olive brown, of a lighter color 
below, on the middle of the abdomen dull whitish fulvous; tail and 
quills blackish brown ; the larger wing coverts and secondaries with pale 
edgings; under wing coverts and inner margins of quills dull pale 
ochreous; chin greyish; on the pleura a patch of white feathers; 
under tail coverts light olive brown, with pale ochraceous edges; upper 
mandible black, the under yellow; tarsi and toes reddish brown. 
Second and third quills equal and longest, the first shorter than the 
fourth. 

Length 7 inches; wing 33; tail 34; bill 25 tarsi 4. 


fTabitat.—Costa Rica, Barranea. Collected by J. Carmiol. 
Mus. Smith. Inst. 


Remarks.—This is a very sombre colored species, and a 
strictly typical form of the genus. In color it somewhat resem- 
bles C. Leichardsoni, but is very much darker as well as larger. 


12. Kupherusa niveicauda, nov. sp. 


' Male. Plumage both above and .below grass green, on the under 
parts more shining; upper tail coverts somewhat golden; four central 
tail feathers dark green slightly bronzed, all the others snow-white with 
a terminal band of purplish black, tipped with bronzy green; wings of 
a dark brownish purple; a few white feathers on the flanks; tarsi 
clothed with black feathers in front, white on the hind part; under tail 
coverts white, a few marked in the centre with green; upper mandible 
black, the under brownish white with the tip dusky ; feet black. 
Length 32 inches; wing 2; tail 1,4; bill 5%. 


Habitat.—Costa Rica, Dota. Collected by J. Carmiol. 
Mus. Smith. Inst. 


Lemarks.—This is a smaller and less robust species than its 
only ally, /. eximia, with a shorter and more slender bill; it 
is of a rather lighter shade of green, and differs in wanting the 
chestnut red markings on the quills, and in the white on the 


Note on the Family of Myliobatoids. 135 


tail feathers extending over both webs; the tail feathers are 
narrower than those of extmia, and the dark band at the end 
of the tail is about half as wide as in that species. 





XIIL.— Note on the Family of Myutosarows, and on a New 
Species of Airosatis. 


By Turopore GIL. 


Read April 3, 1865. 


Tue family named Jfyliobatides by Miiller and Henle, is 
an eminently natural and distinct group, but contains several 
genera, exhibiting characters of very unequal value, and which 
may be grouped into two tribes well distinguished by peculiari- 
ties of dentition. For their first separation, we are indebted 
to Prof. Agassiz. 

The Myliobating Ag. include only such species as have 
several longitudinal rows of angular interlocking teeth, with 
plane surfaces; yliobatis, LHolorhinus, Rhinoptera, and 
Zygobatis belong to it.* 

Aetobatine Ag. have asingle longitudinal row of transverse 
plane teeth, and the dental plane of the lower jaw is flat, more 
or less convex or angular at the middle, and projects far for- 
wards. Actobatis and Goniobatis have been named as genera. 

Holorhinus is perhaps scarcely generically distinct from 
Myliobatis, although its ventral fins are much wider and rhom- 
boid, while Zygobatis does not appear to be sufficiently distinct 
from Rhinoptera. Myliobatis and Rhinoptera are conse- 
quently alone adopted, and to them may perhaps be added two 
which have. been hitherto confounded with Aznoptera, but 
which seem entitled to distinction; they may be distinguished 
as follows: 





* I am unable to understand what the “genus Zrikeras” of Harless (1850) is 
intended to embrace. 


136 Note on the Family of Myliobatoids. 
MYLIOBATIN & (Bon.) Ag. 


I.—Snonut entire or convex in front. 

a. Teeth of the middle row of nearly uniform width before 
and behind, three to six times as wide as long (adult) ; in young, 
teeth of the middle row rapidly diminish in width backwards, 
where they are little or no broader than long, fide Harless. 

Myliobatis.* 
IJ.—Snout emarginated in front. 
1. Teeth gradually diminishing in width towards the sides. 


Rhinoptera. 
2. Teeth like Myliobatis ; the middle very wide; the 
lateral little or no wider than long. Mylorhina. 


3. Teeth of the middle in the upper jaw narrower than 
the internal lateral ; lateral graduated towards sides. 


Micromesus. 

Mytutosatis Dum. 
Holorhinus Gill. 

Ruryoprera Kuhl. 
Zygobatis Ag. 

Mytornina Gill. 
Type Rhinoptera Lalandii, Jf. 77, 182. 

‘ Micromesvs Gill. 
Type Rhinoptera adspersa, JZ. 77. 183. 
AETOBATIN A Ag. : 


Axropatis M. H. 
Goniobatis Ag. 





* According to Harless(Abh. d. Nat. Phys. Class, Bd. V., 1850), the median 
teeth of Myliobatis aquila decrease backwards; in M. vultwr, the same pecu- 
liarity is seen. Was that fish then the young of a larger species? 


Note on the Family of Myliobatoids. 137 


MYLIOBATIS Dum. 
§ Holorhinus Gill. 
Myliobatis Californicus Gill. 


Rhinoptera vespertilio Girard. 
Holorhinus vespertilio Gill. 


This species has not the slightest affinity to 22Aznoptera, as 
may be at once perceived by reference to the figure published 
by Girard (Boston Jour., N. H., VI., 1857, p. 26). It only 
differs from the typical species of the genus by the narrower 
median teeth—which are about three times as wide as long— 
and by the wider rhomboid ventrals. 

The Myliobatis vespertilio Bleeker, having been named pre- 
viously (1851), the present species cannot retain the specific 
name originally conferred on it. 


AETOBATIS M. H. 
AXtobatis laticeps Gill. 


The greatest width is rather more than twice as great as the distance 
from the snout to the front of anus. The head is rather broad and 
nearly equals the distance from the snout to the division between the 
nasal lobes. The snout is obtusely angulated in front, and at its sides 
is convex and scarcely angulated ; its width, at the line of the front of 
the nostril, is as great as the distance from its point to the interlobular 
nasal emargination. The rostro-frontal fontanelle is constricted at its 
anterior third ; the interval between the crests of the anterior portion 
enters about 22 times in the interorbital area; at the constriction, about 
four times, and at the posterior portion, about 23 times; the posterior 
portion gradually expands backwards and terminates with an oval con- 
tour behind. The nasal lobes are about twice as long as wide, their 
length externally exceeding half the length or breadth of the rostral 
area. 

The dental plate has a triangular contour; its anterior angle is 
obtusely rounded. 


138 New Type of Fishes allied to Nemophis. 


The dorsal fin commences immediately behind the pectoral fins. 
The ventral fins (@) are almost truncated behind, between the rounded 
angles; their breadth enters about 24 times in the length. The tail is 
four or fiye times as long as the body. 

The color is bluish-black above, relieved on the head by the nume- 
rous, but rather distant, whitish or yellowish spots, smaller than the eye, 
much larger on the body and behind towards the sides, and on the ven- 
trals sometimes assuming the form of ocelli; below white; pectorals 


margined with blackish. 


This species is closely related to Ztobatis narinari and its 
allies, and especially & latirostris A. Dum, but is apparently 
distinguished by the combination of characters given in the 
diagnosis. It belongs to the genus Goniobatis Ag., proposed 
for species with a more angular lower dental plate than 7. 
narinari, and is related to the Goniobatis meleagris Ag.,* of 
the Sandwich Islands, but is distinguished by the more decli- 
vous forehead, and the shape of the rostro-frontal fontanelle. 

A single specimen was forwarded to the Smithsonian Insti- 
tution by 8S. E. Hubbard, Esq., of San Francisco, California. 





XIV.—On @ remarkable New Fype of Fishes allied to 
NeEmopulis. 
By Tuxopore Gut. 
Read April 8, 1865. 
Fay NEMOPHID (Kaup). 


Sup-FAMILY PLAGIOTREMATINE Gill. 
Genus Plagiotremus Gill. 


Body naked, much compressed, very gradually decreasing in height 
towards the base of the caudal fin, and with no constriction; the sides 





* This species has not been characterized, but a dried Ztobatine obtained at the 
Sandwich Islands by the Wilkes Exploring Expedition, probably belongs to it. 


New Type of Fishes altied to Nemophis. 139 


* fat, and the back and*belly rounded; anus near the end of the ante- 
rior fourth of the length. 

Lateral linea simple groove, high up and on the side of the back, 
not continued to the caudal. « 

Head oblong quadrate, transversely convex above and behind; the 
forehead slightly declivous, the snout projecting and convex in front, 
but obliquely truncated below and flattened towards the mouth; the 
sides compressed and the lower surface quite plane. 

Hyes moderate, circular, intersecting the profile and mostly i in the 
anterior half of the head. Suborbital chain complete, narrow in front, 
widest below, with its surface corrugated. Opercular apparatus com- 
plete ; preoperculum very oblique ; operculum high, nearly rectangulate- 
triangular, ending in the “ opercular angle,” and with the base or upper 
portion concealed under the skin by which it is attached to the 
shoulder; ¢nteroperculum moderate; suboperculum below and behind 
the operculum, and narrowed towards the angle of the latter. 

Mouth inferior, in front of the eyes, with the cleft shallow, and the ante- 
rior or dentigerous margin of the jaws transverse and perfectly straight ; 
jaws above immovable and undistinguishable without dissection ; lower 
jaw nearly flat and very wide, expanded and thinner towards the front, 
which is perfectly rectilinear transversely. Gape very wide, the lower 
jaw, which, when closed, shuts obliquely upwards, being capable of 
retraction even behind the vertical. Intramaxillar veil well developed. 
Tongue small, far within the mouth. 

Teeth only on the transverse portion of the jaws, uniserial, inserted 
on the external surface, sigmoidally curved, chiefly compressed trans- 
versely to the jaws, but with the tips projecting beyond the edge, com- 
pressed even with the jaws and forming a continuous incisorial edge; in 
the lower jaw, on each side of the series of small teeth, a very large curved 
canine is developed, which is received in a preocular fossa of the palate. 
Brenchial apertures minute, placed far up behind the opercu- 
Jum. 

Branchiostegal rays six, well developed, the outer laminar. 

Dorsal fin continuous from nape above preoperculum nearly to the 
caudal fin, with its anterior rays slender, inarticulated spines, and its 
posterior simply articulated rays. 


Anal fin continuous from the anal region nearly to the caudal. 
MAY, 1865. ACh Ann. Lyo. Nar. Hist., Vou, VII 


140 New Type of Fishes allied to Nemophis. 


Caudal well developed, oblong, emarginated,° with its rays simply 
articulated, and with an external elongated one above and below. 

Pectoral fins low, angular, with the rays slender and simply articu- 
lated, and the connecting membrane thin and not notched. 

Ventral fins, obsolete. 


Such is the combination of characters which distinguishes 
this remarkable genus. The result of its examination assures 
the certainty that the genus is related to the Blennioids, but 
the peculiar modification of the oral apparatus, the elongated 
body, and the absence of ventral fins, indicate that it does not 
belong to the same family, but must be regarded as the repre- 
sentative of one nearly allied to it. To it, however, the WVemo- 
phis Lessoni Kaup may possibly be referred. 

The genus Vemophis* was proposed by Kaup for the recep- 
tion of a fish discovered by Lesson and Garnot, on the Expedi- . 
tion of Duperrey, and was regarded as forming “a distinct 
group among the Riband-shaped Fishes,” and as “ perhaps the 
type of a different family which we may call Wemophide.” 
If by the “ Riband-shaped fishes” the Cepolidw, Trachypte- 
ride, Lophotide, or any other allied types are meant, this view 
is certainly erroneous. Its affinities with the Blennzord alli- 
ance are obvious, and, as Dr. Giinther has very well remarked, 
it has with the riband-shaped fishes “nothing in common, 
except the elongate form.” Memophis is distinguished for its 
compressed anguilliform body tapering backwards and termi- 
nating in a slender tail, while the profile is decurved to the jaws 
and the snout not prominent. It will be therefore necessary, if 
the new genus and Wemophis are retained in the same family, 
to consider each as the type of a peculiar sub-family. 


Plagiotremus spilistius, Gill. 


_ 
The height at the anus is contained 20 times in the length, exclusive 
of the caudal, and that at the base of the caudal nearly 30 times. The 


* A species of Nemophis from Madagascar, is in Mr. Brevoort’s collection. 


New Family Type of Fishes related to the Blennioids. 141 


head forms rather more than an eleventh of the length, and is twice as 
long as high. The length of the snout to the diameter of the eye is 
about equal, and exceeds a fourth of the head’s length. The length of 
tke pectoral fin exceeds a seventh of the length. The well developed 
caudal has a lunate emargination, and its inner rays exceed a twelfth of 
the length, while the largest external ones exceed a sixth. 

The color is purplish, uniform on the body, while the dorsal is darker 
and furnished with several rows of blackish dots; the caudal has two 
dark dots near the base, from the upper of which a streak advances 
forwards ; the pectoral, externally, has a single dark dot near the base 
of the upper rays. 


A single specimen, five inches and a half long, was found in 
the Chinese seas by Dr. William Stimpson, during the voyage 
of the North Pacific Exploring Expedition. 


XV.—On a New Family Type of Fishes related to the 


BLENNIOIDs. 


By TuHEopore GILL. 


Read April 8, 1865. 
Fam. CH ANOPSID A. 
Genus Chrnopsis, Poey. 


Body naked, compressed, almost anguilliform, with the back and 
abdomen obtuse; very gradually decreasing in height to the caudal fin. 
Anus, submedian. 

Lateral line, a simple furrow running nearly along the middle of the 
side. 

Head much elongated, quadrate behind at the opercular region, conic 
in front, with the profile rectilinear and the snout acute. 

Eyes moderate, circular, partly in the anterior third of the head. 
Suborbital chain well developed, perfectly ossified ; preorbital triangu- 
lar, pointed in front; portion under the eye narrow ; behind, especially 
at the lower angle, enlarged. 


142 New Family Type of Fishes rebated to the Blennioids. 


Preoperculum produced backwards and rounded, operculum narrow 
oblong ; interoperculum narrow, mostly concealed under the preoper- 
culum; subopereulum of nearly uniform width curved, and chiefly 
behind the operculum. The opercular elements are situated high up, 
and leave exposed to view the branchiostegal membrane and its rays, 
which are continued upwards and curved inwards towards the scapular 
region ; when appressed to the sides, a foramen is formed in front. 

Mouth large, with the cleft nearly horizontal, linear, continued 
behind the eyes. Jaws not protractile, the lower slightly projecting. 
Intermaxillaries almost united by their posterior processes, and with 
their lateral continued to the eye; supramazillaries narrow membrana- 
ceous. Lips obsolete. 

Teeth, on the intermaxillaries and lower jaw, subcylindrical and 
blunt, and in a uniform row, behind which, in front, there is a broad 
band of villiform ones on the palatine bones, uniserial and obtusely sub- 
cylindrical like those of the jaws ; the palatine rows are parallel; yvomer 
edentulous. 

Branchial membrane enlarged, conspicuous externally, confluent and 
emarginated behind beneath, and free from the throat. 

Branchiostegal rays seven, very slender, elongated, and curved up- 
wards and inwards behind the opercular apparatus. 

Dorsal continuous from the nape, above the posteriog margin of the 
preoperculum to the caudal, to which it is united ; elevated in front ; with 
its anterior rays inarticulated, and its posterior articulated, but undivided. 

Anal fin opposite, and similar to the articulated portion of the dorsal, 
‘with its two anterior rays inarticulated. 

Caudal fin small, convex behind, with the dorsal and anal parts 
attached to it. 

Pectoral fins entirely lateral, rather narrow, with rays slender and 
simply articulated, and the lower ones rapidly graduated. : 

Ventrals inserted slightly in advance of the pectorals, with two or 
three articulated rays. 


This genus forms the type of a distinct family of fishes, dis- 
tinguished by the form of the head, the development of the 
post-ocular region, the exposure and development of the bran- 
chiostegal membrane and rays, and the composition of the 


2 


New Family Type of Fishes related to the Blennioids. 148 


mouth. The family appears to he most nearly related to the 
Blennioids, with which it essentially agrees in the structure of 
the fins, and even in the development of the branchiostegal rays 
and their exposure; it only differs in-degree from those fishes, 
but the more elongated body and the peculiar modification of 
the head at once distinguish it; no anal papilla is developed, 
at least in the single specimen examined, nor is it probable 
that it is present in either sex. The whole structure is firm 
and compact, and presents a considerable contrast to the flabby 
appearance characteristic of the Blennioids.* 


Chzenopsis ocellatus, Poey Ms. ea? 


The height is contained about 20 times in the total length; the head 
about 44; the diameter of the eves equals or exceeds an eighth of the 
head’s length, is distant about 24 diameters from the snout, and its pos- 
terior margin is rather nearer the angle of the preoperculum than the 
snout. The height of the dorsal fin in front equals about half the length 
of the head; the length of the pectoral is contained between 10 and 11 
times in the total, and the caudal enters between 16 and 17 times in 
the length. 

Drv Soy eAeit. 88. Ondo, Pode. . Vu 223: 

The color is greenish purple; the dorsal at its anterior angle has an 
orange ocellated spot. 


A single specimen 4% inches long was obtained by Prof. 


Poey at Matanzas, and kindly forwarded for my examination. 
With the Chenopsis a small specimen of Callionymust was 





* T exclude from the Blennioids the genus M/uwrenoides and its allies, and have 
constituted for them a peculiar family—A%tphidiontide. 

_ + Callionymus has been restricted to ‘species with a singlé lateral line, bran- 
chial apertures on the sides of the nape, and perfect ventral fins. The C. gora- 
mensis Blkr. may be regarded as a distinct type (Diplogrammus), distinguished 
by the double lateral line. Synchiropus and Dactylopus are excellent genera, and 
the last has been adopted under the name Vulsus, the change of name having 
been made on account of the existence of the term Dactylopoda, given by Von 
Meyer to a group of reptiles, as I have been kindly informed by the author of 
the change. Such extreme views would necessitate very numerous changes in 
the nomenclature, and are not recognized by naturalists generally. 


144 Note on Certain Insect Larva-Sacs. 


received, which is of especial interest, it being the first of the 
genus that has been noticed as found in American waters. It 
belongs to Callionymus as restricted by myself, but is distin- 
guished by the small number of dorsal and anal rays (D. III. 
6, A. 4.) The preopercular spine is armed with three teeth 
above and terminates behind in an acute point. The species 
may be named Callionymus pauciradiatus. 


XVI.—WNote on Certain Insect Larva-Sacs, described as Species 
of VALVATE. 


By Tuomas Bianp. 


Read April 3d, 1865. 


Some years ago I collected in the Island of Jamaica, W. L., 
from a stream of fresh water, small objects like spiral univalve 
shells, which I supposed to be mollusks, but after examination 
and inquiry discovered my error. 

Subsequently I learned that an object of similar character 
had’ been described by Mr. Isaac Lea as Valvata arenifera, 
which proved, however, to be the case of the larva of a Phry- 
ganidous insect. At a later period specimens, not unlike those 
noticed in Jamaica, were sent to me from Canada West, under 
the name of Thelidomus Braziliensis Swainson. 

De Kay (Wat. Hist. of New York, Mollusca, p. 119), with 
his description of Valvata sincera Say, has the following obser- 
vation :— 

“There is frequently found associated with this and the preceding 
species (V. wnicarinata) an agglutinated arenaceous mass, resembling 
them very much in form. This has been described as V. arenifera in 
the Transactions of the American Philosophical Society (vol. 4, p. 104, 
pl. 15, fig. 36. A. B), and has since been erected by Mr. Swainson into 
the new genus Z’helidomus (see Lardner’s Cabinet Cyclopedia, No. 123, 
pp. 226, 353). It is believed to be the case of the larva of some aqua- 
tic insect, possibly a Phryganea.” 


Note on Certain Insect Larva-Sacs. 145 


In the summer of 1862, I received from Mr. Henry Rousseau 
a number of these larva-cases, collected by him in the vicinity 
of Troy, N. Y. The specimens were in alcohol, but at my 
request Mr. Rousseau sent to me living ones , which I placed in 
a small aquarium, wishing to observe their atte and destiny. 
During the following autumn and winter the larve were 
extremely active, creeping about on the stones and feeding 
apparently on confervee. If disturbed, the larva withdrew into 
its abode, which then seemed to be somewhat firmly fastened 
or secured to the object on which the case happened to rest. 

Early in the spring of 1863, I noticed what appeared to be 
the exwvie of the nympha of an insect floating on the surface 
of the water in the aquarium, and empty larva-cases at the 
bottom. Suspecting that some of the insects had flown, I 
placed a gauze net over the aquarium, and in a few days 
obtained several perfect ¢magines. Believing that these would 
be very interesting to naturalists, I consulted Mr. Akhuwit, 
and at his suggestion forwarded the insects and cases to Mr. 
P. R. Ubler, who reported that they probably belonged to the 
genus f/elicopsyche of the family Hydropsychide, and that the 
species was perhaps new. He sent the specimens to Europe 
for determination by Dr. Hagen, but I have not at present 
heard the result. 

-In a paper entitled “ Descriptions of New Species of Fluvia- 
tile and Terréstrial Operculate Mollusca from Trinidad” (Ann. 
and Mag. of Nat. Hist., No. 82, Oct., 1864) by Mr. R. J. 
Lechmere Guppy, is the following description, evidently of a 
Helicopsyche-sac, but treated by the author as a Valvata. 


“Valvata agglutinans.—Shell trochiform-depressed, perforate, entirely 
composed of numerous minute grains of mineral matter; whorls 3-4, 
almost carinate, flattened beneath; umbilicus circular; aperture very 
oblique, circular, the margins shortly united on the penultimate whorl ; 
peristome simple, irregular. Height 0.1 inch, greatest breadth 0.17 inch. 

“Tt lives on the surface of rocks and stones in the hill streams of the 
northern part of Trinidad.” 


146 Note on Coan Insect Larva-Sacs. 


Tryon (Amer. Journ. of Conchology, Part I., February, 1865) 
justly remarks :—* This fresh description of Phryganiw as Val-_ 
vate is amusing ; naturalists seem resolved to consider them 
Mollusea !” 

As these Helicopsyche-sacs have from time to time attracted 
much attention, and their true character has been misappre- 
hended, I add a copy of an interesting note on the subject 
from Von Siebold’s work On a true Parthenogenesis in Moths 
and Bees (English translation by W. 8. Dallas, pp. 28-80. 
London, 1857). 

“Besides Psyche Helix, there are some other insects whose larve, as 
case-bearers, manufacture sacs in the form of a snail-shell. In the genus 
Psyche itself there occurs another species, the caterpillars of which, 
like those of Psyche Helix, bear about with them a spirally-twisted 
sac. By the kindness of Herr Zeller of Glogau, and Dr. Rosenhauer 
of Erlangen, I possess two earth-colored, snail-like sacs, with perfectly 
flat convolutions (Figs. 15-17), found in Sicily and Spain. They are 
nearly three times as large as the sacs of Psyche Helix, and from their 
different form and size belong to another species, to which I will give 
the provisional name of Psyche Planorbis. Both sacs, like those of 
Psyche Helix, are covered with fine grains of earth and sand cemented 
on them. Behind the uppermost and narrowest half-turn there is also 
a lateral aperture, which is due to an interruption in the walls of the 
sac taking place here (Fig. 15, a). 

“In the family of the Phryganida, also, larvee occur, which form a 
spiratly-twisted domicile. . The first notice of this was furnished by 
Shuttleworth (in the A@ittheilungen der naturforschenden Gesellschaft in 
Bern, June, 1843, p. 20), and as this is but little known, I will repro- 
duce it here literally. The passage in question runs as follows: 
‘Amongst the mollusca collected by Blauner in Corsica, there was a 
considerable number of a shel!, which was at first taken for an unde- 
scribed species of Valvata, and which appeared to be nearly allied, if 
not identical, with the Valvata arenifera of Lea (Observ. p. 114, tab. 15, 
Figs. 36, a and 6), from North America. The perfectly regular, spirally 
convoluted shell consists of a very fine transparent membrane, upon 
which very small grains of sand and stones are fixed with the greatest 
regularity. The circular orifice is closed by a very delicate, apparently 


? 


Note on Certain Insect Larva-Sacs. 147 


spirally convoluted, membranous operculum. * The general form, as well 
as the dimensions, remind one strikingly of the Valvata depressa Pfr. 
In all the individuals provided with an operculum, there was either the 
larva or the nympha of an insect, probably belonging to the genus 
Phryganea, which, bent into a half-spiral, lay singly in each shell. 
Under the microscope the opercula exhibited, besides the spiral or 
regularly concentric structure above referred to, an excentric longitudi- 
nal opening, running parallel to the inner margin. Specimens of the 
Valvata arenifera of Lea, which I have recently obtained from Vienna, 
exhibit precisely the same structure both of the she]l and operculum. 
In Réaumur’s Mémoires pour servir & U Histoire des Insectes, tom. ii, 
p. 193, pl. 15, Figs. 22-24, there is a short description and figure of a 
(spirally convoluted) Phryganea-case (occurring in Switzerland). 
This species of Réaumur’s, however, differs in every other particular 
from the species above described, and also appears to possess no oper- 
culum.’ 

“The case last referred to by Shuttleworth belongs to Psyche Helix ; 
the other one, which resembles a Valvata, on the contrary, is a very 
different thing (see my figures 18-22), and is certainly produced by a 
Phryganidous insect. I saw several of the habitations of this insect in 
Brem?s collection at Zurich, partly collected in Corsica and partly on 
the Lake of Como. Bremi has given the name of Helicopsyche Shut- 
tleworthe to the questionable Phryganidan from which these spiral cases. 
are derived ; and many specimens of a similar smaller case have been 
since sent to him from a brook in Porto Rico, the inhabitant of which 
Bremi has named Helicopsyche minima. By the kindness of Herr 
Bremi I have obtained several specimens of both kinds, which are 
essentially different in their structure from the sacs of Psyche Helia. 
As regards their size, the diameter of the largest sacs of Helicopsyche 
Shuttlewortht is 2 lines (Rhenish), and of those of H. minima 1 line. 
A principal distinction between these Phryganidan domiciles and the 
spiral sacs of Psyche consists in the fact, that whilst in the case of 
Psyche Helix extremely fine grains of sand are stuck as a coating upon 
the outer surface of the white web of the sac-walls, in Helicopsyche the 
walls of the habitation are formed directly and solely of larger, polygo- 
nal particles of sand, closely cemented together from within and with- 
out. The caterpillars of Psyche also never close their sacs with an 


148 Note on Certain Insect Larva-Sacs. 


operculum, But that the Helicopsyche-sacs are really produced by a 
Phryganidons insect, I ascertained from the contents which I extracted 
from two cases of Helicopsyche minima still furnished with opercula, 
These consisted of a dried pupa, which in the form of the legs and of 
the long antenne, the four hairy rudiments of wings, and the two biting 
jaws, exactly resembled a Phryganidan. The description given by 
Lea of his Valvata arenifera (in his Observations on Majades and De- 
scriptions of New Species, vid. Trans. of the Amer. Phil. Soc. vol. iv. 
Philadelphia, 1834, p. 104, pl. 15, Fig. 36, a, 6. See my copies, Figs. 
23, 24) runs as follows: ‘ Testa orbiculata, convexa; anfractibus tribus, 
qui arenis agglutinatis operiuntur; umbilico lato; spira obtusa.’ Hab. 
—Cumberland River, near Nashville. Length four-twentieths of an 
‘inch. Remarks.—This very curious and interesting species was among 
the freshwater shells so disinterestedly sent to me by the Lyceum of 
Natural History of New York, to be examined and inserted in this 
paper. It has the singular property of strengthening its whorls by the 
agolutination of particles of sand, &c., by which it is entirely covered, 
and in this character it resembles Z’rochus agglutinans Lam. (7. conchy- 
liophorus, Authors), The apex, in all the specimens which I have had 
an opportunity of examining, is broken. The operculum was observed 
in two specimens sufficiently perfect to exhibit a striated horny struc- 
ture.’ 

“The sacs of LHelicopsyche minima communicated to me by Bremi, 
agree almost perfectly with this shell of Valvata arenifera described 
and figured by Lea. Even the bronze-green color is common to both 
of them. The presence of an operculum is also in favor of the deriva- 
tion of this habitation from a Phryganidous insect, as the sac-bearers 
amongst the Lepidoptera form no operculum, but always spin down 
their sac by its lower aperture to foreign substances. Moreover, the 
opercula, of which I found several in my specimens of the sac of eli- 
copsyche minima, had also a striated appearance, like those of Valvata 
arenifera, They were smaller than the aperture of the sac, and con- 
sequently only closed it imperfectly, On examining them with the 
microscope, I detected a fibrous structure in these opercula, arising from 
comparatively coarse-spun threads, sticking close together; at the mar- 
gins of these opercula single threads protruded, by which they were 
united with the mouth of the sac. In my specimens of the sacs of 


Post-Pleiocene Deposit on Gardiner’s Island. 149 


Helicopsyche Shuttleworthi I perceived no opercula; they had proba- 
bly fallen off, or perhaps were not formed when these sacs were col- 
lected.” 


Von Siebold gives figures,(referred to in the note above 
quoted) of the caterpillar-sacs of Psyche Helix and Psyche 
Planorbis, of the sac of Helicopsyche Shuttleworthi and of 
Valvata arenifera, enlarged and copied from Lea. ‘To the 
“Explanation of the figures” Von Siebold adds the following 
supplementary observation :— 


“ At my last visit to Zurich I saw in Bremi’s collection the cases of a 
third larger species of &Helicopsyche, which Bremi obtained from Shut- 
tleworth, and has named fZelicopsyche Colombiensis. These cases come 
from Puerto-Caballo; they have a transverse diameter of 1,%; lin., and 
a height of 1,2, lin. Rhenish, and are manufactured out of compara- 
tively very coarse, rusty-brown stones. With regard to Helicopsyche 
Shuttleworthi, Bremi informed me, that the cases of this Phryganidous 
insect have now been found also on the Lake of Geneva.” 


The cases received from Mr. Rousseau, and from Canada, 
are in size, form, and construction somewhat similar to those 
figured by Von Siebold as Helicopsyche Shuttleworthi. In the 
operculum of the Troy specimens there is the longitudinal 
opening described by Shuttleworth. 





XVU.—WNotice of a Post-Pietocenr Deposit on GARDINER’S 
Isnanp, Surrotk Co., N.Y. 
By Sanperson Smiru. 
Read May 1, 1865. 
Tuts deposit was visited by me three or four years ago, but 


as I was able to spend only about twenty minutes at the loca- 
_ lity, Ihave hithetto refrained from publishing my account of 


150 = =§- Fost-Pleiocene Deposit on Gardiner’s Island. + 


it, hoping to have an opportunity to investigate it more tho- 
roughly, which, however, 1 have not yet done. As it appears 
to be richer in species than any locality hitherto described 
between North Carolina and the St. Lawrence, even a partial 
list of the fossils may be interesting. 

It is situated on the eastern shore of the Island, near the 
southern extremity of the high land, and about fifteen or twenty 
feet above the sea-level. The thickness of the bed it is some- 
what difficult to state exactly, as the breaking down of the 
bank causes the shells to cover the surface of the bluff down 
to the beach. It is probably four or five feet, however, and the 
length appeared to be about 150 to 200 feet, the bed thinning 
out at each end. It is composed mainly of sand and fine gra- 
vel, with few large pebbles only, so far as I recollect. The 
species found number 25, but careful examination would pro- 
bably considerably increase this number. 


1. Nassa trivittata Say. 10. Crepidula fornicata Lam., one very 

2. Nassa vibex Say ; fragment only, small specimen. 
but, I think, undoubtedly of this 11. Tornatella punctostriata Adams? ? 
species. ; I have a distinet recollection of 

8. Fusus decemeostatus Say. A frag- having observed a well-marked 
ment of the pillar of a large uni- specimen of this species among my 
valve, about an inch long, and not collections, but the specimen can- 
at all rubbed. Probably of this no. now be found, and the shell 
species, but larger than the corres- here referred to is in a very imper- 
ponding part of a specimen in my fect state. 
cabinet 3:9 inches long. 12. Bulla canaliculata Gould. 

4, Purpura lapillus Lam., a fragment. 13. Ostrea borealis Lam. Some small 

5. Columbella lunata Sowerby. Seve- Ostree were found, exceedingly 
ral specimens. convex, which it was thought by 

6. Natica duplicata Say. Several spe- the late Mr. Wm. Coover might 
cimens. prove to be a new species. 

4, Fragments of a small convex Nati- 14. Pecten Islandicus Chemn. A frag- 
ca, like heros or triseriata, ment. 

8. Chemnitzia interrupta Stimpson. 15. Pecten Magellanicus Lam. Nu- 
Several specimens. merous fragments. 


9. Crepidula unguiformis Lam, Seve- 16. Arca transversa Say. Abundant. 
ral specimens. 17. Arca pexata Say?? <A fragment. 


20. Venus mercenaria Linn. 


Catalogue of the Mollusca of Staten Island, NV. ¥. 


18. Cardita borealis Conrad. Abundant. 


19. Astarte suleata Fleming. Abun- 
dant. : 

Of very 
large size and excessively thick and 
heavy. This species constitutes 
the bulk of the deposit. The shells 
are all broken but not rolled, the 


fractured edges being still perfect- 


21. 


22. 


. Mya arenaria Linn. 


15t 


A small 
fragment, not showing the hinge, 


Luéina radula Gould ? 


but exceedingly well-preserved. 
Mactra lateralis Say. Small but 
abundant. 

Fragments of 
very large size are very abundant. 


. A small coral. 
25. Fragments of a Balanus, 


ly sharp in most cases. 


In the determination of most of these species I had the 
advantage of the opinion of the late Mr. Wm. Cooper. With 
the exception of usws decemcostatus and perhaps Lucina 
radula, they are all still inhabitants of the neighboring waters, 
south of Cape Cod; but still the group as a whole seems to 
have a more northern aspect than the group of species at pre- 
sent inhabiting those waters, contrary to the conclusions drawn 
by Mr. Desor from lists of Post-Pleocene fossils obtained by 
- Mr. Conrad at the mouth of the Potomac, by Mr. Stimpson at 
Point Shirley (Boston Harbor), and by himself at Sancoti Head 
(Nantucket). (See Sill. Journ., July 1852, p. 53.) 


Nore,—It is not impossible that several of the species dredged in the waters 
of Peconic and Gardiner’s Bays {see Ann. Lyc., vol. vii., April, 1860), such as 
Astarte mactracea, Corbula contracta, and Cumingia tellinoides, of the first two of 
which no living specimen, and of the last only a single one has been found by 
me, although all are abundant in very deep dredging, may be derived from sub- 
marine deposits of this character, instead of belonging to the recent fauna of the 
Bays. , 


XVIUI.— Catalogue of the Motxusca of ‘Sraren Isuanp, N. Y. 


By J. W. Hussarp, M.D., and SanpErson Smiru. 
Read May 1, 1865, 


[The character * indicates that the species is abundant ; + that itisscarce. To several, espe- 
cially among the fresh-water shells, which haye been but imperfectly examined, no mark is 
prefixed. ] 


*Ranella caudata Say. 
*Pyrula earica Brug. 


*Buccinum plicosum Menke. 
*Nassa obsoleta Say. 


*Pyrula canaliculata Brug. *N. trivittata Say. 


152 


tN. vibex Say. : 

*Columbella avara Say. 

*Col. lunata Sowerby. 

+Pleurotoma cerinum Kurtz and Stimp- 
son. 

+Natica heros Say. 

*N. duplicata Say. 

+N. pusilla Say non Gould. 

*Chemnitzia seminuda Stimpson. 

*C. bisuturalis Stimpson. 

*C. trifida Stimpson. 

*C. interrupta Stimpson. 

tScalaria lineata Say. 

*Cerithium Sayi Menke. 

*C, nigrocinctum Adams. 

+C. Greenii Adams. 

*Littorina rudis Gould. 

*L. littoralis Forbes and Hanley. 

*Lacuna vineta Turton. 

*Risz0a minuta Stimpson. 

*Crepidula unguiformis Lam. 

*C. convexa Say. 

*C, fornicata Lam. 

+Acteon punctostriata Stimpson. 

{Bulla solitaria Say. 

*Bulla canaliculata Gould. 

*Ostrea borealis Lam, 

*O. Virginiana Lister. 

*Anomia ephippium Linn. 

tA. aculeata Gmelin. 

+Pecten irradians Lam. 

*Mytilus edulis Linn. 

+M. modiolus Linn. 

*M. plicatulus Deshayes, 

*Arca transversa Say. 

*A, pexata Say. 

*Leda limatula Stimpson. 

*Nucula proxima Say. 

{Solemya velum Say. 

¢Cardium Mortoni? ? Conrad. 

+Cardita borealis? Conrad. 

Astarte castanea Say (fide Wheatley’s 

Cat.) 


Catalogue of the Mollusca of Staten Island, N. Y. 


Venus mercenaria Linn. 
+Venus notata Say. 
*Venus gemma Totten. 
*Cytherea convexa Say. 
*Petricola dactylus Say. 
*P. pholadiformis Lamarck. 
*Mactra lateralis Say. 

*M. solidissima Chemnitz. 
+M. similis Say ? 

{Kellia planulata Stimpson. 
*Tellina fusea Phil. 
*T., tenera Say. , 
{T. tenta Say. 
+Cumingia tellinoides Conrad. 


*Solen ensis Linn. 
*Solecurtus Caribzeus Conrad. 
*Mya arenaria Linn. 
*Cochlodesma Leanum Couthouy. 
*Lyonsia hyalina Conrad. 
*Pandora trilineata Say. 
+Pholas truncata Say. 
*P. erispata Linn. 
+Martesia (Diplothyra) Smithii Tryon. 
*Teredo dilatata Stimpson, 

Spheerium securis Prime. 

Spherium partumeium Say. 
*Pisidium abditum Hald. 
+Anodonta fluviatilis Lea ? 
+A. —— (a small species). 
*Limneea desidiosa Say. 
*L. humilis Say. 
*L. columella Say. 

Physa heterostropha Say. 

P. ?——? 

Planorbis parvus Say. 
+P. deflectus Say. 
*Vertigo Gouldii Binney. 

V. ovata Say. 

Pupa armifera Say. 

P. contracta Say. 
+P. rupicola Say. 
*Bulimus marginatus Say. 
*Helix albolabris Say. 


Catalogue of the Mollusca of Staten Island, N. Y. 153 


*H. thyroides Say. ; *H. lineata Say. 

*H. tridentata Say. *Succinea avara Say. 9 
fH. hirsuta Say. *S. aurea Lea. 

*H. pulchella Mill. *S, ovalis Gould non Say. 

*H, labyrinthica Say. S. obliqua? Say. 

*H. alternata Say. 8. ? 

*H. striatella Anth. +Tebennophorus Caroliniensis Binn. 
*H. minuscula? Binney. *Limax agrestis Linn. 

*H. arborea Say. ¢Limax campestris? Binn. 

*H. electrina Gould. *Melampus bidentatus Say. 

+H. indentata Say. *Alexia myosotis Drap. 

+H. chersina Say. * +Carychium exiguum Say. 


{H. suppressa Say. 


Notes by Sanderson Smith. 


Pecten rradians is exceedingly scarce on Staten Island, not- 
withstanding its abundance on other parts of our coast, south 
and east. 

The same may be said of Cardium Mortoni, of which, 
indeed, the occurrence on Staten Island is still doubtful. 

The shell marked as Cardita borealis? is about one-eighth 
of an inch in diameter, and neither the late Mr. Wm. Cooper 
nor myself could find any essential difference from the young 
of that species. As, however, the same species occurs both at 
Greenport and Huntington, Long Island, of the same size only, 
and in all these cases, in localities where the adult shell has 
never been found, it seems possible that it may prove to be 
different. . 

Mya arenaria was once found by Mr. Wm. Cooper and 
myself imbedded in numbers in a large log of wood, in holes 
a foot deep and half an inch in diameter, each of which con- 
tained from five to ten specimens. As the shells were nearly 
as wide as the holes in which they were contained, and as in 
most cases the holes, though near the surface of the log, had 
no apparent connection with the exterior except at their 
mouths, it seems difficult to conceive how the shells at the 
bottom of the holes could support existence. Nearly all, how- 





154 Catalogue of the Mollusca of Staten Island, N. Y. 


ever, still had the animal’ in them. They were taken at first 
for specimens of Saxicava, which they greatly resemble. The 
ordinary varieties of this species are abundant on the Island. 

_ Martesia Smithii. An oyster shell dredged somewhere 
around Staten Island contained a specimen of this shell with 
the fresh animal, showing that whether an imported species or 
not, it is at present living on our shores. 

Of Pupa rupicola only two specimens have been found. 

Helix striatella and H., suppressa have hitherto been found 
in one locality only for each, but the first-named is there some- 
what abundant. Of //. hirsuta one specimen only has occur- 
red, near New Brighton, on the north shore of the Island. #. 
chersina is scarce, not more than a dozen specimens having 
been found. WL. labyrinthica is exceedingly abundant in one 
locality. 

Succinea aurea is plentiful on the salt marshes. 

Of Tebennophorus Caroliniensis I have found only one speci- 
men, at New Brighton. 

The list here given is probably by no means complete, espe- 
cially as to the fresh-water shells, and some of the marine 
species living in deep water. Our dredgings have been but 
partial, and principally on mud bottoms. I hope hereafter to 
be able to furnish a more complete catalogue, with full notes 
on depth, habits, ete. 





Notes on certain Terrestrial Mollusca. 155 


XIX.— Notes on certain Terresrrrat Moxiusca, with Descrip- 
tions of New SPECIES. 


By Tuomas Branp. 
Read September 25, 1865. 


In a note accompanying my description of Proserpina 
Swifti from Venezuela (Ann. viii. 13, 1863), I gave the cha- 
racters of the Family Proserpinacea from Gray’s ‘ Guide to 
the Mollusca,” and of the Genera Ceres and Proserpina ; indi- 
cating also the number of parietal and palatal lamine in each 
of the species. I added the following remarks : 


“Tt will be noticed that the existence of one or more parietal or pala- 
tal teeth, in addition to the fold or tooth on the columella, is given as a 
characteristic of the Family. 

“The recent discovery, however, of the species described in this paper 
as P, Swiftt, having the columellar fold only, shows that it alone, so far 
as the teeth are concerned, is a constant character. 

“ P, Swifti does not properly belong to Proserpina as defined by 
authors; but as that genus embraces species with and without palatal 
teeth, it may fairly be enlarged so as to include those with and without 
parietal teeth, all having the columellar fold characteristic of the family.” 


On a late examination of some terrestrial shells collected by 
Dr. Berendt in Mexico, I was surprised to find a species with a 
slightly elevated parietal lamina, but no colwmel- 

_ lar fold, and yet having externally the appear- 
We, ance of a Proserpina. On opening several exam 
+— ples, I discovered that the septa of the whorls were 

destroyed, as in the Family Proserpinacea, to which 
I concluded that it belongs. 


Fie. 1. 


P. Swifti, of which figures are annexed, afforded 
P. Swifti Bland. : . 

proof that the parietal and palatal laminze can no 
longer be regarded as Family characters, and it is now shown 


that the columellar fold is not constant. 
NOVEMBER, 1865. 12 ; Ann. Lyo, Nat, Hist., Vou, VIII: 


156 Notes on certain Terrestrial Mollusca. 


Under these circumstances, I propose to remodel the descrip- 
tions of the Family Proserpinacea and Genera hitherto com- 
prised in it, and to place the Mexican shell above referred to, 
under the specific name Gerendéi, in the new genus Proserpi- 
nella. 


Fam. PROSERPINACEA. 


T. imperforata, helicineeformis, basi modo vel etiam superne 
callo nitido obducta ; sepimenta interna ad modum Helicinace- 
orum sensim et regulariter resorpta. Operculum nullum. 


I. Ceres Gray. 


* TT. carinata, superne. rugosa, epidermide tenui obducta, basi callo 
nitido munita; columella unidentata; utrinque lamellifera; perist. rec- 
tum, subincrassatum. 

1. C. eolina Duclos. 2. C. Salleana Cuming. 


UJ. Prosrrrrma Gray. 


T. globosa vel depressa, lzevigata, utrinque plus minusve callo nitido 
obducta; columella unidentata; paries aperturalis lamina nulla, vel 1, 
vel pluribus spiralibus munitus; apertura lunaris, seepe laminis palatali- 
bus coarctata; perist. simplex, rectum. 


A. Lamellis parietalibus et palatalibus instructe. 


Globosa. Depressa. 
P. linguifera Jonas. P, nitida Gray. 


B. Lamellis parietalibus solummodo instructe. 


Globosa. Depressa. 
P. pisum C. B. Ad. P. depressa Orb. 
P. globulosa Orb. P. bidentata C. B. Ad. 


C. Lamellis parietalibus et palatalibus carentes. 


Depressa. 


P. Swifti Bland. 





Notes on certain Terrestrial Mollusca. 157 


III. ProserpreELa, nov. gen. 


T. depressa, leevigata, utrinque callo nitido obducta; paries 
aperturalis lamina 1 munitus; apertura lunaris; perist. sim- 
plex, rectum. 


Proserpinella Berendti, nov. sp. 


T. depressa, tenuis, nitida, albida; spira brevissime elevata;. sutura 
vix impressa, submarginata; anfr. 4, sensim accres- 
centes, ultimus latior, convexiusculus, basi convexior, 
juxta columellam excavatus; apertura parum obliqua, 





lunaris, unidentata, dente lamelliformi vix prominente 
a intrante in pariete aperturali; perist. simplex, rec- 
tum. 


Shell depressed, thin, shining, white ; spire 
very little elevated ; suture scarcely impressed, 
submarginate; whorls 4, gradually increasing, 

Proserpinella Berendti 
Bland. the last broader, rather convex, more convex 
at the base, excavated near the columella ; 
ei oblique, lunate, with 1 little elevated lamelliform tooth 
on the parietal wall; perist. simple, straight. 


Diam. maj. 2-3; min. 24; alt. 14 mill. 


Habitat.—Mirador, Atlantic slope, 3000 to 4000 feet eleva- 
tion, Mexico. Dr. Berendt! 


Remarks.—This species is most nearly allied in form to Pro- 
serpina depressa Orb., or a small example of P. nitida Sowb., 
but it is readily distinguished from them by its slightly deve- 
loped parietal lamina and the absence of the columellar fold. 





Stenopus? Guildimgi, nov. sp. 


T. perforata, depressa, tenuis, subtilissime striatula, nitida, diaphana, 
corneo-succinea; spira planiuscula; anfr. 4 celeriter accrescentes, vix 


158 Notes on certain Terrestrial Mollusca. 


convexiusculi, ad suturam leviter impressam breviter striato-marginate, 
ultimus latior, non descendens; apertura fere yerticalis, lunato-rotun- 
data; perist. simplex, acutum, margine columellari vix reflexiusculo. 


Shell perforate, depressed, thin, minutely striatulate, shining, 
diaphanous, horny-amber ; spire nearly level; whorls 4, rapidly 
increasing, scarcely convex, with shortly striated margin at the 
lightly impressed suture, the last wider, not descending ; aper- 
ture almost vertical, lunate-rounded ; peristome simple, acute, 
the columellar margin scarcely reflexed. 

Diam. maj. 8; min. 7; alt. 8 mill. 


Habitat.—Porto Cabello, Venezuela. Robert Swift. 


Remarks.—I received one specimen of this interesting spe- 
cies, with the animal, from Mr. Robert Swift, and submitted it 
to Edward S. Morse for microscopic examination, and to him I 
am indebted for the accompanying figures and the substance of 
the subjoined notes. 





Stenopus? Guildingi Bland. 


Fig. a. Shell with animal, about the natural size. 
b. Head magnified; superior tentacles partially retracted. 
_ Morse mentions that he could find no trace of the 











——— 


Notes on certain Terrestrial Mollusca. 159 


inferior tentacles; but doubtless they exist, and would 
be perceptible in the living animal. 

ce. Tail magnified, showing the (retractile?) appendage, at 
the base of which the mucous pore was noticed,—the 
creeping disk remarkably narrow and long. 

d. Section of lingual membrane; about 85 rows of plates, 
44-144, central plate long, narrow, with a single 
pointed denticle, slightly indented at’ the base; late- 
rals and uncini similar, having a single long recurved 
denticle. The dentition somewhat similar to that of, 
HT. concava Say (Morse Terr. Pul. of Maine, pl. 5), 
but the plates longer and narrower. 

é. Buecal plate, arcuate, roundly produced in the centre of 
the cutting edge, in form like that in Helicelline. 


The character of the animal induces me to believe that this 
species belongs to Stenopus, of which Guilding (Zool. Jour. 
iii. 527, 1828) describes the pedal disk and tail as follows :— 
“ Discus gressorius distinctus, linearis, musculis transversis, 
pedis lateribus multo angustior, veluti in genere Onchidio 
(unde nomen). Cauda tentaculata, tentaculo subretractali, 
glandula ad basin posita.” 

He adds this remark: “A very remarkable and distinct 
genus allied to the Linnean Helices, from all of which it differs 
in the curious contraction of the pedal disk, and the caudal ten- 
taculum furnished with a gland beneath. They creep slowly 
and awkwardly, not being able to support the shell, on account 
of the narrowness of the foot, without proceeding in a meander- 
ing line.” } 

The shell under consideration may in several respects be 
compared with Stenopus cruentatus Guild. ; the most marked 
differences are, that the latter is transversely plicatulate and 
impressed round the perforation. 








<t 


160 Notes on certain Terrestrial Mollusca. 


In a paper “On the Structure of the Axis of the Shell of 
Cylindrella” (Annals vi. 150, 1855), I pointed out the peculiar 
nature of the axis in several species, and observations have 
since been made on its singular character in other and espe- 
cially in Cuban species. 

In C. turris Pfr. of Mexico, the axis isa highly polished tube, 
the exterior of which is distantly but strongly ribbed, having a 
diameter, in the fourth whorl from the last, of 4-5 mill., so that 
a young shell must have a wide open umbilicus. This tube 
has a groove or sinus within each whorl, immediately above 
the septum. The tube gradually increases in size from the 
apex, but is smaller towards the base; in the penultimate 
whorl it is 3 mill. in diameter ; in the last it rapidly dimimshes, 
and terminates in a point, the umbilicus being imperforate. A 
similar structure prevails in C. clava Pfr., also from Mexico. 

The internal structure of C. Goldfussi Menke of Texas, be- 
longing to the subgenus Holospira, differs essentially from that 
of any West Indian form which has come under my notice, and 
I have examined very many. 

In the penultimate whorl of C. Goldfussi there are four 
lamellee : one strongly developed, situated on the under side of 
the upper septum, and in length about equal to one-half of the 
circumference of the whorl; another on the upper surface of 
the lower septum, immediately beneath and opposite to the 
above-mentioned lamella, and of about equal length, but not so 
much developed; a third lamella on the middle of the lower 
half of, and revolving on the axis; the fourth on the inner side 
of the outer wall of the shell (opposite the axial lamella), and 
visible from the exterior. I am not aware of the occurrence of 
lamina on the outer wall or septa of the whorls in any other 
species, but have not had an opportunity of examining several 
which are allied to C. Goldfussi. 

The animal of Cylindrella has no buccal plate—at least it has 
not, so far as I am informed, been detected. 

The lingual dentition varies considerably in different species. 


Notes on certain Terrestrial Mollusca. 161 


The forms of the central plate and laterals of C. seeva Gund. of 
Cuba, obtained from a living example 
tel received from Mr. Charles Wright, are 
shown in the annexed figure, which, with 
several others illustrating this paper, I use 
with the kind permission of Professor 
Henry of the Smithsonian Institution, in 
anticipation of a forthcoming work pre- 
pared for the Institution by W. G. Bin 
ney. 

The rows are about 180 in number, the 
formula being 26-1-26. The central plate is small, obtusely 
pointed, laterals uncinated, joined two by two, upper edge 
fringed. 

C. sceva belongs to the subgenus Urocoptis. 

The classification by Albers (Die Heliceen, 1861) of Cylin- 
drella and Macroceramus, may here be added for convenient 
reference, but I do not desire it to be implied that I adopt his 
views : 





Lingual Dentition of 
Cylindrella sceva Gund. 


CYLINDRELLA. 
Urocoptis Beck. Type C. decollata Nyst. 
Mychostoma Albers. > Ce subula Her: 


Gongylostoma “ “ C. elegans Pfr. 

Holospira < |) © piloceret Pir: 

Trachelia Pfr. “ C. porrecta Gould. 

Diaphora Albers. “ C. Cumingiana Pfr. 

Scalatella “ “ C. Greyana C. B. Ad.* 

Casta a “©. Chemnitziana Fer. (elongata Chem.) 
MAcROCERAMUS. 


Macroceramus Guild. Type M. signatus Guild. 
Anoma Albers. “6M. tricolor Pfr. 
iae* “ M. Maugeri Wood. 





* ©. B. Adams described this originally as a Cylindrella, subsequently as a 
Geomelania, finding it to be operculated. Pfeiffer (Jfon. iii, 1865) has it in 
Truncatella. 


162 Notes on certain Wapresinoe Mollusca. 


The genus Macroceramus belongs to the West Indian fauna, 
and has its greatest development in Cuba and Haiti: 

Pfeiffer remarks that Macroceramus has affinities with Buli- 
mus, Pupa, and Cylindrella, but especially with the latter; it 
is, however, noticeable that the buccal plate is not found in the 
animal of that genus, while it exists in Macroceramus. 

Mr. Robert Swift lately sent to me (mounted for microscopic 
examination), the buccal plate and lingual membrane of Macro- 
ceramus signatus Guild. of Tortola, and of the lingual mem- 
brane of the same species from Anguilla, from which I annex 
figures drawn by Morse. 


Fra. 5. Fic. 6. 





a 


fEBuecal Plate of M. signatus Lingual Dentition of Macroceramus 
Guild., Tortola. signatus Guild. 
Fig. 5. a. Natural size. 
b. c. Taken from different specimens, and showing some 
variation. 
d. The central portion. of ¢ highly magnified. Mr. 
Swift remarks that the plate is flexible and much 


like, but distinct from, that of Bulimus elongatus 
Bolt. 


Fig.6. a. Central plate and laterals of If. signatus Guild. 
from Tortola; about 100 rows, 27-1-27. 
6. Section of lingual membrane. 
c. Central plate and laterals of same species sf om An- 
guilla. 





aE 


Notes on certain Terrestrial Mollusca. 163 


Central plate narrow, with one small, obtuse 
tooth. Laterals with one prominent tooth sup- 
porting two denticles and a small one at the base. 


The axis of the shell of Macroceramus in all the species which 
T have examined, with one exception, is simple as in Bulimus, 
or has a scarcely perceptible twist. In Jf amplus Gund. of 
Cuba, one well-defined lamella revolves on the axis within the 
lower whorls, becoming partially obsolete in the last. Pfeiffer 
(Mon. iv. 689) adds to the description of this species the follow- 
ing note: “Habitu Cylindrellis nonnullus persimilis, attamen 
characteribus aperture a J/. Kieneri, Gosser, &c., non sepa- 
randus.” In the two species referred to by Pfeiffer there is no 
internal lamella. Examination of the animal of J. amplus 
may show that it belongs to Cylindrella. 

Considering their general characters and forms of aperture, 
may not Bulimus (Pineria) Beathinus and terebra Poey of 
Cuba, and B. Vieguensis Pfr. of Viéque and Barbados, be 
placed, as the two former are by H. and A. Adams, in Macroce- 
ramus ? 








Eielix comspecta, nov. sp. 





Helix conspecta Bland, H. asteriscus Morse. 


T. umbilicata, subdepressa, tenuis, oblique subdistanter costulato-striata, 
intervallis sub lente striatulis, fusco-cornea ; spira convexa, apice obtusa, 


164 Notes on certain Terrestrial Mollusca. 


levi; sutura profunda; anfr. 4 convexi, lente accrescentes, ultimus latior, 
rotundatus, antice vix descendens; umbilicus 2 diametri fere squans ; 
apertura obliqua, rotundato-lunaris; perist. simplex, rectum, marginibus 


subconniventibus, columellari superne vix dilatato. 


Fra. 9. 





H. Mazatlanica Pfr. 


Shell umbilicate, subdepressed, thin, with oblique, rather dis- 
tant ril)-like strive, the interspaces microscopically striate, dark 
horn colored ; spire convex, with smooth, obtuse apex ; suture 
deep; whorls 4, convex, gradually increasing, the last broader, 
rounded, slightly descending above; umbilicus about equal to 
2 the diameter of the shell; aperture oblique, roundly lunate ; 
perist. simple, straight, the margins approaching, the columellar 
margin scarcely dilated. 

Diam. maj. 2; min. 13; alt. 1 mill. 


Habitat.—San Francisco, California. Rowell! 


_ Lemarks.—This small species is allied to HZ. asteriscus Morse, 

and H. Mazatlanica Pfr., especially to the former; of both, to 
facilitate comparison, I annex the figures executed for W. G. 
Binney’s work. 

H. conspecta differs from the former in haying an elevated 
spire and a smaller umbilicus. The rib-like strize are more 
numerous, but scarcely raised above the surface of the shell, 
which, under the microscope, is very similar to that of 
asteriscus. 

The character of the striz and of the umbilicus sufficiently 
distinguishes 7. conspecta from /Z. Mazatlanica. For specimens 
of H. conspecia I am indebted to Dr. Newcomb and Dr. 
Cooper. 








0 


Notes on certain Terrestrial Mollusca. 165 


Helix sportelia, Gould. 


In a paper on land and fresh-water shells collected by Dr. J. 
G. Cooper in the Rocky Mountains, ete. (Annals vil. 366, 
1861), it is remarked that this species differs from /7. Vancou- 
verensis Lea “in having the incremental strize more or less 
decussated by revolving lines, giving it a granulated appear- 
ance ;” also that in some individuals “the decussation is to a 
great extent obsolete, or confined to the upper whorls only, and 
it seems to us that the two species cannot be separated.” 

Since the publication of that paper, I have received from Dr. 
Newcomb a specimen of H. sportella agreeing with Dr. 
Gould’s description, and believe that it should be considered a 
distinct species. 

In the larger specimens of HZ. Vancowverensis from Oregon 
(as in 77. concawa Say), microscopic spiral lines may be detected, 
and in the smaller forms found near San Francisco, those lines 
are sometimes more deeply indented, intersecting the striae of 
growth, and giving more or less of a granulated character to 
parts of the surface of the shell, especially of the upper whorls. 
Dr. Newcomb observes (Amer. Jour. of Conch. i. 235) that the 
smaller forms referred to “have been distributed under the 
erroneous name of //. sportella Gould.” 

In H. sportella, not only are the incremental striz more 
coarsely and regularly developed than in Vancowverensis, but 
the whole surface of the shell, both above, save the apicial 
whorls, and below, even within the umbilicus, is very distinctly 
decussated by the revolving lines, and consequently granulated. 
In the former the whorls are more flattened above, and the 
umbilicus is somewhat smaller. 

H. Voyana Newe. of California (Amer. Jour. of Conch. 1. ¢.) 
is an extremely interesting species of the same group. From 
the general character of the sculpturing, it seems more allied to 
HI, sportella than H. Vancouverensis. 





0 





. 


166 Notes on certain Terrestrial Mollusca. 


Achatina Californica, Ptr. 


This species, described from specimens in the Cumingian 
Cabinet, has been attributed to Monterey, California. Some 
time since I received specimens, through Mr. Akhurst, from 
Bogota, New Granada, and forwarded one to 
Dr. P. P. Carpenter, with a request that he 
would have it compared with the type. After 
doing so, he reported to me: “ Mr. Cuming* says 
that your shell is certainly A. Californica, auct.” 

In future this should be excluded from lists of 
North American species. As it is little known, 
I add the figure engraved for the before-mentioned work of 
W.G. Binney. 

A. Californica appears to be viviparous; within one of my 
specimens I found two young shells, each haying 2 to 24 
whorls. 





A, Californica Pfr. 


Pupa Rowellii Newc. 
Pupa Californica Rowell. 


The former species, from the vicinity of Oakland, California, 
was described by Newcomb in Ann. vii. 1453; and the latter, 
from San Francisco, by Rowell in Ann. vii. 287. I now pre- 
sent figures of both, from drawings by Morse, with the follow- 
ing remarks, for which I am indebted to him. 


* Mr. Cuming died in London on the 10th August last. During many years I 
experienced from him much kindness and liberality. In 1856, with him, Mr. 
Robert Swift, and Dr. Wesley Newcomb, I collected shells on Goat Island, 
Niagara—probably Mr. Cuming’s latest experience in collecting. 


Notes on certain Terrestrial Mollusca. 167 


The general contour of P. Californica and P. Rowellit, is 
similar, but the latter has a slightly more tapering spire, and 
its aperture is smaller in proportion than in the former. The 





P. Rowellii Newe. P. Californica Rowell. 


aperture of P. Rowelliz is narrower at the base, and the basal 
tooth is longer and sharper than in P. Californica. The latter 
has elevated rib-like strize, which are peculiar toit, and is the 
only prominent character distinguishing it from P. decora 
Gould. 


Succimea Sillimami, nov. sp. 


T. oblongo-ovata, tenuis, ruguloso-striata, nitidula, albida?; spira 
brevis, acuta; anfr. 3 convexi ; sutura impressa; apertura obliqua, elon- 
gato-ovata, superne angulata, basi effusa; columella leviter arcuata, 
superne filariter incrassata. 


Shell oblong-ovate, thin, coarsely striate, shining, whitish ? 
spire short, acute; whorls 3, convex; suture 
impressed ; aperture oblique, elongate-oval, 
angular above, effuse at the base; columella 
slightly arcuate, with a thread-like thickening 
above. 

Long. 20, diam. 83 mill. ; Ap. 13 mill. longa, 





’ Succinea Sillimani, 


Bland. medio 6 lata; anfr. ult. 173 mill. longus. 


Habitat.—Humboldt Lake, Nevada. A single example 
without epidermis, but fresh in appearance, was found and sent 


168 Notes on certain Terrestrial Mollusca. 


with fluviatile species to C. M. Wheatley by Professor B. Sil- 
liman, of Yale College, New Haven, to whom I dedicate the 
species. 


Remarks.—This shell in general form may be compared with 
S. Haydent W.G. Binn., to which indeed it is closely allied, 


Fie 14. Fie. 15. 





8. Haydeni W. G. Binn. 8. Hawkinsi Baird. 


but it is more attenuated, the last whorl less tumid and the 
aperture more narrow. It is distinguishable from S. Hawkinsi 
Baird, of Brit. Columbia, having one whorl less and a differ- 
ently formed aperture. 


Succimea Stretchiama, nov. sp. 


T. globoso-conica, tenuis, pellucida, nitida, striatula, virenti-cornea; 
spira brevis, obtusiuscula; sutura profunda; anfr. 3 convexi, ultimus 
inflatus ; columella arcuata, leviter incrassata, recedens; apertura obliqua, 
rotundato-ovalis; perist. simplex, marginibus callo tenui junctis. 


Shell globose conic, thin, pellucid, shining, striatulate, green- 
Fic. 16. ish horn colored; spire short, rather obtuse; suture 
©) «A, deep; whorls 3, convex, the last roundly inflated ; 
Se columella arcuate, slightly thickened, receding ; 

8. Stretchiana 4 M 4 
Bland. aperture oblique, roundly oval; perist. simple, 

with the margins joined by a thin callus. 

Long. 64, diam. 5 mill; Ap. 5 mill. longa, medio 4 lata; 


anfr. ult. 53 mill. longus. 


Habitat.—Little Valley, Washoe Co., Nevada, on the Eastern 
Slope of the Sierra Nevada, 6500 feet above the sea. A number 


“Notes on certain Terrestrial Mollusca. 169 


of specimens were found under dry cowdung, about the edge of 
a swamp, by Mr. Richard H. Stretch. 


Remarks.—This species has some slight affinity with S. avara 
Say, but is, form alone considered, more closely allied to S. 
inflata Lea, and &. campestris Say, from both of which, how- 
ever, it may readily be distinguished by its size, texture, and 
color. In one of my specimens of S. Stretchiana the apex has 
a reddish tinge. 


Succimea Verrilli, nov. sp. 


T. ovato-conica, tenuis, striata, subpellucida, aurantiaco-succinea; spira 
elevata, obtusa, apice globoso, rubello; anfr. 3 perconvexi; sutura pro- 
funda; apertura obliqua, rotundato-ovalis, columella arcuata, leviter 
callosa; perist. simplex, marginibus callo tennissimo junctis. 


Shell ovate-conic, thin, striate, subpellucid, orange-yellow 
Faiz. colored; spire elevated, obtuse, with globose apex, of 
® a reddish tinge; whorls 8, very convex; suture deep ; 
: 5 Ver  perture oblique, roundly oval; columella arcuate, 
Bland. with a slight callus; perist. simple, the margins 
joined with a very thin callus. 
Long. 7, diam. 3$ mill.; Ap. 4 mill. longa, medio 3 lata; 
anfr. ult. fere 6 mill. longus. 


Habitat.—Salt Lake, Anticosti Island, Gulf of St. Lawrence, 
N. Amer. A. E. Verrill, Professor of Zoology, Yale College, 
New Haven. 


Remarks.—This species is closely allied to 8S. Groenlandica 
Beck, found by Prof. Verrill on Mingan Island, but is smaller,’ 
of different color, and has more distinct and regular incre- 
mental strie. 

I am indebted for specimens, and also for the following notes 
on the buccal plate and lingual dentition of S. Verrilli, to E. 
S. Morse. 


170 Descriptions of Birds from Ceniral America. 


Buccal plate abruptly arched, with one prominent central 
projection. 

Lingual formula about 80 rows, 81-1-31. Plates notched at 
their outer posterior edges, longer than wide. Central plate 
with three minute denticles, the middle one being largest. 
Lateral plates bidentate, the outer denticle minute. Uneini 
irregularly dentate or notched. 

Animal (in alcohol) black. 





XX.— Descriptions of Six New Species of Birds from 
Central America. 


By Gero. N. Lawrence. 


Read October 23, 1865. 


1. Spermophila WHicksii, sp. nov. 


Male. Above and a broad band across the breast deep glossy black ; 
rump feathers plumbeous at base, succeeded by a black band and ter- 
minating in white; upper tail coverts black; tail and wings black; bend 
of wing, a quadrate spot on the primaries, throat, a rather broad semi- 
collar connecting with the white of the throat, lower part of breast, 
abdomen, and the under wing coverts, pure white; sides colored like 
the rump with plumbeous, black and white, but not showing so much 
white; under tail coverts white at their ends, the bases black for halt 
their length; “eyes very dark, legs and bill black or nearly black.” 
The bill now is dark brown, | 


Length (fresh) 4 in.; wing 2; tail 12; tarsi 2. 
Habitat.—Panama. Collected, January, 1865, by Fred. 

Hicks, after whom I have named it. | 
Specimen in Mus. Smith. Inst. 


Descriptions of Birds from Central America. 171 


2, Spermophila badiivemtris, sp. nov. 


Male. Plumage. deep black; the under wing coverts and spot on 
primaries pale straw yellow; inner webs of quills white at the base; a 
line down the middle of the abdomen dark reddish chestnut or deep bay 
color; the under tail coverts and also some of the feathers of the breast 
are marked with this color ; inside of thighs white tinged with chestnut ; 
bill and feet black. | 


Length 33 in.; wing 2; tail 13; tarsi %. 


Habitat.—Nicaragua, Greytown. Collected by Mr. Robert 
Kennicott, April, 1865. 
Specimen in Mus. Smith. Institution, No. 37618. 


Remarks.—It resembles &. corvina (of which there are three 
specimens from the same locality), except in the bay color on 
the under plumage, and the light straw coloring of the under 
wing coverts and of the wing spot. 


3. Spermophila fortipes, sp. nov. 


Male. Upper plumage, sides of head, throat, breast, and sides black ; 
a pure white semi-collar on each side of the neck, connected by a rather 
indistinct line of white across the throat, there is a narrow line of white 
at the base of the lower mandible, and an interrupted line of white 
extending from the bill down each side of the throat, connecting with 
the collar ; abdomen white intermixed with black, less so in the centre ; 
tail and wings black with a white spot on the primaries ; bill brownish 
black ; feet fleshy dark brown. 

Length of skin 44 in.; wing 24; tail 13; tarsi 3. 


Habitat.—New Granada, line of Panama Railroad. 


Remarks.—In general appearance much like S. semzcollaris, 
but differs in having the white collar extending across the 
throat, in having white on the chin and a white line down each 


side of the throat; the feet are strikingly larger and stronger. 
NOVEMBER, 1865. 13 Ann, Lyo. Nat. Uist. You, VIII. 


172 © Deseriptions of Birds from Centital America. 


4. Formicivora schisticolor, sp. nov. 


Male. Entire upper plumage, sides of the body, and lower part of the 
abdomen of a dark plumbeous slate color; throat, breast, and upper part 
of abdomen deep black, a few of the feathers on the upper part of 
the breast are marked with white at the base, not very apparent without 
raising the feathers; tail brownish black, crossed with darker nearly 
obsolete bars; quills brownish black, their inner margins greyish white ; 
upper wing coverts black, ending conspicuously with white; under wing 
coverts black mixed with white ; under tail coverts plumbeous grey, each 
feather with a blackish subterminal bar, and ending with greyish white ; 
bill black ; feet plumbeous flesh color. 

Length (fresh) 4 in.; wing 245 tail 12; bill 4; tarsi 44. 


Habitat.—Costa Rica, Turrialba. Collected by F. Carmiol, 
May 26, 1865. 
Spec. in Mus. Smith. Inst., No. 39079. 


5. Elaimea Frantzii, sp. nov. 


Plumage above dark olive green ; aconcealed white crest, the bases of 
the feathers being of that color; tail feathers dark umber brown, with 
margins the color of the back; quills dark brown, the primaries nar- 
rowly edged with olive green, the secondaries and tertiaries with pale 
yellow ; wing coverts dark brown, the middle and larger marked at their 
ends with pale yellow, forming two bands across the wings; under wing 
coverts light yellow ; throat, breast, and sides dull greenish olive, lighter 
than the back and with a yellowish tinge; abdomen and under tail 
coverts pale yellow, the former whitish in the middle; upper mandible 
dark brown, the under whitish with the tip dusky ; tarsi and toes dark 
brown. 

Length of skin 62 in.; wing 34; tail 24; bill 745 tarsi 14. 

Habitat.—Costa Rica, San Jose. Collected by Dr. A. von 
Frantzius, in compliment to whom I have named it. 

Spec. in Mus. Smith. Inst., No. of type 39047. 

Three specimens examined all agree in plumage. 


Descriptions of Birds from Central America. 173 


Lemarks.—In its upper plumage this species is much like 
. subpagana, also in the markings on the wings, but they are 
quite different below, Z subpagana having the throat of a clear 
grey, and the breast and abdomen of a brighter yellow. 


6. Mitrepherus aurantiiventris, sp. nov. 


Third quill longest, first between fifth and sixth. Upper plumage 
olive green; centres of the long crest feathers dark brown, this color 
not showing except on those which project beyond the others on the 
occiput ; wings and tail blackish brown, the secondaries narrowly edged 
with light dull olive, the innermost ones have their edges whitish ; 
smaller wing coverts olive green, the others blackish brown, the middle 
ones ending with olive green, the larger with pale fulvous; throat and 
upper part of breast rusty fulvous, on the lower part of the breast 
becoming lighter, and on the abdomen and sides changing to bright 
orange yellow; under tail coveris pale yellowish fulvous; under wing 
coverts fulvous mottled with brown; upper mandible black, the under 
yellow ; “iris black ;” feet black. 

Length (fresh) 54 in.; wing 24; tail 2%; bill 3; tarsi 4. 


Habitat.—Costa Rica, Tabacales. Collected by Dr. A. yon 
Frantzius, January, 1864. 

Spec. in Mus. Smith. Inst., No. of type 39052. Another spe- 
cimen, a male, No. 39056, killed by Dr. Frantzius in April, 
1865, at La Palma, has the coloring below much paler and the 
under mandible of a deeper yellow. 

Six specimens examined agree quite uniformly in plumage. 


Remarks.—This species much resembles J/. phwocercus, but 
is rather smaller, the color above is more green, but they differ 
most in the coloring of the under plumage, Jf. phwocercus being 
below of a uniform deep reddish fulvous which is but little 
lighter on the lower part of the abdomen; the crest is rather 
darker than the back, but not as decidedly so as in phwocercus, 
in which it is olive brown; the under mandible in the new 
species is more yellow. 


v4 List of Birds, with Descriptions of New Species. 


XXI.— List of Birds from near David, Chiriqui, New Gra- 
* 
nada, collected for the Smithsonian Institution, Washington, 
by Mr. Frep. Hiexs, with Descriptions of New Species. 


By Gro. N. Lawrence? 


Read October 23, 1865. 
Fam. TURDID 4. 
t. Turdus Grayti, Bp. 


Fam. TROGLODYTIDZ. 


bo 


. Thryothorus rufalbus, Laty. 


3. Lroglodytes inquictus, Baird. SLeview, p. 143. 
Fam. MNIOTILTID A. 

4, Mniotilta varia (Linn.). 

5. Helininthophaga peregrina (Wils.). 

3. Dendroica estiva (Gm.). 

7. Setophaga ruticilla (Linn.). 


Fam. CCEREBID Zz. 


8. Chlorophanes spiza (Linn.). 
9. Cereba carnetpes, Scl. 
10. Certhiola luteola (Eicht.). 
I can see no appreciable difference between these specimens 
and others from St. Martha, Panama, and Gautemala. 


Fam. TANAGRIDZ. 


11. Huphonia crassirostris, Sel. ? 
Many specimens similar to those from Panama, which I erro- 
neously called “. hirundinacea, Bp., Ann. Lye. N. Y., Vol. 
VIL, p. 298, are in the collection. At the time I referred the 


List of Birds, with Descriptions of New Specics. 175 
) L]. y) 


Panama bird to Airundinacea I had no specimens of that spe- 
cies with which to compare, but soon after receiving examples 
of both sexes, found I had erred in doing so. On anew exa- 
mination it agreed better with / erassirostris, but as they dit 
fered in some important characters I concluded to let it remai 
as it was for further investigation. Ten specimens from Chi- 
riqui and Panama, now before me, have invariably much 
smaller bills than my examples of crassirestris from Bogota, 
being nearer those of Airundinacea ; the coloring of the hind 
neck and back in the males is steel blue with a slight violaceous 
tinge, these parts in erassirostrés are of a decided reddish violet , 
quite as much so as in /. wiolacea. 

If these differences are not sufficient to admit of its specific 
separation, they at least give it the position of a well character- 
ized permanent variety. 

The female is of a bright olive green above, and below of a 
rather bright olivaceous yellow, lighter in the middle of the 
abdomen. 

12. Calliste Francesc (Lafr.). 

13. Tanagra diaconus, Less. 

14. Ramphocelus dimidiatus, Lafr. 
15. Ramphocelus passerinui, Bp. 
16. Pyranga estiva (Gm.). 

17. Saltator striatipectus, Lafr. 

18. Saltator intermedius, Lawr. 

Apart from the black throat band being smaller, in this spe- 
eies the under plumage has a decided wash of fulvous, whereas 
in magnoides the breast is of a clear cinereous ; three specimens 
in the collection agree with my types, and twelve specimens of 
magnoides from Gautemala, differ from the others as above 
pointed out; all the specimens of entermedius seem smaller 
than the allied species. I have seen no specimen from Gan- 
temala answering to my description of the female, which much 
resembles S. magnus. See Phil. Proce. 1864, p. 106. 


176 List of Birds, with Descriptions of New Spécies. 


Fam. FRINGILLIDA. 


19. Spermophila collaris, sp. nov. 


Male. Upper plumage glossy black, the feathers of the rump are 
plumbeous at base, between which color and the white end of each fea- 
ther is a narrow black band ; upper tail coverts black ; throat and upper 
part of breast black, around the neck is a narrow collar of pure white, 
almost if not quite meeting behind ; tail and wings black, a square spot 
of white on the primaries; lower part of breast and middle of abdomen 
white; sides white intermixed with black; “eyes dark brown, legs and 
bill black.” 

Length (fresh) 44 in.; wing 223 tail 13; tarsi 5%. 


. 


20. Volatina jacarina (Linn.). 
21. Cyanospiza evris (Linn.). 


Fam. ICTERID A. 


22. Icterus spurius (Linn.). 
23. Icterus Baltimore (Linn.). 
24. Sturnella Mexicana, Scl. 


Fam. TYRANNID. 


25. Hlainea subpagana, Sel. 


26. Elaimnea Chiriquensis, sp. nov. 


Male. Upper plumage dull greenish olive, crest pure white ; tai! 
amber brown with edges the color of the back ; quills umber brown, the 
primaries narrowly margined with dull olive, the secondaries with yel- 
lowish white, and the tertiaries more broadly with white; the middle 
and larger coverts end with white, forming two conspicuous bands on 
the wings; under wing coverts very pale yellow; throat greyish ash ; 
upper part of breast. and sides ashy olive; middle of breast, abdomen, 
and under tail coverts very light dull yellow; upper mandible dark 
brown, the under whitish horn color with the end brown ;, “ eyes brown, 
legs black” 


List of Birds, with Descriptions of New Species. 177 


Length (fresh) 6 in.; wing 3; tail 235 bill 2; tarsi 2. 
The female agrees in plumage with the male. 


Remarks.—Somewhat like 2 subpagana, but smaller and of 
a duller olive above, the breast and sides are of a cinereous 
shade, and the abdomen of a duller and paler yellow ; in swd- 
pagana the breast, abdomen, and under tail coverts are of a 
uniform clear pale yellow. 


27. Elaimea semniffava, sp. nov. 


Male. Upper plumage yellowish green ; a line of pale yellow extends 
from the bill over and beyond the eye, there is a dusky spot just forward 
of the eye; tail brown with edges the color of the back, the outer web 
of the outer feather greyish white; quills dark brown narrowly margined 
with the same color as the back, except the tertials, which are broadly 
edged with pale yellow; smaller wing coverts colored like the back, the 
others brown ending with pale yellow and forming two bands across the 
wings; entire under plumage and under wing coverts bright yellow; 
upper mandible brownish black, the under yellow with the end brown; 
“ eyes chocolate, legs black.” 

Length (fresh) 4 in.; wing 2; tail 2; bill 85 tarsi 8. 


28. Legatus albicollis (Vieill.). 

29. Myjiozetetes Columbianus, Cab. et Hein. 
30. Myiodynastes nobilis, Scl. 

31. Milvulus tyrannus (Linn.). 


Fam. MOMOTID &. 
32. Momotus Lesson, Less. 

Fam. TROCHILID A, 
33. Lampornis Veraguensis, Gould. 

Fam. CUCULIDA. 


34. Piaya nigricrissa, Scl. 
35. Diplopterus nevius (Linn.). 


178 Catalogue of Birds, with Descriptions of New Species. 
Fam. RAMPHASTIDA. 
36. Pteroglossus erythropygius, Gould. 
Fam. FALCONIDA. 
37. Asturina magnirostris (Gm.). 
Fam. COLUMBIDA. 
38. Chamepelia rufipennis, Bp. 


Fam. RALLID. 
39. Aramides ruficollis (Gm.). ? 





XXII.— Catalogue of a Collection of Birds in the Museum of 
the Smithsonian Institution, made by Mr. H. E. Hortanp 
at Greytown, Nicaragua, with Descriptions of New Species. 


By Geo. N. Lawrence. 


Read October 23, 1865. 


Fam. PARID/. 
1. Polioptila superciliaris, Lawr. 


Fam. TROGLODYTID&. 
Oo: Thryothorus DYURREREWS, sp. nov. 


* General plumage dark brown inclining to rufous, rather paler on the 
abdomen, the back is marked with nearly obsolete dusky bars, the fea- 
thers of the breast have rather obscure transverse dusky bars, and the 
sides are obsoletely banded ; tail and wings with alternate bars of dull 
pale rufous and black; a narrow superciliary streak of greyish white ; 
feathers of, the sides of the head streaked in their centres with greyish 
white; the throat is, by injury, nearly bare of feathers, the few remaining 


Catalogue of Birds, with Descriptions of New Species. 179 


ones are marked like those on the sides of the head; upper mandible 
blackish brown, the under dark brown at base, with the end whitish 
horn color; feet dark brown. 
' Length of skin 44 in.; wing 24; tail 18; bill 5 tarsi 2. 
3. Pheugopedius atrogularis, Salv.? P.Z.S. 1864, p. 580. 

This does not agree very satisfactorily with Mr. Salvin’s 
description, but as the distribution of colors is much the same 
I have placed it provisionally as that species. 


Fam. MNIOTILTIDZ. 


4. Henicocichla aurocapilla (Linn.). 
5. Dendroica estiva (Gm.). 
6. Basileuterus uropygialis, Scl. 


Fam. VIREONID A. 
7. Hylophilus pusillus, Lawr. 
Fam. CQ@AREBID AL. 


8. Dacnis ultramarina, Lawyr. 


Fam. TANAGRID ZL. 


9. Calliste Francesce, Lafr. 

10. Zanagra diaconus, Less. 

11. Ramphocelus passerinit, Bp. 

12. Phenicothraupis fuscicauda, Cab. 6&?. 

13. Arremon aurantiirostris, Lafr. 

14. Saltator magnoides, Lafr. 

Has the breast a clear cinereous, as in specimens from Gau- 

temala. 


Fam. FRINGILLID A. 


15. Spermophila corvina, Scl. 
16. Cyanospiza cyanea (Linn.). 


180 Catalogue of Birds, with Descriptions of New Species. 


17. Embernagra striaticeps, Kafr. 
18. Huspiza Americana (Gm.). 


Fam. ICTERID&. 


19. Cassiculus Prevosti (Less.). 

20. Cassiculus microrhynchus, Scl. & Salv. 
21. Icterus mesomelas (Wag].). 

22. Quiscalus macrourus, Sw. 


Fam. DENDROCOLAPTID/. 
23. Symallaxis migrifumosa, sp. nov. 


Crown and wing coverts bright reddish chestnut, the red color of the . 
crown begins in front on a line with the middle of the eyes; back and 
rump dark brown; the tail consists of eight rectrices, the outer very 
short, and is of a fine deep or vandyke brown, darker than the back and 
of a different shade; quills dark brown, the under wing coverts of a light 
reddish cinnamon, the inner edges of quills at base dull cinnamon ; 
front, sides of the head, and under plumage smoky black, the throat in 
some positions quite black and freckled slightly with greyish white; on 
the sides and under tail coverts there is a wash of brown; bill black, the 
under mandible whitish underneath ; feet black. 

Length of skin 64 in.; wing 24; tail 34; bill .%; tarsi 13. 


femarks.—In distribution of colors this species is much like 
S. pudica, the chestnut coloring is a little darker and brighter ; 
the other colors are very much darker and of quite different 
shades. 


24. Glyphorhynchus pectoralis, Sel. & Salv. 


~ 


25. Dendrocolaptes Sancti-thome (Lafr.). 
26. Dendrornis pardalotus (Vieill.). 


Fam. FORMICARID 4. 
27. Thamnophilus Hollamdi, sp. nov. 


Male. Upper plumage deep black with a large concealed dorsal patch 
of pure white; tail and wings black; the ends of all the outer wing 


Catalogue of Birds, with Descriptions of New Species. 181 


coverts, the under wing coverts, and inner margins of quills white; the 
under plumage pure white, except on the lower part of the abdomen 
where it is blackish grey, and the side feathers covering the thighs which 
are black; the feathers of the thighs are black at the base, and largely 
white at the ends so as almost to conceal the black portion; crissum jet 
black; bill and legs black. 

Length of skin 8$ in.; wing 4; tail 834; bill following the curve 1%; 
tarsi 1,5. 

Female. The plumage above is of a deep bright rufous, the inter- 
scapular spot equally as large and white as in the male; tail dark 
brownish cinnamon; inner webs of quills dark livery brown, the outer 
webs and the wing coverts colored like the back; under lining of wings 
white, inner margins of quills greyish white; the under plumage is 
white, with the sides and abdomen light cinereous, the lower part of the 
abdomen and side feathers covering the thighs light rufous; the thighs 
and under tail coverts deeper rufous; bill and feet black; in size not 
differing materially from the male. 


Remarks.—It has for its allies 7. melanurus, transandeanus, 
and melanocrissus, but is larger and has a more powerful bill 
than either; in its black crissum it resembles the last two, but 
transandeanus in this part has the feathers ending with white, 
and has the entire abdomen pure white, with the long side fea- 
thers lying over the thighs light cinereous; the female of tran- 
sandeanus is of a lighter color. I have but one male specimen 
of melanocrissus with which to compare, this is less white 
underneath than any of its affines, the sides of the breast and of 
the abdomen being largely washed with blackish cinereous; the 
wing coverts, in my specimen, are without white ends except 
two of the larger, which are just tipped with that color; it also 
differs from the present bird, and all the others, in having the 
black on the sides of the head, as far down as, and on a line. 
with the lower part of the under mandible; in all the others 
the black terminates on a line with the rictus. 

_ Ido not make a comparison with 7. melanurus, as in that 
species the crissum is white. 

This fine species I have dedicated to Mr. H. E. Holland, as a 


182 Catalogue of Birds, with Descriptions of New Species. 


well merited compliment for the careful preparation and fine 
order of the specimens enumerated in this catalogue. 


28. Lhamnophilus affinis, Cab. 6&2. 
29. Ramphocenus rufiventris (Bp.). 
30. Grallaria dives, Salv. P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 582. 


Fam. TYRANNIDA. 


31. Lodirostrum cinereum (Linn.). 

32. Tyrannulus semiflavus, Scl. & Salv. 

33. Hlainea semiflava, Lawr. Antea, p. 177. 
34. Myiozetetes Texensis (Giraud). 

35. Megarhynchus Mexicanus (Latr.). 

36. Myiarchus Lawrencii (Giraud). 

37. Tyrannus Carolinensis (Gm.). 

38. Tyrannus satrapa (Licht.). 

39. Tyrannus griseus, Vieill. 

I can see no difference between the specimen before me and 
others from Florida; in birds from both localities, the under wing 
coverts and under tail coverts are more yellow than in exam- 
ples from St. Thomas and Sombrero. 


Fam. COTINGID 4. 


40. Lityra albitorques, Dubus. 
41. Pachyrhamphus polychropterus (Vieill.). ? 

This example comes in the group which contains polychrop- 
terus, niger, and cinereiventris ; a specimen of the former species 
is given from Honduras in Moore’s list of birds from there, with 
the remark, “smaller than the Brazilian bird;” see P. Z.S., 
1859, p. 56. The three species above named are all described 
as having the under plumage more or less of a blackish shade, 
the present bird is below of a bluish cinereous and I think is 
possibly distinct; for the want of an authentic example of 
polychropterus to compare with, I have for the present referred 
it to that species. , 

42. Pachyrhamphus cinnamomeus, Lawr. 


Catalogue of Birds, with Descriptions of New Species. 183 


43. Chiromacheris Candei (Parzud.). 
44, Carpodectes nitidus, Salv. P. Z.8., 1864, p. 583. 
Since the description of this remarkable species by Mr. Salvin, 
I believe no other specimen has been obtained until the acqui- 
sition of this one by the Smithsonian Institution ; it is in fine 
plumage and agrees in every respect with the description above 
cited. It is labelled, “male, eyes black, May 28th, 1865.” 


Fam. ALCEDINIDAL. 
45. Ceryle inda, Linn. 


Fam. BUCCONID A. 
46. Malacoptila Verapacis, Sci. & Salv. 
Fam. TROGONIDAL 


47. Trogon Massena, Gould. 
48. Trogon melanocephalus, Gould. 
49. Trogon tenellus, Cab. 6&9. 

These specimens agree precisely with those from Panama 
which I characterized as ¢enellus (Ann. Lyc. N. Y., Vol. VIII, 
p- 8), and consequently differing from a¢ricollis as pointed out. 
I notice some additional differences, viz. the central tail feathers 
are wider, the black and white bars on the tail narrower, and 
the waving lines on the wing eoverts are finer and darker in 
atricollis. 


Fam. TROCHILID 4. 
50. Pyrrhophena Pieffert (Bourc.). 
, Fam. RAMPHASTID 4. 
51. Ramphastos piscivorus, Linn. (carinatus, Sw.) 


Fam. PICIDA. 


52. Celeus castaneus (Wagl.). 
53. Centurus Pucherani (Malh.). 


184 Catalogue of Birds, with Descriptions of New Species. 


Fam. PSITTACID. 


54. Oonurus aztec, Souance ? 
55. Pionius seniles (Spix). 


Fam. FALCONID. 


56. Urubitinga anthracina, Nitzsch. 


Fam. ARDEID. 


57. Botaurus pinnatus (Licht.) ? 

I have some doubt as to the correctness of calling this 
specimen pinnatus, as it does not altogether agree with the 
descriptions of that species, the recorded localities of which are 
Guiana and Brazil. I think it has not been observed before 
north of the Isthmus; until a further opportunity offers for 
investigating it more satisfactorily I prefer to leave it as pum- 
NAMUS. 

The claws are much curved and very long, that of the hind 
toe measuring 14 in., the others about 1 inch. 


Fam. RALLID 4. 


58. Parra gymnostoma, Wagl. 
59. Aramides rujicollis (Gm.) ? 
60. Gallinula galeata (Licht.). 


Fam. LARIDA. 
61. Haliplana fuliginosa (Gm). 


On the Mineralogy of New York Island. 185 


XXIUI.—On the Mineralogy of New York Island. 


By S. C. H. Bary. 


Read June 20, 1865. 


To one not familiar with the mineralogy of our island, it will 
seem scarcely credible, that a larger number of species have 
been found upon it than at the famous Lamée Rock of Norway, 
or in the prolific mines of Arendahl; larger than the noticed 
lists of those found at Haddam or Franklin, or any single 
locality in the United States. 

Here, in a city without mines, or even quarries, other than 
such as have been wrought in the requirements of building, as 
foundation stones, or in regulating the grade of streets, and 
where, with the exception of a few deep rock cuttings, we have 
merely scratched the surface, more than one-twentieth of the 
known mineral species have been found. 

But if there has been much of this cutting of the crust of 
our rock formation, it should also be remarked, that by far the 
larger number of specimens, perhaps some as yet unnoticed 
species, nay have been disclosed, only to be at once buried 
again beneath a mass of rubbish, for so rapid is the progress in 
excavating for sewers, streets, and building sites, that what is 
thrown out one day is often covered up, or carted away the 
next. And it will also be borne in mind, that the workmen 
engaged in this labor are not, like the miners of Cornwall or 
Saxony, always on the alert for specimens, known to them to 
be worth saving. 

Yet with all these drawbacks to the full knowledge or the 
development of our resources, we present a list which ought to 
make our city famous as a mineral locality. As it is, whatever 
of fame belongs to our island as a locality is due to the zeal of 
a few individuals, who have taken an interest in collecting such 
specimens as may be found. 

The number of our species is not, as is the case with many 


186 On the Mineralogy of New York Island. 


localities, so much increased by nearly related or questionably 
distinct minerals, most of them being well characterized. Nor 
are the varieties less interesting in kind than in number. The 
larger portion of them are, it is true, of the common species, 
but some of them are rare. 

With two or three exceptions, all the minerals of which I 
shall make mention in this paper, occur on our island in place, 
though it may not be proper to name it as a locality in the 
sense in which the term is commonly used, not so much, how- 
ever, that they do not exist, as because of the fact that a local- 
ity which promises an abundant supply at one time, may be 
shortly afterwards covered with buildings, thus obliterating all 
traces of the mineral having ever been found. 

The area to which my own explorations have extended, is all 
- embraced between 37th and 59th streets, except a passing 
glance at the fragments of rock scattered along the track of the 
Hudson River Railroad. 

It is more than probable that the next ten years will see 
these localities swept away before the advancing tide of ware- 
houses and dwellings, and a search for minerals on this part of 
the island will prove as fruitless as it would now be at Cor- 
lears Hook, a locality famous in Mr. Cozzens’s time. 

No attempt at order or arrangement will be here made, other 
than to mention first in order the species most commonly occur- 
ring, and closing with those of which but a few specimens have 
been found, and those reported to have been found heretofore. 

Mica oceurs, not only as a constituent of our granites and 
gneiss rocks, but it has been found in plates eight or nine inches 
in diameter, at the quarry near 2d avenue, between 42d and 
43d streets, and in the Central Park near the old reservoir. 

Some of these plates show very distinct hexagonal markings 
internally, caused by impurities symmetrically arranged parallel 
to the sides of crystals of J/uscovite. Other smaller plates 
have their surfaces inlaid with white radiating or interlaced 
acicular crystals or fibres which are probably feldspar, or 


On the Mineralogy of New York Island. 187 


having that substance incrusting and imbedded in the surface 
of the mica, giving it the appearance of mingled burnished 
and frosted silver work. A black rhomboidal mica, from the 
vicinity of 57th street, precisely resembles that from Brevig, 
Norway. The same neighborhood has also furnished firm, 
small, but perfect, crystals of Muscovite. 

Among the enclosed minerals of our micas, afe flattened 
crystals of quartz, garnet, kyanite, and other crystals of méea, 
in which the planes or axes lie at nearly all angles with those 
of the larger plates in which they are imbedded, and from 
which they are easily detached, affording an instance of dis- 
tinct crystals imbedded in larger crystals, or in massive speci- 
mens of the same mineral. 

The optical character of our micas seems not to have been 
made the subject of examination as yet. 

In the coarse granite of 2d avenue, near 42d street, large 
erystalline masses of feldspar abound, varying in color from 
greenish-white, through flesh color and red, to a peculiar dark 
brown, much resembling the perthite from Canada. 

Occasionally, large and perfect crystals, presenting the faces 
of a hexedral prism with two terminal planes, furnish speci- 
mens worthy a place in the cabinet. 

In some instances the colored feldspar produces a handsome 
red granite, although the masses are usually too large, and the 
accompanying quartz and mica too limited in quantity to make 
a good building granite. 

Near 50th street, the kaolin resulting from the decomposi- 
tion of feldspar is so fine, that when wet it feels as smooth and 
soft as tallow, but falling to powder when dry. It often. occurs 
in the same rock with the unaltered feldspar. 

Garnets are abundant in many places, and in some speci: 
mens from 42d street, the crystals were as large and perfect, 
and of as good color as those from any American locality. But 
few of them were found, and these were imbedded in veins of 


gray quartz from the gneiss rock. The form is the trapezohe- 
NOVEMBER, 1865; 14 Ann. Lyo, Nat. Hist., Vou. VIII. 


188 On the Mineralogy of New York Island. 


dron. Other imperfect crystals, of a pink color, are scattered 
through the granite rocks near the East river; some varieties 
approaching cinnamon stone, others pyrope. In a mass of 
greenstone rock, near Manhattanville, I found some garnets 
forming a drusy coating, varying in color from a greenish- 
white to yellowish-brown and black, presenting faces of the 
rhombic dodecahedron, but not forming perfect’ or distinct crys- 
tals. And in boulders of a reddish-grey feldspathic rock in the 
same vicinity, were found drusy eavities lined with dark green- 
ish-grey crystals, precisely resembling aplome garnet, though 
the characteristic striae were wanting on the faces of the crys- 
tals, some of which are near a quarter of an inch in diameter. 
Two or three of the specimens were showy and unique. 

Kyanite is diffused through the gneiss of the island, usually 
pale in color but sometimes showing good shades of blue or 
green. The blades are small, and the specimens unfit for the 
cabinet. 

About two years since I found at the Kipp’s Bay quarries a 
mineral which has been pronounced kyanite, though admitting 
of doubt as regards its identity with that mineral. It occurs 
in slender crystals or prisms, generally full of transverse cracks 
or flaws, is of a beautiful Berlin blue, and seems to pass by 
imperceptible shades of color into a bluish or greyish-green 
mineral, resembling tourmaline, or hornblende, in which case it 
loses its fibrous character, and becomes bladed like rhetizete. 
It is contained in the feldspar and sometimes in the quartz com- 
posing granite, and occasionally seems to stain the quartz in 
which it is imbedded. About a year ago, I noticed the same 
mineral in some fragments of rock at Harlem, but do not 
remember to have seen specimens like this mineral from any 
other locality than this island. | 

Black tourmaline is frequently met with in different parts of 
the island, some handsome and very lustrous, doubly terminated 
erystals having been found both in the gneiss and the granite. 

Thewicinity of King’s Bridge has furnished some detached, 


On the Mineralogy of New York Island. 189 


sub-transparent crystals of yellowish-brown towrmaline, with 
perfect three-sided terminations, which appear to have come 
from the decomposed limestone or dolomite of that neighbor- 
hood. A variety of granular schord from Kipp’s Bay_ has a 
very brilliant lustre and forms a mineral not easy to determine 
at first sight. 

The rubelliée mentioned as having been found in the King’s 
Bridge limestone, was probably rutéle, which it somewhat 
resembles, and which occurs there. 

Quartz crystals from the Kipp’s Bay quarry, of a smoky or 
cairngorm color, and rarely transparent, have presented curi- 
ously rounded surfaces of peculiar lustre, though it may be 
here remarked, that quartz in interesting forms is not common 
to our county. Another variety of quartz occurs in small 
masses imbedded in flesh-colored feldspar, of a smoky tinge— 
sub-transparent—sometimes showing traces of crystallization, 
but with the edges and solid angles rounded like the so-called 
fused quartz of St. Lawrence county. 

Epidote is met with in various parts of the island, both in 
place and in boulders, and very brilliant and perfect. crystals 
of a fine dark green color, are occasionally found, and though 
sometimes distinct, the crystals are generally small and drusy. 
A few specimens of light green fasciculated crystals have been 
also found. The granular variety, or skorza, may be met with 
almost wherever boulders occur, and it also forms veins, or 
strata, in the rocks of the central and upper parts of the 
island. 

Spathic iron, or chalybite, often accompanies the epidote, and 
presents various interesting forms. The color varies from hight 
yellowish and greenish-white to dark brown. Small, perfect 
rhombic crystals were thrown out among the rock heaps found 
in cutting through 57th street, and from the same locality were 
dull colored masses, having the appearance of grouped crystals 
partially fused. At various places the variety sphwrosiderite 
has been found in globular and drusy forms, with velvety lus- 


190 On the Mineralogy of New York Island. 


tre, and dark and light brown colors. In a few instances the 
globules are flattened into lens-shaped crystals, like those from 
Traversella, and forming specimens meriting a prominent place 
in the cabinet. 

Stilbite is not only widely diffused, but is, in many cases, of 
more than ordinary beauty. Some of the specimens are of a 
fine red color, but have a brilliant lustre, and present either 
fasciculated and grouped crystals, or flattened stellated forms 
of showy appearance. Still more rarely it assumed a plumose 
form, disposed on gneiss abounding in black mica. It was 
found at 42d and 50th streets, along the New Haven Railroad 
track, and at Yorkville. It is often associated with heulandite 
in small, yellowish-white crystals, and with chabasite in rhem- 
bie, unmodified crystals, of a reddish color resembling acadio- 
lite. Sometimes the chabasite occurs as a crystalline crust not 
forming distinct crystals. ts 

The stilbite exists doubtless in large quantities a few feet 
below the grade of the streets in the vicinity of Ist avenue and 
in other localities, but the other zeolites are found sparingly. 

We have phosphate of lime, both massive (phosphorite) and 
sometimes in very perfect crystals; the phosphorite varying 
from a light to a dark bottle green color, with a vitreous or 
greasy lustre. The apatite crystals have similar colors with 
flat terminations, slightly modified, sometimes sub-transparent, 
usually translucent. While this species is often met with at 
different localities, it is not found in any considerable quantity, 
nor in very large masses. A few fine crystals from Kipp’s Bay 
were associated with beautifully crystallized mica, and two or 
three very perfect and highly polished octohedral crystals of 
pyrites. 

Some specimens from 38th street were white, transparent, 
and associated with alite and chlorite, exactly resembling those 
from Piedmont. 

Very good specimens of molybdenite are scattered through: 
the gneiss rocks, and in the quartz veins at Kipp’s Bay and 


On the Mineralogy of New York Island. 190 


elsewhere, in masses an inch in diameter, as well as in distinct 
héxedral tables. 

The only variety of Hornblende of much interest is the 
anthophyllite from near 57th street, where the specimens, when 
not weathered, are finely fibrous, radiated, or interlaced with a 
silky lustre, and very tough. 

From the same serpentine rocks was obtained a number of 
good specimens of chrysotile, which has a fair lustre, but the 
fibres have a very harsh and brittle feel. Altogether, it is 
deserving of further examination. 

Both magnetic and specular iron are found sparingly, the 
latter accompanying crystals of albite, apatite, and in one or 
two instances, green sphene. A locality of these minerals in 
38th street promised some good specimens, but it was soon 
covered with buildings. 

The feldspar near Broadway and the Central Park has fur- 
nished orthite in good crystals. It occurs in slender black 
prisms, sometimes two inches long, of a pitchy lustre like the 
Norwegian mineral, and fully as good. 

It is more than probable that a closer examination of the 
rocks containing the orthite, wiil disclose some of the other 
species of minerals which often accompany it, and which con- 
tain cerzum, florium, or titanium. 

From a large mass of rock near Manhattanville, I broke two 
or three specimens of graphic tellurium. The rock, which was 
three or four feet in diameter, did snot appear to be a boulder, 
though I do not remember to have seen similar rock én situ 
upon the island, nor indeed anywhere in our State. It bears 
some resemblance to that from Transylvania, in which the 
tellurium there occurs. 

The foregoing minerals were all found within the limits before 
mentioned, and for those from different parts of the island, I 
am indebted to others both as regards the localities and a 
description of the specimens. 

Mr. J. Deems cf this city, some time since, found crystals of 


192 On the Mineralogy of New York Island. 


rutile at Kingsbridge, and in the collection at Barnum’s 
Museum are very good specimens of titanium, said to have 
been found near McComb’s Dam. 

Professor Stone had some interesting specimens of pyroxene 
from the quarries of limestone near Kingsbridge, and tremolite 
is reported from the same loeality. 

The occurrence of viwianite and apophyllite at Harlem, is. 
mentioned by Beck in his report upon the mineralogy of the 
State, but I have never seen specimens of either, known to. 
have been found within the county of New York. Nor have 
I seen stawrotide, reported by the same author, except a few 
very poor crystals from the mica slate upon the railroad track 
on the North River. 

In a report made about the time of the laying out of the 
Central Park, it was stated that tetraphyline had been found 
within the limits of the Park near 60th street, and the line of 
7th avenue. At Ist avenue, and in other places, I have 
observed a dark brown mineral resembling aluardite, or some 
of the like phosphates of manganese. 

One other species of doubtful identity, but precisely resem- 
bling wranite, I found on the lands belonging to Columbia Col- 
lege, between 5th and 6th avenues, and Mr. Pohle reports hay- 
ing met with the same mineral on the northerly part of the 
island, but the specimens from both localities may prove to be 
small plates of mica, colored by carbonate of copper. 

A white’ or iridescent mineral with a metallie lustre from 
some boulders, has been pronounced allophane, but is probably 
a hyalite. 

Laumontite and pyratolite are also reported.as occurring at 
Harlem and near the Spuyten Duyvel. 

From a reference to Mr. Cozzens’s,book on the Geology of 
Manhattan Island, published in 1843, it would seem that speci- 
mens of many of the minerals above mentioned were formerly 
found at localities now well down town, and compactly built 
upon. 





On the Mineralogy of New York Island. 193 


The vicinity of Corlears Hook was at that time, or rather 
had been, the spot where the largest nnmber of varieties was 
to be obtained, probably from boulders. 

The most interesting things mentioned in his list, are adularva 
and eleavelandite, though it is not improbable that he applies 
the former name to an albcte or perikline found with the chlorite 
before referred to, and he may have considered cleavelandite a 
laminated mineral (perhaps calcite), of very peculiar appear- 
ance, of which a few specimens occurred at 42d street with 
handsomely crystallized quartz. 

In connexion with the mineralogy of this island, it is worthy 
of remark, that the manner in which, in two or three instances, 
the species are grouped, as well as in the individual varieties, 
they exactly resemble specimens from foreign localities. 

One instance is the association of orthite with magnetite in 
flesh-colored feldspar, like that from Finbo in Sweden, and a 
still more striking resemblance is that of the perikline, apatite, 
specular tron, and green sphene with chlorite, to the specimens 
thus associated which are brought from the Grisons. 

It should not be forgotten that Manhattan Island presents 
principally the granite and gneiss formations, the two rocks 
which are everywhere the repositories of so many of the mine- 
ral species, and from the number and character of those already 
observed, it will be seen that it needs only a watchful eye to 
secure a most interesting collection. 

I confess to a sort of patriotic pride in the profusion of good 
things which it has yielded me, and the suecess which has 
rewarded the searches my limited leisure has allowed me to 
make; and I am certain that it would be a just source of pride 
to every lover of natural science, having a home in-our city, if 
we had a suitable building for the display of a collection of the 
mineral treasures which our island from time to time has 
afforded, and still continues to furnish. 


194 Catalogue of the Moliusca of Little Gull Island. 


XXIV.—Catalogue of the Motiusca of Lirrte Guru Isianp, 
Suffolk County, New York 


By Sanprrson Smiru. 
Read May 1, 1865. 


Lirrir Gut Isianp is situated nine or ten miles east of Oyster 
Pond Point, which terminates the northern peninsula of eastern 
Long Island—Plumb Island and Great Gull Island intervening. 
It is a mere bank of gravel and boulders, not over.100 yards in 
its greatest length, and probably nowhere of half that width. 
A catalogue of the mollusca colleeted on this Island may prove 
of some interest, as showing the species which inhabit such an 
isolated and exposed situation. 

An artificial hillock, built up on all sides with masonry, sup- 
ports the lighthouse’ and keeper’s: house, or they would Pro- 
bably have been entirely swept away by the waves. 


Pyrula canaliculata Brug. Tectura testudinalis Gray. 
Buccinum undatum Linn. Anomia ephippium Linn. 
Nassa trivittata Say. Anomia aculeata Gmelin. 
Columbella avara Say. Mytilus modiolus Linn. 
Natica triseriata Say. Arca transversa Say. 
Natica heros. Cardium Mortoni Conrad. 
Littorina rudis Gould. Kellia planulata Stimpson. 
Littorina littoralis Forbes & Hanley. Petricola dactylus Say. 
Rissoa aculens. Pandora trilineata Say. 
Crepidula unguiformis Lam. Saxicava distorta. 


Crepidula fornicata Lam. 


A few other species may be found about the island on a more 
careful search; but its molluscan fauna is probably fairly repre- 
sented by the above list. One or two species, likewise, as 
Petricola dactylus and Cardium Mortoni, may not properly 
belong to the island, and have been perhaps carried there by - 
storms. 


Remarks on the Sphingide of Cuba. io 


The only point deserving remark in this list seems to be the 
absence of Pyrula carica, which I learned from the light- 
house keeper was never fourfd on the island, and very rarely 
indeed on Great Gull Island. WV. trisertata, V. trivittata, and 
L. littoralis were remarkable for the depth and brilliancy of 
their colors; JV. ¢rivittata almost always displaying the three 
bands from which its name is derived, and the colored marking 
of WV. triseriata often covering the entire surface. LV. tréseriata 
and L. litioralis were of extreme solidity, and JV. heros was 
large and solid. 

All the above remarks as to the absence or great rarity of 
Pyrula carica, and the coloring, ete., of WV. trivittata, L. lit- 
toralis, NV. triseriata, and JV. heros, from little Gull Island, 
apply equally to specimens from similarly exposed localities 
which I have examined on Montauk Point and at Newport, 
Rhode Island. 








XXV.— Remarks on the Spuinciwz of Cuba, and Description 
of a New Species of Amputyx from Brazil. 


By Aug. R. GROTE. 


Read November 27, 1865. 


Ty a paper entitled “ Notes on Cuban Sphingidee,” published 
in the Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Philadel- 
phia, Vol. v., pp. 838-84, I have determined forty-six species 
belonging to this Lepidopterous family, found on the Island of 
Cuba, from specimens, which form part of a large collection of 
insects, purchased by the late respected Dr. Thomas B. Wilson, 
from Professor Felipe Poey of Havana. The object of the 
present paper is to give the determinations of certain additional 
species, which I subsequently received from Mr. John Gund- 
lach of the same place, as well as to offer a few remarks in 
relation to the synonymy of certain species already noticed. I 


196 Remarks on the Sphingide of Cuba. 


have much pleasure in receiving a letter from Mr. John Gund- 
lach, from which I learn, that the new species of Hrinnyis, 
which I described in the paper already alluded to, are partly 
those which Dr. Herrich-Scheeffer had been unable to identify 
as having been already described. Thus, the species described 
under ‘“‘ No. 7,” ana of which Dr. Herrich-Scheffer remarks :— 
‘“‘Kine neue Art, welche ich auch von H. Kaden aus Mexico 
erhielt”—is the species which I also have regarded as new and 
described as Hrinnyis meriane Grote. My determinations of 
E,. ello, E. alope, E. caicus, and Ev guttularis, accord with those 
of Dr. Herrich-Scheeffer, while Z. rimosa Grote is the species, 
as I have stated, that Dr. Herrich-Scheffer doubtfully regards 
as intended by Cramer under the specific name of “ seyron.” I 
describe here an allied species which perhaps equally resem- 
bles the figure of the Dutch entomologist, and I remain of the 
opinion, that the coarseness of the illustration will lead to the 
entire rejection of the specific name used by Cramer, since I 
can with difficulty believe that a ‘“ Sphinx” will be discovered, 
that can be referred with certainty to the “ Sphinz scyron” of 
this author. Mr. Gundlach also assures me that the individual 
I have regarded as the female of Z. melancholica Grote, is a 
distinct species, of which I now receive a second female indi- 
vidual, and that it is of this species, which I describe here as 
Erinnyis cinerosa, that Dr. Herrich-Scheeffer speaks, in his 
remarks under £. enotrus, Or. sp. Corr. Blatt, p. 59 (28), 1865. 
E. melancholica Grote, is not mentioned by Dr. Herrich- 
Scheffer ; this species, of which I have only the male, differs 
from £. wnotrus (of which I have both sexes), in the absence 
of the well defined costal paler patch on the upper surface of 
the primaries, and the differently shaped secondaries. I can 
in no event regard it as a variety of /. wnotrus, a species nearly 
allied to E. merianw, in the ornamentation of the primaries, 
which latter is otherwise abundantly distinct from either. 

Dr. Herrich-Scheeffer, speaking of nyo lugubres, Linn. sp., 
says:—‘Ich finde die als camertus, Cr. eingesendeten Exem- 


Remarks on the Sphingide of Cuba. 19% 


plare nicht verschieden ; der scharfer gezackte Saum der Vfl. 
in Z. 2 tiefer ausgeschnitten, und der ganz gerade Schrigstreif 
bei 3 der Vfl. (camertus, Cr.), gehen unmerklich in den weni- 
ger gezackten Saum und den geschwungenen Schrigstreif, wie 
er bei H. Z. f. 595, gezeichnet ist, ttber.” Corr. Blatt, p. 57 
(21), 1865. I am quite satisfied, however, that H. lugubris 
and #. camerius are distinct and valid species; and, having 
studied the figures in the Zutraege to which Dr. Herrich-Scheef- 
fer alludes, I am assured that these do not represent 2. dugu- 
bris, but . yorgon, Cramer, sp. (¢). Thus the characters 
which are regarded as intermediate between / lugubris and 
Ff. camertus, by Dr. Herrich-Scheeffer, are partly those that 
distinguish /. gorgon. I feel satisfied, however, that these 
should be regarded as distinct; the habitus of al! three species 
being different, that of . lugubris approaching F. danum, a 
species readily distinguished by the ornamentation of the 
secondaries, but.which is perhaps regarded as a variety of £. 
lugubris in the British Museum collection, as I have elsewhere 
noted. 

The reference to Hiibner’s figures of £. lugubris, in the 
¢ Zutraege,” should thus be transferred to the synonymy of £. 
gorgon. Mr. Walker is then the first to place the Sphinax lugu- 
bris of Linneeus and Drury, in its proper genus, since Hiibner 
in the “ Verzeichniss” (1816), refers to the species under an 
adaptation of Cramer’s subsequent trivial name, Legeus (Legens, 
Walk., Clem.). 

A thorough investigation into the synonymy of the species 
I have determined as Philampelus vitis, undertaken by Mr. 
Coleman T. Robinson and myself—the results of which are 
published in the Proceedings of the Entomological Society of 
Philadelphia—has shown that this determination is correct. 
This species is first described by Linnzeus, who refers to a figure 
of M. Merian’s, which, although rude, must be accepted as repre- 
senting this species, afterwards accurately figured by Drury in 
1770, since, in the colored copies of the “Ins. Sur.,” a pink 


198 Lemarks on the Sphingide of Cuba. 


terminal band is drawn along the external margin of the 
secondaries, which is one of the strongest specific characters of 
the insect. Cramer is the first, and, until now, the only author 
to figure the second species (fasciatus mihi, non Sulzer), which 
he does on Plate 268, Fig. E, while erroneously regarding it as 
the female of the species figured on Plate 267, Fig. C. This 
latter figure accurately represents the Sphénx vitis of Linnzeus, 
Merian, Drury, W. V., Abbot and Smith, and the PAdlampelus 
vitis of Larris. 

I find, besides Hiibner’s synonym for P. vitis—of Dupo jus- 
sieue (under which trivial name Mr. Walker and Dr. Clemens 
erroneously describe . vitis Harris, etc.), that Sulzer has 
figured the species as Sphinw fasciatus Sulzer, a name, which, 
as long since remarked by Cramer, must be referred as a syno- 
nym to Sphine vitis Linn. (S. vitis Cramer, Plate 267. Fig. C). 
I had no access, as stated, to Sulzer’s work, when determining 
the species, and have erroneously used the trivial name pro- 
posed by Sulzer, for the P. vitis of Mr. Walker and Dr. 
Clemens, a species which must receive a new name, since it has — 
been hitherto confounded with Linnzeus’s species. 

For the, reason that Dr. Harris’s description of PAzlampelus 
hornbeckiana will not positively and properly apply to this 
species, to which it has been doubtfully referred by authors, 
and that the researches among Dr. Harris’s insects in the col- 
lection of the Boston Society of Natural History, kindly under- 
taken by Dr. A. 8. Packard, Jr., and Mr. Francis G. Sanborn, 
have failed to discover the specimen, the present species has 
received the name of PAzlampelus linnet, Grote and Robinson 
(P. fasciatus, mihi, non Sulzer), in the paper on North Ameri- 
can Sphingidee, already alluded. to. A disintegration of Dr. 
Clemens’ synonymy of P. vitis Clem., shows that the two 
species have been indifferently cited. For instance, we find 
here the citation of Dr. Harris’s Philampelus vitis, which, in 
reality, refers to P. jussieww Olem., while the larva of Sphinz 
vitis Smith ( Philampelus vitis Harris), which is the true vitis 


Remarks on the Sphingide of Cuba. 199 


of the authors above cited (Philampelus jussiewe Clem.), is 
described as belonging to the distinct species now named Phi- 
lampelus linnei ; nor are Cramer’s two figures kept separate. 
So that, in view of this confused synonymy, the observation of 
Dr. Clemens, that he is disposed to place the true P. vites 
(P. jussieue, Walk. Clem.), as a “variety,” is capable of an 
explanation ; in reality, the two species are perfectly distinct 
and readily distinguishable. 


Perigonra, Boisduval. 
Perigonia divisa. 


Perigonia divisa, Herrich-Scheeffer, MSS. « 

Differs from the typical species of the genus in the shape of 
the wings; the apices of the primaries are roundedly exserted, 
external margin somewhat irregular. More olivaceous and 
smaller than P. Zusca. The paler transverse lines on the upper 
surface of the anterior wings are straight; a very prominent, 
whitish, apical streak extends downwards, obliquely, to first 
median nervule. Secondaries full; external margin rounded, 
excavate before anal angle, latter hardly so prominent as in P. 
lusca. Above anal angle some paler scales, divided centrally 
by a narrow darker line; internal margin clothed with yellow 
scales. The yellow costal patch does not extend as a band 
across the middle of the wing, but is spread somewhat dif- 
fusedly, crossed by the darker clothed nervures, to the base of 
the wing. Abdomen somewhat fusiform, with paler marginal 
scales on the segments posteriorly. 

Expanse (female), 2.30 inch. Length of body,1 inch. Num- 
ber 24% of Mr. Gundlach’s and Prof. Poey’s Colls. 


200 Remarks on the Sphingide of Cuba. 


Hyxorcus, Hiibner. 
Hyloicus Poeyi. 


Erinnyis Poeyi, Gundlach, MSS. 

Allied to Ayloicus plebera, Fab. sp., but a paler, slenderer, 
and smaller species, with elongate wings. Above, the prima- 
ries are cinereous, marked contusedly with blackish streaks. A 
distinct black apical streak, running very obliquely across apical 
and post-apical interspaces. Black dashes at the base of medio- 
central and posterior interspaces. A subterminal, narrow, 
very acutely dentate, angulated, black line, broadly margined 
before by whitish scales. Some black marks on costa, and on 
the disc. Base of the wing with interrupted zigzag black 
lines. Secondaries, pale, blackish, with no paler shades or 
bands; internal margin fringed with whitish scales, which 
cover anal angle and extend along the inner border, within the 
margin. Beneath, immaculate, pale blackish; secondaries, 
paler towards the base and along internal margin. 

Head and thorax cinereous, latter paler towards the sides ; 
tegule with a very distinct black stripe towards their inner 
margin. Abdomen cinereous, with a narrow, longitudinal, cen- 
tral black line; a broad, lateral, segmentary series of black 
marks. Beneath, the thoracic parts are clothed with white or 
whitish hair; legs cinereous; palpi with a whitish shade. 

Expanse (male), 2.30 inches. Length of body, 1.10 inches. 
Number ;845 of Mr. Gundlach’s and Prof. Poey’s Colls. 


1082 


Errmnyis, Hiibner. 


Erinnyis comgratuians. 


. 
Erinnyis congratulans, Gundlach, MSS. 
Allied to Hrinnyis rimosa, Grote. 
Anterior wings suffused with black shades and crossed by a 
median cinereous shade band, which is prominently paler in 


Lemarks on the Sphingidee of Cuba. 201 


the interspaces beyond the dise. Base, largely black. Ter- 
minally the wing is black, shading to brownish at the apical 
interspaces and along external margin. ‘Transverse lines 
obsolete. 

Secondaries, yellow at base and along internal margin, with 
very broad, black, terminal borders. Under surface of prima- 
ries, rather pale brown, suffused with a much darker terminal 
shade and showing an indistinct, darker, subterminal line, 
slightly arcuate and dentate between the nervules. Seconda- 
ries with the base more greyish, otherwise resembling their 
upper surfaces in coloration. 

The caputal, thoracic, and abdominal parts are quite similar 
to those of Z. rvmosa Grote, which latter forms, with / con- 
gratulans, a group in the genus, characterized by the elevated, 
square, thoracic parts, which are but slightly advanced before 
the insertion of the primaries. 

Expanse Aone?) 8.80 inches. Length of body, 1.60 inches. 
Number 5652, of Mr. Gundlach’s and Prof. Poey’s Colls. 


Erinnyis, Hiibner. 
Erinmnyis cimerosa, mM. s. 


Size of & enotrus and £. melancholica, as the female of 
which latter species [have hitherto regarded it. Mr. Gundlach 
sends asecond female specimen, and states, that the male differs 
by having a longitudinal streak of eee cinereous scales on 
the primaries above, and in that the tegulee are blackish with 
whitish external margins. The female has dark grey tegula, 
with very faint indications of the whitish borders. Anterior 
wings, pale cinereous, with very confused darker streaks and 
shades. An extremely irregular, narrow, dark, sub-basal line 
can be detected. An oblique, dark, costal shade, at about the 
middle of the wing, stretching to the sub-terminal dentate line, 
which it joins at the medio-central interspace and where it is 
more prominent and darker. A second, dark, costal shade at the 


202 Remarks on the Sphingide of Cuba. 


inception of the sub-terminal line. Terminally, the wing is 
darker; nervules prominently tipped with exserted pale fringes. 

Secondaries, reddish-brown, withirather faint and narrow dark 
terminal borders; hardly excavate before anal angle; fringe 
on anal angle and internal margin, whitish. 

Under-surface, brownish, shaded with reddish at the base of 
primaries ; secondaries, more largely reddish, whitish along inter- 
nal margin, crossed by two punctate lines. Head and thoracic 
surface above, dark cinereous, without prominent markings. 
Abdomen brownish cinereous, with paler hairs at the base of 
the segments; two darker, longitudinal, dorsal, shade lines. 

Beneath, brownish cinereous, whitish centrally; abdomen 
with lateral dark segmentary spots. Legs brownish; anterior 
tarsi paler on the outer surface, posterior pair annulated with 
whitish scales. 

Expanse (female), 3.10 inches. Length of body, 1.60 inches. 
Number ;245, of Mr. Gundlach’s and Prof. Poey’s Colls. 

This species differs from 7. melancholica, in the cinereous, not 
brownish hue, of the upper surface of the primaries, and in the 
shape of the secondaries.  melancholica resembles E. eno- 
trus and E. meriane in the coloration of the primaries, but the 
costal and internal paler patches, which characterize both sexes 
of these latter species, are absent in the former. I have not seen 
specimens of Z. obscura, Fabr. sp., but judging from Hiibner’s 
acceptable figures of Erinnyis stheno, which is cited as a 
synonym of Fabricius’ species, it differs prominently in the 
markings of the wings, and is also a somewhat smaller species 
than /! cinerosa. 

Amphonyx cluentius has been determined by Dr. Herrich- 
Schaffer, as occurring in Cuba, from a specimen sent by Mr. 
Gundlach. I have seen no specimens of this species. 

I find that the generic term nosanda has been used by Mr. 
Walker in 1854 in the Bombycide, so that the Sphingid genus 
will have to receive another name. I propose, accordingly, the 
name Oautethia for this genus, which contains one of the 


Remarks on the Sphingide of Cuba. 203 


smallest species of the family—C. noctuiformis, Walk. sp. 
Although this species bears a resemblance to Perigonia, in the 
coloration of the secondaries, I interpret its structural charac- 
ters as allying it to Hrinnyis, belonging to a different tribe of 
the family Sphingide. 

To the forty-six species which I have hitherto determined as 
authentically occurring on the Island of Cuba, those which I 
have here enumerated can be added, making fifty-one species 
of Sphingide in all, distributed among the genera as follows : 

AxEtioros, 2: tantalus, Linn. sp.; titan, Cram. sp. Evupyr- 
RHOGLOSSUM, 1: sagra, Poeysp. Enyo, 3: lugubris, Linn. sp. ; 
camertus, Cram. sp.; danum, Cram. sp. HeEmeEropianss, 1: 
- pseudothyreus, Grote. Prrigonta, 8: divisa, H-S.; lusca, 
Fabr. sp. ; lefeburiz, Lucas sp. Catttomma, 1: lycastus, Cram. 
sp. Perrcssa, 1: thorates, Hiibn. sp. Cacarocampa, 6: gund- 
lachvi, H-S.; trrorata, Grote; nechus, Cram. sp.; porcus, 
Hiibn. sp.; robinsonzi, Grote ; tersa, Linn. sp. Derrtepama, 2: 
calverleyi, Grote; lineata, Fabr. sp. Putampetus, 4: itis, 
Linn. sp.; linnei, Grote & Robinson; Jycaon, Cram. sp.; 
labrusce, Linn. sp. Pacuyita, 3: jicus, Linn. sp.; énornata, 
Clemens ; veswmens, Walk. Amputyx, 2: strigilis, Linn. sp. ; 
gannascus, Stoll, sp. Pseupospninx, 1: ¢etrio, Linn. sp. Am- 
PHONYX, 3: anteus, Drury, sp.; duponchel, Poey; cluentius, 
Cram. sp. Spuinx, 5: rustica, Fabr.; carolina, Linn.; cingu- 
lata, Fabr.; brontes, Drury; afficta, Grote. Hytotcus, 1: 
poeyt, Gundlach, sp. Enrtywyis, 11: rimosa, Grote; congratu- 
lans, Gundlach; caicus, Cram. sp.; elo, Linn. sp.; alope, 
Drury, sp.; meriane, Grote; enotrus, Cram. sp.; melancho- 
lica, Grote ; cinerosa, Grote; pallida, Grote; guttularis, Walk. 
sp. Cavreraia, 1: noctuiformis, Walk. sp. 


The following interesting species, belonging to the genus 
Ambulyzx, is contained in the handsome and extensive Collection 
of Lepidoptera belonging to Mrs. 8. W. Bridgham of this city. 
It is from Brazil. 

NOVEMBER, 1865, 15 Ann. Lyo, Nat, Hist., Vou, VIII. 


204 Remarks on the Sphingide of Cuba. 


Amputyx, Boisduval. 
Ambulyx sexoculata, nov. sp. 


Size large. Anterior wings, sub-falcate: costa, straight, 
rounded at the apices; external margin sinuate, a single exca- 
vation at the apical interspace as in Ambulyx gannascus ; 
internal margin very sinuate, S-shaped; post-apical nervule 
produced, at its extremity, beyond the apex. Posterior wings 
slightly excavate between the nervules; a prominent excava- 
tion in the interspace before anal angle. Primaries, dark 

brownish, paler towards the base and along costa, the color 
deepening along external margin. At extreme base, a small, 
very dark, vinous-brown spot. Beyond, a very broad, pro- 
minent, transverse, almost erect band of the same hue, resting 
on internal margin and extending upwards to median nervure, 
ending abruptly and somewhat roundedly. On the side next 
the base of the wing, the margin of this block of dark-colored 
scales, is very nearly straight ; on the outer side, a single rounded 
projection takes place at about the sub-median nervure. 
Obliquely placed with regard to this sub-basal demi-band and 
above it, is a spot of the same hue, situate at extreme base of 
the discal cell. An undulate, sub-obsolete, darker shade line, 
runs from costa to internal margin, crossing the discal cell at 
about its centre. A dark, ill-defined, obscure spot, on the discal 
cross-vein. Beyond the disc, three similar darker transverse 
lines are continued from costa to internal margin; the outer of 
these is margined with pale scales and very prominent and zig- 
zag on internal margin before the angle. A dark, rounded 
spot in medio-inferior interspace, contiguous to, and outside of 
the first of the three terminal transverse lines. All these lines: 
are more or less obscured by the ground color of the wing. A 
large, dark, sub-apical, costal patch, extending downwards to 
post-apical nervule and preceded, on costa, by a few whitish 
scales. Sub-terminally, and irregularly at the middle, the wing 


: femarks on the Sphingide of Cuba. 205 


shows a faint reddish tinge. Terminal space, intense rich brown, 
deepening in color to the edge. . 

Secondaries bright yellow with a pinkish tinge, which latter 
is bright and determinate at base. The wings are crossed by 
three black, shaded bands; of these the inner is the widest and 
most determinate, extending from costa to internal margin, 
before which it is slightly inwardly dilated. The middle band 
is very distinct in the upper half of the wing, below its middle 
it joins the outer band, this latter is fainter, more diffuse, and 
less prominent, covering the wing at anal angle. All the ner- 
vules are marked very prominently with black scales, which 
diffusedly extend on each side into the interspaces. Between 
the inner transverse band and the base of the wing, there are no 
dark scales or markings whatever, this part of the wing being 
covered with delicate pink, and longer, hair-like scales. 

Subterminally (on the middle transverse band) are three dis- 
tinct, moderate, ocelloid spots; one on the medio-central, one 
on the medio-posterior nervules (this latter ocellus the largest), 
and one on the sub-median nervure. These ocelloid spots are 
cormposed of black scales, and have narrow, pale blue, annulate 
borders. From them, this species derives its specific name. 
Terminally, the wing is shaded with pale blackish scales. 

Under surface covered with reddish-ochreous scales. The 
primaries are crossed by broken dark bands; terminal space 
darkly margined inwardly, covered with pale frosted scales. 
Secondaries, with the three transverse bands of the upper sur- 
face, vaguely indicated; the fusion of the middle and outer 
bands more clearly shown than on the upper surface. 

Thorax above, pale brownish, of a mixed shade difficult to 
describe precisely, somewhat paler than the primaries above. 
Tegulee, as usual in this genus and in PAdlampelus, with large 
lateral subtriangulate spots, composed, in this instance, of rich, 
dark, vinous-brown scales. Head, above the antennal insertion, 
concolorous with upper pro-thoracic parts. Clypeus, or “front,” 
covered with thick scales which are concolorous with the dark 


206 Remarks on the Sphingide of Cuba. 


tecule. Palpi stout, thickly covered with close SaneraHen g 
above, these are pale, concolorous with vertex and “ collar ;” 
beneath and on the sides, the scales are of a bright, rosy-brown 
hue. Beneath, the thoracic parts are clothed with rather long, 
bright, rosy-brown scales. Legs, lead-color ; darker, somewhat 
brownish, on the femora. Abdomen above, concolorous with 
primaries; basal segment covered with dark vinous-brown 
scales, like those on the tegule, as is also the anal segment. 
Beneath, of the same rosy-brown hue of the under thoracic 
parts, though perhaps a little paler. LExpanse (female) 4.70 
inch. Length of body 2.00 inch. 

This fine species is more nearly allied to A. gannascus, Stoll 
sp., than to A. strzgilis, in the shape of the primaries, but these 
are more faleate, the internal margin more sinuate than in 
either of the hitherto described species of Ambulyx from Brazil. 
The prominent ocelloid spots on the upper surface of the second- 
aries, offer a specific character which will quickly distinguish 
the present species from its congeners, and present a remarkable 
evidence of the intimate relation which the present genus sus- 
tains to Smerinthus, while the larva of Ambulyzx is stated by 
Prof. Burmeister to approach that of the latter genus in struc- 
ture. In the borrowed ornamentation which this species takes 
from Smerinthus, I see a fresh evidence that the position 
assigned to the genus by myself in a.paper before alluded to 
here, and by Mr. Coleman T. Robinson and myself in a recently 
prepared catalogue of North American Sphingide, is approx- 
imately more correct than that allotted to the genus by either 
Mr. Walker or D. Clemens. I regard it as intimately asso- 
ciated with Phzlampelus, and as allying the tribe Cherocampini 
with the Smerinthine. 

Ambulyz sexoculata is before me in two female specimens, of 
which one is in perfect condition, the second, faded by the pro- 
cesses of exposure or etiolation, to which the beautiful species 
of this genus are very susceptible, both agreeing in the main 
points presented by the above description. Since the Asiatic 


Descriptions of New Species of Pupade. 207 


species described under Ambulyz, are stated to recede structu- 
rally from .A. strigilis and A. gannascus, I am prepared to 
consider the genus as exclusively American. 





XXVI.—Descriptions of Nuw Srscies of Pupaps. 


By Epwarp S. Mors. 


Read November 20, 1865, 


Isthmia ventricosa, nov. sp. 


| Fia. 1. 





Animal.—Dorsal and cephalic portions of body, and tentacles jet black. 
Disk long, narrow, rounded at extremity ; anterior portion of disk dark 
_ slate, becoming lighter towards caudal extremity. Tentacles short, very 
bulbous ; base of tentacles approximating. Cephalic lobes conspicuous. 

Buccal plate wide, narrow, not produced in centre, but slightly curving 
at ends; cutting edge regularly waved. 


Fia. 2. Fra. 8, 
pwoEewY 
—= ———* J ow wv 
S [Fee | od 
Buccal plate of I. ventricosa. Lingual membrane of I. yentricosa, 


Lingual formula 98;-13-1-13 ; central and lateral plates notched at 
outer posterior corners. Central plate square, having three small den- 
ticles. Plate indented at base of central denticle, which is the largest. 


208 Descriptions of New Species of Pupada. 


Lateral plates tridentate, inner denticle largest. Uncine minutely 
notched. 


Shell.—Umbilicate, ovate conic, smooth, polished; apex 
obtuse; suture deep; whorls four, convex; aperture semi- 
circular, with five teeth, one prominent on the parietal margin, 
two smaller on the columellar margin, and two prominent 
within, contracting the aperture at the base; peristome widely 
reflected, the right margin flexuoge, within thickened and 
colored. 

Length .07 inch ; breadth .045 inch. 


Station.—On dead leaves and twigs in wet places. 


Distribution.—Throughout Maine; Concord, N. H.; Mo- 
hawk and Greenwich, N. Y. 


Remarks.—This species has been confounded with Jsthmia 
ovata, which it very much resembles in its general contour; it 
is one-fourth smaller however, has one whorl less, the columellar 
margin is more circular. In Z. ovata the aperture is armed 
with from seven to eight teeth, always having two and some- 
times three on the transverse margin; while this species has 
five teeth, one only being found on the transverse margin. It 
can readily be distinguished from /. ovata by these differences 
and its smaller size. The late Dr. Ingalls of Greenwich, N. Y., 
noticed this species among a lot of Z. ovata collected by him, 
but regarded it as an extreme variety only of the latter species. 
Its wide distribution and constant characters indicate its specific 
value. 


Descriptions of New Species of Pupade. 209 


Isthmia Bollesiama, nov. sp. 


Fie. 4. 





Isthmia Bollesiana Morse. 


Animal.—Dorsal portion of body light gray, disk nearly white. 
Buccal plate of the same width throughout, slightly rounded at the 
ends; cutting edge without projections, finely striated. 


Fie. 5. Fra. 6. 
TAA; 
Wome? a 
‘ Y sie 
—— 
Buccal plate of I. Bollesiana. Lingual membrane of I, Bollesiana. 


Lingual formula 88,-12—1-12; central and lateral plates notched at 
outer posterior corners; central plate square, widening posteriorly, 
armed with three minute denticles, central one largest; laterals having 
two minute denticles apart, outer denticle nearly obsolete. Uncine 
scarcely notched. 


Shell.—Minutely perforate, cylindrical ovate, delicately stri- 
ated, sub-translucent; apex obtuse; suture well defined ; 
whorls four, sub-convex; aperture sub-orbicular, somewhat 
flattened on its outer.edge; with five teeth, one prominent and 
rather curved on the parietal margin, two similar in form, the 
lower one the smaller, on the columellar margin, and two 
slightly elevated lamelliform teeth within and at the base; 
peristome sub-reflected and thickened. 

Length .065 inch; breadth .035 inch. 


Station.—Under dead leaves and on bark in hard wood groves. 


210 Descriptions of New Species of Pupada. 


Distribution.—Throughout Maine; also in New Hampshire ; 
Massachusetts ; New York; and Norfolk, Va. 


_ Remarks.—Its nearest allied species is Lsthmia Gouldi ; it 
appears to be intermediate in size between the latter species 
and JZ. miliwm. The shell is one-fifth smaller than J. Gouldit, 
is lighter colored, more delicate in texture, and not so distinctly 
striated. The outer lip is not depressed and the aperture is as 
lo-g as broad; the teeth within the aperture of the shell are 
less prominent, those at the base of aperture being scarcely ele- 
vated. The color of the soft parts, the characters of the lingual 
dentition and buccal plate are alse quite different. 

I take pleasure in dedicating this species to the Rev. E. C. 
Bolles. 


Isthmia corpulenta, nov. sp. 





{sthmia corpulenta Morse, 


Shell rimate perforate, elongate ovate, finely striated, 
polished, translucent, dark olive brown; apex round, obtuse ; 
whorls four, convex, tumid, wider at the base; aperture large, 
sub-circular, with four obtuse teeth, one on the parietal margin, 
one on the columellar margin, and two on the labrum; peri- 
stome slightly thickened and reflected. 

Length .10 inch ; breadth .06 inch. 


Descriptions of New Species of Pupadea. 211 


Station.—In wet moss. 


Distribution.—Little Valley, Washoe Co., Nevada; on E, 
slope of Sierra Nevada, 6,500 feet above the sea. Collected by 
R. H. Stretch. 


Remarks.—This species bears a slight resemblance to /sthmza 
decora, but differs in being much wider, slightly longer, though 
having one whorl less, and the aperture very much larger and 
different in contour. 

I am indebted to Mr. Thomas Bland for the privilege of 
describing this species. 


Pupiila Blandii, nov. sp. 


Pupa Blandi, W. G. Binney; U. S. Explorations in Nebraska. Ex. 
Doc. 85th Congress 2d Sess. Vol. II. part IL, 725, 1859. (Without 
description.) 


Fria, 8. 





Pupilla Blandii Morse. 


Shell rimate, ovate cylindrical, delicately striated, opake, 
light brown ; apex obtuse, nucleus with microscopic granula- 


tions; suture well defined; whorls six, sub-convex, the last 
NOVEMBER, 1865, 16 Ann, Lyo, Nat. Hist., Vou, VIII. 


919 Descriptions of New Species of Pupade. | 


ascending at the aperture, rapidly expanding, with an external 
whitish callus, between which and the peristome there is a deep 
constriction ; aperture small, nearly circular, with three obtuse 
teeth of about equal size, one on the parietal margin, one on 
the columellar margin, and the third far within and at the base 
of aperture; peristome sub-reflected, the margins joined by a 
thin callus. 
Length .13 inch; breadth .06 inch. 


Distribution.—Drift on the Missouri River, near Fort Ber- 
thold. 


Remarks.—This species bears some resemblance in form to 
P. badia, it resembles more closely P. bigranata of Europe, 
but differs from both these species in the characters of the 
aperture, and more especially in the presence of a tooth at the 
base of the aperture. 

W. G. Binney mentions this by name simply in a list of shells 
in F, V. Hayden’s Report to Lieut G. Warren in the work 
quoted above. As it has not been mentioned in any of his sub- 
sequent writings, we infer that he relinquished his views as to 
its novelty. 


~ 


Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 213 


XXVIL.—Wotes on Species of the Family Corsrcurans, with 
Figures. 


By Tremere Prime. 
(Continued from page 92.) 


Read April 2, 1866. 


Genus CORBICULA. 


30. Corbicula erosa, Prime. 


Corbicula erosa, Prime. Acad. N.S. Phil. Proc. 126. 1861. 
Prime Cat. 3. 1868. 


C, testa trigona, subsequilaterali, tumidula, solidiuscula ; striis irre- 
gularibus; epidermide nigro-fuscescente vestita; latere 
antico producto, rotundato, postico subangulato, obtuso ; 
margine inferiore parum arcuato ; umbonibus tumidis, 
profunde erosis; cardine incrassato ; dentibus cardina- 
libus crassis, distantibus; lunula vix conspicua; mar- 


garita violacea. 


Long. 20; lat. 18; diam. 12 mill. 


Hab.—Cambodia. Collect. Jay, Cuming et 
Prime. 


The shell is trigonal, nearly equilateral, in- 
flated and somewhat solid. The anterior side is 
produced, the posterior is subangular and obtuse. 
The inferior margin is somewhat arched. The beaks are large, 
inflated, and deeply eroded. The interior of the valves is violet. 
The hinge margin is angular. The hinge is broad and strong. 
The cardinal teeth are unusually remote from each other. The 
strie are irregular, but not much raised. The epidermis is 
blackish-brown without polish. The lunula is barely percepti- 
ble. 


APRIL, 1866. 17 Ann. Lyo. Nar. Hist. Vou. VIII. 





Corbicula erosa. 


214 Notes on Species of Corbiculada. 


Compared with Corb. Lydigiana, the only species to which 
it is allied, it is less elevated, not so triangular, the striz are less 
regular and deeper, and the epidermis is darker and coarser. 


31. Corbicula Lydigiana, Prime. 


Corbicula Lydigiana, Prime. Journ. Conchyl. ix. 355. 1861. 
Loe. sub cit. x. 388., pl. xiv. f. 8. 1862. 
Prime Cat. 3. 1863. 


C. testa trigona, triangulari, aequilaterali, tamidula, solidiuscula ; sulcis 
regularibus; epidermide viridi-flavescente, nitente 
vestita, ad umbones brunnea; Junula ovato-lanceolata ; 
umbonibus magnis, tumidis, obliquis, erosis; pagina 
interna violacea; latere antico paulo longiore, mar- 
gine inferiore arcuato ; cardine crasso; dentibus car- 


dinalibus ingequalibus; lateralibus crassis. 


Long. 23; lat. 20; diam. 15 mill. 





Corbicula Lydigiana. Hab.—Siam. Collect. Jay, Cuming et Prime. 


The shell is triangular and equilateral. The valves are not 
much inflated. The anterior side issomewhat the longer. The 
beaks are large, raised, and commonly much eroded. The strize 
are regular, raised, and sharp. The epidermis is polished, it is 
very variable in color, running from a greenish-yellow into 
darker tints; the portion of the shell in the vicinity of the beaks 
is usually dark brown or blackish. Some specimens exhibit 
rays of a darker hue, but varying in color and in breadth, pro- 
ceeding from the umbonal region to the inferior margin. The 
interior is violet. The teeth are unusually robust, but offer 
otherwise no distinctive characters. The lunula is well 
marked, but is not of a different color from the rest of the 
shell. 

One of our most attractive species, and closely allied to 
Corb. erosa and Pisidiiformis. 


Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 215 


32. Corbicula Pisidiiformis, voy. spec. 


C. testa minima, trigona, triangulari, obliqua, ingequilaterali, alta, 
subinflata ; superius conica, inferius arcuata; latere 
antico producto, postico brevi, subtruncato ; umbo- 
nibus tumidulis; lunula distincta; striis regularibus, 
remotis ; epidermide viridi-flavescente, nitente vestita ; 
valvis solidis, intus pallide violaceis; cardine incras- 
sato. 





Long. 5; lat. 5; diam. 3 mill. 


Hab—Siam. Collect. Wheatley et Prime. 





, ; ; - Corbicula Pisidiiformis, 
The shell is very small, triangular, inequi- Cv?’ ?cHorm™s 


lateral, and somewhat inflated. The superior portion is conical 
and the inferior rounded. The anterior side is distended, the 
posterior is short and somewhat truncated. The beaks are pro- 
minent. The lunula is well marked, but not of a distinct color. 
The strie are deep, regular, and distant. The epidermis is 
polished and of a yellowish-green color. The valves are solid, 
their interior is pale violet. The hinge is robust and broad. 
Some specimens exhibit a few fine rays of a darker color, run- 
ning fromthe beaks to the inferior margin. 

The Corb. Pisidiiformis is remarkable for being the smallest 
known species of the genus. In outline and shape it bears great 
resemblance to certain species of Pisidium. It is closely allied 
to Corb. Lydigiana ; irrespective of size, it differs from that spe- 
cies in being more solid, more convex, more conical, less equi- 
lateral, and in having heavier striz. 


33. Corbicula triangularis, Deshayes. 


Corbicula triangularis, Deshayes. Proc. Zool. xxii. 845. 1854. 
Biv. Brit, Mus. 234. 1854. 
Prime Cat. 4. 1863. 


C. testa trigona, sequilaterali, alta, tumidula, solida; utroque latere 


216 Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 


eequaliter declivi; umbonibus prominentibus, violaceo-lividis, vel roseis, 

Fic, 48, violaceo subradiatis; valvis intus superné rubescentibus, 
ad margines violaceis; cardine incrassato; epidermide 
fuscescente, nitente vestita; striis regularibus, remotis; 
lunula ovato-lanceolata. 


Long. 17; lat. 17; diam. 11 mill. 





Hab.— % Collect. Cuming et Prime. 


The shell is triangular, not much inflated, equilateral, and 
solid. The beaks are prominent. The striz are regular, dis- 
tant, and raised. The epidermis is of a darkish-brown color 
and polished. The interior of the valves is of a pinkish-red 
merging into violet towards the margins. The hinge is strong 
and broad. The lunula is oval, but not distinct in color from 
the rest of the shell. 

Comparing this species with Corb. Lydigiana, we find it to 
be less inflated, more equilateral, more conical, and transversely 
less broad, the beaks are also less inflated, and the color of the 
interior of the valves is different. 


34. Corbicula crassula, Mousson. 


Corbicula (Cyrena) crassula, Mousson. 
Bellardi Cat. 54, f. 12. 1854. 
Prime Cat. 3. 1863. 


C. testa trigona, inflata, cordiformi, subinzequilaterali; latere antico 
rotundato, postico subobtuso; valvis solidis, intus viola- 
ceis, ad margines saturatioribus ; umbonibus prominen- 
tibus, incurvis, oppositis; irregulariter et densé striata ; 
epidermide fuscescente vestita; lunula ovata; cardine 
incrassato. 


Long. 18; lat. 19; diam. 14 mill. 





Corb. crassula. 


Hab.—In lacu Homs, in flumine Orontes, Syriz, 
et in flumine Tigris. Collect. Mousson, Wheatley et Prime. 


Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 217 


The shell is high, inflated, heart-shaped, and slightly inequi- 
lateral. The anterior side is rounded and the posterior some- 
what obtuse. The valves are solid, the color of the interior is 
violet, darker on the margins. The beaks are large and pro- 
minent, they curve inwardly. The strie are close and irregular. 
The epidermis is darkish-brown. The hinge is very broad and 
solid. The lunula is oval and broad, and of the same color as 
the rest of the shell. 

The specimens from the Tigris, Fig. 45, are apparently the 
young of this species; they differ from those 
from Lake Homs, Fig. 44, in being a little more 
transverse, less inflated, the striz are more regular 


Fria. 45. 


ch 









and less numerous, the epidermis is green and not 
brown, and the lunula is less broad and of a lighter 
color than the rest of the shell; the main charac- 
ters are, however, the same. 

Comparing this species with Corb. cor. (Fig. 8) 
we find that it is much smaller, very much more 
solid, less transverse, more inflated, and that the 
hinge is broader and stronger. Young specimens ene 
of Corb. crassula are somewhat similar to adult examples of 
Corb. purpurea (Fig. 26); they are, however, less transverse, 
more heart-shaped, more inflated, and the hinge is broader. 


35. Corbicula Cumingii, Deshayes. 


Corbicula Cumingii, Deshayes. Biv. Brit. Mus. 228. 1854. 
Prime Cat. 4. 1863. 

Corbicula sqgualida, Deshayes. Proc, Zool. xxii. 342. 1854. 
Biv. Brit. Mus. 233. 1854, 
Prime Cat. 4. 1863. 

Corbicula notata, Prime. Ae. N. 8. Phil. Proce. 127, 1861. 
Prime Cat. 4. 1863. 


C. testa ovato-transversa, subzequilaterali, tenui, compressiuscula ; 
extremitatibus rotundatis; umbonibus tumidis, prominentibus, incurvis, 


218 Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 


oppositis; epidermide nitente viridescente vestita; striis regularibus 
remotis; cardine angusto; valvis intus violaceis. 


Long. 26; lat. 22; diam. 15 mill. 


Hab.—Insula Luzon Philippinarum. Collect. Mus. Brit., 


Cuming et Prime. 


The shell is transversely oval, nearly equilateral, rather slight, 
and somewhat compressed. The lateral extremities are rounded. 
The beaks are prominent, and they curve inwardly. The epi- 
dermis is polished and of a greenish color. Thestriz are regu- 
lar and somewhat distant. The interior of the valves is violet. 
The hinge is narrow and slight. 


Fie 46. Fic. 47. 





Corbicula Cumingii. Corb. Cumingii. (Corb. squalida.) 


The Corb. squalida, Deshayes, Fig. 47, is not even a variety 
of this species. The only points of difference that exist between 
Bais it and the type consist in the fact that the Corb. 
squalida is smaller, and that its strie are nearly 
obsolete. 


The Oorb. notata, Prime, has likewise no 





ss claims to be considered even a variety; it 
Corbicula Cumingii. differs from the genuine Corb. Cumingi only, 
(Corb. notata.) - a ‘ 
in being smaller, and from the fact that the 
strize are more regular and considerably more distant. 


Notes on Spectes of Corbiculade. 219 


The accompanying drawing, Fig. 49, represents a true and 
constant variety of this species, which differs from the type in 


Fie. 49, 





Corbicula Cumingli (varietas). 


being less transverse and much more inflated, the beaks are also 
more convex and the strize are more remote. 


36. Corbicula tumida, Deshayes. 


Corbicula twmida, Deshayes. Proe, Zool. xxii. 343. 1854. 
Biv. Brit. Mus. 229. 1854, 
. Prime Cat. 4. 1863. 


C. testa regulariter ovato-transversa, tumida, tenui, subsequilaterali ; 
posticé paulo longiore, utraque extremitate sequaliter 


Fie. 50. 


obtusa; umbonibus parvis, turgidulis, incurvis; valvis 
intus violaceis; striis regularibus valde distantibus; epi- 
dermide viridi, nitente vestita; cardine angustissimo. 





Long. 17; lat. 13; diam. 10 mill. Corb. tumida, 


Hab.—Borneo. Collect. Mus. Brit., Cuming et Prime. 


The shell is transversely-oval, inflated, and nearly equilateral. 
The posterior side is a little the longer. Both lateral margins 
are obtuse. The beaks are small, but full, and they curve 
inwardly. The color of the interior is violet. The stris are 
regular and very distant. The epidermis is green and polished. 
The hinge is very narrow and slight. 

This species is allied to Corb. oecidens and Cumingit. Com- 
paring it with the form of Corb. Cumingii described as Corb. 
notata (Fig. 48), we find that it differs in being smaller, less 
transverse, and more tumid, the beaks are fuller, the sides are 


220 Notes on Species of Corbiculade, 


more obtuse, the hinge is narrower and more delicate, and the 
strisee are very much more distant. 


37. Corbicula occidems, Benson. 


Corbicula occidens, Benson. Asiatic Journa]. Biy. Brit. Mus. 228. 1854. 
Prime Cat. 4. 18638. 


C. testa ovato-transversa ; sequilaterali, tumida, tenui; extremitatibus 
obtusis; umbonibus tumidis, brevibus, incurvis; lunula 
ovato-lanceolata, pallida, levigata; valvis intus profunde 
violascentibus ; epidermide flavescente-viridi, nitente ves- 


tita, ad umbones atro-violascente radiata; striis regula- 





ribus; cardine angusto. 


Corb. occidens. 


Long. 17; lat. 14; diam. 9 mill. 


Hab.—Loco Sikkim dicto, Moredabad, Bengal, Indiz. Col- 
lect. Mus. Brit., Cuming et Prime. 


The shell is transversely-oval, equilateral, somewhat inflated, 
and rather slight. The sides are obtuse. The beaks are mode- 
rately inflated, not large, and they curve inwardly. Thelunula 
is oval and of a lighter color than the rest of the shell. The 
interior of the valves is dark violet. The epidermis is yellow- 
ish-green and polished, the beaks exhibit markings of a dark 
violet color. The strize are regular. The hinge is narrow and 
slight. 

Compared with Corb. tuwmzda, it is more equilateral, less 
inflated, the sides are less obtuse, the beaks are less convex, the 
hinge is more curved, and the strize are very much closer. 


38. Corbicula Bengalica, Deshayes. 


Corbicula Bengalensis, Deshayes. Proce. Zool. xxii. 344. 1854. 
Biv. Brit. Mus. 224. 1854. 
Prime Cat. 4. 1863. 


C. testa ovato-subtrigona, depressiuscula, tenui, subsequilaterali, obso- 
lete transversim striata, striis regularibus, distantibus ; epidermide flaves- 


Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 221 


cente nitidissima, intus alba, in medio macula rubescente notata; um- 


bonibus minimis acutis ; cardine angusto. 
Fie. 52. 





Long. 13; lat. 10; diam. 6 mill. 


Hab.—In rivulis Bengalensibus. Collect. Mus. 


° ° . C. Bengalica. 
Brit., Cuming et Prime. 


The shell is oval, subtrigonal, somewhat compressed, nearly 
equilateral. The strize are indistinct, regular, and distant; the 
epidermis is yellowish and polished. The interior is reddish. 
The beaks are small and acute. The hinge is narrow and 
slightly curved. The lunula is very indistinct. 

This species is very closely allied to Corb. pulchella, of Java; 
it differs, however, in being transversely longer and in being a 
little less compressed. 


39. Corbicula trigoma, Deshayes. 


Corbicula trigona, Deshayes. Proce. Zool. xxii. 344. 1854. 
Biv. Brit. Mus. 224. 1854. 
Prime Cat. 8. 1863. 


C. testa trigona, gequilaterali, compressiuscula, antice paulo latiore et 


obtusiore, utroque latere equaliter declivi, transversim 


Fie. 58. 


tenue et regulariter striata; epidermide viridi, nitente 
induta, intus pallide violacea; umbonibus minimis, bre- 





vibus, aoutis; lunula ovata, pallida, laevigata. 


Long. 14; lat. 11; diam. 7 mill. 


Corb. trigona. 


Hab.—Pondicherry, Indiz. Coll. Cuming et Prime, 


The shell is trigonal, equilateral, and somewhat compressed. 
The anterior side is broader and more obtuse. The strize are 
light, close, and regular. The epidermis is green and polished. 
The valves are moderately solid. The interior is pale violet. 
The beaks are small, short, and acute. The lunula is oval and 
much lighter in color than the rest of the epidermis. The 
hinge is broad and arched. The anterior lateral tooth is con- 


222 Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 


siderably bent towards the end in the neighborhood of the 
adductor muscle. 

Comparing this species with Corb. striatella from the same 
locality, we find it to be more solid, transversely less rounded, 
and less inflated; the beaks are less swelled and the posterior 
margin is more abrupt; the hinge is broader and more solid, 
and the color of the interior of the valves is lighter and not so 


highly polished. 


40. Corbicula Stimpsoniana, nov. spec. 


C. testa trigona, obliqua, subsequilaterali, inflata; latere antico rotun- 
dato, postico longiore, obtuso; umbonibus 

ae - magnis, tumidis, approximatis, incurvis ; valvis 
solidis, intus candidis, ad margines violaceis ; 
epidermide castanea subnitente vestita; sulcis 
regularibus distantibus; cardine incrassato ; 


lunula inconspicua, ovato-lanceolata. 
Long. 343 lat. 25; diam. 17 mill. 


Hab.—? Coll. Prime. 





Corbicula Stimpsoniana. 


The shell is trigonal, oblique, some- 
what equilateral aud inflated. The anterior side is rounded, 
the posterior is longer and is obtuse. The beaks are large and 
are considerably protruded, they are approximate at apex and 
curve inwardly. The valves are solid. The interior is white 
with a circle of dark violet extending round the margin of 
the shell, with the exception only of the portion taken up by 
the cardinal teeth, which are white. The epidermis is of a 
chestnut color and is slightly polished. The strive are regular, 
distant, much raised, and sharp. The hinge is broad and strong. 
The lunula is indistinct, in shape it is oval. 

The Corb. Stimpsoniana seems to be a well characterized 
species, and not to possess any very close affinities with any of 
its congeners. I have no positive knowledge as to the country 


Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 223 


in which this species is found, but have very little doubt as to 
its coming from some part of Asia. 

I take much pleasure in the dedication of this species to Dr. 
Wm. Stimpson. 


41. Corbicula vulgaris, nov. spec. 


C. testa trigona, subsequilaterali, compressiuscula; latere antico lon 
giore, rotundato, postico obtuso ; umbonibus bre- 


Fie. 55. 


vibus, approximatis, incurvis; densé et irregu- 
lariter striata; epidermide olivacea subnitente 
induta; lunula levigata; pagina interna pallide 
violacea, ad margines pallide castanea ; cardine 


incrassato. 


Long. 27; lat. 25; diam. 16 mill. 





Hab.—? Collect. Prime. Guihiedls wares 


The shell is trigonal, subequilateral, and somewhat com 
pressed. The anterior side is produced and rounded, the pos- 
terior is short and obtuse. The beaks are small and approxi- 
mate, and they curve inwardly. The strize are fine, numerous, 
and irregular, more especially so on the posterior end. The 
epidermis is of a light olive color. The lunula is not conspicu- 
ous, though lighter than the rest of the shell. The interior of 
the valves is of a pale violet and light chestnut on the margins. 
The hinge is broad and curved. 

This species, which comes probably from China, is very 
closely allied to both Corb. Largillierti and Corb. sulcatina. 
Compared with Corb. Largillierti it is smaller, less inflated, and 
the beaks are not so large, nor so much swelled, the color of the 
epidermis also is not the same. 

It differs from Corb. sulcatina in being more oblique, and in 
being transversely much shorter; the hinge margin is also much 
more curved. 


224 Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 


42. Corbicula Quilonensis, Benson. 
Corbicula Quilonensis, Benson. 1860. 


C. testa minuta, trigona, cuneiformi, compressiuscula, ingequilaterali ; 
latere antico breviore, rotundato, postico longiore, dilatato, 


Fia. 56. 


angulato; umbonibus brevibus ; striis distantibus ; epidermide 





fusco-flavescente vestita ; cardine incrassato. 
C. Quilo- 


nensis. Long. 9; lat. 7; diam, 4 mill. 
Hab.—Quilon, Madras, Indiz. Collect. Benson, Wheatley, 


et Prime. 


The shell is small, trigonal, inequilateral, and somewhat com- 
pressed. The anterior side is shorter and rounded, the posterior 
is longer, produced, and angular. The beaks are small. The 
strize are distant. The epidermis is dark yellow. The hinge is 
comparatively broad and strong. 


43. Corbicula Africana, Deshayes. 


Cyrena Africana, Krauss. Moll]. Sud. Africa, 8, pl. 1, f. 8. 1848. 

Cyrena Gauritziana, Krauss, in litt. 1848. 

Corbicula Africana, Deshayes. Biv. Brit. Mus, 222. 1854. 
Prime Cat. 4. 1863. 


C. testa orbiculato-trigona, compressa, subsequilaterali, anticé latiore 


Fie. 57. 





Corbicula Africana, 


obtusiore, densé et regulariter striata, olivaceo-glaucescente nitida, intus 
purpureo-violacea ; umbonibus minimis, gibbosulis ; cardine angusto. 


Long. 22; lat. 19; diam. 10 mill. 


Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 225 


Hab.—In fluviis Umpingano, Gauritz, Lepenulla et Caput 
Natal, Africee Meridionalis. Collect. Mus. Stuttgardt; Mus. 
Stockholm et Prime. 


The shell is orbicular, trigonal, compressed, and nearly equi- 
lateral. The anterior side is broader and more obtuse. The 
strie are close and regular. The epidermis is of a light green- 
ish olive color and polished. The interior of the valves is pur- 
plish-violet. The beaks are small, acute, and somewhat raised, 
The Junula is a little lighter in color than the rest of the shell. 

The original describer of this species, Dr. Krauss, is in error 
in referring it to the Corb. radiata and pusilla, as may be seen 
by a comparison of the Corb. Africana with these species. The 
Corb. pusilla is more globose, more trigonal, it is smaller, the 
coloring is different, the beaks are much fuller, and the hinge 
is much broader and more curved. The Corb. radiata is small- 
er, more globose, less trigonal, the coloring is not the same and 
the hinge is more rounded. 


\ 


44. Corbicula ducalis, Prime. 


Cyrena fluminea, Mousson. Moll. Java, 87, pl. xx. f. 3. 1848. 
Philippi. Abbild. IL. 76, pl. 1, f. 3. 1847. 

Corbicula ducalis, Prime. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. Proe. viii. 274. 1862. 
Prime Cat. 4. 1863. 


C. testa ovato-trigona, obliqué ineequilaterali, tumida, utraque extre- 


5 Fic. 58. 





Corbicula ducalis. 


mitate zqualiter obtusa ; epidermide olivaceo-flava, nitente vestita ; striis 


226 Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 


validé distantibus; umbonibus inflatis, obtusis ; valvis crassis, intus pal 
lide roseis, ad dentes laterales violaceis; cardine lato. 


Long. 19; lat. 16; diam. 12 mill. 
Hab.—Java. Collect. Prime. 


The shell is oval-trigonal, obliquely inequilateral and tumid. 
The sides are obtuse. The epidermis is olive-yellow and 
polished. The strize are very distant and coarse. The beaks 
are inflated and obtuse.. The valves are thick. The interior is 
pale rose color, with violet on the lateral teeth. The hinge is 
very slightly curved and broad. 

Compared with Corbicula gracilis from the same locality, 
this species is less inflated, less rounded in outline, the strize are 
more distant, and the epidermis is lighter in color and less 
highly polished. 


45. Corbicula Woodiana, Deshayes. 


Cyrena Woodiana, Lea. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., V. 110, pl. xviii. f. 55. 1882. 
Cyrena similis,* Gray. Griffith’s Cuvier, pl. xx. f. 2. 1834.‘ 

Corbicula Woodiana, Deshayes. Biv. Brit. Mus. 225. 1854. 

Corbicula grandis, Deshayes. Loc. sub cit. 225. 1854. 

Corbicula similis,* Deshayes. Loe. sub cit. 225. 1854. 

Corbicula Primeana, Moreh (non Morelet). Journ. Conchyl. ix. 347. 1861. 


C. testa magna, orbiculato-trigona, depressiuscuia, subsequilaterali ; 
latere antico rotundato, obtuso, postico productiore, cuneiformi, angulato ; 
umbonibus prominentibus, approximatis, incurvis ; ligamento brevi, an- 
gusto; epidermide variabili, viridi-fuscescente, castaneo-nigrescente vel 
flavescente vestita ; valvis crassis, intus albis ad margines; striis irregu- 


laribus; cardine angulato, angusto. 
Long. 72; lat. 62; diam. 36 mill. 


flab.—China. Collect. Lea, Mus. Brit., Cuming, Mérch et 
Prime. 





* Non Venus similis, Gray in Wood Index Test. Supplem. I, pl. 2, f 5. 
1828. 


Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 227 


The shell is large, orbicular-trigonal, somewhat compressed 
and subequilateral. The anterior side is rounded and obtuse, 


Fie, 59. 



































Corbicula Woodiana. 


the posterior is more produced and angular. The beaks are 
prominent and approximate, and they curve inwardly. The 
ligament is short and narrow. The epidermis is polished but vari- 
able in color; itis dark green, blackish- chestnut, or yellow. The 
valves are solid. The interior is white with yellow on the mar- 
gins. Thestriwareirregular. The hinge is angular and narrow. 

This species, the largest known of the genus, has, as may be 
seen by the above synonymy, received quite a number of 
names. Thanks to the kindness of Mr. Lea, the describer of 
the original Cyrena Woodiana, 1 have been able to examine 
his type and thereby to institute the necessary comparisons with 
the different synonyms. The Corbicula Woodiana, I will 
remark, exhibits great change in the color of the epidermis, 
hence I think the numerous mistakes that have been made con- 
cerning it. The type, the largest specimen I have seen of the 
species, has an epidermis of a dark chestnut color which is 
highly polished. 


228 Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 


Passing in review the synonyms, I will begin with the first 
in the series, the Cyrena similis, Gray. I have never seen this 
shell, and judging from the figure alone, there being no descrip- 
tion, I should say that it differed from the type in so far only 
that it is green and that it is smaller. It is necessary to say 
here that the Cyrena similis is not to be confounded with the 
Venus similis of the same author, which is figured in Wood’s 
Index; and in conjunction with this immediate subject it 
is not inappropriate to quote here a few lines from a letter 
addressed to me some years ago by Mr. Sylvanus Hanley of 
London. Mr. Hanley says, “ Having examined the supposed 
type I can assert (I erred in trusting Gray in my edition of 
Wood) that Gray has given the same name to two widely dif- 
fering species. In 1828 he first published the one in the Index 
Test. Suppl. (Venus similis), and in 1834 in Griffith’s Cuvier 
he figured the other (Cyrena similis).” 

Having assumed the shell figured in Griffith, the Cyrena 

similis, to be the Corbicula Woodiana, we must necessarily 
regard the one figured in Wood’s Index, the Venus stmitlis, as 
different. What the Venus similis really is will be discussed, 
I hope, at some future time. 
_ Mr. Cuming very kindly sent me the shells described by Mr. 
Deshayes under the names of Corbicula grandis and similis, 
and I can confidently assert that they are not materially differ- 
ent from the type. 

Specimens of the shell described as Corbicula Primeana,* 
were sent to me by Mr. Bernardi at the same time he commu- 
nicated them to Professor Morch, their eventual describer, and 
the only points of difference I could discover between them and 
the type, were that they were smaller. Prof. Morch assigns 
Siam as the habitat of his species, evidently a mistake. The 
accompanying figure was taken from aspecimen of the so-called 
Corbicula Primeana, and in consequence represents a shell 
somewhat smaller than the type. 





* Non Corbicula Primeana, Morelet, vide p. 58, f. 2. 


Notes on Species of Corbiculada. 229 


In conclusion I will add that the Corbicula Woodiana does 
not seem to be very closely allied to any of its congeners; on 
the contrary, its size and general external appearance bring it 
into very close proximity with certain species of Cyrena. 


Genus BATISSA. 


2. Batissa similis, Prime. 


Batissa similis, Prime. Annals N. Y. Lyceum Nat. Hist, vol. vii. 112. 1859. 
Prime Cat. 5. 18638. 


B. testa maxima obovata, inzequilaterali, solida, compressiuscula ; 




















Batissa similis. 


latere antico brevi, rotundato, postico latiore; umbonibus obliquis ; 
APRIL, 1866. 18 Any. Lyo. Nat. Hist, Vor. VIII. 


230 Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 


epidermide atro-fuscescente vestita; valvis intus albis ad margines inferne 


posticeque violaceis ; cardine incrassato. 
Long. 97; lat. 78; diam. 40 mill. 
Hab.—Nicobar. Collect. Prime. 


The shell is large, transversely oval, ineequilateral, heavy, and 
somewhat compressed. The anterior side is short and ronnded, 
the posterior is broader. The beaks are placed obliquely. The 
epidermis is blackish, The interior of the valves is white with 
violet on the inferior and posterior margins. The shell is mode- 
rately broad and strong. 

Comparing this species with Batissa Keraudrenia we find 
that it is transversely longer and smaller, that the posterior 
margin is more rounded, and that the primary teeth are broader 
and shorter; the color of the epidermis, moreover, is different. 


3. Batissa triquetra, Deshayes. 


Batissa triquetra, Deshayes. Proc. Zool. xxii. 18. 1854. 

Biv. Brit. Mus. 236. 1854. 

Prime Cat. 5. 18638. 
B, testa parva, trigona, obliqua, ingequilaterali, compressiuscula ; mar- 
gine antico dilatato, postico obtuso, in- 
feriore vix arcuato; umbonibus brevi- 
bus; valvis tenuibus intus albis; epi- 
dermide nigro, viridescente vestita ; 
cardine angusto, dentibus lateralibus 
elongatis, angustis, subsequalibus. 


Long. 39; lat. 36; diam. 11 mill. 


Hab.—Insulz Philippinenses, 
Australia. Collect. Cuming et 
Prime. 





Batissa triquetra. 


The shell is small, trigonal, ob- 
lique, inequilateral, and somewhat compressed. The anterior 
margin is produced, the posterior is obtuse, and the inferior 


Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 231 


rounded. The beaks are small. The valves are delicate and 
the color of the interior is violet. The epidermis is blackish- 
green. Thestriz are obsolete. The hinge is narrow and slight. 
The lateral teeth are long, narrow, and subequal. 

The Batissa triquetra is somewhat allied to Batissa Chil- 
drene from the Philippines; itis, however, fuller, more trigonal, 
transversely shorter, and more delicate. 


4. Batissa ponderosa, Prime. 


Batissa ponderosa, Prime. Bost. Soe. Nat. Hist. Proc. viii. 273. 1862.7 
Prime Cat. 5. 1863. 


B. testa ovato-orbiculari, obliqué ingequilaterali, ventricosa, crassa, 





Batissa ponderosa. 


solida; latere antico rotundato, postico latiore, obtuso; umbonibus par- 


232 Notes on Species of Corbiculada. 


vulis; ligamento crasso; striis irregularibus; epidermide nigro-vires- 
cente vestita; valvis intus albis inferné posticeque purpureo-violaceis ; 
cardine crasso, lato ; dentibus lateralibus subsequalibus, elongatis. 


Long. 83; lat. 74; diam. 43 mill. 
Hab.—Nova Caledonia. Collect. Cuming et Prime. 


The shell is oval, orbicular, obliquely inequilateral, ventri- 
cose, heavy, and solid. The anterior side is rounded, the pos- 
terior is broader and obtuse. The beaks are small. The liga- 
ment is broad. The strive are irregular and coarse. The epi- 
dermis is greenish black. The interior of the valves is white, 
with purplish violet markings on the inferior and posterior mar- 
gins. The hinge is thick and broad. The lateral teeth are 
subequal in length and narrow. 

Compared with Satissa lenticularis, it is larger, more tri- 
gonal, less equilateral, and the beaks are less inflated ; moreover 
the epidermis is coarser, darker, and less polished. 


Genus CYRENA. 
7. Cyrena Morchiana, nov. spec. 


C. testa ovato-transversa, subtrigona, valde inzequilaterali, ventricosa ;_ 
latere antico brevi, rotundato, postico elongato, obtuso; umbonibus 
minimis, approximatis, incurvis; striis obsoletis ; epidermide viridi, fus- 
cescente vestita ; valvis crassis, intus albis; cardine crasso. 


Long. 94; lat. 67; diam. 54 mill. 
Hab—? Collect. Lea. 


The shell is transversely-oval, subtrigonal, very inequilateral, 
and ventricose. The anterior side is short and rounded, the 
posterior is elongated and obtuse at end. The beaks are very 
small, approximate, and they curve inwardly. The strie are 
obsolete. The epidermis is brownish-green without polish. 


The valves are heavy, the color of the interior is white. The 
hinge is broad and strong. 


Notes on Species of Corbiculada. 233 


Somewhat similar to Cyrena ventricosa, from the Philippines, 
from which it differs, however, in being transversely longer, 
more inflated, and more inequilateral. 


Fig. 63. 





Cyrena Morchiana. 


I am indebted to Mr. Lea for being able to describe this 
interesting species, which I take great pleasure in dedicating to 


Prof. Morch of Copenhagen. 


8. Cyrena laevis, Prime. 


Cyrena levis, Prime. Acad. N.S. Phil. Proe. 125. 1861. 
Prime Cat. 6. 1863. 


C. testa orbiculato-trigona, compressa, ineequilaterali, laevis ; latere 
antico rotundato ; margine superiore convexo, inferiore arcuato ; umbo- 
nibus parvis, depressis, obliquis, approximatis ; valvis tenuibus, intus can- 
didissimis; striis obsoletis; epidermide viridi, nitente vestita; cardine 
angusto. 


Long. 46; lat. 42; diam. 22 mill. 
Hab.—Borneo. Collect. Prime. 


234 Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 


The shell is orbicular, trigonal, compressed, inequilateral, 
and light. The anterior side 
isrounded. The superior mar- 
gin is convex and the inferior 
is curved. The beaks are 
small, depressed, oblique, and 
approximate. The valves are 
delicate, the color of the 


Fie, 64. 


interior is white. The epi- 
dermis is green and polished. 
The strize are more or less ob- 
solete. The hinge is narrow 
and slight. 





This species is very closely 
allied to Cyrena nitida, from 


Cyrena laevis, 


the same locality, of which it is very possible it may be the 
young ; it differs in being smaller, more compressed, and gene- 
rally more delicate. 


9. Cyrena triangularis, Metcalfe. 


Cyrena triangulais, Metealfe. Proe. Zool. xix. 74. 18651. 
Biv. Brit. Mus. 242. 1854. 


C. testa orbiculato-trigona, solida, compressiuscula, subzequilaterali ; 
margine anteriore rotundato, posteriore subobtuso, superiore angulato, 
inferiore arcuato; umbonibus brevibus, approximatis; valvis crassis, 
intus candidis ; striis irregularibus, epidermide fusco-virescente vestita ; 


cardine lato, anguloso. 
Long. 80; lat. 74; diam. 44 mill. 
Hab.—Borneo. Collect. Metcalfe et Prime. 


The shell is orbicular-trigonal, solid, somewhat compressed, 
and subequilateral. The anterior margin is rounded, the pos- 
terior somewhat obtuse, the superior angular, and the inferior 
rounded. The beaks are small and approximate. The valves 


Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 235 


are thick, and the color of the interior is white. The striz are 
irregular. The epidermis is dark green. The hinge is broad 
and angular. 





Cyrena triangularis. 


The remarkably triangular outline of this species renders it 
very distinct from all others of the same genus. 


Genus VELORITA. 


Cyrena, Gray, 1825.—Venus, Gray, 1828.—Velorita,* Gray, 1834. 


Animal. Not observed. 

Shell trigonal, higher than broad, heart-shaped, thick, in- 
flated, posteriorly angular; hinge broad, thick, three unequal 
cardinal teeth, compressed, somewhat oblique, anterior tooth in 
the right valve very short, posterior tooth in the left valve obso- 
lete; lateral teeth very unequal, anterior tooth thick, short, 





* Griffith’s Cuvier, pl.jl, fv. 1834. 


236 Notes on Species of Corbiculada. 


transverse, very close to the hinge, posterior tooth elongate, 
lightly striated, remote from the hinge; muscular impressions 
rounded, equal ; palleal impression ending in a very short sinus ; 
ligament short, narrow. 

The genus Velorita was established by Mr. Gray for a shell 
which he had previously described under the name of Cyrena; 
it differs very materially from the other genera of the family in 
its exterior shape and in the peculiar formation of the hinge. 
The valves are very thick, oblong, the beaks heart-shaped, and 
the lunula is generally distinct and convex in the centre. The 
hinge is broad, it has three cardinal teeth, all inclined obliquely 
towards the posterior side; the anterior lateral tooth is very 
thick, prominent, and is placed very close to and at a right 
angle with the anterior cardinal tooth, the posterior lateral tooth 
is long, somewhat narrow, and to a certain extent similar to 
that of Corbicula. 

Up to the present time we knew of but one species of this 
genus, a recent one supposed to come from Japan, the V. Cy- 
prinoides ; we now have the satisfaction of adding another to 
the list. 

M. Deshayes, who does not admit the validity of this genus, 
has discovered in the Basin of Paris certain forms of Cyrena, 
which would seem to establish a connecting link between Velo- 
rita and Cyrena. 


1. Velorita Cochinensis, Hanley. 


Cyrena Cochinensis, Hanley. Proce. Zool. xxvi. 548. 1858. 
Cyrena Corbiculaeformis, Prime. Acad. N.S. Phil. Proc. 80. 1860. 
Prime Cat. 6. 1868. 


V. testa cordata, crassa, valde inzequilaterali, obliqua, ventricosa seu 
tumida; latere antico breviore, rotundato, postico productiore, acumi- 
nato ; margine ventrali arcuato antice valde, postice parum acclivi; nati- 
bus obliquis, magnis, incurvis, prominentibus; lunula nulla, loco ejus 
autem sulcorum experte ; striis irregularibus antice exarata ; epidermide 


Notes on Species of Corbiculade. 237 


nigro-fuscescente, nitente vestita ; valvis intus albis vel roseis ; sinu_pal- 


liart brevi. 


Long. 387; lat. 835; diam. 14 mill. 
Hab.—Cochin, Indie. Collect. Hanley, Shurtleff et Prime. 


Larger than the Velorita Cyprinoides. Mr. Hanley, who 
kindly identified the specimens in my cabinet, says of the 


Fie. 66. 





Velorita Cochinensis. 


Velorita Cochinensis: “A few individuals of this strongly 
marked species were sent from the Malabar coast. In external 
aspect the shell somewhat resembles the Velorita Cyprinoides. 
The primary teeth are somewhat peculiar, and have a tendency 
to shelve outwards; the hinder and central ones are not strictly 
bifid, but exhibit a kind of shallow sublateral grooving; the 
front one in the right valve is very short, and simply pyramidal. 
The beaks are probably acute when young; the surface below 
the epidermis is reddish-purple.” 


238 Summary of the Meteorological Register for 1865. 





#8 “M'N 


6 “AN 
TT AN 
21 A'N 
8M 
OT “MM 
Or MM 
01 “A'S 
8 ‘a's 
ZI a's 
Or “M 
LAN 
1 M'N 





“‘PUrM 


SUL 


-[[BAIIg 


0°g9 
0'os 
0 00L 
big 8) 
196 
GG 
696 
GGG 
66 
619 
0'00L 
8'9G 
6°06 
§'9¢ 
8°06 
T6¢ 
S'F6 
G19 
0°16 
6°68 
O00 
0'¢s 
696 
9°88 
0'00T 
6 6P 
0 00T 


‘N'd 6 





‘qa | 
‘ojo “UNe) 


618 
8°8L 
0°00L 
G16 
O'00T 
S Fg 
336 
cr 
9 66 
§ &¢ 
676 
OTP 
198 
8'tF 
608 
Clg 
C68 
Top 
666 
0°14 
0-00L 
StS 
8 96 
8°81 
0°00T 
L&P 
0°U0L 


‘N‘dZ 


(o) 
< 


OSOH 
ond 
on 
et 


« 
cor 
ooo 


i i <Hesidids 
DrAD SO BOG HO b= 


mast Sr rt 


IDO 


<< 
oo 


L6G 














O6LL 
“qo 100° 
‘suy 16. T 
816° O6T TL 618° 
880° 100° 080° 
9L0T 16LT 606" 
10° 680" 160° 
IGF" Lit 688" 
SOE 09T’ SZ’ 
869° 98q° ler 
16l c6L OF’ 
96g" 119° ida 
SPS" S08 608° 
910% | TORE | 89° 
G6B" GLP 9ge" 
910T-| 2601 | 9g8° 
Gor" GLP GLY 
968° 190T | 968° 
NG e1g 907° 
186° 110T | 606" 
166° 796" OFS 
89° GL) §1¢° 
eh 99T" TLL" 
cog 9F9" CF" 
T80° F60° 910° 
61g" 809° LOR" 
Fg0 100° OF0" 
866° LFS cos" 
880° 0¢0° 080° 
ogs" 116° 183" 
PHT) | Se ears ee) 





“Ayrprean yy OATIBIOY 








‘10dv A jo 9010.7 























86°29 | 
s0g’a¢ 
0°06 
‘uBl 09 
‘ount? 096 
618 69°T¢ 0°69 0°82 061 
86 69°93 0 GT OST 09 
SPOL | 8erd 0'F8 0°96 0°¢8 
089 06888 0°86 0°96 206 
0°8¢ 0°69 GtG 
6L'F 91L'SP LGSs C68 88% 
G19 Gl 01¢ 
FOF 916°¢ SGP 10¢ FUP 
2°69 068 0°89 
IF PIL OL 8'0¢ ¢09 61g 
0-8 606 8'8L 
66'S 082'92 169 8°19 ¢9c 
0'FS 0'F6 0%8 
leg 08Z'SL @19 GPL 019 
8'88 0°C6 9'F8 
GPOL | L6V LL T6¢ qs G19 
018 096 0-¢8 
9c°¢ G10°S9 0'SF 0 1¢ 09°F 
G6L ¢ 98 ¢ 99 
TIP 0'SP O'SP SOF 
9LP FS 0°89 ¢ 08 0 #9 
688 seer) OTe S'1Z 
119°SF 09 OTL 0°8¢ 
OCT 9°81 ¢s 
90°F 1986S OOF 0°0¢ 8 9F 
OFS 69°96 091 0ST 09 
0°68 6 oP $88 
“soug avo | 'N‘'d6 | NAG | WV) 
y ULEyY *LOJOULOULLOY J, 








"998, ArvnAqoy pvary 
‘quIng pus Jvod eq} Toy VON, YsSUy YIOX MON 943 JO 


‘SIMO “M NVQ Wossasoug rq 


"ylox nayy fo hyyg oyn ur gday ‘eggt vof uapsrboey ynorbojowoapy, oyn fo hunwuny—TITAXX 




















09662 

LPT 

“ole | F0Z'6S 

‘po 169 06 

€88'T 69F'T 668°T 
12866 | GZG6S | 16663 
29'0E | T6908 | 099708 
€10'0S | 109°66 | FSP6Z | F82'66 
L0G°08 | 68°08 | [0°08 
88666 | GE666 | GGP6S | F886 
90G°0S | O0ZG°0S | 61G°08 
86°66 | C8866 | C9F6S | 61966 
F99'0S | T6908 | O9C"0s 
00°08 | 991'6Z | 9TL'6S | 0821°6 
16808 | 46605 | ¢6a'08 

996°66 | &TL 66 | 669°66 | 189762 
ShS'0E | LBE0S | 8s 0 
698°6G | €19'66 | 999°66 | I8¢ 64 
90608 | 8F608 | 11108 
69663 | GCL'6G | GhL'6S | 80166 
1660S | 86°08 | F08 08 
E86 | 17966 | F096S | 18h 66 
88608 | 946°08 | 0&6 08 
C66°6S | 62966 | TEF66 | 988°66 
616°08 | OLF0E | Ger 0s 
68666 | I1Z86% | 86666 | 12666 
686 08 | 8180 | 86808 
106°63 | S8P'63 | 666% | $83°6G 
OSF0S | OFF 0S | SIF 0S 
68°63 | 66666 | ILE63 | F0663 
C6F 08 | ShFR'0S | TIP 0S 
‘uve, | ‘(N°d 6 | (N'A Z| NV Y 

“TOJOULOIV ET 











"BIOL, 
uve 
‘ORURIY 4S9}BAUD 
wen ; ne 
“an| ere 
XVI 
NL sox 
BHR! a9 
an 4dog 
vA} --8ny 
Rone 
en ‘oune 
= | “ACIN 
xen g dy 
mun f “OAV 
a qo 
SY wp 





Summary of the Meteorological Register for 1865. 239 


January.—It snowed on the 3, 14, 16, 17, 19, and 24th. Rain and snow on the 
ith. Rain 6, 10, and 28d. Aurora Borealis seen on 16th. Parhelia on the 2d 
and 16th. Lunar haloes, 2, 9, and 18th. Solar haloes on the 13th and 31st. A 
Meteor on the 13th. 

Fesruary.—It snowed on the 1, 3, 5, 10, 12, 19, and 28th. Rain and snow 1%, and 
15th. Rain 4, 8,25, and 26th. Aurora Borealis seen on the 21st. Solar balo 27th. 

Marcu.—It snowed on the Ist. Snow and rain 2d and 24th. Rain 8, 4, 8, 9, 
10, 15, 16, 17, 20, 21, 22, 23, 30, and 31st. Thunder and lightning 31st. Lunar 
haloes 12th and 138th. 

Aprit.—It rained on the 1, 6,7, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 15, 16, 18, 20, 21, 22, and 29th. 
Thunder shower on the 29th. Lunar halo observed on the 6th. 

May.—It rained on the 1, 5, 6, 8, 9, 11, 12, 14, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 27, 28, and 29th. 
Thunder showers, 5, 6, 8, and 11th. Solar haloes observed on the 4th and 8th. 
Lightning 17, 21, and 22d. A Tornado on the 11th. 

Junr.—It cee on the 5, 8, 9, 10, 19, 20, 21, 22, 26, and 30th. Thunder show- 
ers on the 5, g, 9, 10, 18, 22, and 30th. Teen eaine seen on the 4th. Aurora 
Borealis 16th and 22d. 

Juty.—It rained on the 1, 4, 12, 16, 17, 19, 20, 22, and 25th. Thunder showers 
on the 1, 4, 17, 19, 22, and 5th. Lightning seen on the 20, 22, 25, and 28th. 
Lunar halo 6th. Parhelion 29th. 

Aveusr.—It rained on the 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 21, 22, and 27th. Thunder showers 8, 4. 
and 21st. 

SepreMBer.—It rained on the 1, 2, 6, 8, 10, 14, 18, and 25th. Thunder showers 
2d and 6th. Lightning seen 15th and 25th. Shooting stars 6th. 

Ocrovrr.—It rained on the 1, 4, 14, 15, 16, 18, 19, 20, 27, 28, and 81st. Very 
high wind 19th and 20th. Lunar halo seen on the 31st. Aurora Borealis 20th. 
Shooting stars 22d. 

Novemsrr.—It rained on the 2, 3, 4, 17, 20, 21, 22, 23, and 27th. Snowed on the 
29th. Slight hail 22d. Aurora Borealis seen on the 10th and 11th. Lunar halo 
27th. Shooting stars 15th. 

Dercember.—It snowed on the 7, 9, 16, 17, 20, 30, and 31st. Snow and rain 24th. 
Rain 1, 4, 12, 13, 19, 21, 27, and 28th. Lunar halo seen on the 29th. Shooting 
star 21st. 

The Aurora Borealis was observed 7 times; Parhelia 3 times; Meteors 5 times; 
Solar haloes 5 times, Lunar haloes 10 times; Hurricanes 3 times; Lightning 
alone 10 times. It rained on 116 days, among which were 29 thunder showers. 
It snowed on 22 days; snow and rain 6 days; and hail on one day. 

The quantity of water that fell in June was more than in any other month of 
the year, 10.42; March coming the nearest to it, 8.32; while the whole for the 
year was greater than for many years; the average for the 11 years preceding 
being 50.447 inches, including 1865, 51,491 inches; the greatest quantity in any 
one year, for the same time, being 57.03 inches in 1863, while this year it was 
62.98 inches. 


240 Notes on the Embryology of Starfishes. 


XXIX.—WNotes on the Embryology of Starfishes. 


(Torn arta.) 


By ALEXANDER AGASSIZ. 


Read February 12, 1866. 


Tue Tornaria here described, Pl. II. Figs. 1-11, has been 
known to me several years. I did not include it in my former 
papers on the Embryology of Echinoderms in hopes of ascer- 
taining the Starfish of which it is the Pluteus; as there is no 
probability of determining this for the present, I have been 
induced to publish these incomplete observations, since they 
throw considerable light on the structure of a type of Echino- 
derm larvee very imperfectly known. Miiller has given us 
figures and descriptions of species of Tornaria found at Nice, 
Marseilles, and Triest;* the stages he has observed correspond 
very closely to those I have found, which may be considered as 
explanatory of his figures, and show more in detail how we can 
recognise in them all the characteristic features of Starfish 
Larvee. 

The resemblance of the oldest observed stages of Tornaria to 
the younger stages of Brachiolaria (the Bipinnaria of Miiller) 
is quite striking (compare Figs. 1, 2, with Fig. 11); and the pre- 
sence of some features only fully developed in the adult Brachio- 
laria (the brachiolar appendages), but existing in Tornaria in a 
very rudimentary condition (Figs. 6-8), can leave but little 
doubt that we are dealing with a Starfish Larva in spite of the 
marked differences to be observed between them. Miiller had 
already come to the same conclusion, and the arguments he 
brought forward are only strengthened by the examination of 
our species. 

There are such important points of difference between these 





* See Miiller’s second, third, and fourth Memoirs on the Embryology of Echi- 
noderms. 


Notes on the Embryology of Starfishes. 241 


larvee (Tornaria) and the larve known to give rise to true Star- 
fishes (Brachiolaria), that it will be a matter of the utmost inte- 
rest in the study of Echinoderms to determine the genus of 
Starfishes to which Tornaria belongs. The presence of an anal 
ring of vibratile cilia analogous to that of Pneumodermon, with 
which I have had frequently the opportunity of comparing it, 
and the peculiar nature of the water system, are features utterly 
unlike those of any other Echinoderm Pluteus. 

The changes of outline of Tornaria, with advancing develop- 
ment, are by no means to be compared with the extraordinary 
transformations characteristic of the development of a Pluteus 
or a Brachiolaria. The youngest plutean forms observed by 
Miiller* can readily be recognised ‘as forming part of the same 
cycle of development with the adult Tornaria. While the young 
Sea-Urchin or Ophiurean or Asteracanthion Pluteus cannot be 
recognised as such until the connecting links are traced. 

The general form of our Tornaria is cylindrical with a slightly 
conical base and summit (Figs. 8, 8). They always retain their 
cylindrical outline, and do not become flattened with increasing 
age as Brachiolaria and other plutean stages of Echinoderms. 
On comparing the young Tornaria, Fig. 1, with a young Bra- 
chiolaria, Fig. 11, we readily recognise the anal (v) and oral (v’) 
plastrons, with the broad horseshoe-shaped groove between 
them (g) in which the mouth (m) opens. The oral plastron 
laps over the opening of the mouth, concealing it entirely ; this 
is best seen in profile (Figs. 3, 8 m). The vibratile chords 
which bind the plastrons resemble the chords of the Brachio- 
laria in their earlier stages, and the only tendency we have 
towards the formation of arms are the slight projections (e é’ é’, 
Figs. 3, 6, 8) on the sides of the anal and oral chords. The chords 
do not extend simply on the edge of the plastrons; towards the 
oral extremity we find both the oral and anal vibratile chords 
forming on the surface of the body well marked loops (Figs. 1, 





#é * See Miiller. Memoir II. Plate 5. 


. 249 Notes on the Embryology of Starfishes. 


2,6, 7,70’), and uniting on either side of the oral extremity 
(Figs. 8, 8), where we have two very prominent chocolate- 
colored pigment spots (7, Figs. 1, 2), the homologue of the bra- 
chiolar pigment spots of Brachiolaria. The vibratile chords are 
quite thin, and the loops would be barely perceptible as their 
continuation were it not that the pigment cells, so generally dis- 
tributed along their course in all Echinoderm larve, retain an 
unusual prominence (Fig. 4). These loops appear on the oral 
surface of the Pluteus (Figs. 1, 2) like short oral arms project- 
ing beyond the outline; as the Tornaria grows older (Figs. 6, 7) 
the middle arm (7) becomes the most prominent. 

Besides the two vibratile chords (w, v’) which can readily be 
recognised as identical with the anal and oral chords of the 
Brachiolaria, we have a vibratile chord (v’’ Figs. 1, 2, 3) of an 
entirely different nature. It forms a complete circuit round the 
body of the Pluteus (Fig. 5 v”’) and in the centre of it opens the 
anus. It is covered like the others with brilliant pigment spots, 
but the cilia forming the chord are large and powerful, and can 
readily be distinguished as single threads without producing 
the peculiar optical phenomenon of vibratile cilia, a common 
feature in the embryos of Mollusks already observed by Miiller. 

The Tornaria is quite transparent, and this is not diminished 
in older larvee, as is the case in Brachiolaria, which when full 
grown are quite opaque, so that the development of the Echi- 
noderm could be very easily followed; their motions are, how- 
ever, much more rapid, and, as their name implies, they rotate so 
constantly in every possible direction as to make it difficult to 
observe them when not compressed. The digestive organs are 
similar to those of Brachiolaria, though differing in their pro- 
portions. The stomach (d, Figs. 8, 6, 8, 9) is long and cylin- 
drical, opening into a comparatively short intestine (¢) which 
trends in the same direction as the stomach, and opens at one 
extremity of the Pluteus as in the very youngest stages of Bra- 
chiolaria (a, Figs. 3, 6, 8, 9). The cesophagus (0, Figs. 3, 8, 9) 
on the contrary is bent at a considerable angle and opens at the 


Notes on the Embryology of Starfishes. 243 


mouth (7m), in the deep horseshoe-shaped groove (g) separating 
the anal and oral plastrons; this groove flares out somewhat 
towards the edges and gradually grows thinner on the aboral 
side (Figs. 2, 7, g) where it terminates. 

The water system in the young Brachiolaria (w, Fig. 11) 
forms the principal part of the body of the Pluteus extending Y- 
shaped, so as to inclose within its shanks the whole digestive 
cavity, and opening externally on the aboral side, through the 
water-pore. In the youngest Tornaria (Figs. 2, 3) the water 
system consists of a single conical cavity opening outwards 
through a long tube at > (Figs. 2, 3), sending out two short 
processes inclosing the cesophagus at its junction with the sto- 
mach and attached to the oral extremity by a strong muscle (m’), 
the two short processes of the conical water system are the only 
trace of the marked Y-shaped cavity which incloses the whole 
of the cesophagus in the Brachiolaria. The opening (0) of the 
madreporic canal is situated slightly on one side of the median 
line (Figs. 2, 7, 0). 

The mode of formation of the water system, thongh I have 
not traced it, is probably similar to that of the Brachiolaria, as 
a diverticulum of the digestive cavity; its further increase, 
however, takes place in a very different manner. Owing to 
the early development of the ces»phagus in the young Brachio- 
laria, the earlets of the water system become separated and 
only ultimately join again by extending on each side beyond 
the mouth,* and thus form the Y-shaped system which then 
gradually extends and incloses the stomach within its anal 
branches. In the Tornaria the cesophagus does not take this 
extraordinary development when compared to the remainder of 
the digestive cavity; hence the water system remains united 
as a single cavity, most probably pushing its way out to the 
surface and communicating outwardly by means of the water 
pore (0) in the same manner as in Brachiolaria. 





* See my paper on the Embryology of the Starfish, p. 17. 


244 Notes on the Embryology of Starfishes. 


We find besides, in somewhat more advanced stages than 
Figs. 1 and 2, in Fig. 3, at the anal extremity of the stomach 
two independent bodies placed on each side of it (w’ w”, Figs. 3, 
5,10) resembling the water system of the young Brachiolaria in 
a similar stage of development. These bodies are undoubtedly 
part of the water system, as in more advanced stages they have 
united (Figs. w’ w’’, 6, 7, 9) and have increased in size towards 
the oral extremity, and eventually unite with the large portion 
of the water system (2) already formed at the oral extremity. 
I have not followed this junction, although there seems but 
little donbt that it does take place, as can be readily seen in 
the good figure of a Tornaria given by Miiller in his Sixth Me- 
moir, Plate 9, which is somewhat older than any I have ob- 
served,* to judge from the state of the water system. I have 
frequently traced the junction of the separate bodies w’ w” of 
Figs. 3 and 10 till they had taken the shape of w’ w”, Figs. 7 
and 9. It would follow from this that the anal part of the 
water system of Tornaria is developed independently from the 
oral portion, these separate parts eventually forming a junction 5 
this is similar to the separate development of the right and left 
branches of the Y-shaped water system in Brachiolaria. The 
muscular band (7’) which extends from the oral extremity (/) 
of the Tornaria to the conical main cavity (w) of the water 
system is quite powerful, and capable of changing the shape of 
the main cavity of the water system by its sudden expansion or 
contraction. 

We find in somewhat older larvee (Figs. 7, 8), as in Bra- 
chiolaria, that the oral extremity increases more rapidly than 
the anal, forming three abortive arms; the edges of the groove 
(g) in which the mouth (mm) is placed, and which is bound by 
the anal and oral vibratile chords, assumes a somewhat more 
indented outline when seen in profile (Fig. 8) compared to ear- 
lier stages (Fig. 3). These indentations never form arms pro- 











* See Miiller’s Sixth Memoir, p. 39 


Notes on the Embryology of Starfishes. 245 


jecting beyond the general outline as in the adult Brachiolaria, 
but remain always, in the most advanced specimens observed, in 
an embryonic condition (¢ e’, Figs. 6, 8), as rudimentary 
arms at the extremities of the horseshoe-shaped groove, which 
divides the anal and oral plastrors. We find in older larvee quite 
well marked epaulettes (e’ ¢’, Figs. 6, 8) which are, as I have 
shown already for Toxopneustes, in my paper on the Embryo- 
logy of Echinoderms,* only dilatations of the vibratile chord, 
and not special organs of locomotion as Miiller had been in- 
duced to consider them. 

The prominent characters of Tornaria can be summed up in 
the permanence of the embryonic features of Brachiolaria, and 
it will be a curious point to ascertain whether this embryonic 
type gives rise to what I have been induced from embryological 
data to consider the lower types of Starfishes, such as Luidia, 
Ctenodiscus, and Astropecten. It will be most interesting to 
observe also how far the larvae of types, which are shown to re- 
tain embryonic features of some adult, have themselves embry- 
onic features of their larvee. Comparisons of this kind have not as 
yet been attempted, and promise to afford valuable aid for clas- 
sification. The presence of a single cavity of the water system 
at the oral extremity of the Tornaria throws additional light on 
the nature of the circulating cavity observed between the rudi- 
mentary arms of Echinaster embryos. It requires but very slight 
modifications to transform our Tornaria into a larva similar to 
the Echinaster embryo with its three club-shaped arms; imagine 
the whole of the anal extremity of the Tornaria occupied by a 
sinall pentagonal Echinoderm, as in Echinaster, and we have 
short rudimentary appendages left, inclosing a cavity in which 
a circulation could easily be perceived; the opening, 0, of this 
cavity being placed on the edge of the young Echinoderm, 
as in our Asteracanthion embryo, would readily escape notice. 
We have thus an additional link to show that the development 





* See Memoirs Am. Acad. Vol. IX. 1864. 
APRIL, 1866. 19 Ann. Lyc. Naz. Hist. Vou. VIII. 


246 Notes on the Embryology of Starfishes. 


of Cribrella is only a modified plutean development, the only 
traces of which are the club-shaped appendages of the lower 
side of the young Echinaster. 

The natural attitude of the Tornaria is with the anal extre- 
mity below, as represented in the accompanying figures. 


Explanation of Lettering. Plate I. 


a anus, 

o esophagus. m mouth. 

m' muscle attached to the oral extremity of the conical water-system. 
d stomach. c intestine. 

w oral portion of water-system. 

w'w'’ isolated anal parts of water-system. 
6 water-pore. 

e rudimentary anal arm. 

e’ epaulettes of oral chord. 

e” epaulettes of anal chord. 

Jf terminal oral arm. 

g horseshoe-shaped groove. 

v anal part of vibratile chord. 

v' oral portion of vibratile chord, 

v’’ circular anal vibratile chord. 

Z loops of anal vibratile chord. 

l’ loops of oral vibratile chord. 


Fig. 1. Young Tornaria seen from the mouth side. 

Fig. 2. Fig. 1 seen from the side of water-pore. 

Fig. 3. Somewhat more advanced Tornaria seen in profile. 

Fig. 4. Fig. 1 seen from the oral extremity. 

Fig. 5. Fig. 1 seen from the anal extremity. 

Fig. 6. Older Tornaria seen from the mouth side. 

Fig. 7. Nearly in the same condition seen from the opposite side. 


Fig. 8. Fig. 7 seen in profile. 

Fig. 9. Digestive system isolated, stage of Fig. 7. 

Fig. 10. Anal portion of the digestive system, stage of Fig. 3. 

Fig. 11. Young Brachiolaria (Asteracanthion pallidus, Ac.) intro- 


duced for comparison. 
All the figures are greatly magnified. 


Examination for Ti hallium and Indium. 947 


XXX.—Ezxamination of American Blendes for Taatuium 
and INDIUM. 


By CHarLes A. JOY, 


Professor of Chemistry in Columbia College, New York. 
Read February 26, 1866. 


Styce the discovery of Thallium by Crookes, in the deposits 
of the sulphuric acid chambers and the pyritous ores of En- 
rope, and of Indium by Reich and Richter in the zink blende of 
Saxony, the presence of these rare metals in the ores and mine- 
rals of other countries has become a matter of general interest. 
With a view of adding to our knowledge of the subject I have 
examined a number of specimens of ores and deposits from 
American localities, and although the results have generally 
proved of a negative character, it may be of sufficient interest 
to have them communicated to the Society. 

Through the kindness of Professor Richter, who presented to 
me some metallic Indium and some of the sulphide, I was able 
to determine the position of the Indium lines upon the scale of 
my spectroscope. The Thallium line was determined from a 
specimen of the sulphate furnished to me by Dr. Hugo Miller 
of London. 

The spectroscope employed was made by Duboscq, and con- 
sisted of one flint glass prism having an angle of 50°, and a 
viewing telescope of ten inches focal length. 

In the resolution of the minerals and the preparation of the 
material, I pursued the methods suggested by Reich, Richter, 
Winckler, Schrétter, Crookes, and Bottger. 


1. Blende. Ellenville, New York. 


The mineral containing asmall quantity of galena and copper 
pytites was finely pulverized and washed. It was then digested 
fur twenty-four hours in hydrochloric acid and filtered. An 


248 Examination for Thallium and Indium. 


excess of granulated zink was added to the cold solution, and 
after the evolution of hydrogen had ceased it was boiled until 
no more gas was given off. The somewhat bulky precipitate 
was collected on a filter and wel! washed. It was then dis- 
solved in nitric acid, and sulphuretted hydrogen gas passed 
through the solution. A brown precipitate formed, which after 
being well washed was examined before thespectroscope. The 
filtrate was boiled to expel all of the sulphuretted hydrogen, 
neutralized with carbonate of soda, and carbonate of baryta then 
added in the cold. The precipitate formed was dissolved in 
sulphuric acid and the sulphate of baryta removed. Acetic 
acid was added and sulphuretted hydrogen gas passed through 
a second time. 

An examination with the spectroscope revealed the presence 
of copper, manganese, and lime, but no trace of thallium or of 
indium. 


2. Franklinite. New Jersey. 


This mineral contained magnetic iron, red oxide of zink, and 
silica. The powder was digested in hydrochloric acid, and the 
filtered solution subjected to the regular order of qualitative 
analysis, and the precipitates in each case carefully examined, 
Manganese, baryta, and lime were found in abundance, but no 
trace of thallium or of indium. 


3. Zink blende. Saucon Valley, Pennsylvania. 


This was digested in nitric acid. Sulphuretted hydrogen 
gave a pure yellow precipitate of sulphide of cadmium, which, 
however, revealed no lines of indium, but strongly the presence 
of manganese. 


4. Zink blende. _Wurtzboro, New York. 


This blende contains copper, manganese, and lime, but no 
thallium or indium. 


Examination for Thallium and Indium. 249 


5. Zink blende, Eaton, New Hampshire. 


This blende contained considerable lead with manganese and 
lime, but no thallium or indium. 


6. Zink blende. Phenixville, Pennsylvania. 


Here also manganese was found, but no thallium or indium. 


7. Zink blende. Stirling, New Jersey. 


This blende yielded lime and manganese. No thallium or 
indium. 


8. Zink blende. Galena, Illinois. 


Remarkably free from foreign substances, with no trace of 
thallium or indium. 


9. Zink blende. Colorado. 


Contained copper and manganese. No thallium or indium. 
ro) 


10. Zink blende. Rockland County, New York. 


Yielded no trace of thallium or indium. 


11. Zink blende. Island of Cuba. 


Showed copper, but no thallium or indium. 
12. Zink blende. Ancram, New York. 
Contains manganese and copper ; no thallium or indium. 


13. Deweylite. Pennsylvania. 


This mineral, according to some analyses, contains zink, and 


250 Examination for Thallium and Indium. 


it was thought worthy of an examination. This specimen 
yielded neither zink nor thallium or indium. 


14. Greenockite. Shawneetown, Illinois. 


Aside from cadmium and zink this mineral yielded no lines. 


15. Granulated Zink. Bethlehem, Pennsylvania. 


This is a remarkably pure zink made chiefly from calamine. 
It contains no thallium or indium. 


16. Metallic Zink. La Salle, Illinois. 


This zink is made from the blendes of Northern Illinois and 
Wisconsin. It showed the presence of manganese but no thal- 
lium or indium. 


17. Soot. 


The accumulation of soot from the flues where anthracite coal 
from Pennsylvania had been employed as fuel was found to con- 
tain lithia, potassa, lime, iron, and sulphur, but no thallium or: 
indium. 


18. Sediment from Zink. 

In the refinery of gold by the zink process, under the direc- 
tion of Mr. McCulloh at the Mint in Philadelphia, a consi- 
derable residue accumulated in the dissolving tanks which was 
found to contain abundant traces of manganese, copper, lead, 
and thallium. The zink was imported from Germany. 


It will be seen from these examinations that in twelve spe- 
cimens of American blende, from widely separated localities, to 
wit: Colorado, Cuba, New Hampshire, and Pennsylvania, no 
thallium or indium was found, but that it was immediately dis- 
closed in a sediment from German zink. It would be singular’ 
if indium were to be confined to a few European minerals. 

My thanks are due to Mr. H. B. Cornwall for assistance in 
preparing the ores for examination before the spectroscope. 


mais 


On the Geology of the Key of Sombrero, W. LI. 251 


XXXI.—On the Geology of the Key of Sombrero, W. I. 
Plates LV. and V. 


By Aurexis A. JULIEN. 
Assistant in the School of Mines, Columbia College. 


Read March 12, 1866. 


Somprero is the most northern Key of the Lesser Antilles, 
lying at the angle made by this chain with that of the larger 
West India islands running from east to west. Unlike every 
other coral-island of modern formation it is intersected by a 
series of fissures or joints of five distinct systems, the first two 
running downwards from the surfaces of two of the beds, and 
the last three commencing in the present denuded surface of 
the Key. All have been filled with loose deposits subsequently 
formed upon the surface—the last three by varieties of rock- 
guano whose characteristics are considerably different. From 
the great bulk of these latter deposits it isevident that the surface 
of the island has repeatedly remained above the sea-level during 
a very great period for the formation of each. It is plain, too, 
that the area of the island was at first vastly greater than now, 
and most likely identified with that of the submarine bank of 
which the Key is now the summit, the area decreasing steadily 
during the whole history, until worn down to its present small 
dimensions. These estimates, as to time and area, are corro- 
borated by the discovery of the fossil remains of land-turtles 
which have been referred by Prof. Jeffries Wyman to three 
new extinct and gigantic species similar to those of the Gali- 
pagos Islands. The Key was uninhabited until the year 1856, 
since which time it has been occupied by parties engaged in 
quarrying the guano-deposits, observations on which will be the 
subject of another paper. 

So. Sitwation.—According to the most reliable observations 
the position of its centre is in Lat. 18° 36’ N. and Long. 63° 27’ 
45'" W. It divides the channel between the Virgin and St. 
Martin banks (which are submerged to a depth of about a dozen 


252 On the Geology of the Key of Sombrero, W. J. 


fathoms) into two passages: the one on the east of the Key 
called the Sombrero, and the other (of nearly twice the size) 
called the Anegada passage. The Virgin bank on the west 
encircles St. Thomas, St. John’s, Anegada, and the other 
islets of the Virgin group. Its nearest point is forty miles 
from Sombrero, and the deep-water soundings off its edge 
vary from 140 to 160 fathoms. The opposite bank comprises 
the islands of St. Martin, St. Bartholomew, and Anguilla; it 
approaches within twenty miles of the Key ; and the soundings 
off its edge vary from 102 to 190 fathoms. The only land ever 
visible from the Key is that of St. Martin and the peak of Saba, 
low down on the south-eastern horizon. From its situation, 
then, this formation, isolated by the deep passage on either side, 
appears in its origin and development to have been independent 
of these two banks, and to have been wholly indebted to forces 
at work within its own limits. 

The Key itself is also surrounded by a submarine bank, thie 
dimensions of which are about three and a half by five miles. 
The water is bold along the very face of the cliff, as the sound- 
ings vary from eight fathoms on the leeward sides to fourteen 
along the eastern side. Thence it deepens very gradually to 
twenty fathoms, at a distance of a mile or more, and finally to 
forty-seven fathoms at the outer edge of the bank, while the 
deep-water soundings off this edge vary from 105 to 150 fathoms. 

§ 2. General Description.—The outline of the Key is irregular, 
but approaches that of an obtuse-angled triangle. Its extreme 
length is about one mile; in breadth it varies from 200 to 1500 
feet; and its area is about ninety-five acres. The surface, on 
the narrow southern third of the Key, forms a general level 
about forty feet above the sea, whence it slopes very gently, 
except near the east cliff, down to a broader level of half the 
former elevation, which occupies the central and northern part. 
Hundreds of limestone boulders, many of large size, are scat- 
tered over the rugged surface, especially over that of the slope, 
There is no beach whatever, the sides of the Key rising abruptly 


On the Geology of the Key of Sombrero, W. I. 253 


from and generally overhanging a ledge at the level of the sea, 
continually washed by its rise and fall. The face of the cliff, 
together with the greater part of the surface of the Key, is wea- 
thered to a dark, slaty-blue color; the former being girdled (in 
the southern and higher level) by two distinct lines of strati- 
fication, as if where least denuded there were three beds. The 
vertical veins of guano, generally colored reddish-brown, some- 
times intersect the face of the cliff; but it is only by landing 
upon the Key that they can be plainly distinguished, together 
with the signs of denudation,—the fractured edges of the beds, 
and general ruggedness of the surface, which pertain to its cha- 
racter as an elevated reef. 

§. 3.—Ground-swells coming from N.N.W. to W.N.W. are fre- 
quent during the winter season, especially from November to 
March inclusive, and are often very heavy. 

There are two facts which prove that the agitation of the 
water reaches to the bottom in such swells. 

First, That fish-pots, which are sunk on the bottom on the 
leeward side of the Key, in thirteen fathoms water, have been 
repeatedly carried away and lost on the sudden occurrence of a 
swell. Secondly, That the lighters, which have been occa- 
sionally swamped at their moorings by violent swells, are always 
broken up and cannot be recovered. Another proof of the 
friction upon the bottom may be the greenish tint which the 
sea assumes during a ground-swell over the Sombrero bank, by 
which it is said that the outline of the bank is quite perceptible 
to an observer on a passing vessel, though not from the Key. 

§ 4. Earthquakes.—During the last five years several slight 
shocks, rarely exceeding a tremor, have been felt on the Key 
and in its vicinity. As usual in this region their local character 
has been conspicuous, some having been confined to two islands 
or only to one, even in the same bank. This peculiarity, and 
the series of oscillations which seem to have affected the Som- 
brero bank alone, may be illustrated by the following table of 
the shocks which have been observed on the Key and at St. 


254 On the Geology of the Key of Sombrero, W. I. 


Martin, about forty miles distant, the latter having been noted 
by a resident in the town of Philipsburg. 








Date. St. Martin. Sombrero. 
1861| July 12 |1.30 a.m. No sound. Subterranean sound. 
1862|Feb.9 [1.45 am. “A smart shock.” 2 4.m. Sharp shock. 
Mar. 26 |4.45 a.m. ‘ A smart shock.” No shock felt. 
June 20 |Night. No shock felt. Sharp shock. 
“ 21/110 pm. “A smart shock.” |1 p.m. Strong tremor. 
1863} Jan. 7 |2 a.m. “ A slight shock, accom- No shock felt. 


panied with a loud and long) 


roaring noise.” | 
Oct. 14 110 a.m. ‘“ A’ smart shock.” No shock felt. 
“ 21 ji pm. “A slight shock.” coats a 
Dec. 10 |11.30 a.m. ra slight Sek | 
accompanied with a loud and 
long roaring noise.’ ue we “ 
1864|May 10 |8 a.m. and 11.30 a.m. Two BP at rane 
slight shocks. 











Similar observations have been recorded by Schomburgk, 
concerning two islands of the Virgin group, which are only 20 
miles apart. 








Date. Tortola. Anegada, 
1830, | Oct. Heavy shock. No shock felt. 
1831 | Apr. 23 No shock felt. Shock. 





§ 5. Beds.—This whole formation consists of a series of beds 
of limestone, intersected by veins of successive periods contain- 
ing a greenish clay and varieties of rock-guano. Its history is 
naturally separated into two eras. In the first occurred the 
deposition of corals, shells, and sand, in mid-channel, upon the 
surface of an oscillating shoal, the oscillations being principally 
submarine. In the second, the surface rarely subsided below 
the sea-level, and the depositions (guano, ete.) were derived 
only in part from the sea. In this paper we shall have only 
the former to be particularly discussed. 

That part of the Key which has been the least affected by 
denudation (the southern level), consists of six beds of limestone. 
A geological map of the Key, from which the extent of the denu- 


os 


On the Geology of the Key of Sombrero, W. [. 2855 


dation may be understood, is given in Fig. 1, the beds being 
lettered upwards from A to F for distinction. As only a rem- 
nant of small area exists of the highest bed, there is only one of 
the quarries which gives a section of the whole. From the 
sketch of this section (Fig. 2) an idea may be obtained of its 
general appearance and constitution. In this and all sections 
of the southern level, as in the face of the surrounding cliff, 
only two horizontal divisions are prominent; but the effect of 
the upper is heightened, upon the fresh surface of the sections, 
by the contrast between the greyish band of D and the white 
limestones above and below. 

Here, as usual in a geological problem, only a part of the 
facts are furnished ; of the six leaves in the centre of the book 
the very margins have been torn away. Doubtless the older 
and larger portion of the formation is submerged below the 
sea-level. The submarine face of the cliff, about eighty feet in 
depth, must certainly consist of limestone, and it is probable 
that the basis of the whole calcareous stratum will not be 
reached before a depth of one or two hundred fathoms or more, 
as off the edge of the bank. On the other hand, several of the 
most recent beds may have been removed by denudation from 
the summit of the Key. 

Concerning the former extent of all these beds we have no 
data, but a clue exists in the area of the submarine bank. 

§$ 6. Oscillations—The marine deposits appear to have 
formed upon the area, oscillating vertically, of the bottom of a 
lagoon, more or less inclosed; and even in the earlier deposits 
of extraneous origin, succeeding the emergence of the area 
from the sea, we may detect traces of the influence of the basin- 
form peculiar to the surface of an elevated atoll. These oscil- 
lations generally seem to have consisted of a prolonged subsi- 
dence, during which each bed was formed, and of a sudden ele- 
vation to a greater or less height, marked when it was greatest 
by the sharp upper limit of the bed. It has thus happened that 
the organic components of the bed are in some degree peculiarly 


256 On the Geology of the Key of Sombrero, W. T. 


disposed, vertically, according to the submarine depth reached 
and the vertical range of species, as well as to the nature of the 
barrier reef. In relation to these movements, the position of the 
Key on the prolongation of the volcanic axis marked by the 
leeward islands of the Lesser Antilles (one of which. Saba, is in 
sight to the S. by E.), and the coincidence with this axis of the 
trend of the last three systems of joints, are facts worthy of 
note. In all the oscillations no irregular movements ever 
occurred to cause the plane of the rim of the basin to deviate 
from its coincidence with that of the horizon. 

The atoll-character of this Key seems to be an anomaly in the 
West Indies, but these islands have hitherto been very imper- 
fectly explored, and it may be fairly suspected that many of 
the isolated keys and banks with which its archipelagoes 
abound, may reveal to future examination the possession, (in 
their former history if not at present,) of a true atoll con- 
struction. 

$7. Varieties of Limestone.—The limestone, of which the 
Key is mainly composed, is similar to that of modern coral 
islands. It comprises five varieties, which may be designated 
as follows, for the sake of convenient reference: Madrepore 
limestone, Porites limestone, Bulla limestone, Sand limestone, 
and Lagoon limestone. 

Madrepore limestone is of pure white color, and consists 
almost entirely of the tubular casts of this coral, being usually 
rendered, therefore, exceedingly vesicular. The coral evidently 
grew as one uninterrupted reef, with its interstices filled with 
sand and a few small shells, Bulla, Cerithium., ete. 

Porites limestone is characterized by the heterogeneousness 
of its organic constituents, the abundance of the massive 
kinds of coral, especially Porites and Meandrina, and its vari- 
able but generally very vesicular and coarse structure. Its 
corals formed, not an unbroken reef, but a ‘ coral-plantation.” 
Color usually white, but sometimes slightly bluish. Specific 
gravity =2.09—2.23, in hand-specimens. 


On the Geology of the Key of Sombrero, W. L. 257 


Bulla limestone is a congeries of small shells, chiefly Budla, 
with sometimes a few corals interspersed. Color white. Struc- 
ture compact. Fracture uneven. Specific gravity =2.20—2.28. 

Sand limestone mainly consists of a compact limestone, inter- 
mixed with a few individuals of Bulla, ete. Corals rarely 
or never occur. Color white, but generally not so pure as in 
the former varieties. Fracture uneven to even. Specific gra- 
vity =2.36—2.55. 

Lagoon limestone consists of a greyish (sometimes pinkish), 
hard, fine-grained, tough limestone, susceptible of polish. Frac- 
ture even to sub-conchoidal, and smooth. Detached fragments 
or protuberances of all the limestones clink musically beneath 
the hammer; but this sonorous property, extreme compactness, 
and excellent preservation of the fossils, especially characterize 
this variety. The fossils are rare, (a few shells, chiefly Ludla, 
but no corals,) and often wanting. Fracture even to sub-con- 
choidal, and smooth. Specific gravity =2.55—2.71. 

The limestones increase in compactness from the first to the 
fifth. The only trace of crystalline character is the Cale Spar, 
which occasionally fills the cavities of the fossils. An oolitic 
structure has never been observed. 

The upper surface of certain beds consists of a thin layer or 
scale of limestone differing from the preceding. Its color is 
usually light todark brown. Fracture even. Specific gravity 
=2.67. It is always very fine-grained and compact, sometimes 
massive, but often displays on its vertical section, a series of 
fine horizontal lines of lamination. It is evidently a deposit of 
an imptre carbonate of lime from at least partial solution in 
water; and as it occurs in layers intervening between the beds, 
thus marking their stratification, its section (which is always 
quite distinct in contrast with the white limestones) may be 
styled the bedding-line: It always adheres to the bed on 
which it lies, and is partially incorporated with it. 

A few series of specific gravity determinations have been 
made upon specimens of the limestone of each bed, selected on 


258 On the Geology of the Key of Sombrero, W. I. 


the same vertical lines at different heights on the sides of quar- 
ries. In all these determinations the specimens were coarsely 
pulverized, and distilled water at 80° F’. employed. 


if Tt: MBI LA 

2.47 2.37 

2 2.09 2.23 
D 2.71 2.55 2.64 2.62 
2.51 2.61 
2.49 
< 2.43 

B 


> 


ND bo 
bo Or 
wm oO 
bo 
or 
bo 


The upward increase of the density of the material of each 
bed is thus displayed, except in bed A, in which Calc Spar occurs 
in the fossils. 

§$ 8. Modes of Fossilization.—In these beds there are five 
modes by which the fossil organism is represented. 

first, The original shell (or its thickest portion) remains, 
retaining all its physical and chemical characteristics. No 
corals are thus preserved. 

Secondly, The organic matter las decomposed and been 
removed, but the inorganic remains as a smooth white mass, 
retaining the form and markings of the original shell, very soft 
to the touch and friable. Specimens of Porites are also fre- 
quently thus preserved. 

Thirdly, In corals and the larger shells, the cavity between 
the casts is partly empty, its sides being more or less lined with 
numbers of small flattened spherules possessing the appearance 
and variation in size of shot. According to their arrangement 
forms are produced resembling coats-of-mail, strings of beads, 
and interlacing twigs. They have probably been caused by 
the partial redeposition of the carbonate of lime, from the solu- 
tion of the white filling mentioned under the second mode. 


On the "Geology of the Key of Sombrero, W. I. 259 


Fourthly, The inner and outer casts alone remain, the cavity 
being empty. This is the most common of all the modes, with 
both shells and corals. 

Fifthly, The cavity between the casts has been partially or 
entirely filled by infiltrating solutions, sometimes with Cale 
Spar and sometimes with Phosphate of Lime. A collection has 
been made of most of the fossil species of this formation, all of 
which are supposed to be recent. Its material is probably 
similar to, if not identical with, whatever deposits may be now 
forming in the West India seas. 

The characters and histories of the beds may now be succes- 
sively considered. | 


Bev A. 


§ 9. Character—Bed A underlies the whole Key and varies 
in thickness (from the sea-level to the upper limit) from seven 
to twenty-four feet, averaging about fen feet in the southern 
part and seventeen in the central and northern parts. It not 
only thickens gradually thus towards the north, but rather sud- 
denly at various points from west to east. This irregularity is 
due to the varying thickness of the lowest of the three bands 
of which it is composed, whose respective thicknesses are as 
follows : 









































Southern Level. l Northern Level. 
Banpbs. RANGE, AVERAGE, | RANGE. AVERAGE. 
Sand Limestone.......| 4—l ft. Tin, | 2—10 in. 6 in, 
Bulla Limestone...... 41—6 ft. 3h ft. 1—t10 ft. 4 ft. 


Madrepore Limestone. .| 4—9 ft. 5S ft. 5—15q ft.|. 123 ft. 





The casts of the coral branches in the lowest band, especially 
near the bottom and sometimes throughout, have been filled 
with sand or with Cale Spar, and consequently present a blurred 
appearance. Its upper portion very often, if not generally, 
consists, to the depth of about a foot, of another species of coral 


260 On the Geology of the Key of Sombrero, W. TI. 


of more delicate structure. The upper limit of the band is gene- 
rally well defined, with slight undulations, though occasionally 
(especially in the northern part of the Key) it swells up until it 
nearly reaches the top of the bed. Next above comes a layer 
abounding in shells, which finally graduates into an almost 
unfossiliferous rock. A bedding-line, about half an inch in 
thickness, marks the upper limit of this bed with a narrow 
brown line. The fourth method of fossilization is most common 
in some sections of the upper two bands, but the fifth (with 
Cale Spar) generally prevails in the lower two. In the latter 
ease fossils are cften found projecting from a water-worn sur- 
face, identical with the original shell in form and markings. 

§ 10. Veins.—The band of Sand Limestone is more or less 
intersected by fine vertical veins, usually from two to twelve 
inches in depth; sometimes also a layer of the bed, reaching a 
few inches below the bedding-line, is completely cut up into 
smali fragments or angular pebbles by a network of fine and 
short veins running irregularly in every plane. These veins 
are generally covered by the bedding-line, and filled with its 
material, but never with that of the next bed, B. Towards the 
northern end of the bed, however, a light green clay often occu- 
_ pies them. Sometimes many shallow depressions occur in the 
surface of the bed, and the bedding-line is abruptly interrupted, 
while angular pebbles, from two to six inches in length (often 
having a fragment of the bedding-line material attached), are 
scattered over the top of the bed. In one locality of the north- 
ern level, a layer of conglomerate, one or two feet in thickness, 
is intercalated between the beds A and B, its cement consisting 
of indurated green clay and its pebbles of the material of the 
Sand Limestone. 

§ 11. History.—The total thickness of this bed is indefinite, 
since its lower limit lies everywhere beneath the sea-level. At 
the point at which observation commences, the whole subsiding 
area was covered with a close and uninterrupted madrepore 
reef. From the few species and individuals of the shells in the 


On the Geology of the Key of Sombrero, W. I. 261 


coral-bed, from their fragility and that of the corals, and from 
the absence of fragments, it may be inferred that the reef grew 
in comparatively quiet water. As the heavy ground-swells 
have considerable force even to the limiting depth of coral-lite, 
sufficient to have frequently stirred up the sand and killed and 
broken fragile organisms, the quietness of the locality could not 
have been due simply to great depth. We are forced to believe 
then at the outset, that some barrier encircled the reef, probably 
of much greater age,—a constant accompaniment of the lower 
beds, varying at different periods in height relative to the 
bottom of the lagoon. Indeed such a barrier must necessarily 
have been formed on the outer edge of the oscillating area, on 
the first occasion that the superincumbent sea was sufficiently 
shallow to support coral life, creating an atoll when it reached 
the sea level. This elevation of its summit was at least suffi- 
ciently great to break the force of the ground-swells and storm- 
waves, but may have occurred only along its outline from E.S.E. 
around by North to W.N.W., whence alone comes the violence 
which at the same time battered the sea-face and threw up 
débris. However, the universal distribution of the reef shows a 
considerable communication between the sea and the lagoon 
waters, either over the barrier or through its intersecting passages. 

The thickening of the reef towards the N. and E. seems to 
denote the proximity of the barrier-reef at those points, since 
the coral formation must have flourished in a higher degree and 
for a longer time in the shallower waters near the shore of the 
lagoon and the passages of the barrier. 

From the general level of the surface of the reef it may be. 
inferred that the communication of the lagoon-waters with the 
sea subsequently decreased greatly, either on account of the 
rising of the barrier above the sea-level, the partial closing of 
its passages, or perhaps the increasing depth, and that coral-life 
ceased over the central area, with the exception of many scat- 
tered clumps and the frequent super-position of a more delicate 
species. 

APRIL, 1866. 20. Any. Lyo. Nav. Hisr., Vou, VIII, 


262 On the Geology of the Key of Sombrero, W. J. 


These remnants were next overlaid with coarse sand from 
the shore of the lagoon and the barrier-inlets, and thereby killed. 
The greater quietness and depth of the water favored the abun- 
dant growth of a few species of fragile shells, whose unbroken 
condition proves that they grew where they now lie. 

This abundance then suddenly ceased and sand predominated 
more and more in the deposits, most likely on account of the 
increasing depth. The increasing compactness of the rock 
towards the surface of the bed may be attributed to the gradual 
closing of the barrier-inlets, the decreasing quantity of coarse 
sand introduced through them, the less agitation of the waters 
of the lagoon from without, and the finer comminution of the 
mud formed upon its shores. 

This subsidence was terminated by a sudden elevation of the 
central area again into shallow water, accompanied with a ten- 
sion which perhaps produced the vertical fissures in the top of 
the bed. The superficial networks of short fissures may, how- 
ever, be due to contraction, if the surface was slightly elevated 
above the sea-level and exposed to the sun and atmospheric 
agents. 


Bep B. 


§ 12. Character.—Tlhis bed, more or less deeply eroded (espe- 
cially towards the north), forms the greater part of the surface 
of the northern level (Fig. 1). Along the S.W. side of the Key 
its thickness varies from 43 to 7 feet, averaging 5 feet, but 
increases to 7 or 8 towards the south, to 94 towards the north 
(wherever the original upper limit remains), and to from 7 to 9 
feet towards the east. Before denudation its thickness was pro- 
bably very great on the north end, but at present it thins out 
northward. 

It is usually composed of two or three bands, though very 
often nearly uniform. In the northern level the lowest band 
or the whole bed exclusively consists of Madrepore limestone. 
As we go southward we find the coral reef to end abruptly, or 


On the Geology of the Key of Sombrero, W. I. 268 


to be represented by a few isolated patches of Madrepore or soli- 
tary spheres (in one case three feet in horizontal diameter), of 
Meandrina, Bulla limestone taking its place. Within from six 
inches to three feet of the upper limit the material is either 
Sand or Bulla Limestone. The following series will thus repre- 
sent the composition of this bed. 

1—Sand limestone, 

2—Sand and Bulla limestones intermixed, 

38—Bulla limestone, 

4—Ditto, slightly intermixed with Coral, and 

5—Coral limestone : 
of which Nos. 4 and 5 are wanting in the centre of its present 
remnant, but are successively introduced towards the N., E., 
and §., and of which Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 4, seem to decrease suc- 
cessively in the same directions. In parts of the northern level, 
and there alone, the upper portion of this bed, about two feet 
in thickness, is separated from the main body by a horizontal 
seam. The upper limit of the bed is marked by a bedding- 
line, three-eighths of an inch in depth, only in this level ; while 
in the southern level it is possible to distinguish this limit, on a 
section, only where the lower part of the next bed above 
abounds in fossils which contrast with its own unfossiliferous 
Sand limestone, or vice-versd. The fourth method of fossiliza- 
tion prevails, but there are rare instances of the second. 

§ 13. History—After the elevation last mentioned a new 
period of subsidence began, the sea-water permeated the bar- 
rier (probably through fissures), a shallow but deepening lagoon 
was produced within, and, perhaps on account of the gentle 
attrition of the ripples of the quiet waters, a calcareous mud was 
deposited as an impalpable sediment, filled the fissures and over- 
spread the whole bottom, 7. ¢. the upper surface of Bed A. 
This must have been forming during a considerable period and 
at the same time consolidated, since there is little adhesion 
between the material of this ‘ bedding-line” and that of B. 

Subsequently the green clay was formed, which will be par- 


264 On the Geology of the Key of Sombrero, W. J. 


ticularly described under D. Its fine comminution denotes 
either its formation by the lagoon-wavelets or the distance of 
the present area from its source. Its chemical composition, 
unprecedented in connexion with a coral formation, signifies its 
derivation from some foreign rock, not calcareous, such as occurs 
in neighboring islands. Its general superposition above the 
bedding-line and little intermixture with its material in the 
veins denote the greater hardness of its source. 

It is plain besides, from the identity of their material with 
that of the upper layer, from their angular shape, and from the 
entire absence of any coarse sand, shells, or beach-refuse inter- 
mixed, that the pebbles scattered over A were not thrown over 
the barrier reef. All the evidence, therefore, tends to show 
that a peak of more ancient material, perhaps volcanic, existed 
within or in some connexion with the atoll; that quantities of 
its fine débris were formed; that, at a certain period of the sub- 
sidence, the ground-swel!s forced their way in through passages 
on the leeward side of the barrier (perhaps perforated by the 
widening of the fissures), tore up portions of the crust upon the 
bottom and of the surface of the bed beneath (wherever it was 
already cracked up into fragments and loosely cemented with 
the lagoon-mud), swept along these fragments and the masses of 
green clay around the peak, and distributed them in irregular 
patches over the bottom towards the E. and S.E. sides of the 
lagoon. 

At least at times the lagoon may have been brackish, but as 
the subsidence continued the pure and ever-changing ocean- 
waters again found entrance. Instead of the impure dark- 
colored lagoon mud, snow- white limestone was again formed by 
the growth of coral reefs, especially near the shores. Again 
the barrier-passages were gradually closed and deposits of shells 
and sand successively formed. If the compactness of the last 
deposits be the proper criterion, the depth reached by this sub- 
sidence was not so great as by the former. 


On the Geology of the Key of Sombrero, W. L. 265 
Bep C. 


§ 14. Character—This has been entirely removed, like the 
succeeding beds, north of the slope between the two levels. 
The variation of its thickness in the southern level is from three 
to six feet, and its average jive feet; but it increases rapidly to 
ten feet towards the south. This is the only increase in the 
present remnant. The bed consists of Sand limestone, of Bulla 
limestone, or of two bands, the lower being one or two feet in 
thickness and composed of Bulla limestone or a mixture of the 
two. ‘The presence of Madrepore limestone also in some sec- 
tions near the northern and southern extremities of the remnant 
suggests the former predominance of coral towards those points 
(in the portions now carried away), as in B. 

Its upper limit is as difficult to distinguish as its lower, par- 
ticularly when the materials of the tangent surfaces of C and D 
are identical so that the two beds coalesce. In many sections 
a great many seams, running horizontally, or with a slight obli- 
quity, divide the rock, within a foot of this probable junction, 
into layers or dises a few inches in thickness. The fourth mode 
of fossilization prevails. 

§ 15. Mistory.—lt is probable that the bedding-line material, 
which caps the northern part of B, does not signify a closed 
lagoon and the reproduction of calcareons mud, but that an 
empty seam intervened between the two beds, which has been 
filled with the lagoon-mud from the top of D through the 
fissures of the second system. 

Deposits of shells and of sand of increasing fineness were 
successively formed, in this as in the former period, and pro- 
bably with coral-reefs in the shallower waters near the shores. 

From the absence of a system of fissures betokening violence 
and tension, and from the marked scarcity of coral-reefs in the 
beginning of the next period, it may be inferred that the ele- 
vation by which this subsidence was closed was of compara- 
tively small range, even less than that of the last, since it was 


266 On the Geology of the Key of Sombrero, W. I. 


not sufficient to change the character of tie succeeding deposits, 
but only to establish a separation over small areas. 

The irregular lines of oblique lamination in the upper part of 
the bed may show that the deposition of sediment was tempo- 
rarily interrupted over certain small surfaces, ¢. g., by the fre- 
quent occurrence of shocks and slight upheavals, or by the acci- 
dentally unequal distribution of the detritus ; on which account 
the subjacent material hardened so as not to unite with the 
detritus subsequently overlaid. 


Bep D. 


§ 16. Character.—Wherever the limits of this bed exist its 
thickness varies from one to siz feet, with an average of four 
feet; the variations are irregular, as if caused merely by the 
hollows in the upper surface of the underlying bed. 

The upper two feet of this bed, as a general rule, partake of 
the character of Lagoon limestone, and its lower portion of Sand 
limestone, the difference of the two consisting chiefly in the 
upward-increasing fineness of the grain of the rock and in the 
better state of preservation of the upper fossils. 

The fossils are small, rarely abundant, and belonging to few 
species. The first and second modes of fossilization are com- 
mon, but the fourth prevails towards the bottom of the bed. In 
the former case the fossils, though colorless, contrast beautifully 
with the darker tinge of their matrix. Besides these unbroken 
individuals the rock abounds in minute fragments. 

A strong bedding-line, three-erghths to seven inches deep, 
averaging Aalf an inch, marks the upper limit. Very fre- 
quently, too, a separate shallow layer, six to nine inches deep, 
caps the bed and is marked by a lower bedding-line. This 
layer is often abruptly broken off and continued by a series of 
detached fragments of the same thickness and but little out of 
position. 

Resting upon the upper-bedding-line almost every section 


On the Geology of the Key of Sombrero, W. 1. 267 


exhibits a great number of pebbles and blocks, all more or less 
angular and tabular, up to one foot in diameter, always con- 
sisting of Sand or Lagoon limestone, and often having portions 
of the bedding-line attached. Two rarer varieties of these peb- 
bles are worthy of mention. The first possess a compactness 
excelling that of any of the rock im situ. ‘They have a con- 
choidal fracture, are translucent on their edges, and have a spe- 
cific gravity =2.56—2.69. The second are peculiar for their 
color, which varies from greyish-white to deep brownish-black, 
through shades of brown. When these transitions occur in a 
single pebble it sometimes resembles a half burned piece of 
Anthracite. In one pebble faint traces of lamination were 
detected. The color is due to a number of black points scat- 
tered through the material (Lagoon limestone), which remain in 
an insoluble carbonaceous sediment, on the solution of a pebble 
in Hydrochloric acid, while Sulphuretted Hydrogen is strongly 
perceptible in the gases evolved. Their fracture is even to sub- 
conchoidal, they are sometimes translucent on their edges, and 
their specific gravity ranges up to 2.78. These varieties of 
course show the greater fineness of the deposits, in some por- 
tions of the area, and the intermixture of organic matter. 

$17. Veins (of the Second System). The superficial portion 
of the Lagoon limestone is very commonly intersected by reti- 
culations of fine veins (Fig. 2) asin Bed A. Other fine veins, 
from one-eighth to half an inch in width, mostly vertical, run 
down to all distances from the bedding-line, commonly stop at 
or before the bedding-line of A, and sometimes reach the sea- 
level where observation is cut off. They gradually thin out as 
they approach their terminations, and are very abundant in 
some sections, Some.of these veins, however, of various 
lengths, range in width from several inches to two feet, while 
others possess the form of vast basins or receptacles in the sur- 
face of the bed. The depth of the latter varies from two or 
three feet down to an unknown distance beneath the sea-level. 
Their areas in the southern level, wherever they could be mea- 


268 On the Geology of the Key of Sombrero, W. 1. 


sured, vary from eight to sixty square yards, and in the northern 
level, where they especially abound, from three to fifty. Their 
sides are usually either vertical or slope at various angles down- 
wards and inwards, but sometimes they burrow a few feet 
underneath the Lagoon limestone. They may therefore in 
general be described as funnel-, wedge-, trough-, pan-, or basin- 
shaped cavities sunk in the surface of this bed, of which those 
of the northern level have of course been decapitated by denu- 
dation. 

The finer veins are mostly filled with the bedding-line mate- 
rial, but the larger with what has already been styled the Green 
Conglomerate. The smaller pebbles of this rock are more usu- 
ally rounded than the larger, but they have already been 
described. The cementing material is of three kinds. The 
first is the ordinary bedding-line material. The second is 
a soft light green marl of so fine a grain that when rubbed 
between hard surfaces no siliceous grittiness is observed, 
but only brittle and easily crushed particles of Carbonate of 
Lime. Often on weathered surfaces either it is mottled with 
rusty-red spots, or its color is more or less changed to a light- 
brown. The third kind is more common than either of these 
two, being their mixture in varying proportions. It is harder 
than the second, and its colors equally various. Its specific gra- 
vity=2.46. Two analyses are here appended. 


iff Ti. 

WY Aten icy sefes cierteicgo oe 4,25 4.11 
Silica: cxsjemace tiene 2206 
Protoxide of Iron.. .56 
Alumina. cise. 22.19 


Insoluble silicate....... 35.89 35.31 
Soluble‘silies:.s 205. 2.6 ih 18 
Carbonic ‘acid......... 20.91 20.93 
Sulphuric acid......... trace trace 


PaIMeac ts Rees. vee eA 28.46 


On the Geology of the Key of Sombrero, W. I. 269 


Magnesia srs). lols <2 <tersin 2.46 1.92 
PADI) -6552\ les Sam ae eee 83.75 
Protoxide of Iron...... 3.08 2.66 
Alkaline chlorides...... 2.36 1.81 

98.99 99.13 


The greenish color is due to the Protoxide of Iron, as the 
insoluble silicate is alight brown impalpable powder. It yields 
up its bases to boiling sulphuric acid, and is also partly decom- 
posed by mere ignition. 

The long and finer veins are generally oceupied by the first 
kind of cement; the shorter, either by the first or second. 
The latter often do not have vertical straight sides, but have 
evidently been widened before the reception of the marl, which 
fills many rounded expansions in their sides. Many of the 
longer veins, which are sufficiently wide at their origin and 
become narrower as they descend, are occupied by conglo- 
merate above and cement below. Sometimes where a vein 
intersects the bedding-line of B or A, the conglomerate has been 
interlaminated for some distance around between the beds. 
The broader veins are occupied by nodules from the size of 
gravel up to six or nine inches in diameter, with their longer 
dimensions arranged vertically, as they have fallen or worked 
their way down the fissures. In the basins the cement predo- 
minates, consisting usually of the third kind. In many basins 
the sides of the slope and the bottom are covered with the 
largest blocks; above these the pebbles of the conglomerate 
decrease in size upwards; and the highest portion of the cavity 
is filled merely with the cement, arranged in horizontal laminee. 
Sometimes the whole basin is not completely filled up. Traces 
of the green mar] may sometimes be seen among and beneath 
the pebbles on the surface of the bed, or intermingled with the 
material of the subjacent bedding-line. The fossils of the peb- 
bles are identical with those of beds C and D. In the cement, 
however, a very few individuals of Zrochus and Cerithiwm (but 
no corals) have been observed. 


270 On the Geology of the Key of Sombrero, W. I. 


In some narrow veins brownish masses of Cale-spar have been 
formed among and around the pebbles. 

§ 18. History.—The remarkable fineness of the last deposits 
of this bed suggests that during this period the bottom was 
depressed to the greatest depth yet reached, and that the com- 
munication with the sea was less than ever before. The 
absence of any fragments intermediate in size between the per- 
fect shells and the minute pieces, as well as the occasional pre- 
servation of the lustre and markings of the latter, suggest that 
these have not been formed by attrition, but perhaps by those 
fish and crustaceans which feed upon molluses. As the degree 
of concentration of the lagoon waters, in this and former peri- 
ods, may have experienced considerable variation, we may 
deduce from the general abundance of Budla a peculiar hardi- 
hood in that species of supporting such a variation without 
extinction. Again, as the formation of the Lagoon limestone 
must have been very slow, the depth (about half an inch) occu- 
pied by an individual Bulla must represent a far longer period 
than that of its life. 

In several localities soft masses of calcareous mud, a few 
inches in diameter, and permeated with fossils perfectly pre- 
served, occur in the Lagoon limestone. All the surrounding 
rock must have been equally soft during its formation, and 
when consolidation subsequently took place these small masses 
were protected therefrom by being accidentally inclosed in a 
rigid shell. This seems to be an exception to the generally 
accepted theory that in add cases only a trifling depth of a sedi- 
mentary limestone is at any moment unconsolidated during the 
process of formation. 

In the latter part of this period a temporary interruption to 
the deposition of material occurred, probably due to the same 
cause as those in the former period. 

By the elevation which next ensued, the bottom of the lagoon 
was uplifted, as will be shown, to a point at least thirty feet 
above the sea-level. The violence and tension naturally accom- 


On the Geology of the Key of Sombrero, W. f. 271 


panying an uplift of so great a range are denoted by the mal- 
titude and length of the fissures, though, as in A, the superficial 
network has doubtless been produced by contraction on atmo- 


spheric exposure. 


Bep E. 


§ 19. Character.—The upper limit of this bed has escaped 
denudation in only one locality, viz. beneath and in the vicinity 
of the remnant of bed F (Fig. 1). Its thickness is there from 
54 to 9 feet, but elsewhere it varies from a few inches to 13} 
feet, averaging 10 feet. It seems to thicken considerably 
towards the west or northwest, and must probably have had a 
thickness of 20 or more feet on the west cliff before denudation. 
The bed wholly consists of Porites limestone, perhaps most fre- 
quently capped with a few inches of Sand limestone. In the 
lower portion of the bed the color is snow-white and the struc- 
ture loose and crumbling, while the higher is more compact, 
hard, and crystalline, with a bluish tinge. 

The shells belong to many species, and the spines of Strom- 
bus are often rounded or water-worn. <A study of this bed 
might throw light upon the molluses of the present West Indian 
coral banks, as the solitary dispersion of the Strombus, the con- 
trary gregarious habits of the Bullide, the frequent insertion 
of the Solentdw in masses of Astrwa, etc., are visible at a 
glance. A tiny cylinder, connecting the casts of Zellina, fre- 
quently indicates the hole perforated by some borer through 
the original shell. Occasionally the thickest portions of the 
shell of Strombus are perfectly preserved, but generally with its 
superficies converted into a soft snow-white mass. One spe- 
cimen of Eehinus has been found, 

The corals predominate in quantity over the shells. The 
reefs of Madrepore are the bulkiest, but the spheres of the mas- 
sive corals sometimes reach 3 to 34 feet in horizontal diameter. 
Usually, however, though numerous, they are of small size, 3 


272 On the Geology of the Key of Sombrero, W. 1. 


inches to 1 foot. Occasionally they are somewhat angular and 
fragmentary. Some corals are replaced with Cale-Spar. 

This bed is the richest of all in species. The fourth mode of 
fossilization prevails, but the material of the most conimon 
coral, Porites astracoides (?), has everywhere been converted 
into a soft and friable white carbonate of lime. 

§ 20. HHistory.—The erosion to which the fissures, produced 
by the last elevation, were subjected during the first part of 
this period, was probably chiefly due to the prolonged action of 
running streams, derived from the rains or spray, trickling 
through those fissures which connected with the sea. It is fur- 
ther probable that by the plunging-force of the ocean waves, 
overleaping the barrier in storms and ground-swells, portions of 
the hard upper crust of Lagoon limestone were torn up, the 
softer rock underneath exposed, and an opportunity thus 
afforded for the excavation of basins of a variety of shapes. As 
the subsidence progressed, these incursions of the sea made 
havoe more frequently over the central area, tearing up the 
rock wherever most weakened by fissures. Their transient 
occurrence is shown by the general angularity of the nodules, 
and their frequently slight removal out of their original posi- 
tions. 

The nodules scattered over the surface were gradually swept 
into the widened fissures and basins, and the presence of Cale- 
Spar among them appears to be a conclusive proof at the same 
time of the elevation of the surface above the sea-level, and of 
the streams trickling down the fissures. Its adherence to the 
sides of the fissure and nodules shows that it was formed én situ, 
while its intersection in one locality by a fissure of the fourth 
system proves that it was not formed at a subsequent period. 
As many of the veins and the deposits of Cale-Spar reach from 
the surface of the bed down to the sea-level, where further 
observation is cut off, it is thus rendered certain that the ele- 
vation of the surface of the island was at least thirty feet above 
the sea, though probably much more. 


~ On the Geology of the Key of Sombrero, W. I. 278 


In the progress of the subsidence, the central basin became 
again submerged by the infiltration of sea-water, and deposits 
of impure calcareous mud and of green clay were again suc- 
cessively formed and mingled with the pebbles. The per-oxi- 
dation of the iron in many masses of conglomerate has probably 
been produced at later periods, by the percolation of aerated 
waters through intersecting fissures. In these turbid and im- 
pure waters of course no corals, but: only a few marine shells, 
could grow. As the lagoon deepened, the incursions of the sea 
had a continually diminishing influence upon the bottom ; the 
nodules formed and swept into the veins decreased in size and 
lost their angular shapes; and finally only the debris, ever 
forming, of the foreign rock was introduced into the conglo- 
merate deposits. 

It happened occasionally in the latter part of the subsidence, 
in some narrow and deep gulley of the bottom, whose limits 
inclosed a pool of quiet water rarely disturbed by the agitation 
of the surface, that the materials in suspension were deposited 
film after film, so that the upper portion of the sediment assumed 
a laminated instead of the amorphous character of the earlier 
and coarser portions below. The very great excess of the 
detritus in this period, over that at the beginning of B, may be 
attributed to the longer resistance to external erosion and per- 
foration of the higher and bulkier barrier formed during the last 
subsidence. 

The barrier was at last broken through, the fresh ocean 
waters again filled the lagoon, and new coral deposits were 
formed. The characteristics of the bed show that freer commu- 
nication with the sea now existed than on any previous occa- 
sion, probably because the number and depth of the fissures 
had led to the production of more numerous and broader inlets. 
The comparatively dwarfed individual development of the 
corals, notwithstanding the abundance of nuclei, was not so 
favorable for their growth as that afforded without the barrier. 
The principal reasons may be the absence of surf to supply 


274 On the Geology of the Key of Sombrero, W. J. 


waters continually aerated and to keep the corals washed 
clean from fine sand, the shifting nature of the sandy bottom, 
occasionally stirred up by the ground-swells, the occasional 
slight freshening of the lagoon by rains, etc. The presence 
of Cale-Spar in this bed, as well as in A, also suggests the 
more frequent entrance in these two periods of the ocean- 
waters, which must have had a greater content of carbonic acid 
and solvent power than the waters of a closed lagoon. During 
the whole of this subsidence the water remained shallow and 
thus especially favorable to an abundance of shells and corals. 
The elevation which next occurred, the fifth in the series, there- 
fore reached a small height, as it was confined below the sea- 
level. 


Bep F. 


§ 21. Character and History.—Only a remnant of the lower 
portion of this bed remains, resting in place upon E and vary- 
ing from one to three feet in thickness. This seems to consist 
chiefly of reefs of Madrepore, like the lower portion of E or 
of A. 

This abundance of corals, and the absence of lagoon mud, and 
a system of fissures in connexion with the surface of E, prove 
that the range of the fifth uplift was small and did not much 
interrupt the open communication with the sea; though sufh- 
ciently so, perhaps, to occasion a more quiet lagoon and the 
substitution of Madrepore for the massive kinds of coral. 


CONCLUSION. 


§ 22. General Remarks.—It has been assumed in the fore- 
going statements: 

First, That every upheaval consisted of a single thrust. Itis 
less probable but possible, however, that one or more were 
caused by a succession of shocks. 

Secondly, That every subsidence was an imperceptibly slow 


On the Geology of the Key of Sombrero, W. I. 275 


movement, so slow as to allow coral-growth (if not otherwise 
checked) to compete with it and succeed in keeping the surface 
of a reef at or near the sea-level. If it were ever faster than 
coral-growth, the barrier would have been carried down and 
submerged, the fresh ocean-waters introduced, and the central 
area perhaps overlaid with another coral-growth of deep-sea 
species, of which there is no evidence. 

Two conditions seem to have peculiarly affected the cha- 
racter of the deposits,—the amount of communication between 
the sea and the lagoon, and the depth and the vertical range of 
marine species. Both have evidently co-existed, and their 
effects are similar,so that the latter may have been wrongly 
attributed, in the foregoing remarks, to one or the other of these 
causes. Another source of error is our ignorance of the shape 
of the lagoon and of the position in it of the present remnant of 
its deposits. The former may be reasonably identified with 
the outline of the submarine bank, and it may be concluded 
that the present remnant lay near the centre of the lagoon, 
from its position near the centre of the bank, from the basin- 
form of the upper surface of bed A, and from the apparent 
possession of a coral-rim by each bed. For the beds must in 
all cases have sloped upwards and thickened outwards towards 
the shelving shores of the lagoon, along which, whatever the 
depth in the centre, a coral ring may always have existed when 
the inlets were open. The present indication may, however, 
be delusive, if any peak or other occasion fur a shoal existed 
within the lagoon. 

A low knob of foreign rock apparently did occur, and was the 
nucleus of the whole formation. It must have disappeared in 
the denudation of the atoll in the course of the first or second 
guano-period, as will be shown hereafter. It was probably a 
part cf a mountain peak whose base was buried in the lower 
beds, and whose summit alone affected the beds within our view. 
The occurrence of the green clay only on the surfaces of two 
beds (the formation of each of which appears to have ended by 


276 On the Geology of the Key of Sombrero, W. I. 


an uplift of the bottom from a considerable depth to above or 
near the sea-level), suggests that the peak was thus brought 
within the reach of surface action, or that a passage was thus 
in some way opened for the introduction of its finest detritus in 
suspension. The obstruction of this passage, or the investment 
of the peak with a fringing reef, may have prevented the for- 
mation of the clay in other shallow-water periods and its inter- 
mixture with the overlying limestone. The distribution of the 
detritus would also depend upon the relative position of the pre- 
sent surface and the peak, with reference to the prevailing 
winds, the character of the inlets, the entrance of the ground- 
swells, and the shape of the lagoon. 

We have now arrived at a period at which there is a blank 
in the record, closing the submarine movements. We have 
little clue by which to determine the original thickness of bed 
F, or the number and thickness of the subsequent beds. It is 
probable that the later beds, if any, were not attended by uphea- 
vals of great range and violence, since they produced no system 
of fissures. 

§ 23. Sub-aerval Movements.—The following is a summary of 
the subsequent and sub-aerial movements. 

Sixth elevation, to a point far above the sea-level. The for- 
mation shattered into a system of joints. 

Seventh subsidence. Erosion of joints. Formation of a 
superficial guano-deposit,* and its transference into the widened 
joints. Partial pseudomorphic change in the limestone beds. 
Subsidence to sea-level and denudation of surface. 

Seventh elevation, to a less height than by the sixth, but to 
at least fifty feet. Formation shattered anew. 

Eighth subsidence. Erosion of joints. Formation of a 
second guano deposit and its transference into the joints. For- 





* In one vein of rock-guano of the northern level, numerous perfect impressions 
or remains were found of a species of Choanopoma, identical with that now living, 
and the only existing land-shell on the Key. The impression of an extinct Pupa 
(Strophia) also occurred. 


On the Geology of the Key of Sombrero, W. L. 277 


mation of stalactitie deposits and of crystals of various phos- 
phates of lime.* Subsidence to sea-level and denudation of 
surface. 

Eighth elevation, to over 160 feet. Formation again shat- 
tered. 

Ninth subsidence, of about 40 feet. Erosion of joints and 
eavities. Formation of a third guano-deposit. Lateral erosion 
of island nearly to its present dimensions. Formation of asand- 
bank to the north-west. Change in the ocean-currents by an 
elevation of the neighboring banks (?). 

Sudden fall of about 80 feet, beginning the modern period. 
Denudation of surface. Probable repeated formation and remo- 
val of superficial deposits of guano and sand. Formation of 
boulders and spray-pools. 

The deposits formed above the sea-level thus comprise three 
layers of guano at successive periods, the greater bulk of each 
of which has been swept from the surface of the Key, though 
not until its most valuable portion was disseminated in veins 
through the subjacent limestone. Of these three, the first is 
the only one present in considerable quantity ; the second is, in 
part, unfit for agricultural purposes; and the third is the easiest 
to obtain. Regarding the beds now beneath the sea-level, it is 
likely that their corresponding oscillations were entirely con- 
fined below that limit. But if the bottom of the lagoon some- 
times emerged, as it is possible, to a considerable height above 
the sea, they may now contain ancient guano deposits in inter- 
laminated beds or in veins. 

§ 24. Ourve of Oscillations.—By the simplest (though not 
necessarily the most correct) interpretation of the phenomena 
of the six beds, seventeen alternating sudden elevations and 
slow depressions seem to have occurred before the modern 
period. Fig. 3 is a graphic representation of these, for the 
average section of the southern end of the Key. Little accuracy 
can be expected and is claimed for the abscisse and ordinates 








* Am. Jour. Sci., Nov. 1865. 
APRIL, 1866. Dill Ann. Lyo. Nat. Hist., Vou. VIII. 


278 On the Geology of the Key of Sombrero, W. J. 


of the points of the curve, on account of the little knowledge 
we possess, concerning either the absolute or relative annual 
increase of deposits of corals, shells, and sand, and concerning 
the vertical range of species, in a lagoon whose communication 
with the sea varied so widely. 

For our approximate purposes we will assume that the rate 
of deposition was the same in all materials except the coral, and 
lay off the abscissee (the measures of time) in direct proportion 
to the thickness of each bed, with a deduction of four-fifths* 
from that of every coral band. 

As to the conjugate axis we have a few observations to guide 
us, but a determination of the vertical distribution of the fossils 
in each bed might have produced more definite results. The 
deposits seem to have varied according to the subsidence of the 
‘bottem through portions of one or more marine zones, more 
or less influenced by the character of the barrier, on account 
of which the organisms and deposits of a lower zone may 
sometimes have begun at a higher level through the greater 
tranquillity of the lagoon. The only one of the division lines 
which can be defined is the well known lower limit (about 100 
feet) of the Coralline zone. The more open or closed condition 
of the barrier is represented by the oscillations of a dotted line 
below and above the sea-level in correspondence, but not in 
parallelism, with the curve of oscillations below. 

Thus then this little rocky islet stands out in the open ocean, 
a solitary pillar, like those of the Temple of Serapis, marking 
the old convulsive throbs and prolonged oscillations of the 
deep-sea bottom. 





_* Dana’s “Manual of Geology,” page 591. 


Catalogue of Birds. 279 


XXXII.— Catalogue of Brrvs observed on New Yor, Lone 
and Sraren Istanps, and the adjacent parts of New 
J ERSEY. 


By Gro. N. LAWRENCE. 


Read April 16, 1866. 
Famity VULTURID2. 


1. Cathartes aura (Linn.). Turkey Buzzard. 

This species is the only Vulture that is found so far north as 
the parallel of New York, where it has been considered rare 
and an irregular visitor. I heard of an individual having been 
killed at Flushing, L. I, some years ago; at Rockaway, L. L, 
on the 4th of July, 1864, I noticed a company of nine sailing 
overhead in their graceful mode of flight, and by a succession 
of circles gradually working in a westerly direction. The pre- 
vious summer I observed a single one circling over a neighbor- 
ing farm, and a day or two afterwards saw it sitting quietly in the 
garden on the same farm, it having been winged by one of the 
family. On inquiry of an old resident, [ found their visits were 
not unusual when attracted by suitable food. He stated that 
he had seen on that part of Rockaway Beach which lies 
between Jamaica Bay and the Atlantic, more than a hundred 
assembled at one time and sitting on the cedars. This portion 
of the beach is narrow, about five miles in extent, and in most 
parts covered with a dense growth of cedars. It terminates to 
the west in a point which is the south shore of the inlet to 
Jamaica Bay, and is opposite to and only about ten miles dis- 
‘tant from the point of Sandy Hook on the coast of New J ersey, 
in which state this species is abundant. 


Fam. FALCONID. 


2. Falco anatum, Bon. Duck Hawk. | 
Not an abundant species, but well known to gunners at the 
sea-shore, from its boldness. I have a fine specimen which was 


280 Catalogue of Birds. 


killed at Rockaway, in the act of carrying off one of our wooden 
snipe decoys, which it had seized. 

3. Hypotriorchis columbarius (Linn.). Pigeon Hawk. 

4. Hierofalco Islandicus (Sabine). Jer Falcon. 

This species is of rare occurrence in our vicinity. A beau- 
tiful specimen, not quite adult, was most liberally presented to 
me by our fellow member Mr. John Akhurst, Taxidermist, of 
Brooklyn ; it was killed on Long Island in the winter of 1856. 
. Tinnunculus sparverius (Linn.). Sparrow Hawk. 

6. Astur atricapillus (Wils.). American Goshawk. 
7. Accipiter Cooperti, Bon. Cooper’s Hawk. 


Or 


8. Accipiter fuscus (Gm.). Sharp-shinned Hawk. 

9. Buteo borealis (Gm.). Red-tailed Hawk. 

10. “ Jdineatus (Gm.). Red-shouldered Hawk. 

11. “ Pennsylvanicus (Wils.). Broad-winged Hawk. 
12. Archibuteo Sancti-johannis (Gm.). Black Hawk. 
13. Nauclerus furcatus (Linn.). Swallow-tailed Hawk. 
14. Circus Hudsonicus (Linn.). Marsh Hawk. 

15. Aguila Canadensis (Linn.). Amer. Golden Eagle. 
16. Haliaetus leucocephalus (Linn.). Bald Eagle. 

in winter, examples killed on Long Island are frequently 
brought to market, but mostly in the young stage of plumage. 

On Montauk point I was shown a foot of this species inclosed: 
in a heavy iron fox trap, with which, attached to its leg, the 
bird had alighted on the point, and was captured, having 
become exhausted from its inability to procure food; it was 
thought to have come from the opposite New England shore, 
but of course from what distance inland was not known. 

On the upper part of New York Island, opposite the “ Pali- 
sades,” Bald Eagles were a few years ago not unfrequent. It 
is not unusual for them to rob the Fish Hawk (Pandion Caro- 
linensis) of its prey. On one occasion I observed such an 
occurrence on the bank of the Hudson near Manhattanville. 
A Fish Hawk had just secured a fish, and in a short time I 
noticed an Eagle in pursuit, which soon obtained a position 


Catalogue of Birds. 281 


over the Hawk, when suddenly the screaming bird dropped the 
fish, and as it fell glittering in the early sunshine, the Kagle 
darted downwards with the speed of light, caught it before it 
reached the tree tops, and rose gracefully, carrying off the prize. 

I saw one on another occasion approaching the spot where I 
stood on the shore; at first I could. not account for its fearless- 
ness, until changing its course it sailed beautifully to the sur- 
face of the water and picked up a floating fish which I had not 
before observed. 

17. Pandion Carolinensis (Gm.). Fish Hawk. 


Fam. STRIGID A. 

18. Strix pratincola, Bon. Barn Owl. Rare. 

19. Bubo Virginiana(Gm.). Great Horned Owl. 

20. Scops asio (Linn.). Mottled Owl. 

21. Otus Wilsonianus, Less. Am. Long Eared Owl. 

22. Brachyotus Cassinii, Brewer. Am. Short Eared Owl. 

This species is quite common on the meadows of the south 

side of Long Island. At one time I saw seven in company, 
sitting not very far apart, probably a family of old and young, 
but all fully grown. They appear to see quite well by day, as 
after once starting them (apparently from sleep) they become 
quite watchful and difficult of approach. I have occasionally 
seen them in the day-time hawking over the meadows. 

23. Syrnium nebulosum (Forster). Barred Owl. 

24. Nyctale acadica (Gm.). Saw-whet Owl. 

25. Wyctea nivea (Daud.). Snowy Owl. 

26. Surnia ulula (Linn.). Hawk Owl. Rare. 


Fam. TURDID 2. 
27. Turdus mustelinus, Gm. Wood Thrush. 
28. “ — Paliasi, Cab. Hermit Thrush. 
29. “  fuscescens, Stephens. Wilson’s Thrush. 
30. “  Swainsonii, Cab. Olive-backed Thrush. 
31. “  migratorius, Linn. Amer. Robin. 
32. “  nevius, Bon. Varied Thrush. Rare. 


282 | Catalogue of Birds. 


33. Mimus polyglottus (Linn.). Mocking Bird. 

Several years ago I was told by a gentleman residing at 
Newtown, L. L., that in the extensive swamp adjoining that 
village, Mocking Birds came and bred regularly every year. 
A friend informed me that at Bellport, L. L, a fine male bird 
frequented near the house which he occupied, and attempts were 
made to capture it, but without success ; he supposed it to have 
escaped from confinement, but it probably was a wild bird. I 
once saw one on a tree top in the City Hall Park, from which 
it would fly after insects and return to its post; this no doubt 
was an escaped bird. 

On the sea beach at Barnegat, N. J., I observed a magni- 
ficent male which was resident there and breeding ; its presence 
was much valued by the inmates of the house near which it had 
taken up its abode. The evening previous to my seeing it, as 
we were crossing to the beach from the main shore, it being 
bright moonlight and quite still, the notes of this bird were 
heard for a great distance on the water, and they were kept up 
until a late hour of the night. 

I was informed by a friend who iives on Staten Island, that a 
pair bred near his country residence in 1864, and that the 
young were secured by one of his neighbors. 

34. Galeoscoptes Carolinensis (Linn.). Cat Bird. 
35. Harporhynchus rufus (Linn.). Brown Thrush. 


Fam. SAXICOLID 4. 
36. Sawicola enanthe (Linn.). Stone Chat. Wheatear. 
I have a specimen of this species which was shot on Long 


Island ; it was accompanied by another, which was not secured. 
387. Sralia sialis (Linn.). Blue Bird. 


Fam. SYLVIIDA. 


38. Regulus calendula (Linn.). Ruby-crowned Wren. 
39. “_ satrapa, Licht. Golden-crested Wren. 
40. Polioptila cerulea (Linn.). Blue-grey Gnat-catcher. 


Sea 


41 


42. 


43 
44 


45, 


46 


47 


Catalogue of Birds. 283 


Fam. PARIDA. 
. Parus atricapillus, Linn. Black-capped Titmouse. 
“ ~ Carolinensis, Aud. Carolina Titmouse. Rare. 
. Lophophanes bicolor (Linn.). Tufted Titmouse. 
. Sitta Carolinensis, Gm. White-bellied Nuthatch. 
“Canadensis, Linn. Red-bellied Nuthatch. 


Fam. CERTHIADA. 
. Certhia Americana, Bon. American Creeper. 


Fam. TROGLODYTID &. 
. Thryothorus Ludovicianus(Gm.). Gr’t Carolina Wren. 


The occurrence of this species so far north is not frequent. 
Ihave noticed but two specimens on N. Y. Island. The first was 


in July 


, when it was no doubt breeding; the other, which was 


in remarkably fine plumage, I obtained in the autumn; my 
attention was called to it by hearing a song of great power and 


volume 
seemed 


, with the notes of which I was not familiar, and which 
fairly to rival those of the Mocking Bird (AZimus 


polyglotius). 
48. Troglodytes aedon, Vieill. House Wren. 


49. “ Americanus, Aud. Wood Wren. 
50. “ hyemalis (Wils.). Winter Wren. 
51. Cistothorus palustris (Wils.). Long-billed Marsh Wren. 


Ei stellaris (Licht.). Short-billed Marsh Wren. 
Fam. MOTACILLID 2. 


. Anthus Ludovicianus, Gm. Tit Lark. 


Fam. SYLVICOLID &. 


. Mniotilta varia (Linn.). Black and White Creeper. 
. Parula Americana (Uinn.). Blue yellow-backed 


Warbler. 


. Geothlypis trichas (Linn.). Maryland Yellow-throat. 


s Philadelphia (Wils.). Mourning Warbler. 


. Oporornis agilis (Wils.). Connecticut Warbler. 


284 Catalogue of Birds. 


59. Oporornis formosus (Wils.). Kentucky Warbler. 
60. Helmitherus vermivorus(Gm.). Worm-eating Warbler. 
61. Helminthophaga pinus (Linn.). Blue-winged Yellow 


Warbler. 

62. st chrysoptera (Linn.). Golden-winged 
Warbler. 

63. e ruficapilla (Wils.). Nashville War- 
bler. 

64. = celata  (Say.). Orange-crowned 
Warbler. 

65. és peregrina (Wils.). Tennessee Warbler. 


66. Dendroica corenata (Linn.). Yellow Rump. 
67. i Blackburnie (Gm.). Blackburnian Warbler. 
68. Gy Castanea (Wils.). Bay-breasted Warbler. 


69. Ss eirens (Gm.). Black-throated Green 
Warbler. 
70. Dendroica Canadensis (Linn.). Black-throated Blue 
Warbler. 
dae eS pinus (Wils.). Pine-creeping Warbler. 
72. ce Pennsylvanica (Linn.). Chestnut-sided 
Warbler. 


73. sf striata (Forster). Black Poll Warbler. 
14. a estiva (Gm.). Yellow Warbler. 
79. . maculosa(Gm.). Black & Yellow Warbler. 
io. i tigrina (Gm.). Cape May Warbler. 
palmarum (Gm.). Yellow Red Poll 
Warbler. 
78. discolor (Vieill.). Prairie Warbler. 
79. Securus aurocapillus (Linn.). Golden-crowned Thrush. 
80. “« — Noveboracensis (Gm.) Water Thrush. 
81. “  Ludovicianus (Vieill.). Large-billed Water 
Thrush. 
82. Myiodioctes mitratus (Gm.) Hooded Warbler. 
This beautiful species is not abundant, but several times in 
the month of July I have observed it in swampy situations, on 


Catalogue of Birds. ; 285 


the top of the Palisades, in the vicinity of Fort Lee, where it 
was breeding. 


83. 


84. 
85. 


86. 
87. 
88. 
89. 
90. 


91. 
92. 
93. 
94. 
95. 
96. 


97. 


98. 
99. 


Myiodioctes pusillus (Wils.). Green Black-cap Fly- 
catcher. 
; Canadensis (Linn.). Canada Flycatcher. 
Setophaga ruticilla (Linn.). Redstart. 


Fam. HIRUNDINIDA. 


[Tirundo horreorum, Barton. Barn Swallow. 

4 lunifrons, Say. Cliff Swallow. 

ee bicolor, Vieill. White-bellied Swallow. 
Cotyle riparia (Linn.). Bank Swallow. 
Progne purpurea (Linn.). Purple Martin. 


Fam. VIREONID AL. 


Icteria viridis (Gm.). Yellow-breasted Chat. 
Vireosylvia oliwacea (Linn.). Red-eyed Flycatcher. 
i guva (Vieill.). Warbling Flycatcher. 
Vireo Noveboracensis (Gm.). White-eyed Vireo. 
¢  solitarius (Wils.). Solitary Vireo. 
“  flwifrons, Vieill. Yellow-throated Vireo. 


Fam. LANIDA. 
Collyrio borealis (Bon.). Great Northern Shrike. 


Fam. AMPELIDA. 


Ampelis garrulus, Linn. Wax Wing. 
us cedrorum (Vieill.). Cedar Bird. 


In this species I have noticed some peculiarities in color of 
the wax-like appendages on the wings; in a specimen, pre- 
sented by Mr. Chas. Galbraith, they are of a light pink, the 
plumage is as usual except that the ends of the tail-feathers are 
very pale; another in Mr. Bell’s possession had these append- 
ages yellow. Rarely individuals are found in which each tail- 
feather is tipped with the red appendages. 


286 Catalogue of Birds. 


Fam. TANAGRIDA. 


100. Pyranga rubra (Linn.). Scarlet Tanager. 
101. ‘s estiva (Linn.). Summer Red Bird. 
Audubon states that this species has been observed in Mas- 
sachusetts ; I have seen it in the Magnolia Swamps of the New 
Jersey coast near Atlantic City, but never met with it any fur- 
ther north. 


Fam. FRINGILLID~. 


102. Hedymeles Ludovicianus (Linn.). Rose-breasted 
Grosbeak. ) 
103. Oardinalis Virginianus (Bon.). Red Bird. 

I have occasionally met with this species in New Jersey, at 
the back of Fort Lee, and have also seen it from Staten Island, 
but only in one instance on New York Island, near the High 
Bridge, when my attention was attracted to it by the loudness 
of its song. 

104. Guiraca coerulea (Linn.). Blue Grosbeak. Rare. 
105. Huspiza Americana (Gm.). Black-throated Bunting. 
106. Cyanospiza cyanea (Linn.). Indigo Bird. 

107. Passerculus Savanna (Wils.). Savannah Sparrow. 
108. Poecetes gramineus (Gm.). Grass Finch. 

109. Zonotrichia leucophrys (Forster). White-crowned 


Sparrow. 

110. ‘S allicollis (Gm.). White-throated Spar- 
row. 

111. Melospiza melodia (Wils.). Song Sparrow. 

112. uy Lincolnit (Aud.). Linecoln’s Finch. 

113. “ palustris (Wils.). Swamp Sparrow. 


114. Spizella monticola (Gm.). , Lree Sparrow. 

115. “  socialis (Wils.). Chipping Sparrow. 

116. “pusilla (Wils.). Field Sparrow. 

117. Junco hyemalis (Linn.). Snow Bird. 

118. Ammodromus caudacutus (Gm.). Sharp-tailed Finch. 
ae: a maritimus (Wils.). Sea-side Finch. 


—— 


Catalogue of Birds. 287 

120. Coturniculus passerinus (Wils.). Yellow-winged 
Sparrow. 

121, : Hlenslowi (Aud.). Henslow’s Bunting. 


122. Passerella iliaca (Merrem.). Fox-colored Sparrow. 
123. Passer domesticus (Linn.). The House Sparrow. 

This familiar European species has been successfully intro- 
duced in New York, and colonies have been established at seve- 
ral distant points, where they could have been seen during the 
past winter. After the extreme cold of last January (1866), when 
the thermometer marked ten degrees below zero, I noticed them 
in their usual quarters, apparently unharmed. In Jersey City, 
also, they are quite numerous, I first observed them in the 
spring of 1865. <A friend, conversant with our local native 
birds, informed me that he had seen a species in the shrubbery 
around the church on the corner of 5th Avenue and 29th street, 
with which he was not familiar; on going to ascertain what 
they were, to my surprise I found them to be House Sparrows ; 
they were domiciled in the ivy which grew on the walls of the 
church, and were quite gentle and fearless, some alighting in 
the street and dusting themselves quite near to where I stood. 
I afterwards learned from our associate, Mr. Eugene Schieffelin, 
that he had been looking after them with much interest; in 
fact he is entitled to the credit, in a great: measure, for this 
important acquisition to our city. In 1860, and for three years 
thereafter, he yearly set free five or six pairs, mostly in the 
neighborhood of Madison Square; seven pairs were let out in 
the Central Park, by the Commissioners, in 1864. 

Mr. Schieffelin told me that in the yard of his father’s house, 
in 26th street near Madison square, quite a number were to be 
seen at almost any time. This was early in June; I went there 
with him and had the opportunity of examining them very 
satisfactorily. Some were in the trees, others on the ground 
feeding among the poultry; I noticed a company of six young 
birds (no doubt of the same brood) which kept close together 
on the ground, mixing freely with the chickens, and when 


288 Catalogue of Birds. 


pecked at for being in the way, paying but little heed to the 
admonition, merely hopping to one side; there was a fountain 
in the yard, and on the edge of the basin this same party were 
afterwards enjoying a bath together. One pair of adult birds 
especially took our attention, both being in perfect plumage. 
I was surprised to see the male possessed of such pure and 
bright colors, so different from the dingy smoke-begrimed spe- 
cimens from Europe, usually seen in collections. Their flight 
is strong, rapid, and direct; they probably have two or more 
broods in a season, as at this date (the end of March) some 
appear to be already mated.* 

I never expected to see the realization in this city, and by the 
species supposed to be alluded to, of “a Sparrow alone upon 
the house top.” 

That pest of our shade trees and the horror of pedestrians, the 
caterpillars or larvee (of “ Hnnomos subsignaria Hiib.”), fami- 
liarly known as the “measuring worm,” from a single one of 
which a sensitive lady shrinks in disgust, are said to form part 
of the diet of this species. In Philadelphia, where these worms 
abound to a much greater degree than in New York, the intro- 
duetion of this bird would confer a boon on the inhabitants they 
could not fail to appreciate. 

124, Pipilo erythrophthalmus (Linn.). Gr ound Robin. 

125. Plectrophanes nivalis (Linn.). Snow Bunting. 

126. fs Lapponicus (Linn.). Lapland Long 
spur. 

127. Loxia Americana (Wils.). Red Crossbill., 

128. ‘ leucoptera, Gm. White-winged Crossbill. 

129. Pinicola Canadensis (Briss.). Pine Grosbeak. 

130. Carpodacus purpureus (Gm.). Purple Finch. 

131. Aegiothus linaria (Linn.). Lesser Red Poll. 





* At this time (April 15th) several nests are built in the ivy on the church at 
the corner of 29th street; the nest is globular in form, with an entrance at the 
side. 


Catalogue of Birds. 289 


132. Hesperiphona vespertina (Cooper). Evening Gros- 
beak. Rare. 

133. Ohrysomitris tristis (Linn.). Yellow Bird. 

134. e pinus (Wils.). Pine Finch. 


Fam. ALAUDIDA. 
135. Eeremophila cornuta (Wils.). Shore Lark. 


Fam. ICTERID. 
136. Icterus Baltimore (Linn.). Baltimore Oriole. 
1387. “ spurius (Linn.). Orchard Oriole. 
138. Dolichonyx oryzivorus (Linn.). Boblink. 
139. Molothrus pecoris (Gm.). Cow Bird. 
140. Agelaius pheniceus (Linn.). Swamp Blackbird. 
141. Sturnella magna (Linn.). Meadow Lark. 
142. Scoleocophaqus ferrugineus (Gm.). Rusty Blackbird. 
1438. Quiscalus versicolor (Linn.). Crow Blackbird. 


Fam. CORVIDAL. 
144. Cyanocitla cristata (Linn.). Blue Jay. 
145. Perisoreus Canadensis (Linn.). Canada Jay. 

I have a specimen of this species, killed by one of my bro- 
thers on N. Y. Island near Manhattanville; he noticed an 
assemblage of small birds which seemed much excited and 
making cries of alarm; on going to ascertain the cause, the Jay 
took flight, pursued by the screaming multitude. This was in 
midsummer, a very unusual season for this species to be seen 
so far south. 

146. Corvus carnivorus, Bartram. American Raven. 

The Raven is rare in this vicinity, although quite common 
on the New Jersey coast. I was informed by Mr. Akhurst 
that a fine specimen, one of a pair shot on Long Island, and 
which passed through his hands, is now in the museum of the 
L. I. Historical Society. 

147. Corvus Americanus, Aud. Common Crow. 
148. “  ossifragus, Wilson. Fish Crow. 


290 Catalogue of Birds. 


De Kay, in our State Nat. Hist., says of, this species, “They 
are occasionally seen on the shores of Long Island, but are usu- 
ally confounded with the Common Crow.” I have never seen 
it north of Squan Beach on the coast of New Jersey. 


Fam. TYRANNIDA. 


149. Tyrannus Carolinensis (Linn.). King Bird. 

In this city, on Broadway between 26th and 27th streets, 
there is a large Buttonwood tree (Platanus occidentalis), a 
remnant of the original forest, but now in the heart of the city ; 
it stands in the middle of the sidewalk, and has a circumfer- 
ence at its base of fifteen feet. It rears its head far above the 
neighboring houses; on one of its upper branches, projecting 
over the street, Mr. E. Schieffelin pointed out to me last spring 
a nest of this species, where for several seasons broods of young 
had been hatched out (probably by the same pair), unmindful 
of the noise and confusion below. ' 

150. Myriarchus crinitus (Linn.). Great-crested Fly- 
catcher. 

151. Hmpidias fuscus (Bon.). Pewee. 

152. Contopus borealis (Sw.). Olive-sided Flycatcher. 

A good example in my collection of this species was presented 
by Mr. Chas. Galbraith, who shot it at West Hoboken, N. J. 

153. Contopus virens (Linn.). Wood Pewee. 
154. Hmpidonax Trail (Aud.). Traill’s Flycatcher. 


155. ‘ minimus, Baird. Least Flycatcher. 

156. “ acadicus (Gm.). Small Green-crested 
Flycatcher. 

157. flaviventris, Baird. Yellcw-bellied Fly- 
catcher. 


Fam. ALCEDINID Zi. 
158. Ceryle alcyon (Linn.). Belted King-fisher. 


Fam. CAPRIMULGIDA. 
159. Antrostomus vociferus (Wils.). Whippoorwill. 


Catalogue of Birds. 291 
160. Chordeiles popetue (Vieill.). Night Hawk. 


Fam. CYPSELID/. 
161. Chaetura pelasgia (Linn.). Chimney Swallow. 


Fam. TROCHILID. 
162. Trochilus colubris, Linn. Raby-throated Humming 
Bird. 
Fam. CUCULID. 
163. Coceygus Americanus (Linn.). Yellow-billed Cuckoo. 
164. - erythrophthalmus (Wils.).  Black-billed 
Cuckoo. 


Fam. PICIDA.. 
165. Picus villosus, Linn. Hairy Woodpecker. 
166. “ pubescens, Linn. Downy Woodpecker. 
167. “ borealis, Vieill. Red-cockaded Woodpecker. 

This species is rare here, but I have a specimen, obtained 
at Hoboken, N. J. 

168. Sphyropicus varius (Linn.). Yellow-bellied Wood- 
pecker, 
169. Hylotomus pileatus (Linn.). Black Woodeock. 

I possess one specimen killed at Hoboken. A few years 
ago it was not unusual to see specimens in our market (in the 
winter) sent from the northern part of Pennsylvania. 

170. Centurus Carolinus(Linn.). Red-billed Woodpecker. 

171. Melanerpes erythrocephalus (Linn.). Red-headed 

Woodpecker. 

172. Colaptes auratus (Linn.). Yellow-shafted Flicker. 
Fam. COLUMBIDA. 

173. Ectopistes migratorius (Linn.). Wild Pigeon. 

174. Zenaidura Carolinensis (Linn.). Common Dove. 
Fam. TETRAONID. 


175. OCupidonia cupido (Linn.). Prairie Hen. 
176. Bonasa umbellus (Linn.). Ruffed Grouse. 


292 Catalogue of Birds. 


Fam. PERDICID. 

177. Ortyx Virginianus (Linn.). Virginia Partridge. 

Quail. 
Fam. ARDEID. 

178. Demiegretta Ludoviciana (Wilson). Louisiana Heron. 

179. Garzetta candidissima (Jacquin). Snowy Heron. 

180. [Herodias egretta (Gm.). White Heron. 

181. Ardea herodias, Linn. Great Blue Heron. 

182. Florida cerulea (Linn.). Blue Heron. 

183. Ardetta exilis (Gm.), Least Bittern. 

184. Botaurus lentiginosus, Steph. Bittern. 

185. Butorides virescens (Linn.). Green Heron. 

186. Nyctiardea Gardeni (Gm.). Night Heron. 

187. Nyctitherodius violaceus (Linn.). Yellow-crowned 
Night Heron. 


Fam. TANTALID 4. 


188. Zbis alba (Linn.). White Ibis. Fare. 
189. “ Ordit, Bon. Glossy Ibis. Rare. 


Fam. SCOLOPACID. 


190. Scolopax rusticola, Linn. Woodcock. 

I have had an example of this species for some years, which 
-was sent me by Mr. Wm. Galbraith, accompanied with the fol- 
lowing note, dated 6th Dec. 1859. ‘A poultry dealer in 
Washington market informed me that he had seen in the market 
a strange bird, which in his opinion was an overgrown Wood- 
cock. I went to see it and found it to be a true European 
Woodcock; it is badly shot, part of the bill and skull being 
carried away ; it is fresh and otherwise in good order ; the per- 
son I got it from said that he bought it with a lot of Quail on 
board the Shrewsbury boat. I thought it an occurrence in our 
line worthy of notice.” 

It was doubtless killed near Shrewsbury, N. J., and appa- 
rently with coarse shot ; it was, however, in good condition, and 


7 


Catalogue of Birds. 293 


after taking off its skin I had the body cooked and was able to 
partake of a dish not usual in America. It probably came by 
the way of Iceland and Greenland, a route by which other 
European species occasionally reach us. 

A friend of mine shot :a large Woodcock near Newport, R. I., 
which weighed fourteen ounces; he was struck with its great 
size when it rose, but unfortunately did not preserve it. The 
probability is that it was of this species. 

In Lewis’s American Sportsman, Philadelphia, 1863, under 
the title Woodcock, he has in a foot note as follows: “G. D. 
Wetherill, Esq., informed us, a few days since, that a gentleman 
sent him, a year or two ago, a woodcock that weighed fourteen 
ounces, which was shot in New Jersey, and it was his intention 
to have had it mounted, but, owing to the negligence of the 
party who brought the bird, it was too far gone betore he 
received it.” 

This no doubt was also the European species. Mr. Lewis 
says, the American bird is much smaller than the foreign, “in 
fact weighs fully one third less, seldom exceeding six or nine 
ounces ; while the ordinary weight of the English cock is never 
less than twelve or fourteen ounces,” ete. 

In advance sheets of Prof. Baird’s article on the Distribution 
and Migration of Birds, published in the Am. Journ. of Science 
and Arts, Vol. XLI., I notice that a specimen is recorded as 
obtained in Newfoundland. 

191. Philohela minor (Gm.). American Woodcock. 

Some years ago I saw a specimen of this species which was 
killed in the Park of the City Hall, opposite the Astor House ; 
a gentleman who saw it come down, procured a gun, put it up 
and shot it. I started one many years ago from a gutter in 
Pearl street near Franklin square, a section of the city closely 
built up. . 

192. Gallinago Wilsonii (Temm.). English Snipe. 

193. MJacrorampius griseus (Gm.). Red-breasted Snipe. 

194. ie : scolopaceus (Say). Long-billed Snipe. 
APRIL, 1866. 22 | Ann. Lyo. Nat. Hist, Vou. VII. 


294 


Catalogue of Birds. 


Specimens of this species were obtained in market this year 
as early as the 20th of March, fully one month before the 
appearance of J/. griseus. 


195. 
196. 
197: 
198. 
199. 
200. 
201. 
202. 


Micropalama himantopus (Bon.). Stilt Sandpiper. 
Ereunetes pusillus (Gm.). Semipalmated Sandpiper. 
Tringa canutus (Linn.). Red-breasted Sandpiper. 
Calidris arenarva (Linn.). Sanderling. 
Arquatella maritima (Brunn.). Purple Sandpiper. 
Ancylocheilus subarquata (Guld.). Curlew Sandpiper. 
Pelidna Americana (Cass.). American Dunlin. 
Actodromas minutilla (Vieill.). Least Sandpiper. 
maculata (Vieill.) Pectoral Sandpiper. 
3 Bonapartit, Schlegel. Bonaparte’s Sand- 
piper. 
se Coopert (Baird). Cooper’s Sandpiper. 


. Symphemia semipalmata (Gm.). Willet. 
. Gambetta melanoleuca (Gm.).  Tell-tale. 


BS flavipes (Gm.). Yellow Legs. 


. Rhyacophilus solitarius (Wils.). Solitary Sandpiper. 
. Tringoides macularius (Linn.). Spotted Sandpiper. 

. Philomachus pugnax (Linn.). Ruff. 

. Actiturus Bartramius (Wils.). Field Plover. 

3. Tryngites rufescens (Vieill.). Buff-breasted Sand- 


piper. 


. Limosa fedoa (Linn.). Marbled Godwit ; Marlin. 


‘«  Hudsonica (Lath.). Hudsonian Godwit. 


. Numenius longirostris, Wils. Long-billed Curlew. 
. Numenius Hudsonicus, Latham. Hudsonian Curlew. 


cf borealis (Forster). Esquimaux Curlew. 
Fam. CHARADRITDAL. 


. Charadrius Virginicus, Borck. Golden Plover. 
. Aegialitis vociferus (Linn.). Killdeer. 


of Wilsonius (Ord.). Wilson’s Plover. 
semipalmatus (Bon.). Semipalmated Plo- 
ver. 


240. 
241. 
242, 
Under 


Catalogue of Birds. 295 


. Aegialitis melodus (Ord.). Piping Plover. 
. Squatarola Helvetica (Linn.). Black-bellied Plover. 


Fam. HAEMATAPODID. 


. Haematopus palliatus, Temm. Oyster Catcher. 
. Strepsilas interpres (Linn.). Turnstone. 


Fam. RECURVIROSTRIDZ:. 


. Recurvirostra Americana, Gm. American Avocet. 
. Himantopus nigricollis, Vieill. Black-necked Stilt. 


Fam. PHALAROPODID ~. 


. Phalaropus Wilsoniz, Sab. Wilson’s Phalarope. 


hyperboreus (Linn.). Northern Phala- 
rope. 
‘ Julicarius (Linn.). Red Phalarope. 


Fam. RALLID. 


. Pallus elegans, Aud. Marsh Hen. 


“¢  erepitans, Gm. Clapper Rail. 
“ Virginianus, Linn. Virginia Rail. 


. Porzana Carolina, Vieill. Common Rail. 


rs Noveboracensis (Gm.). Yellow Rail. 


. Lulica Americana, Gm. Coot. 
. Gallinula galeata (Licht.). Florida Gallinule. 


6 Martinica (Linn.). Purple Gallinule. 
Fam. ANATID. 


Cygnus Americanus, Sharpless. American Swan. 

Anser hyperboreus, Pallas. Snow Goose. 
“caerulescens, Linn. White-headed Goose. 

the Linnean name of ewrulescens, Mr. Cassin (Phil. 


Proce. 1856, p. 42) has restored to specific rank the goose with 
bluish wings and white head and neck, figured by Wilson and 
Audubon as the young of A. hyperboreus. .Well marked spe- 
cimens in this plumage have been obtained on Long Island. — 


243. 


Anser Gambelu, Hartlaub. White-fronted Goose. 


296 Catalogue of Birds. 


244. Bernicla Canadensis (Linn.). Canada Goose. 
245. “ Hutchinsii (Rich.). Hutchins’ Goose. 
246. : brenta (Stephens). Brant. 

247. . nigricans (Lawr.). Black Brant. 

There is a fine specimen of this species, rare on the Atlantic 
coast, in the Museum of the L. I. Historical Society, which was 
obtained on Long Island. It breeds in the Slave Lake region 
at the north, and migrates across the Rocky Mountains to the 
Pacific coast ; an occasional straggler only coming eastward. 

248, Anas bogchas, Linn. Mallard. 
249. ‘ maxima, Gosse. Green-backed mallard. 

This large duck described as a distinct species by Gosse, 
Birds of Jamaica, p. 399, and afterwards by Mr. J. G. Bell, 
under the name of Fudigula viola, in our Annals, is thought by 
many to be a cross between the mallard (A. doschas) and the 
muscovy (Catrina moschata). It may be a hybrid, but I do 
not consider its being so to be fully established by the evidence. 
As they come from the north their origin would necessarily be 
a domestic one, as C. moschata does not occur in a wild state 
north of Mexico, yet I have never heard of any in a state of 
domestication ; all have been shot wild. In those that I have 
seen there is quite a uniformity of coloration somewhat resem- 
bling that of the mallard, but not in any respect like the mus- 
covy duck; the bill is precisely as in the Genus Anas, and not 
at all like that of C. moschata ; neither are there any caruncles, 
or bare spaces on the sides of the head, or white on the wings 
as in the muscovy. A mongrel breed, between the domestic 
duck (of which the mallard is the origin) and the muscovy, is of 
common occurrence in our barn yards, which shows unmistak- 
able marks of the parentage. My conclusion, therefore, is that 
if it be a hybrid the muscovy must be rejected, and no other 
presents itself of which the product could be so large, much 
exceeding in size that of the mallard. I have a pair shot a few 
years ago, late in November, at South Hempstead, L. I.; one 


ae 


yi 


more was in their company, but was not obtained; the male 


Catalogue of Birds. 297 


weighed 61 pounds, the female 4? pounds. 


Mr. Gosse was aware that it was considered a hybrid, but 
was by no means “free from doubt on the subject.” Prof. 
Baird (Pacific R. R. Reports, Vol. TX.) says, “it is generally 
‘supposed to be a hybrid with the muscovy (C. moschata), 
although from the constancy of its markings and the absence 
on the face of the peculiarities of the muscovy, it may be ques- 


tioned whether, after all, it be not entitled to specific rank.” 


It is much to be desired that information to establish its true 


status may yet be obtained. 


Oe ON 
om 


[SY Sor TRS)" eY fe) 
(py Sx 
Oo © 


[=P) 
— 


. Anas obscura, Gm. Black Duck. 
. Dafila acuta (Linn.).  Pintail. 
. Nettion Carolinensis (Gm.). Green-winged Teal. 


“ erecca (Linn.). English Teal. 


. Querquedula discors (Linn.). Blue-winged Teal. 
. Spatula clypeata (Linn.). Shoveller. 

. Chaulelasmus streperus (Linn.). Gadwall. 

. Mareca Americana (Gm.). American Widgeon. 


“Penelope (Liun.). English Widgeon. 


. Aix sponsa (Linn.). Summer Duck. 
. Fulix marila (Linn.). Large Broad Bill. 
. — affinis (Forster). Little Broad Bill. 


“  collaris (Donovan). Ring-necked Duck. 


. Aythya Americana (Eyton). Red-head. 


“ —-vallisneria (Wils.). Canvas-back. 


. Bucephala Americana (Bon.). Golden Eye. 


be albeola (Linn.). Butter Ball. 


. Histrionicus torquatus (Linn.). Harlequin Duck. 
. Harelda glacialis (Linn.). South Southerly. 

. Camptolaemus Labradorius (Gm.). Labrador Duck. 
. Melanetta velvetina (Cassin). Velvet Duck. 
. Pelionetta perspicillata (Linn.). Surf Duck. 
. Oidemia Americana, Swain. Scoter. 

. Somateria mollissima (Linn.). Hider Duck. 


298 


284. 


Catalogue of Birds. 


. Somateria spectabilis (Linn.). King Duck. 
. Erismatura rubida (Wils.). Ruddy Duck. 
. Mergus Americanus, Cassin. Sheldrake. 


“« serrator, Linn. Jted-breasted Merganser. 


. Lophodytes cucullatus (Linn.). Hooded Merganser. 


Fam. PELECANID 4. 


. Pelecanus erythrorhynchus,Gm. American Pelican. 


«  fuscus, Linn. Brown Pelican. 


Fam. SULID. 


. Sula bassana, Briss., Common Gannet. 


Fam. PHALACROCORACID:. 


. Graculus carbo (Linn.). Common Cormorant. 


t dilophus (Sw.). Double-crested Cormorant. 


Fam. PROCELLARID AL. 
Aestrelaia meridionalis (Lawr.). Tropical Fulmar. 


One specimen obtained on Long Island, see Annals, Vol. 5, 


p. 220. 


285. 


Procellaria leucorrhoa, Vieill. Leach’s Petrel. 


I have a specimen of this species sent me by our late Vice- 
President, Wm. Cooper, Esq., with the following memorandum : 
“Caught in Elysian Fields, Hoboken, Nov. 3d, 1861.” It had, 
no doubt, been driven inland by a storm, an occurrence not 
unusual with birds of this family. 


286 
287 
288 
289 


290. 
291. 


Procellaria pelagica, Linn. Mother Carey’s Chicken. 
Oceanites oceanica (Khul). Wilson’s Stormy Petrel. 
Nectris fuliginosus, Strick. Sooty Shearwater. 
Puffinus major, Faber. Greater Shearwater. 


< Anglorum, Temm. Mank’s Shearwater. 
obscurus (Gm.). Dusky Shearwater. ra. 
Fam. LARIDZ. 


Stercorarius pomatorhinus, Temm.  Pomatorhine 
Skua. 





d 


al 


Catalogue of Birds. 299 


293. Stercorarius parasiticus (Linn.). Arctic Skua. 
294. be Buffoni (Boie). Long-tailed Skua. 
295. Larus glaucus, Brann. Glaucous Gull. 

296. ““ Hutchinsii, Richardson. Hutchins’s Gull. 

I have a specimen procured on Long Island, which, at first, 
I supposed was Z. glaucus, but now consider it to be the young 
of this species. 

297. Larus marinus, Linn. Great black-backed Gull. 
298. “  Smithsonianus, Cones. Amer. Herring Gull. 

Our common Herring Gull has been described as distinet 
from Z. argentatus of Europe by Dr. E. Coues. (Proc. of Phil. 
Acad. 1862, p. 296.) 

299. Larus Delawarensis, Ord. Ring-billed Gull. 

300. Rissa tridactyla (Linn.). Kittiwake Gull. 

301. Chroicocephalus atricilla (Linn.). Laughing Gull. 

302. cy Philadelphia (Ord). Bonaparte’s 
Gull. 

308. Xema Sabinii (Sabine). Fork-tailed Gull. 

304. Gelochelidon Anglica (Montagu). Marsh Tern. 

305. Thalasseus Caspius (Pallas). Caspian Tern. 

306. ¢ regius (Gambel). Royal Tein. 

307. Sterna Trudeaui, Aud. Trudeau’s Tern. 

Of this species no other specimen has been obtained since 
that of the type on the coast of New Jersey. 

308. Sterna Forsteri, Nutt. Forster’s Tern. 

A few years ago, in the autumn, I found in Fulton Market 
several specimens of this Tern, both adult and young, which 
came from Long Island. 

309. Sterna hirundo, Linn. Common Tern. 

310.. “  macrura, Naumann. Arctic Tern. 
311. “ paradisea, Brunn. Roseate Tern. 
312. “ Antillarum, Lesson. Least Tern. 
3138. Hydrochelidon jissipes (Linn.). Black Tern. 
314. Lhynchops nigra, Linn. Black Skimmer. 


\ 


300 


315. 
316. 
S17. 
318. 
319. 
320. 
321. 


(se) 
bo 


ist) 
= OOo 


©) co 
bo bw bo bw 
as 


ow 09 
NG) 
~y 


Or 


oe 


Catalogue of Birds. 
Fam. COLYMBID&. 


Colymbus torquatus, Brunn. Northern Diver. 
ee arcticus, Linn. Black-throated Diver. 
is septentrionalis, Linn. Red-throated Diver. 


Podiceps griseigena (Bodd.). Red-necked Grebe. 
eS eristatus (Linn.). Crested Grebe. 
i cornutus (Gm.). Horned Grebe. 
Podilymbus podiceps (Linn.). Carolina Grebe. 


Fam. ALCID 4. 


. Utamania torda (Linn.). Razor-billed Auk. 
. Mormon arcticus (Linn). Arctic Puffin. 
. Uria grylle (Linn.). Black Guillemot. 


“ lomvia, Brunn. Foolish Guillemot. 
“ arra, Pallas. Thick-billed Guillemot. 


. Mergulus alle (Linn.). Sea Dove. 





EXPLANATION OF PLATE IIL 


Illustrating Art. XIII. and XIV. Ann. Lye. VIII. pp. 140-143. 


Fig, 1. 


By Taro. Git. 


Represents Plagiotremus spilistius Gill (Ann. Lye. 


vill. 140), of natural size, with open mouth to show the large 
canine teeth which are received, when the mouth is closed, in 
corresponding fossee of the palate. 


Fig. 2. 


The head of the same from below, to show the trans- 


verse anterior margin of the mouth, the teeth, and the four 
minute barbels of the chin. 

Fic. 3. Represents Chanopsis ocellatus Poey (Ann. Lye. 
vill. 143), slightly reduced, and with open mouth exposing to 


view the tongue. Below the head, a single tooth is repre- 


sented. 


Reptilian Bird from the Trias of Massachusetts. 801 


XXXIT.— Description of a new Rerriuan Brirp from the 
Trias of Massacruserts. 


By C. H. Hrrcscocr, 
Read April 9, 1866. 


For original description of the genus Tarsodactylus see Ich- 
nology of New England, by Edward Hitchcock, 1858. 


Tarsodactylus expansus,. 


Hind Foot—Tetradactylous, three of the toes pointing forward: 
pachydactylous; hind toe reaching the ground only with its extremity 
on the inner side of the heel, or near the roots of the front toes. Hence 
it must have been inserted high upon the tarso-metatarsus. Divari- 
cation of the lateral toes 75°-80° ; of the inner and middle 25°; of the 
middle and outer 50°; of the axis of the foot with the line of direction, 
the foot turned inward, 20°-25°, Distance between the rows of right 
and left tracks two to three inches. Length of the inner front toe one 
inch; of the middle, 1.43 inch; of the outer, 1.1 inch; of the claw, 
0.12 inch. From tip to tip of the lateral toes, 1.5 inch; between the 
inner and middle, 0.75 inch ; between the middle and outer, 1.2 inch. 
Projection of the middle toe beyond the rest 0.62 inch, Length of the 
foot, 1.7 inch ; iength of step by alternate hind feet, 2 to 43 inches; by 
the right or left feet, 5 to 7 inches. Middle toe barely trails in one 
instance. Track ornithoid. Width of trackway 5.5 inches. Length of 
impression made by fourth toe 0.2 inch, about 0.4 inch distant from the 
foot, and on the inside. 

Fore Foot-—Pentedactylous, pachydactylous ; turned outward on the 
right hand side, forward on the left hand side. This irregularity is per- 
haps due to a curve in the line of the animal’s progress. Divarication of 
the lateral toes, 100°; ofthe inner and second, 30°; of the second and 
third, 20°; of the third and fourth, 25°; of the fourth and fifth, or outer, 
25°-30°. Length of the outer toe from the middle of the posterior 
part of the foot, 0.37 inch; of the fourth toe, 0.6 inch; of the third, 
0.75 inch; of the second, 0.8 inch; of the inner toe, 0.48 inch. From 
tip to tip of outer toes, 1 inch. Width of toes, 0.2 inch. Foot repti- 
lian. There is one slight caudal marking in the middle of the track- 
way, indicating the possession of a long slender tail. 


302 Reptilian Bird from the Trias of Massachusetts. 


Remarks.—This species differs from the 7. cawdatus—the 
only one described—in the greater divarication or spread of 
the toes; its inferior size, being from one fourth to one half 
smaller; and thirdly, its mode of progression is irregular and it 
does not trail its claws in the mud. The 7. caudatus walks as 
regularly as a turtle. The claws of the hind toes are very 
large—almost pellets. The front feet of the two species appear 
to correspond perfectly except in size. 

Locality.—Ferry above Turner’s Falls, near Greenfield, Mass. 
The specimen described is in the private cabinet of the Author. 


On the Young Stages of a few Annelids. 308 


XXXIV.—On the Young Stages of a few Annelids. 
By ALEXANDER AGASSIZ. 


Read June 25, 1866. 


Tur study of immature animals has become so important 
that, before proceeding to my subject, it may. be of some in- 
terest to those engaged in investigating marine animals, to 
know how the young may be collected. Johannes Miiller was 
the first who successfully employed surface dredging with a. 
fine gauze hand-net; he has been followed with eminent suc~ 
cess by many of his pupils, and now scooping the surface of 
the sea in search of diminutive animals, scarcely to be recog-. 
nised with the naked eye, is one of the most profitable sources 
of supply for recent investigators at the sea-shore. Baur* has 
introduced fishing with the gauze net by sinking it to any de- 
sired depth, and this promises to be a fruitful mode of finding 
what cannot be reached with a hand net. Meyer and 
Mobius,t in their investigations of the Fauna of the Bay of 
Kiel, have even attempted, with remarkable good fortune, to 
pump up from the vicinity of the bottom any animals there 
abounding. 

As a rule, the habits of the young marine animals are so 
utterly different from those of the adult, that we cannot expect 
to find them together, and must not search for the young in | 
the retreats where lie concealed the adult Crustacea, in the mnd- 
flats or sandy beaches where are buried Aunelids and Mollusca, 
along the rocky shores where so many Gasteropods abound, or 
under sea-weeds and stones, the hiding-places of both Annelids 
and Moliusks, as well as Crustacea. We must not look in 


* Baur, A. Beitrige zur Naturgeschichte der Synapta digitata; in Ver- 
handl. der K. L. C. D. Akad. 1864. 

+ Meyer, H. A. u. Mésius K. Fauna der Kieler Bucht. 

JUNE, 1866. 23 Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. Vou. VIII. 


304 On the Young Stages of a few Annelids. 


rocky pools frequented by Starfishes, Sea-urchins, and the like, 
for young Echinoderms; the young Polyps are not always to 
be found growing up by the side of their parents; neither can 
we expect to find the young Cod, Goose-fish, Lump-fish, 
Flounder, Cottoids, and Perches, on the feeding-grounds fre- 
quented by the fishermen in search of the adult. The young 
fishes abound close in shore, along sandy flats heated by the sun, 
seeking to avoid the dangers which would beset them in deeper 
waters, and they can scarcely be recognised for what they 
really are except by the most practised eye. Thus the earlier 
stages of most marine animals are passed under circumstances 
totally different from those of the adult. When the adults are 
sedentary in their habits, and capable of very limited motion, 
the young are almost always endowed with corresponding 
freedom, leaving them entirely at the mercy of the winds and 
currents. On the contrary, in the class where we have the 
greatest freedom of movements and least sedentary habits, we 
find the young, for the most part, fixed to the ground and 
incapable of any motion. What greater contrast can there 
be in this respect than the early stages of Hydroid Meduse, 
when, plant-like, they remain for ever attached to one spot, 
giving rise to Meduse endowed with the most varied and 
‘eraceful movements, and often carried about helpless by the 
wind and tide. 

The young of many of our Annelids present a similar con- 
trast to the adult, the latter passing their existence buried in 
tubes sunk in the mud or sand, while in their early stages they 
are free and nomadic, and swarm near the surface of the sea. 
Who would have thougnt of looking for young Echinoderms 
among those erratic beings which perform such a conspicuous 
part in the phosphorescence of the sea, until the wonderful 
researches of Miiller led the way to a field of investigations 
which has revealed changes of the most astonishing nature ! 
The young Crustacea, until quite advanced, find their way to 
the top of the water, where they swim about in company with 


On the Young Stages of a few Annelids. 305 


embryo Mollusks, both very different in appearance and in 
their habits from the adults. 

From the few complete embryologies we possess of the lower 
marine animals, it is apparent that there has not been, up to 
this time, any systematic method of working. Artificial fecun- 
dation can do much towards adding to our knowledge of the 
early stages of marine animals, but any one who has lived at 
the sea-shore and endeavored to keep alive these tiny crea- 
tures, will soon find in this method insurmountable obstacles 
to pursuing his investigations beyond very narrow limits. The 
only way is to gov to the fountain head at once, to make one- 
self familiar with the currents at all hours of the tide and under 
all possible influences of wind; to notice the place where 
opposite currents meet, and throw into long bands the wealth 
of animal life they have swept along; to become so perfectly 
familiar with what you may expect to find under certain con- 
ditions, that no time shall be lost in looking for the most favor- 
able spot which otherwise you would only stumble upon acci- 
dentally. The habitat of the adult animals should be carefully 
observed, so that by surface dredging with the fine gauze hand- 
net in the vicinity of their abodes, and by aclose attention to the 
direction which the currents take from these places, at the time 
of breeding, we can often obtain specimens at all ages and of 
all sizes, till they have ceased to be nomadic or have assumed 
the habits they retain in their adult condition. 

According to the nature of each locality spots are easily 
found where the currents which skirt along the shores are com- 
pelled to pass. Projecting points of land are barriers during 
certain hours of the day, and everything brought floating with 
the tide along their shores will accumulate, until it forces its 
way round or over the obstacles. Narrow passages between 
islets and the shore, through which the tide rushes with great 
rapidity, will give us a synopsis as it were of all that can be 
found in the vicinity. When the wind blows constantly from 
the same direction, it will heap up on the lee shore anything 


306 On the Young Stages of a few Annelids. 


floating on the surface, so that frequently the examination of a 
few rods will give us at once what otherwise we should find 
only after a protracted search. 

Violent storms which throw upon the beaches masses of sea- 
weed, furnish a rich harvest of small animals, attached to the 
fronds, or concealed between the roots, only to be found in 
hiding-places inaccessible at other times. The roots of Lami- 
naria are the resort of thousands of young Echinoderms, An- 
nelids, Crustacea, and Mollusks, after they have ceased to 
swarm near the surface of the water, and have assumed some- 
what the habits of the adult. Not even the dredge will root 
these up, and we must snatch at the favorable chances an 
opportune storm throws in our way. 

I have already shown in my different papers on the Embry- 
ology of Echinoderms* and Acalephs,+ how useful knowledge 
of this kind proved in order to complete missing links in the 
history of their development. In the following pages will be 
given some of the results obtained for a few Annelids by a 
similar mode of procedure. 


PLANARIA. 


Before the observations of Miillert on the development of 
Planarians, the embryos had not been found to differ materially 





* Agassiz, ALEXANDER. On the Embryology of Astracanthion berylinus, 
aN Gee ee ; in Proce. Am, Acad, April 14, 1863. 

Agassiz, ALEXANDER. On the Embryology of Echinoderms; in Mem. Am. 
Acad. IX. 1864. 

Aaassiz, Atexanper. Embryology of the Star-fish; in Vol. 5 of Agassiz’s 
Cont. Nat. Hist. of U.S. 1865. 

+ Agassiz, ALexanper. North American Acalephe; No. 2 of Illustrated Cata- 
logue of Museum of Comparative Zoology. 1865. 

+ Muxter, Jonannes. Ueber eine eigenthiimliche Wurmlarve aus der Classe 
der Turbellarien u. aus der Familie der Planarien; in Archiv f. Anat. u. Phys. 
1850. p. 485. Plate XII-XIII. 


On the Young Stages of a few Annelids. 307 


from the adult; according to Siebold,* Schmidt,+ and Quatre- 
fages,t they differed principally in size, and no trace of meta- 
morphosis could be seen; similar results have been obtained 
by Van Beneden,§ Keferstein and Ehlers,| and Olaparéde.{] 
Miiller’s observations first showed the existence of a metamor- 
phosis in Panaria, while Leuckart and Pagenstecher*? subse- 
quently proved beyond doubt the existence of still more strik- 
ing changes in Pilidium, of a sort of alternate generation giving 
rise to Nemertes, as previously suggested by the observations 
of Miiller,+? Busch,t? Gegenbaur,§$? Wagener,|? and Krohn ;{[* 








* Srenotp, K. T. v. Wirbellose Thiere; in Siebold u. Stannius Vergleichende 
Anatomie, p. 171. 

+ Scumipt, E. O. Die Rhabdocelen Strudelwiirmer des Siissenwassers, be- 
schrieben u. abgebildet. 1848. 

t Quarreraces, A. de. Mémoire sur quelques Planaires marines; in Ann. 
Scien. Nat. 8me. Ser. 1845. IV. 

§ Van Benepen, P. J. Recherches sur la Faune littorale de la Belgique. Tur- 
bellariés de la cdte d’Ostende. 1860. 

|| Kerersretn, W. u. Enters, E. Zoologische Beitrage gesammelt im Winter 
1859-60, in Neapel u. Messina. 1861. 

{ Craparipr, A. R. E. Beobachtungen ueber Anatomie u. Entwickelungs- 
geschichte wirbelloser Thiere, an der Kiiste von Normandie angestellt. Leipzig, 
1863. 

*2 Levexart, R. u. Pacenstecuer, At. Untersuchungen ueber niedere Seethiere. . 
Pilidium die Larve einer Nemertine; in Arch. f. Anat. u. Phys. 1858. p. 569, 
Pl. XIX. 

“qe Miurr, J. Ueber verschiedene Formen von Seethieren: in Arch. f. Anat. 
u. Phys. 1854. p. 81. 

Miter, J. Bericht ueber einige neue Thierformen der Nordsee; in Arch. f. 
Anat. u. Phys. 1846. Pl. V. 

{? Buscn, W. Beobachtungen ueber Anatomie u. Entwickelung einiger Wir- 
belloser Thiere. Berlin. 1851. 

§? Gecennaur, C. Bemerkungen ueber Pilidium gyrans, Actinotrocha bran- 
chiata und Appendicularia; in Zeitschr. f. Wiss. Zool. 1853. V. p. 346. 

|? Wacener, R. Ueber die Mesotrocha sexoculata v. Wilb. Busch; in Arch. 
f. Anat. u. Phys. 1847. p. 187. 

47? Krouy, A.; in Archiv f, Anat. u. Phys. 1856. p. 78. 

Kronn, A.; Ueber Pilidium u. Actinotrocha; in Archiv f. Anat. u. Phys. 
1858. p. 289. 


308 On the Young Stages of a few Annelids. 


changes reminding us of a somewhat similar process in the de- 
velopment of an Echinoderm from a Pluteus. To these evi- 
dently dissimilar modes of development I still have to add the 
transformations of Nareda, as shown In a subsequent part of 
this paper, resembling the usual mode of development of An- 
nelids; also a sort of retrograde development of a species of 
Planaria quite analogous to that more fully described in Nareda, 
where we have a gradual extinction, with advancing age, of 
very distinct articulate features of the young. As in Nareda, 
we find in this Planaria plainly marked articulations when 
young, which become less and less distinct with advancing 
development, a striking contrast to the evolution shown to 
exist in Planarians by Miiller, and to the usual mode of growth 
in this family where the young so early resemble the adult. 

On examining a string of eggs, mistaken at first for those of 
some naked Mollusk, I was surprised to find young Planarize 
in different stages of growth with a ramifying digestive cavity, 
somewhat similar to that of adult specimens, but showing be- 
sides one distinct articulation for each spur of the digestive 
cavity. The eyes were well developed, and when the young 
became free, the articulations were still distinct, and the rami- 
fications of the digestive cavity sufficiently advanced to enable 
me to determine with tolerable certainty the species to which 
these young belonged; probably the Planaria angulata Mtiy.* 

In the youngest specimen observed, Fig. 1, the spurs of the 
digestive cavity were quite prominent, eleven in number (the 
first trace of the ramifications of the adult); each spur was 
placed in a distinctly marked transverse ring. The two ante- 
rior and posterior rings were much larger than the others. In 
this stage the young Planaria scarcely answers to its name; it 
is almost cylindrical, and only slightly compressed. In Fig. 2, 
the processes are larger and more distinctly developed, and 
the young worm has become considerably flattened. It seems 





* Miter, O. F. Zoologia Daniea. 


On the Young Stages of a few Annelids. 309 


scarcely necessary to refer to the opinion advanced by Girard,* 
that the Planarians are naked Gasteropods. 


On toe Aputr or Lovin’s Annetip Larva. 
(Nareda Gir.) ?+ 


Although Lovén was the first to publish observations on the 
development of Annelids proper, as early as 1842,¢ when he 
traced the development of an Annelid, supposed at the time to 
be the larva of some Nereis-like animal, yet up to the present 
day, his observations have not been confirmed in spite of the - 
many memoirs we now possess on the metamorphosis of seve- 
ral families of true Annelids. Milne Edwards, who followed 
closely upon Lovén with a most exhaustive history of the 
development of Terebella,§ laid the foundation of generaliza- 
tions on the mode of formation and norm of succession of rings 
in the young Annelids, which subsequent observations have 
completely confirmed; these were somewhat different from 
what would seem to be logically deduced from the observa- 
tions of Lovén, so that it is of considerable interest to have the 
observations of the latter repeated, to show that the develop- 
ment of this larva does not differ very materially from the 
general mode of evolution observed in other Annelids. 

The large disk of the anterior extremity in Lovén’s larva was 





* Girard, Cu. Researches upon Nemerteans and Planarians. I. Embryonic 
Development of Planocera elliptica; in Jour. Acad. Nat. Sciences. Phil. 1854. 

GrirarpD, Cx. On the Development of Planocera elliptica ; in Proc. Bost. Soc. N. 
H. Ill. p. 348. 

+ Girarp, Cuas.; in Synopsis of Marine Invertebrates of Grand Manan, by W. 
Stimpson ; in Smithson. Cont. 1853. 

t{ Lovin, 8S. L. Jakttagelse 6fser metamorfos hos en Annelid; in K. Vet. 
Akad. Hand]. Stockholm. 1840. p. 93. 

Lovén, S. L. The same, translated by W. Peters, in Archiv f. Naturg. 1842. 
I. p. 302; also in Ann. d. Scien. Nat. 2me. Ser. 1842. XVIII. p. 288. 

§ Epwarps, H. Mitne, Observations sur le dévelopment des Annélides; in 
Ann d. Scien. Nat. 1845. III. p. 145. 


310 On the Young Stages of a few Annelids. 


considered by Milne Edwards as simply due to the distension 
of that portion of the young Annelid, similar to what he had 
often observed in some of the younger stages of Terebella 
while in motion. Larvee with similar disks have since been 
observed by Sars, Busch, Miiller, and Claparede, which are 
known to be the young of Polynoe. It was, therefore, to judge 
from the general resemblance of these larvee, most natural to 
associate Lovén’s larva with those of Polynoe, as has been 
done by Claparéede in his classification of Annelid Larvee. 
From what is shown hereafter—and we have, as far as I know, 
no exceptions to this in the embryology of Annelids—there are 
’ points of difference showing at once that the association is not 
anatural one. The oldest stage figured by Lovén has as yet 
no trace of any feet or bristles, and the only feature by which 
it might possibly be associated with the Nereidz or Eunicea, 
as has been done by Lovén, is the presence of two short an- 
tenn at the anterior extremity. We should expect, from 
what has been shown thus far by all writers on young Anne- 
lids, to find in somewhat more advanced stages, that these ten- 
tacles have considerably increased in length; but such is not 
the case in the specimens of a closely allied species which I 
have had the opportunity to observe, and to keep alive long 
enough to leave but little doubt that Lovén’s larva does not 
belong to the Rapacious or Tubicolar Annelids, but to the 
Turbellariz, and probably to some Nemertean genus like 
Nareda of Girard. 

We find in stages subsequent to those figured by Lovén, 
Figs. 14, 17, that the antennee gradually disappear by a sort of 
retrograde metamorphosis, similar to that of Terebella, ob- 
served by Milne Edwards and Claparéde, where the young, 
resembling far more the normal type of rapacious Annelids 
‘than the adult, lose their few rudimentary organs of sense and 
locomotion soon after they have commenced to build their 
ease. Jiovén observes that the absence of feet and bristles 
prevented him from ascertaining the genus to which his young 


On the Young Stages of a few Annelids. 311 


Annelid belonged; while it is this very absence of feet and 
bristles, as well as the distinct separation of the digestive 
cavity into cesophagus, stomach, and intestine, plainly described 
by him in his young worm, which should have guided him, as 
well as subsequent writers on this subject, in referring the larva 
to its proper place. Had it not been for the deceptive appear- 
ance caused by the temporary presence of antennee and their 
resemblance to Polynoe larvze, this would undoubtedly have 
been done long ago, especially when taking into consideration 
the differentiation of the digestive cavity, so prominent in 
Lovén’s larvee; this separation takes place in other Annelid 
larvee, long after the family and sometimes even the generic 
characters have been fully developed. The early growth of 
bristles and the resemblance of the young larvee of Polynoe to 
the adult, at so young a stage, should at once have directed 
attention to such an anomalous type as that of Lovén’s, having 
no feet or bristles long after the young worm had lost its em- 
bryonic character, as well as all trace of the row of vibratile 
cilia round the head. 

The passage of Lovén’s figures from the condition with a 
disk to the most advanced stage he observed is somewhat 
abrupt. I have been able to supply this defect in the obser- 
vations given below. See Figs. 7-16. Although my larvee 
differ somewhat from those of Lovén, there can be no question 
of the family identity of the two. In the youngest larva, Fig. 
8, we find, as observed by Lovén, no trace as yet of any articu- 
lations ; but we have besides the large cirele of vibratile cilia 
round the anterior extremity (v) described by Lovén, a similar 
powerful ring (v’) round the posterior extremity. This anal 
circle either does not exist in Lovén’s larva or must have es- 
caped his attention. Our larva is like Lovén’s, transparent as 
glass ; it has in addition, following the course of the two vibra- 
tile rings, a single row of most brilliantly colored orange pig- 
ment spots of different shades and sizes ; similar pigment spots 
are scattered in three unequal rows along the unarticulate 


312 On the Young Stages of a few Annelids. 


body, between the anal and anterior vibratile chords; there is 
besides a crescent-shaped row of spots along the posterior edge 
of the mouth (m). The two jet-black eye-spots (e) on each side 
of the summit of the disk are also found in onr larva (seen only 
when facing the ventral or dorsal side, as in Fig. 7). The eyes 
have a totally different appearance from the other pigment 
spots found along the body and vibratile rings. They are ap- 
parently connected with a nervous ganglion sending off deli- 
cate branches to the anterior vibratile ring. The mouth opens 
behind the anterior vibratile chord, leading into a well defined 
esophagus communicating with a stomach, which is distinctly 
separated at its posterior extremity from the intestine; the 
latter opens externally in the middle of the anal vibratile 
chord, placed at the base of the anal ring; this is slightly coni- 
cal, and projects somewhat beyond the vibratile chord. 

Lovén distinctly states that the rings are formed immediately 
at the base of the anterior disk, behind the mouth ; this is pro- 
bably an error of observation, owing to the advanced period at 
which the articulations first commence, or the rings are simply 
folds due to contraction. He describes all the rings of his young 
Larva (Lovén, Fig. 2) as made up of four pieces, and represents 
the same thing again in his Fig. 5. Nothing of the kind could 
be seen in the formation of the rings in our larva (Figs. 4,5). In 
somewhat more advanced stages, after the first rings were dis- 
tinctly developed, I had no difficulty in finding near the anal 
ring a small part of the body of the worm in which the articu- 
lations became more and more distinct as they were more dis- 
tant from the anus (Fig. 6); showing beyond doubt that new 
rings are formed between the anal rings and the older anterior 
rings, as in other Annelid Larve, and not immediately below 
the disk near the mouth as stated by Lovén. The larvee figured 
by Lovén were probabiy not in a healthy condition, and as he 
himself mentions his inability to keep them beyond a few days, 
it seems probable that the peculiar composition of the rings, of 
four pieces, is simply due to contraction. The same thing has 


On the Young Stages of a few Annelids. 313 


frequently been observed in our own larvee, and those thus 
showing this apparent division (succeeding a stage where 
nothing of the sort existed) invariably died soon afterwards, as 
was the case with Lovén’s young Annelids. 

As far as I could ascertain, a number of rings make their 
appearance at once (Fig. 4), and are the more distinct the 
nearer they are placed to the mouth; they appear at first like 
faint transverse lines, readily mistaken for furrows formed by 
contraction. In the present stage, Fig. 4, we find otherwise no 
striking difference from the previous one; the posterior part is 
somewhat more elongated, and we have the lines of ventral and 
dorsal spots increased in number. With the growth of the 
larvee the pigment spots of the body become smaller and more 
irregularly scattered (Fig. 5), while there is no diminution as 
yet in the size and brillianey of the pigment spots ‘of the oral 
and anal vibratile rings. As the body elongates the articula- 
tions become more distinct; the digestive cavity narrower, and 
the disproportion in width between the oral disk and the dia- 
meter of the body attains its maximum in the present stage; 
the anal ring has become somewhat more prominent than in the 
previous stage. The part of the body, as yet not divided into 
rings, can be plainly seen in Fig. 6 placed next to the anus; 
the whole of the stomach is lined with powerful vibratile cilia, 
particularly well developed at the opening of the esophagus 
into the stomach, and at the beginning of the intestine, e. 
Fig. 6. 

There appear at the stage of Fig. 4, in front of the eyes, two 
small tentacles (¢) (as observed by Lovén), placed nearly at the 
extremity of the young worm. The body of the larva now 
takes a rapid development, and in the stages next represented 
here, Fig. 7 (which with the previous stage, Fig. 5, are phases 
not fully described by Lovén), we find as many as forty-three 
rings, and the pigment spots of the body more numerous than 
in previous stages. The lengthening of the body is accompa- 
nied by a decrease in the relative size of the anterior disk, no 


314 On the Young Stages of a few Annelids. 


longer so much out of proportion as to give the larva the 
hammer shape it possessed before; the part of the disk anterior 
to the vibratile ring has somewhat elongated; the mouth (m) 
when seen from the ventral side, Fig. 8, appears quadrangular 
with rounded edges; it is situated close behind the anterior vi- 
bratile chord, and edged on the posterior extremity with a row 
of large pigment cells. ) 

We now come to a series of changes plainly showing the 
passage from the stage represented by Lovén in his Fig. 5 to 
that of his Fig. 6. Although the body of the young worm is much 
elongated, the number of rings, Fig. 9, has not greatly 
increased ; they are further apart, and there is a tendency in 
the stomach, which occupies nearly the whole width of the 
body, to become folded, so as to correspond to the articula- 
tions ; the anterior part of the head has greatly elongated, and 
the general appearance of the young worm reminds us some- 
what of the larva of Sipunculus nudus figured by Keferstein 
and Ehlers. The vibratile rings are greatly reduced, the an- 
tennee have slightly increased in length, and the head of the 
worm presents a certain resemblance to a Nereid or some 
allied form. The swelling of the posterior extremity has also 
been reduced, the anal vibratile chord scarcely projects beyond 
the line of the body. The pigment spots of the rings have 
diminished in number but slightly increased in size; and the 
brilliant row of spots of the oral and anal rings is beginning 
to fade, the vibratile cilia are losing much of their activity, 
and the little worm, though still capable of swimming freely 
about, and often caught at this stage with the dip net, moves 
quite slowly and has gradually lost, with the extension of the 
posterior part of the body, the rapidity of motion it enjoyed in 
the earlier stages (Figs. 3, 4). When kept in continement 
they are often found at the bottom of the vessel coiled up, 
and when disturbed creep slowly away by undulations of 
the body, assisted by the remnants of the vibratile rings. In 
a somewhat more advanced stage, Fig. 10, the pigment spots 


On the Young Stages of a few Annelids. 315 


have further diminished in size as well as number, the convolu- 
tions of the digestive cavity are more distinct, the antennz 
have decreased in length, and the vibratile rings have lost 
their former power. In a subsequent stage (Fig. 11) the head 
has become more distinet, the anterior vibratile ring scarcely 
exceeds the diameter of the body, and the antenne are quite 
prominent. The little worm is only rarely fished up in this 
stage, swimming about very slowly, and becoming somewhat 
more active when creeping upon the bottom, where they now 
prefer toremain. This is their most advanced nomadic stage, 
and from their subsequent habits it is necessary to keep them 
in confinement in order to follow their later changes. 

We find in Fig. 11 the pigment spots becoming smaller 
than in preceding stages; the convolutions of the digestive 
cavity, which has acquired a light yellowish coloring, are 
extremely well defined. Up to this time we have still no trace 
of feet, bristles, or appendages of any sort, except the two 
tentacles of the head; and, were it not for these, it would seem 
as if the young worm were the larva of some Nemertes-like 
animal, notwithstanding the different development of Nemer- 
teans observed by Miiller,* Busch,t Gegenbaur,t Krohn,§ 
Wagener,| Leuckart and Pagenstecher,4] and others, which, 
when we know more of the general plan of development of 
Annelids, may after all not present any greater differences 
when compared to the present type of growth, than we find in 
the embryology of Echinoderms, between the plutean and 
sedentary mode of development. There can be no doubt that 
we have in Annelids as in Echinoderms closely allied genera 
undergoing a widely different metamorphosis, an additional 





* Miter J., |. ¢., in Archiv f. Anat. u. Phys. 1847. 

+ Buscu W., Entwickelung u. s. w. 1. ¢., p. 107. 

¢ Gueenzavr ©., 1. c.; in Zeitsch f. Wiss. Zool., 1853, V. p. 346. 

§ Kroun A,, 1. ¢.; in Archiv f. Anat. u. Phys., 1856, p. 78. 

| Wacxner R.; in Archiv f. Anat. u, Phys., 1857, p. 204. 

4| Leucxarr u. Pacenstecner; in Archiy f. Anat. u. Phys., 1858, p. 569. 


316 On the Young Stages of a few Annelids. 


analogy between these two classes, but not, it seems to me, a 
sufficient reason for uniting Echinoderms with worms, as has 
been urged with so much ingenuity by Huxley. The observa- 
tions of Desor* hint at some such widely different transforma- 
tion for the Nemerteans, but his observations are too inaccurate 
to afford any data for a satisfactory analysis. 

The persistence of the antennee and absence of feet and 
bristles would show that it belonged to some genus of annelids 
as yet not described, the only annelid without sete being 
Phoronis of Wright,+ but with which, from the descriptions given 
by Allman in his Fresh-water Polyzoa,t and by Van Beneden,§ 
it has not the slightest relationship. On examining subsequent 
stages this stumbling block is found gradually to vanish by a 
sort of retrograde development; and as the little worm grows 
older, it loses little by little the embarrassing appendages, and 
shows in the most advanced stages thus far observed, a tolerably 
close resemblance to such well known Nemerteans as the Nareda 
of Girard| and some of the species of Polia figured by Quatre- 
fages4 in the Voyage en Sicile, although as yet I have not been 
able to trace in the embryo worm anything of the complicated 





structure of the Nemerteans. 

The little worm (Fig. 11) has now attained a length of one 
quarter of an inch; the subsequent changes are principally 
limited to alterations in the shape of the head, and the gradual 
disappearance of the articulations, the only trace of them left 
being the corresponding convolutions of the digestive cavity. 





* Desor E.; On the Embryology of Nemertes....in Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 
Vol. VL, p. 1, 1848. 

+ Wrieur T. S.; in Edinb. New Phil. Journ., 1857, V. 

¢ Atiman J. G.; A Monograph of Fresh-water Polyzoa, p. 55, note. 

§ Van Benepen P. J.; Note sur un Annélide Cephalobranche sans soies, designé 
sous le nom de Crepina; in Bull. Acad. Roy. de Belgique, 2de Ser. V., No. 12. 

|| Girard C.; in Smiths. Cont. q. a., 1853. 

“ Quatreraces A. DE; Mémoire sur la famille des Némertiens; in Recherches 
Anatomiques.. .voyage sur les cotes de la Sicile....Vol. Il, par H. Milne 
Edwards, A. de Quatrefages et E. Blanchard. 


On the Young Stages of a few Annelids. 317 


The oral and anal vibratile cilia disappear rapidly (Figs. 12, 
13), the head becomes more rounded, the antenne having 
attained their maximum size (Figs. 12, 13) grow less and less 
prominent, and rapidly vanish, so that the head of the young 
worm has now the shape of Fig. 14, which was its condition 
four months after the stage represented in Fig. 11. The articu- 
lations have become obliterated, no trace can be found of the 
pigment spots, which have gradually grown smaller and less 
numerous, and the young worm in its motions and attitudes 
reminds us strongly of Nemertes and the like Annulata. About 
a month later the head is even less prominent, and is separated 
from the body by the characteristic neck of the Nemerteans, 
the tentacles having altogether gone, the only trace of them 
being very slight swellings on each side of the head. The 
young worm loses at the same time its cylindrical shape, and in 
Fig. 14 has already become greatly flattened. This is quite 
well shown in Fig. 16, a profile view of Fig. 15. The young 
Nemertean is now nearly half an inch long, and is usually 
found slightly coiled on the bottom of the jur in which it is 
kept; on being disturbed their motions are somewhat like those 
of the Nemerteans. The posterior extremity is much smaller 
than the anterior, the width of the worm increasing towards the 
head. As it grows older this difference is lost, the head be- 
comes still less prominent, and finally in Fig. 17, when the 
young worm is five months older than Fig. 11, the width of the 
head is less than that of the body, and the eyes have moved 
nearer the neck. 

There is but little doubt from the foregoing observations, 
that Lovén’s larva becomes eventually a Nemertean, closely 
allied to Polia; my oldest larvee were, however, far from being 
adults, and their generic affinities cannot be more closely inti- 
mated at present. There is little exceptional in the develop- 
ment of the larva from that of the other Annelids, as has been 
maintained, and like other Annelids it early assumes thie 
features of the adult, and new rings are developed next to the 


318 On the Young Stages of a few Annelids. 


anal ring, in accordance with the observations of all writers on 
the subject. 


Sprrorsis Sprrittum, Gould (non Pagenst. ; an Lam. ?)! 


The history of the development of Spirorbis has been given 
in full by Pagenstecher ;* I bring up the subject here to show 
some differences in our observations, quite important as far as 
they bear upon the mode of development of the tentacles, and 
refer'to a few features respecting the peculiar tendency of the 
development in these Annelids which has not been sufliciently 
dwelt upon. 

The species to which my observations are limited is found 
attached mainly upon Fucus; it is undoubtedly the Spirorbis 
spirillum of Gould,+ but judging from the differences existing 
between specimens of our coast, and the descriptions of 
Pagenstecher, it certainly is not the S. spzredlwm of Lamark 
investigated by him; the shape of the bristles of the three 
large clusters on the collar is totally different, as well as the 
arrangement of the small rods of the collar, which in our 
species form a single well defined loop, placed immediately 
behind the posterior bundle of long bristles, entirely unlike the 
arrangement of the same parts as described by Pagenstecher. 

The development of the eggs also takes place quite different- 
ly, and the present species, although furnished with a large, 
simple, funnel-shaped tentacle, serving as an operculum, does 
not use it as an ovarian case, as has been observed by 
Pagenstecher in S. spirdllwm Lam. The eggs, of a dark reddish 
brown color, are found in strings formed of two rows (Fig. 18) 
either on each side of the alimentary canal in the anterior part 
of the body, where in the adult we find a considerable space free 





* Pagenstecuer H. A, ; Untersuchungen ueber niedere Seethiere aus Cette. Ent- 
wiekelungsgeschichte u. Brutpflege v. Spirorbis spirillum; in Zeits. f. Wiss. 
Zool., 1868, XII., p. 487, Pl. 38, 39. 

+ Goutp A. A.; Report on the Invertebrates of Massachusetts, 1841, p. 8. 


On the Young Stages of a few Annelids. 319 


of bristles (as in Fig. 25), or else when the strings have been laid 
they are found on the sides of the body, between it and the lime- 
stone tube, and here the young undergo their transformations. 
This is contrary to the statements of Pagenstecher, who says the 
young undergo their development in the funnel-shaped tentacle, 
used thus as a sort of breeding case; it is, however, more in 
accordance with what we know of the method of laying eggs 
within the tube in which they live, in Terebella, Serpula, and 
Protula. 

As is already known from the observations of Milne Edwards 
on Protula, the young lead a nomadie life but a short time, 
and soon build a tube in which they live and complete their 
growth. Pagenstecher has observed the same thing for Spiror- 
bis, and it would appear from my own observations that the 
nomadic life of Spirorbis is not longer than eight or ten hours. 
The young Spirorbis has attained quite an advanced stage of 
growth when it leaves the tube of the parent and swims treely 
about (in search of a place of attachment) during a night at the 
outside ; even with specimens kept in confinement, in perfectly 
clean glass vessels, the young escaping from the egg cases are 
rarely caught while swimming about; it frequently happens 
during a night that the smooth sides of the vessel are eomplete- 
ly covered with small limestone tubes, formed by the young 
Spirorbis hatched since the evening before. 

We may perhaps find in our Spirorbis the explanation of the 
anomalous development of Terebella Medusa* observed by Bate 
in what he calls uterine sacs, which may prove identical with the 
tubes containing the eggs and forming strings (Fig. 18) which I 
have observed in this species, placed on each side of the aliment- 
ary canal, in the naked part of the body immediately behind the 
collar. The young are quite advanced within the body of the 
parent, previous to the transfer of the egg sacs to the cavity of the 
tube, where they complete the greater part of their growth. Bate 





* Bate C.8.; Terebella Medusa; in Ann, and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1851, VIII, 


p- 237. 
JUNE, 1866. 94 Ann. Lyc. Nar. Hist, Vou. VIIL 


320 On the Young Stages of a few Annelids. 


says these sacs pass through the intestinal canal into the tube ; 
this seems scarcely possible, but in whatever manner this may be 
done, the strings of eggs find their way whole from the sides of 
the alimentary canal to the cavity of the tube. 

As I shall have to refer constantly to the development of the 
tentacles in Terebella, as observed by Milne Edwards, I give 
here a short description of an identical mode of development in 
one of our common species—the TZerebella fulgida Agass.* 
The figure is taken at a time when there are but five ten- 
tacles, and no signs of the branchiz; these are only developed 
much later, when there are no less than from sixteen to eight- 
een tentacles, and are at that time short processes with very 
simple bifurcations appearing at the extremity. In the con- 
dition here figured, Fig. 19, our young Terebella closely resem- 
bles Figure 24 of Milne Edwards, at the time when, as shown 
by him, they are more closely allied to rapacious Annelids, 
before they lose their embryonic characters, and acquire more 
distinctly those of the adult. The eyes are still in prominent 
clusters and not yet formed into a ring round the collar, as they 
are arranged while gradually disappearing; below them we 
find on each side of the body the concretions (Fig. 19 y) first seen 
in Annelids by Leuckartt and Miiller,t and also observed by 
Claparéde in the young of his Zerebella conchilega. This is the 
only point of importance in which the young of Zerebella ful- 
gida ditfer from those of Zerebella nebulosa ; in each we find, as 
in Figure 19, tentacles developing alternately on opposite sides, 
in the order marked in the figure; the first ring having dorsal 
sete, has also a row of hook-shaped bristles (Fig. 19*) found in 
each ring nearly to the posterior extremity. This combination 
is different from that observed by Claparede in 7. conchilega, 
where no such hook-shaped bristles were observed before the 





* Acassiz L. Studies in Annelids, in Proce. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. iii, p. 191. 
+ Levckart vu. PaGEeNsTECcHER ; in Archiy f. Anat. u. Phys. 1858. p. 591. 
+ Mixer Fritz; in Archiv fur Naturg. 1861. lL p. 46. 


On the Young Stages of a few Annelids. 321 


fifth ring. The description given by Stimpson* of the genus 
Lumara agrees so well with some of the stages of Terebella, 
that [am inclined to consider it only as an embryonic condition 
of some allied Terebella. Long after the stage here fig- 
ured, even when the branchiz have become quite well deve- 
loped, it is very common to fish up with the dip-net these young 
Terebellee, which are capable of a certain amount of motion by 
the contortions of the tentacles and body. They build their 
cases very late, and frequently leave them to climb about on 
eel-grass, piles, etc., making considerable progress with the aid 
of their tentacles, by which they drag themselves along. 


Pageastecher has invariably represented the tentacles of the 
anterior extremity of Spirorbis as developing symmetrically 
and in pairs. This is not the case in our species, where they 
are formed very differently from what has been thus far observ- 
ed in this family. We have between these two modes of growth 
a difference similar to that existing between Zerebella nebulosa 
and Z. conchilega, where in one case the tentacles appear 
successively, while in the other they are formed in pairs. The 
oldest tentacles of our Spirorbis are formed on the outside, new 
tentacles appearing successively singly nearer the median line 
on alternate sides, and not in pairs; the corresponding tentacles 
on each side of the middle line being of very different lengths. 
This want of symmetry is readily seen in the youngest speci- 
mens figured, Figs. 20, 21, 22; and though it is more difficult 
to trace this in older stages (Fig. 25), the presence of the simple 
opercular tentacle always introduces a prominent asymmetri- 
cal element, soon lost in the more advanced stages of the de- 
velopment of Terebella. The two eyes are quite prominent, and 
can generally be traced in the adult, although they are not as 
striking as in the younger stages ; the ocular spots are always 
limited to two, and we find at no time either a ring or clusters 
of eye-specks. 





* Srimpson W. Marine Invertebrates of Grand Manan. 1853. p. 30. 


322 On the Young Stages of a few Annelids. 


The first tentacle appears on the right, Fig. 20 ¢,, next comes 
the corresponding tentacle of the left, and only later, Fig. 21. 
the rudiment of the odd opercular tentacle (4, Fig. 22), cover- 
ing in Figure 21 the right tentacle. The bristles make their ap- 
pearance in figure 21, where we find two of the three bundles 
of the collar-like projection of the anterior extremity, always 
distinctly marked in such young embryos. In the next stage 
the collar is more prominent, and an additional bristle is found 
representing the third bundle of the collar (Fig. 22). The pos- 
terior extremity has lengthened, the anal cirri have nearly dis- 
appeared, and a couple of very indistinct articulations can be 
traced behind the collar. There are also two additional tenta- 
cles placed between the first pair, which readily show in what 
order they have appeared ¢,, ¢; (the opercular tentacle always 
retaining its peculiar shape). 


In subsequent stages, Fig. 23, the posterior extremity has 
lengthened but slightly. There are along the side of the poste- 
rior part of the body a couple of bristles similar to those of the 
adult; we can trace the first stage of the bifurcation of the four 
tentacles at their extremity, rendering the age of the tentacles 
more apparent, asin Figure 24; the opercular tentacle has be- 
come more funnel-shaped. At about the period represented in 
Figure 23, the young Spirorbis escapes from the egg, and leads 
a short nomadic life ; it soon attaches itself, and in less than 
twelve hours after hatching has built its limestone tube, in 
which it henceforth lives ; subsequent observations can only be 
made by crushing the shell, as it is not transparent enough to 
show the young worm. The tentacles take a rapid develop- 
ment, and in Figure 25 we have a small Spirorbis, having only 
uine rings, with tentacles nearly as branching as those of the 
adult, and a well formed operculum which with advancing age 
loses all trace of its former tentacnlar nature. The tentacular 
nature of the operculum in this family has also been observed 
by Fritz Miiller.* 

* Miuier Frrrz. Fir Darwin. Leipzig. 1864. 


On the Young Stages of a few Annelids. 323 


The principal changes take place almost exclusively in the 
anterior extremity; the posterior part of the body does not 
lengthen until the collar and tentacles may be said to be fully 
developed, and although we find papillee on the sides of 
the posterior part of the body, similar to those forming the 
single loop of the collar of the adult, as well as the peculiar 
scythe-shaped bristles of each ring; yet the young Spirorbis 
has, up to this time, passed through no phase of growth during 
which the increase of the posterior part was in the least to be 
compared with the changes of the anterior extremity. In 
nearly all other Annelids we find the posterior extremity play- 
ing a much more prominent part in determining the shape of 
the young worm. This is undoubtedly due to the shortness of 
their nomadic life; and though capable of active movements 
during that period by means of the collar, their freedom soon 
comes to an end, and they complete their development after 
having assumed the habits of the adult. 


Potypora Bose (Leucodora JSohist.). 


Claparéde having given in his Beobachtungen a very com- 
plete history of the development of what he calls Leucodora 
ciliata, the following observations would be superfluous as far as 
they relate to new phases in Polydora, but may be useful in 
clearing up the confusion existing concerning the identity of 
Lencodora Johnst. and Polydora Bose. Quatrefages, in his Syn- 
optic Table,* has introduced these two genera as distinct, and 
separates them on account of the remarkable structure of the 
bristles of the fifth ring in Polydora, which he says is 
not to be found in Leucodora; this must evidently be a 
mistake, as Johuston’s figure+ certainly possesses the peculiar 
bristles of the tifth ring as maintained by Claparede in his Beo- 





* Quarreraces A, pe. Note sur la classification des Annélides; in Comptes Ren- 
dus. 27 Mars. 1865. 
+ Jounsron Guo. Miscellania Zoologica; in Mag. Zool. Bot. 1838. il, p. 66. 


B24 On the Young Stages of a few Annelids. 


bachtungen. Yet notwithstanding this correction of Quatrefa- 
ges by Claparéde* in his review of the System proposed by the 
former, and the accurate description given by him (Claparéde) 
in Miller’s Archivt ot Polydora cornuta, we find him associating 
with the genus Polydora in his embryology of Zeucodora 
ciliuta, a genus which is certainly not Polydora, as he himself 
has limited it, but may be a species of Spio or Nerine, or per— 
haps what Quatretages understands by Lencodora. At any rate 
it is self-evident from the following embryology of a species of 
true Polydora, and of a species of what Claparede has called 
Leucodora in his Beobachtungen, that we have in each deve- 
loped at a very early period, genuine characters which refer un- 
doubtedly one form to Polydora, and the other to a different 
genus (Leucodora Clap. non Johnst.), probably Nerine Johnst. 
Thus proving the assertion of Quatrefagest of the generic differ- 
ence between Leucodora Clap. and Polydora Bose. And yet 
in spite of this generic difference, Claparede was correct in 
maintaining the identity of Leucodora Johnst. and Polydora 
Bosc, as can be readily seen on examining the descriptions and 
figures of Bose,§ Johnston, Oersted,| Leuckart,47 Claparéde, and 
Keterstein.*? The error arises from Claparéde’s mistaking for 
the young of Polydora the young Annelids figured by him on 
Plate vii. of his Beobachtungen, which having no trace of the 
characteristic fifth segment, belong therefore not to Polydora 





* CraparepE A. R. E.; in Bibliothéque universelle de Genéve. Avril. 1865. 

+ Cuaparepe A. R. E.; Ueber Polydora cornuta Bose ; in Archiy fiir Anat. u. 
Phys. 1861. p. 542. 

¢ Quatreraces A. pg. Note sur la classification des Annélides ; et réponse aux 
observations de M. Claparéde: in Ann. des Se. Nat. 5me Ser. iii. 1865. 

§ Bosco ; Histoire Naturelle des Vers, 

| Ozrstep A. S. Zur Classification der Anneliden; in Archiv fur Naturg. 
1844. i. p. 105. 

§| Levoxarr R. Zur Kenntniss der Fauna von Island; in Archiv f Naturg. 
1849. 1. p. 200. 

*2 Kererstein W. Untersuchungen ueber niedere Seethiere; in Zeits. f. Wiss. 
Zool. xii. p. 116. Juni, 1862. 


On the Young Stages of a few Annelids. 325 


Bosc, but to some closely allied genus, as suggested above. It 
is not probable that such an accurate observer as Claparéde 
would have overlooked this segment, so prominent in the young- 
est specimens of our Polydora, as well as the presence of the 
glands, so early developed in the young worm, and which he 
noticed in his description of the adult in Miiller’s Archiv. In 
my earlier observations I made a similar mistake between young 
of Polydora and Nerine, and it was not till the striking differ- 
ence of the fifth ring and the presence of glands was noticed, 
that [I could afterwards always readily distinguish the young of 
these two genera, so easily mistaken at first sight. 

I shall introduce a few of the stages of Nerine, with a short 
description of the adult, for the sake of comparing them with 
the different stages of Polydora, which will be given more in 
detail, and of identifying them, as far as possible, with those 
observed by Claparéde. It is apparent at first glance, on 
comparing his drawings of Leucodora with those here given 
of Nerine and Polydora, that they represent closely allied 
genera; but as similar young stages of other genera have 
also been figured by Leuckart and Pagenstecher as Spio, as 
well as by Busch and by Frey and Lenckart,* the adults of 
which are not known, we must be exceedingly careful in our 
identifications of apparently closely related forins, and give 
these identifications more as hints for future observers. than as 
positive statements. 

The young of Polydora and Nerine, like the young of Len- 
codora Claparéde, are kept in confinement with the greatest 
ease ; hence the possibility of tracing the changes of growth in 
a connected manner until they have assumed unmistakably the 
features and habits of the adult, and built their eases on the 
bottom of the jars where they are confined. The youngest 
stages observed, Fig. 26, are considerably more advanced than 
those of Claparede, having already lost, if they ever pos- 








* Frey H. u. Levucxarr R. Beitrige zur Kenntniss wirbelloser Thiere. 
Braunschweig, 1847. Pl. 1, Fig. 19, p. 98. 


326 On the Young Stages of a few Annelids. 


sessed them, the bunches of ringed bristles so characteristic of 
the younger stages of many Annelids, such as Leucodora Clap., 
Nerine, and Spio. The tentacles of the head are de- 
veloping, and there remain but slight traces round the head 
and anus of the former rings of vibratile cilia, as well as very 
narrow bands of short vibratile cilia on the dorsal side; similar 
bands are found on the lower side composed of larger cilia, 
which greatly assist in locomotion. These bands are less pow- 
erful towards the extremities, being greatly developed towards 
the middle, especially on the lower side. The vibratile ring 
surrounding the anus is less prominent than in Claparéde’s em- 
bryo; the anterior and posterior rings of cilia, as well as the 
transverse bands, diminish rapidly in size with advancing age, 
so much so that in Fig. 28 they have almost totally disap- 
peared. In the youngest stage seen, Fig. 26, there are four 
well developed anterior rings, each provided with an upper 
and lower bunch of bristles, the dorsal bunch being the longest, 
and diminishing in length as it recedes from the head, the 
lower bunches consisting of bristles of the same length; the 
fifth ring (7;) is much wider than any other, and has only 
three short, stout bristles on each side; then comes the sixth 
ring, each having a bundle of bristles similar to those of the 
smalier cluster of the four anterior rings; in the subsequent 
rings, which are nearly equally developed, having a slight 
lateral swelling and radimentary dorsal cirrus, we find a similar 
bundle of bristles, and in addition, in the seventh, eighth, and 
ninth, a single hook-shaped bristle: while immediately in 
front of the anal extremity the rudimentary rings have merely 
a couple of thin bristles. The three rings following the sixth 
have rudimentary glands (g) first observed in this genus by 
Claparéde in his description of Polydora; they consist, how- 
ever, of a smaller number of glands, only two or three in each 
bag. The general color of Polydora at this period is quite a 
delicate grey, of a yellowish tinge, with a bright yellow line 
along the middle of the back, and following the outline of the 


On the Young Stages of a few Annelids. 327 


head; this is rendered more brilliant by its contrast with the 
black pigment spots well developed on the head and first ring, 
and taking their greatest prominence on the sixth, seventh, and 
eighth, gradually diminishing to a few isolated dots near the 
anus. On the head it is almost impossible to distinguish the 
eyes proper from the pigment spots; it is, however, evident 
that the eyes are more numerous in the young than in the 
adult, which is the case with many other Annelids as observed 
by Milne Edwards, Agassiz, and Claparede. The identity of 
the pigment spots and eyes has been suggested by Claparede, 
who could discover no difference between them, and we have 
perhaps, in the pigment spots scattered over the whole surface 
of the body, something analogous to the presence of eyes in 
Fabricia at the anal extremity. The distribution of the pigment 
spots of Polydora is quite different from that of Leucodora, 
observed by Claparede and by myself in Nerine; in the latter 
they are more abundant and intense in the anterior extremity, 
while in Polydora they take their maximum development from 
the middle of the body towards the posterior part, leaving the 
anterior extremity, with the exception of the head, nearly 
colorless. 

The mouth opens by a longitudinal slit formed by the thick- 
ening of the lips, into an ill-defined cesophagus extending to 
the fifth ring, and then reopening into a digestive cavity ter- 
minating at the anus, and not yet divided into a true stomach 
and intestine. 

In the next stage, Fig. 27, we find no material change in the 
anterior part, with the exception of the slight increase in 
length of the tentacles, the diminution in number of the pig- 
ment spots round the eyes, and their increase on the four an- 
terior rings. The posterior part has considerably increased in 
size, a number of additional rings having been formed in front 
of the anal ring; the pigment spots are now arranged in two 
regular rows, the dorsal cirri have not increased in size, but we 
find in the seventh and succeeding rings, at the base of the 


328 On the Young Stages of a few Annelids. 


bunch of thin bristles, two hook-shaped bristles instead of one. 
The cesophagus is more clearly marked than in the preceding 
stage ; the glands are found in all the rings except the last. In 
the following stage, Fig. 28, there has been a still further 
growth of the tentacles, and we find the pigment spots ar- 
ranged both above and below in four parallel rows, the outer 
rows being the smaller and less prominent. There are now four 
hook-shaped bristles at the base of each of the dorsal cirri, 
which are readily recognised as such in the rings immediately 
following the seventh. The bunches of long bristles of the 
four anterior rings are gradually losing their prominence, be- 
coming less numerons in the present stage, and are replaced 
by bristles similar to those of the other bunch. At this period 
the number of rings does not increase rapidly ; the principal 
changes are confined to the growth of the dorsal cirri and of the 
tentacles, as well as to changes in the pigment spots. When 
examined in somewhat more advanced stages, Fig. 29, from 
the lower side, we still have the pigment spots prominent and 
well marked; the only change consists in the lengthening of 
the tentacles and the dorsal cirri, which are both fringed on 
their anterior edge by vibratile cilia. 

On examining a young Polydora from the dorsal side, some- 
what more advanced, Fig. 30, still having the same number of 
segments in front of the anal ring, we find the four lines 
of brilliant star-shaped pigment spots diminished to four 
rows of dots; the body has grown somewhat opaque and as- 
sumed a reddish tinge, especially along the alimentary canal. 
At about this period, also, the young begin to build their case, 
secreting a copious viscid fluid (from the glands at the base of 
the dorsal cirri?) to which particles of sand and mud become 
attached as they creep along the bottom; although they fre- 
quently leave this case, they no longer possess the great power 
of locomotion of the young larvee (Figs. 26-28) which moved 
about rapidly by means of their rows of vibratile cilia and 
bunches of long bristles. The pigment spots of the head have 


On the Young Stages of a few Annelids. 329 


disappeared except four prominent eye-specks, the same 
number as found in the adult, in which, however, they are far 
less conspicuous than in this stage of the young. 

When the young worm has already thirty-five rings, there 
have been no changes of any consequence besides the further 
lengthening of the dorsal cirri and the increase of the rudi- 
mentary cirrus at their base, which can first be traced in Fig. 
29; two small tentacles have been formed at the anterior part 
of the head, Fig. 31. The number of bristles of the fifth ring 
has increased to five, and the number of glands in each enve- 
lope to eight or ten. In nearly full-grown specimens, when 
seen from below, these glands are particularly prominent, Fig. 
32, as well as the six hook-shaped bristles at the base of the 
short cirrus. The black pigment dots have all disappeared, 
and the worm is gradually assuming a darker tinge, the fifth 
ring has increased in width, the larger of its bristles assuming 
the shape they have in the adult, as in Fig. 37, with a slight 
notch at their swollen exterior extremity. The simple hook- 
shaped bristles of the seventh and succeeding rings, have de- 
veloped a slight process on the convex side, with a stiff bristle, 
Fig. 38, extending from the base of the curve, as in the adult 
Polydora. The anal ring has taken a somewhat funnel shaped 
form, with which the little worms can attach themselves quite 
firmly ; the adult makes use of this anal disk, Fig. 34, almost 
as freely as the sucking disk of a leech. 

In the adult, Fig. 33, the dorsal cirri equal in length the 
thickness of the body, and have lost their vibratile fringe; the 
glands have taken a great development, consisting of no less 
than from thirty to forty comma-shaped bags, packed closely 
together within one envelope, as in Fig. 386. The digestive 
cavity has undergone slight changes, the cesophagus has re- 
mained as in previous stages, but we have a short intestine into 
which the long stomach empties. When seen from above, the 
head is pointed; seen in profile, it projects in a quadrangular 
flap, and shows the rudimentary tentacles formed at the base 


330 On the Young Stages of a few Annelids. 


of the larger ones, Fig. 35. The eyes are small, four in num- 
ber; the fifth ring has nine stiff bristles in different stages of 
growth; their number, however, is not limited, as we always 
find small ones growing even in the oldest specimens. Their 
use seems to be, as far as I can ascertain, to assist the worm in 
retreating into its case when disturbed. 

The adult worms are found between high and low water- 
mark, about half tide; they abound in places where there is a 
mixture of sand and mud, building their cases upright, in 
large colonies, closely crowded together. The younger stages 
(Figs. 26-28) were always caught in great numbers with the 
dip-net, the more advanced stages being raised from them in 
captivity. Their growth is very rapid, as in less than six weeks 
they pass from the stage of Fig. 28 to Fig. 32. 

The species here described is probably the same as the Poly- 
dora found by Claparéde on the coast of Scotland; it is not the 
species called Polydora cornuta by Bose, which occurs plenti- 
fully in sand and mud flats on Sullivan’s Island in the harbor 
of Charleston, 8. C. The South Carolina species differs from 
its northern representative by the length of its head, its short 
antennee, and greater size. Our species seems closely allied if 
not identical with Polydora ciliatum Crap. (Leucodora cili- 
atum Jounst. (Ker.) ) 


Nerve Johnst. 


The youngest stages of this species of Nerine (Fig. 39) re- 
semble young Annelids figured previously by Busch,* and by 
Leuckart and Pagenstecher,t and referred by them to the closely 
allied, if not identical, genus Spio. We find in both the large 
brushes of stiff, serrated, temporary bristles, observed by Cla- 
parede in his young Leucodore, which, at the least disturb- 


* Busco W. Beobachtungen.... Pl. VII., Fig. 5. 
+ Leuckarr R, u. Pacensrecuer, Al. Die Entwickelung von Spio; in Archiv 
f. Anat. u. Phys. 1858. p.610. Plate XXIII, Fig. 4. 


On the Young Stages of a few Annelids. 331 


ance, they spread fan-like in every direction, roll themselves 
up ina ball like a hedge-hog, and become quite motionless, 
but soon start off again on their rapid gyrations, performed 
by means of an exceedingly powerful circle of vibratile cilia 
surrounding the head. The body at this early stage consists 
of seven distinct rings, and faint indications of a couple more 
in front of the anal ring, also surrounded by strong vibratile 
cilia. The dorsal cirri are slight swellings, and at the bese of 
each we find two brushes of permanent bristles, the one com- 
posed of serrated, file-like, rough bristles (Fig. 42%), similar to 
those observed by Claparéde in an unknown Annelid larva,* 
the other, of smooth sete, like those of the adult, placed im- 
mediately at the base of the rudimentary dorsal cirrus. The 
cesophagus and stomach are separated by a slight constric- 
tion; the younger stages (Fig. 39) have no pigment cells, and 
are moderately transparent; there are six eyes, the two larger 
ones, placed nearer the sides of the body, soon disappearing. 

In subsequent stages the body lengthens and becomes more 
pointed ; pigment spots appear near the head, extending 
towards the anal ring ; they resemble those of Polydora, pass 
through the same stages, and before they disappear, have lost 
their beautiful star-shaped form, making a double row of more 
or less rectangular spots as in Fig. 40. The changes have been 
principally in proportions, the tentacles have slightly de- 
veloped, the large anterior brush of serrated bristles losing its 
prominence. The dorsal cirri, as well as the tentacles, now de- 
velop rapidly, the powerful circle of vibratile cilia round the 
head having nearly disappeared, Fig. 41. We find in some of 
the rings of the anterior part of the body the first appearance 
of the clusters of stiff, hook- shaped bristles, like those of Fig. 
44, found with the lower brush of smooth bristles in the adult ; 
the eyes are fonr in number, quite small, the pigment spots 
have disappeared, as well as the anterior brush of temporary 
bristles. The little worm now enters a stage when it rapidly 





* CraparEeDE A. R. E. Beobachtungen.... Pl. VI., Fig. 6. 


332 On the Young Stages of a few Annelids. 


assumes the appearance of the adult. The number of rings 
increases rapidly, the dorsal cirri as well as the tentacles 
lengthen materially, the stomach proper becomes much nar- 
rower, and towards the anal extremity a distinct intestine 
(Fig. 42) has been formed. In astage preceding, Fig. 40, it has 
many characteristics of the larva figured by Busch, on Plate 
VIII. Figs. 1-2 of his Beobachtungen. The serrated bristles of 
these young worms are not lost, as in other Annelids, where 
the ringed bristles are always temporary, but remain to form 
in the adult a brush of long bristles on the posterior side of the 
dorsal cirri, see Fig. 48; with the lower bunch of smooth setee 
we find the row of hook-shaped bristles first noticed in Fig. 41 ; 
in Fig. 42 we have already from five to six of these bristles at 
the anterior rings. The upper brush of serrated bristles is 
found in specimens measuring no less than four inches in 
length, not raised in confinement, but collected on the beach, 
where they are found in company with Polydora, but by no 
g, on the 


top) 
dorsal side of the younger stages, Figs. 39, 40, we find a row of 


means so commonly. Along the middle of each rin 


short vibratile cilia; similar rows, less numerous, of larger 
cilia, occur on the lower side. The anal ring terminates in the 
adult in a simple opening with slightly corrugated edges, 
Fig. 45. 

The general mode of development is so similar to that of 
Leucodora given by Claparede, and of Polydora as figured in 
the present paper, that only those stages have been introduced 
which tended to elucidate the comparison with figures, pre- 
viously published, resembling them. The resemblance be- 
tween the young larvee certainly warrants the affinity suggested 
by Claparede, between Nerine, Spio, and Polydora, who 
places them with the Ariciz, an does not justify us in asso- 
ciating the former with other families, as has been done by 
Quatrefages in his Systematic Table, and thus bringing them 
in close relationship with groups having a totally different em- 
bryonic development, such as Phyllodoce and Nereis. The 


On the Young Stages of a few Annelids. 333 


species of Nerine here investigated is probably the erie 
coniocephala of Johnston.* 


PuyLuopocE MACULATA Oersted.t 


Max Miiller is thus far the only one who has observed larvee 
of Phyllodoce;t from his description they must have been in 
a condition nearly identical with the oldest larvee here repre- 
sented, Fig. 52. The youngest stages, Figs. 46-47, have a 
slight resemblance to the larvee of Polynoe, figured by Sars,§ 
Max Miller, and Claparede.{ We find in these earlier stages 
a very powerful ring of vibratile cilia extending round the 
middle of the anterior part of the animal, but no trace of cilia 
round the anal extremity. There are two very prominent eyes 
placed near the anterior extremity, and two quite rudimentary 
tentacles. There is as yet no exterior communication from the 
digestive cavity, which is simply blocked out, occupying little 
more than two-thirds of the space in front of the vibratile ring 
and of the large shield extending behind it; when seen in pro- 
file, Fig. 47, upper fig., the cavity is somewhat retort-shaped, 
and occupies mainly the dorsal portion of the embryo. Imme- 
diately behind the shield, Fig. 46, we find the small, conical 
body, where we can already trace the first indications of the 
broad paddles of Phyllodoce, as delicate transverse swellings 
on each side, connected by slight articulating lines. The arti- 
culations are tolerably distinct when seen in profile, Fig. 47, 
upper fig.; from this point of view the embryo appears far 





* Mag. Zool. and Bot. 1838. II. Pl II. Figs. 9-18, p. 70. 

+ Ovrsrep A. S. Grénlands Annulata dorsibranchiata. 1845. PI. TI. Fig. 
46, p. 39. 

a8 Mutter Max. Note on p. 17; in Archiv f. Anat. u. Phys. 1855. 

§Sars M. Zur Entwickelung der Anneliden; in Archiv f. Nat. 1845. I. 
Poll. bik Brg: 12. 

|| Mutter Max. Ueber dei Entwickelung u. Metamorphose der Polynoen; in 
Archiv f. Anat. u. Phys. 1851. p. 223. Pl. XIII. 

4 Craparipe A. R. E. Beobachtungen,... Pl. VII. Figs. 7-8. 


334 On the Young Stages of a few Annelids. 


from cylindrical, the head is quite rectangular, with rounded 
corners, and nearly as large as the rest of the embryo. The 
shield bulges out nearly to the anal extremity, where it sud- 
denly terminates, and leaves exposed the small rings pre- 
ceding the anal ring; this terminal ring has not the promi- 
nence so characteristic of other Annelid embryos. On the 
lower side, immediately behind the vibratile ring, we find a 
slight swelling towards which the digestive cavity points, and 
where the mouth eventually is formed, Fig. 50, while the 
rudimentary paddles of the rings are plainly visible along the 
sides. The motion of these larvae, as can be readily ima- 
gined from the size of the cilia, is exceedingly rapid, and 
though occasionally at rest for a short time, their gyrations 
are most unfortunate for careful observations. 

In subsequent stages we find that the posterior part, as in 
nearly all young Annelids, undergoes the greatest changes. 
The head has retained its shape, and its appendages have not 
enlarged ; the shield and the body have both lengthened, Fig. 47, 
lower fig. The rings of the young worm are quite distinct, the 
broad flap (the future paddle) is more prominent ; small cirri are 
developed, from which push ont a single rather stiff bristle, and 
two smaller jointed ones. Two small anal cirri have grown at 
the extremity of the anal ring; on each side of the anterior 
end of the shield we find two long tentacles, of different size, 
the first pair of tentacles of the adult, the dorsal one being the 
longest. When viewed in profile, Fig. 50, the mouth is seen 
as a large rectangular opening, Fig. 49, placed within the 
edge of the shield, which extends on the lower as well as the 
upper surface, though only as a narrow band in the central 
side without covering any of the rings. The body behind the 
shield is fully as prominent as the remainder of the embryo, 
and the broad oars of the rings show undoubtedly that we have 
to deal with a Phyllodoce. A second pair of small anterior 
tentacles is budding at the base of the first. Though the 
digestive cavity opens externally at the mouth and anus, there 


On the Young Stages of a few Annelids. 339 


is as yet no trace of a division into cesophagus, stomach, and 
intestine ; the main cavity still extends from the eye-specks 
and trends towards the anal opening, gradually diminishing in 
size. The chord of vibratile cilia have lost none of their 
power, and it is quite remarkable huw long these embryonic 
features remain, even after the generic characters have become 
well developed, and how early we can distinguish the family 
to which our larva belongs. This is even more remarkable in 
Polyuoe, where before the young has more than six rings, it is 
already a complete picture of the adult; the same is the case 
in young of Nereidg described by Milne Edwards* and Clapa- 
réde,t the young worm, of not more than four rings, possessing 
already all the generic features of the adult. 

These young larve prosper readily in confinement; they 
grow rapidly, passing in about ten days from the stage of Fig. 
46 to that of Fig. 50. Subsequently the increase is somewhat 
slower, and it requires about four weeks longer to find the 
young Phyllodoce so far advanced that we can unmistakably 
refer it to its proper species. In the next stage, Fig. 51, the 
head and shield commence to lose the prominence they for- 
merly held, the two large tentacles lengthen considerably, and 
two additional ones are formed on each side, thus making eight 
long tentacles on the two sides of the now small rounded 
shield; the anterior tentacles become also somewhat more 
prominent, as well as the lateral cirri from which project the 
bristles, each bundle being composed of four or five, besides 
the aciculum. In a somewhat more advanced stage, Fig. 52, 
having twenty-five rings, we find the anal cirri slightly 
lengthened, the broad lateral flappers are very distinct, the 
small lateral cirri assuming nearly the shape they retain in the 
adult. The head has also become shortened, the two pairs 
of anterior antennee are equally developed, and the shield is 





* Epwarps H. Minne; in Ann. Science. Nat. 1845. JIT. p. 167. Pl. 10, 
Fig. 57. 
¢ Craparepe A. R.E. Beobachtungen.... Pl. XII. 


JUNE, 1866. 25 Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist., Vou. VIII. 


336 On the Young Stages of a few Annelids. 


reduced to a small circular patch. The changes henceforth 
are limited to the head, to the increase of the broad flappers 
and anal cirri, and to the different degrees of development of 
the antennee, placed, in the stage of Fig. 52, directly one behind 
the other, althongh at the outset they originate one beneath 
the other; there is no trace to be seen of the rings correspond- 
ing to these antennee, as we should expect theoretically. They 
lose little by little the ring of vibratile cilia, the head elon- 
gates, the eyes are brought nearer the base of the antenne, 
until finally the anterior part of the little Phyllodoce has the 
shape of Fig. 53, and the broad flappers resemble Fig. 54, 
while the anal cirri have nearly assumed the shape of 
Big. do. 

From the earliest stages the larva is never very transparent ; 
it is distinctly tinged with brown, becoming darker with advan- 
cing age, till in the stage of Fig. 52, marked spots, darker than 
the main color, appear on the median line, which gives these 
young Annelids such an unmistakable resemblance to an adult 
Phyllodoce well known to me, and which I had always identi- 
fied as Phyllodoce maculata Orrsr., that I scarcely needed 
the additional proof of raising these young to the full grown 
Phyllodoce to convince myself of their identity. 


On THE Types oF DEVELOPMENT IN ANNELIDS. 


Several attempts have been made to classify the larvee of An- 
nelids. Busch,* Miiller,+ Schultzet and Claparéde,$ have en- 
deavored to reduce the forms observed to a few general types. 





* Buscn W. Beobachtungen, _ p. 55. 

+ Muier J. Ueber die Jugendzustiinde einiger Seethiere; in Monatsb. d. 
Akad der Wiss. zu Berlin, 1851, p. 422. 

¢ Suurrze Max, Ueber die Entwickelung von Arenicola piscatorum, nebst 
Bemerkungen ueber die Entwiekelung anderer Kiemenwiirmer; in Abhand. 
Nat. Ges. zu Halle, iii. 1855. p. 213. 

§ Craparepe A. R. E. Beobachtungen. p. 84. 


On the Young Stages of a few Annelids. 337 


Claparede has fully demonstrated that neither the classifications 
of Busch, Miiller, nor Schlutze, will satisfy the facts thus far 
observed, and it seems probable that Claparéde’s classification 
must share the same fate; we should only remember that all 
these attempts are based upon such few and incomplete ob- 
servations that we cannot expect them to apply to subsequent 
discoveries. The features used by Claparéde to make his sub- 
divisions seem somewhat objectionable, as it would be impos- 
sible, unless the complete development of the larva were 
known, to ascertain to which of his divisions they belong; and 
yet these characters are, as far as the development of Anne- 
lids is now known, the best that have been proposed. The 
presence of temporary bristles is a good criterion for one divi- 
sion, and appears to be connected with fundamental differences 
in the larva, though the other division, based upon their ab- 
sence, 1s liable to the usual objections of characteristics derived 
from negative features alone. How much more remains to 
be done before any such classification of the Annelid larvee 
can be attempted with the least chance of success, is best shown 
by examining in any tabular view the number of families of 
which we know nothing as yet of their embryonic conditions. 
And though Krohn, Max Miiller, Van Beneden, Wagener, 
Schneider, Keferstein, Pagenstecher, and others, but more espe- 
cially Clapareéde, have lately done so much to advance our 
knowledge of the development of Annelids since the time of 
the first papers by Lovén, Sars, Milne Edwards, Quatrefages, 
and Miiller, we can hardly be said to have more than com- 
menced the investigations of the development of the Anne- 
lids proper, which in this respect are far behind the intesti- 
nal worms, and we must wait for further observations before 
classifications of embryonic Annelids can be of material ad- 
vantage for systematic studies. 

Among the young Annelids not yet traced to their adult 
condition, I would figure two forms totally unlike any hitherto 
described. They both come in the group of Metacheete of 


338 On the Young Stages of a few Annelids. 


Claparéde ; and though I cannot refer them to their minor sub- 
divisions, they already show most remarkable features. One 
of them (Fig. 56) reminds us somewhat of Polydora on account of 
the shape of its head and tentacles; it has, however, already a 
distinct cesophagus, stomach, and intestine, and not the slight- 
est trace of bristles along the sides of the distinctly articulate 
body. We find on the anterior extremity on each side imme- 
diately behind the tentacles, an immense cluster of long smooth 
setee, seven to eight in each pencil, nearly twice as long as the 
young worm. The posterior ring is edged with vibratile cilia, 
and terminates in a club-shaped appendage; the eyes are dis- 
tinct, two in number. This little worm (;!, of an inch in length) 
I have frequently fished up throughout the summer with the 
dip-net, but unfortunately always in the samestage. We have 
perhaps here again a case similar to that of Lovén’s larva, de- 
scribed above, of a young worm, having articulations and well 
developed appendages, which has reached a condition when in 
other Annelids the temporary bristles have vanished, the per- 
manent ones replacing them, and in which we find as yet no- 
thing to tell us to what genus our larva may belong. Were Ito 
be guided by analogy (especially on account of the perfect 
differentiation of the stomach, cesophagus, and _ intestine, 
which are always divided late in the larval condition in other 
Annelids, long after the generic characters have appeared), 
I should be strongly tempted to consider it the embryo of the 
young worm represented in Figure 57. This would involve a 
case of retrograde development so much more remarkable than 
the one described above in the Nareda-like worm, that it seems 
scarcely possible. The number of rings is also different, yet 
the general aspect of the head, and particularly the lightning 
speed of the larvee, darting off like a shot from perfect rest, 
are points of great similarity, and I give this suggestion for 
what it may be worth. The changes to be undergone are of 
the same nature as in Nareda, the tentacles must disappear, 
the temporary bristles drop off, and the articulations become 


On the Young Stages of a few Annelids. 339 


less numerous and eventually be lost, as in the adult Nemer- 
teans. 


Another young worm, equally striking, is represented in 
Figure 58; it isa parasitic Annelid, attached by its posterior 
extremity to the underside of the carapace of lobsters, measures 
about ,t; of an inch in length, and consists of numerous rings ; 
the mouth is edged by a series of small hooks. On the two 
sides of the anterior part we find three large temporary (?) ar- 
ticulate bristles, four or five times as long as the width of the 
body, the middle bristle is the longest; next come eight rings 
without appendages of any sort, the succeeding three rings are 
each provided with a long bristle, similar to those of the ante- 
rior extremity. These are the only appendages of the Annelid, 
the numerous rings of the body being bare ; the anal extremity 
is somewhat club-shaped. The digestive cavity was not as yet 
subdivided into separate regions, and nothing in this young 
worm, in spite of the great number of rings, indicated even the 
family to which it might belong. 


Although the embryological data at our command will not 
suffice in guiding us to any valuable systematic conclusions, yet 
the presence of temporary bristles of huge size in the young of 
so many Annelids is a feature of the greatest interest from a 
paleontological point of view. We find repeated in Annelids 
the same striking coincidence between certain features only 
embryonic in the present types, and which were characters of 
the adults in past geological times. I was particularly struck 
with this coincidence when examining a series of drawings of 
fossil Annelids kindly shown me by Mr. O. C. Marsh, of New 
Haven, which were all provided with bunches or single bris- 
tles of these large rough set, entirely out of proportion tu the 
width of the body, and similar to those found in the embryonic 
Annelids we have noticed. The nature of the sete and _bris- 
tles, and their order of appearance in the types we have thus 
far examined, seem the only characters capable of general ap- 


340 On the Young Stages of a few Annelids. 


plication of any systematic value; when a greater number 
of Annelids have been studied, the dorsal cirri, as well as the 
characters of the tentacles of the anterior part of the body, will 
furnish us valuable additional guides for classification in rela- 
tion to the rank of families and genera; and as far as we can 
make use of them they seem to coincide remarkably with the 
generally received notions of superiority and inferiority of the 
principal families, current among the most accurate investiga- 
tors of Annelids. 


EXPLANATION OF LETTERING AND FIGURES. 


v. anterior vibratile ring. t. tentacles. 

v’. anal vibratile ring. y. concretion capsules, 

m. mouth, a. anus. 

e. eye specks. r;. Sth ring in Polydora. 

o. cesophagus. r. first ring, the rings are counted 
from here. 

s. stomach. g. glands of Polydora. 


c. intestine. 


Fig. 1. Young Pranarra ANGULATA, with distinct articulations seen 
from above. 

Fig. 2. Somewhat older than figure 1; both figures greatly magni- 
fied. 

Fig. 3. Youngest stage of Narepa observed ; seen in profile. 

Fig. 4. Somewhat more advanced than figure 3, the pigment spots 
have increased in number, the tentacles of the head make their appear- 
ance; seen in profile. 

Fig. 5. Older stage, in which the difference in width between the an- 
terior disk and the body has attained its maximum, large increase in 
number of pigment spots, diminution in diameter of digestive cavity ; 
seen in profile. 

Fig. 6. Posterior extremity of young Nareda, about in the condition 
of figure 5, showing the intestine and place of formation of new rings, 
seen in profile. 


On the Young Stages of a few Annelids. 341 


Fig. 7. Stage in which the anterior disk is diminishing in]size and 
becoming slightly elongated ; seen from the dorsal side. 

Fig. 8. Head of Nareda in stage of figure 7; seen from the mouth 
side. 

Fig. 9. Older stage than figure 8; the rings are further apart, the pig- 
ment spots larger, the head has become greatly elongated, and the ten- 
tacles are more prominent ; seen from the dorsal side. 

Fig. 10. Older than figure 9, the pigment spots have become quite 
small, and the vibratile rings are much reduced ; seen from the dorsal side. 

Fig. 11. Somewhat more advanced than figure 10, the anterior disk 
has lost its prominence, the vibratile cilia have nearly disappeared, the 
stomach has become convoluted, the pigment cells are scarcely percepti- 
ble, and the articulations quite indistinct ; seen in profile, very sluggish 
in its movements, about one-fourth of an inch long. 

Fig. 12. Head of specimen slightly older than figure 11; seen in 
profile. 

Fig. 13. The same seen from the dorsal side; the tentacles are con- 
tracting. 

Fig. 14. Young Nareda, which has lost almost all trace of the tenta- 
cles of the head, about half an inch long. 

Fig. 15. Head of a somewhat older specimen. 

Fig. 16. The same as figure 15 ; seen in profile. 

Fig. 17. The head of a Nareda which has become less wide than the 
body ; about five months older than figure 4. 

Fig. 18. Portion of string of egos of Sprrorsis. 

Fig. 19. Young TrreBeLLA FruLeipa Ag., showing the order of de- 
velopment of the tentacles ¢,, ¢;; and the concretionary lime capsules 
y, greatly magnified. 

Fig. 19a. Stiff bristles of the rings; magnified. 

Fig. 20. Young Spirorbis soon after its escape from the egg, having 
only one tentacle developed on the right, ¢,. 

Fig. 21, Somewhat more advanced than the preceding figure, show- 
ing first trace of opercular tentacle. 

Fig. 22. Young Spirorbis having three pairs of bristles, somewhat 
older than the preceding stage. 

Fig. 23. The anterior extremity of a specimen more advanced than 
fig. 22, showing the first trace of bifurcation of the tentacles. 


342 On the Young Stages of a few Annelids. 


Fig. 24. Anterior extremity of a still older specimen, in which the 
contrast between the opercular tentacle (¢,) and the others (¢,—+#,) 
becomes very marked. 

Fig. 25. Young Spirorbis, in which all the characters of the adult can 
be readily recognised. Lettering as above. 

Fig. 26. Young Potypora having already lost the temporary bristles 
of the anterior rings. 

Fig. 27. Somewhat older than the preceding figure, the pigment spots 
of the anterior part are more marked (from below). 

Fig. 28. Older than figure 27, the dorsal cirri are quite apparent. 

Fig. 29. Young Polydora, seen from below, the pigment cells are 
more concentrated than in the preceding stages. 

Fig. 30. Somewhat more advanced, seen from the dorsal side. the 
pigment spots are reduced to mere dots, the number of rings has not 
increased from the preceding stage. 

Fig. 31. Head of Polydora having forty rings. 

Fig. 32. Anterior of young Polydora, not quite full grown, from 
below. 

Fig. 33. Adult Polydora seen from above. 

Fig. 34. Profile view of anal extremity of Polydora. 

Fig. 35. Profile view of the anterior extremity of Polydora. 

Fig. 36. Gland found at the side of each of the rings beyond the sixth 
at the base of the dorsal cirrus. 

Fig. 37. Stiff bristles of the fifth ring. 

Fig. 38.* Small hook-shaped bristle of rings, following the fifth. 

Fig. 39. Young NErrveE provided with the temporary bunch of bris- 


_ 


tles. 

Fig. 40. Nerine in which the tentacles and dorsal cirri have begun to 
develop, which has lost the large bunch of serrated bristles. 

Fig. 41. Somewhat more advanced than figure 40. 

Fig. 42. Young Nerine, having most of the characters of the adult. 

Fig. 42a. Portion of one of the serrated bristles of the temporary clus- 
ter of figure 39. 

Fig. 43. Anterior extremity of an adult Nerine, seen in profile. 





_* This figure was accidentally numbered 33 on Plate IX., it is fig. 33 be- 
tween fig. 36 and fig. 84. 


On the Young Stages of a few Annelids. 343 


Fig. 44. Hook-shaped stiff bristles of the lower side. 

Fig. 45. Posterior extremity of Nerine. 

Fig. 46. Young Puytiopoce from the dorsal side. 

Fig. 47. (u. f.)’ Figure 46 seen in profile. 

Fig. 47. (1. f.) The tentacles of the anterior part of the Phyllodoce have 
developed. The body has considerably lengthened ; seen from the dorsal 
side. 

Fig. 49. The same seen from tlre mouth side. 

Fig. 50. Young Phyllodoce, seen in profile in stage of Fig. 47. (I. f.) 

Fig. 51. Somewhat older than the preceding stages ; seen from above. 

Fig. 52. Young Phyllodoce in which the body has greatly elongated ; 
seen from above. 

Fig. 53. Head of adult Phyllodoce maculata, from above. 

ig. 54. Paddle and sete of adult of figure 53 ; seen in profile. 
Fig. 55. Anal extremity of the same. 
g. 56. Embryo Annelid, with immense bunches of temporary bris- 


Fig. 57. Adult of figure 56. ? ? 
Fig. 58. Minute Annelid parasitic on shell of lobster. 





EN DiaxX 

PAGE 
PLANARIA, . : . : ; . : 3 : : : . 306 
Lovfén’s Larva, . : ; ‘ : At ‘ ; : . 309 
Sprrorpis SprrintumM, . ; 5 : - ; : ; : . 318 
TEREBELLA FULGIDA, . ; : : : ‘ : : 3 . 320 
PoLypoRa, . : : : : : A : : : ; . 323 
NERINE, : : : , ‘ : 2 : : 3 - . 330 
PuyrtLopoce Macurara, , : : : ; , ‘ ; . 333 
Types oF DEVELOPMENT, ; : 5 , : : ; : . 336 


EXPLANATION OF FIGURES, . ; : é : : : : . 340 


344 Birds from Central and South America. 


XXXV.—Characters of seven New Species of Birds from 
Central and South America, with a Note on Tuaumartas 
cutonuRrus, Gould. 


By Gero. N. LAwrence. 


Read June 25, 1866. 


1. Campylorhynchus brevipennis, nov. sp. 


Entire upper part of head blackish-brown, on the hind neck a few 
longitudinal stripes of pale rufous; back, wing coverts and tertiaries 
dark hair brown, with large whitish spots tinged with dilute rufous, on 
the back feathers and tertiaries the spots are roundish and in pairs, on 
the larger wing coverts there is a spot near the base of each feather, and 
another at the end running down the shaft ; the larger quills are also 
dark brown with marginal oblong whitish spots; upper tail coverts dark 
brown, with pale bars of a dull rufous white; tail dark brown, the 
feathers with conspicuous whitish spots on each margin, arranged in 
pairs, there being about eight pairs on each of the longer feathers; a. 
broad, nearly white, superciliary stripe extends from the nostrils to the 
nape; ear coverts dusky; under plumage of a greyish-white, just tinged 
with pale rufous on the abdomen, the breast marked with minute very 
faint dusky spots and the sides with dusky bars; under tail coverts 
very dilute rufous, with broad rather faint blackish bars; upper mandi- 
ble brown with the edges pale, the under whitish, dusky near the tip ; 
tarsi and toes light brownish flesh-color, claws yellowish. 

Length of skin 6 in.; wing 2$; tail 3; bill {5 tarsi Z. 

Fourth and fifth quills equal and longest, the first one inch shorter 
than the fourth; tail graduated; the outer feather nearly an inch 
shorter than the central. 


Habitat. Venezuela. 
Type in Mus. Smithsonian Institution. . 


Birds from Central and South America. 345 


Remarks.—The bill as well as the wings are proportionately 
short, the spots above are large and conspicuous, and below 
very obscure; it does not seem to require comparison with any 
other species. 


2. Automolus rufescems, nov. sp. 


Female. Upper plumage olivaceous tinged with cinnamon color, top 
of the head and hind neck rather darker; front, superciliary stripe, sides 
of the head, throat and upper part of the breast of a clear, rather light 
cinnamon, lower part of breast and abdomen paler, the latter, with the 
sides and under tail coverts duller, and having an olivaceous tinge; wing 
coyerts, tertiaries, secondaries and outer margins of primaries, bright red- 
dish-cinnamon, the inner webs of the primaries, except at their bases, 
blackish-brown ; under wing coverts bright cinnamon, the inner webs of 
the primaries at base of a rather dull cinnamon ; two central tail-feathers 
dull cinnamon slightly olivaceous, all the other tail-feathers reddish-cin- 
namon, a little hghter in color than the wings; the upper mandible 
brownish horn color, the edges and most of the under mandible 
whitish, the sides of the latter blackish at the base ; tarsi and toes dark 
fleshy-brown. 

Fourth quill longest, third and fifth nearly as long, second and sixth a 
little shorter and equal, first quill shortest. 

Length (fresh) 74 in.; wing 33; tail 34; tarsi 1; bill 14. 


Habitat. Costa Rica, Birris. From Dr. A von Frantzius, 
collected by José Paledon, May 15th, 1865. 
Type in Mus. Smith. Inst., No. 39065. 


3. Grallaria gigantea, nov. sp. 


Hind part of crown and hind neck dark plumbeous, entire upper plum- 
age besides rich olivaceous brown, front next the biil tinged with rufous ; 
lores, sides of the head and under plumage dark rufous, the middle of 
the addomen only paler,. the sides of the neck.and the whole of the 


346 Birds from Central and South Amervea. 


under surface closely banded with black, the under tail coverts are also 
dark rufous, without bands but marked with a few minute black spots ; 
tail dark chocolate brown; quills blackish-brown with olive brown mar- 
gins; under wing coverts rufous banded with black; upper mandible 
black, the under brownish horn color, lighter underneath and at the 
base; tarsi and toes dark fleshy brown. 

Length of skin 94 in.; wing 6; tail 22; tarsi 23; middle toe and 
claw 12; hind toe =%, its claw £; bill from front (curve) 14, high at 


14 y alae 
base 14, wide 4. 


Habitat. Ecuador. 
Specimen in Mus. Smith. Inst., No. of type 35101. 


Remarks.—This appears to be the largest of the genus yet 
discovered; the only species it at all resembles is G. squwami- 
gera. and that only in the transverse markings on the under 
plumage, but in the new species these bands are regnlar, more 
distinct, and extend over the entire under surface, whereas in 
G. squamigera the markings are almost confluent on the neck 
and upper part of the breast, gradually lessening in size and 
number, until on the abdomen there are none; the coloring of 
the new species below, especially on the sides of the head, 
neck, and breast, is bright rufous, which parts in the other are 
of a rather light tawny color; in the upper plumage they are 
not at all alike; the bill and legs are strikingly much stouter 
than those of sguamigera. 


4. Gvallaricula Costaricensis, nov. sp. 


Male. Plumage above of a brownish olive-green duller on the head, 
the front adjoining the bill tinged with rufous; tail dark olive-brown, 
quills blackish-brown, the outer margins of a snuff-brown ; larger wing 
coverts of a dark rich or Vandyke brown, narrowly edged with dark 
rufous; the spurious wing feathers are also dark brown, the outer web of 
the outer feather pale rufous; under wing coverts pale bright rufous ; 


Birds from Central and South America. 347 


lores and circle around the eye rufous; ear coverts brownish rufous ; a 
narrow semicircular- band of black feathers extends in front of and 
under the eye; throat, breast, and sides of a rather dull orange rufous, 
somewhat dusky on the latter, on the breast.and sides some of the 
feathers are marked with black marginal stripes; abdomen and under 
tail coverts whitish buff; the thighs brownish olive; upper mandible 
black, the under gamboge yellow; the rictal bristles are very long; 
irides brown; legs pale yellowish brown, claws whitish. 

Length (fresh) 44 in.; alar extent 73; wing 28; tail 14,3 tarsi 43; 
bill from front 4, from rictus 3. 


Habitat. Costa Rica, Barranca. Collected by F. Carmiol, 
April 10th, 1865. 
Specimen in Mus. Smith. Inst., No. of type, 41433. 


Ltemarks.—This species is somewhat like G. ferrugineipectus, 
Sci., but that species appears to differ in having the throat white, 
the shoulders ochraceous, and to be without the black margins 
to the feathers of the breast. 


5. Phaethornis Cassimii, nov. sp. 


Female. Plumage above with the smaller and middle wing coverts 
of a rather dull reddish or coppery bronze, feathers of the crown darker, 
the coppery bronze on them deeper in color, and each feather with a 
terminal blackish margin ; the upper tail coverts light rufous with black- 
ish subterminal bars; the tail feathers are pale greenish olive at the 
base, succeeded by a broad black band, the four lateral feathers on each 
side are marked at their ends with reddish fulvous, the long ends of the 
central feathers are white; the larger wing coverts dark brown, the 
quills brownish purple; lores and ear coverts black; throat blackish- 
brown intermixed with dull fulvous, a stripe down the centre of the 
throat, one on each side of the neck from the corner of the mouth, and 
a superciliary stripe of fulvous; under plumage of a dull brownish-grey, 
the abdomen and under tail coverts tinged with fulvous; upper mandible 
black, the under yellow with the end dusky. 

Length of skin 6 in.; wing 245 tail 285 bill 13. 


348 Birds from Central and South America. 


Habitat. New Granada, Carthagena. Collected by Mr. A. 
Schott on the Atrato Expedition under Lieut. Michler. 

No. 122 of Cassin’s Catalogue of that collection. Spec. in 
Mus. Smith. Inst., No. of type 17918. Two specimens examined 
are neither in good condition, but they do not differ in plumage. 
One (No. 17918) from Turbo is marked as a male, but being in 
the poorest order, I have taken the one marked as a female for 
the type. 


Remarks.—I have had these specimens in my possession for 
some time, and being unable to identify them with any known 
species, have concluded to characterize them as undescribed ; 
they differ the most from all other species of this genus, in 
having the upper plumage reddish bronze without a trace of 
green. 

I have named this species in compliment to my friend Mr. 
John Cassin. 


6. Eupherusa cupreiceps, nov. sp. 


Male. Front, entire crown and upper tail coverts of a reddish 
coppery bronze; back reddish bronzed green ; two central tail feathers 
coppery bronze, not quite so bright as the coverts, all the other tail 
feathers are white, the one next the central is narrowly edged and ter- 
minates rather broadly with coppery bronze, the outer three are clouded 
at their ends with blackish-grey ; sides of the head and entire under sur- 
face of a shining, rather pale, emerald green, tinged with golden; 
feathers of the thighs blackish, with their ends white; upper mandible 
black, the under whitish, dusky at the end; toes black, with the soles 
pale yellow. 

The bill is slender and a little curved. 

Length (fresh) 3} in.; wing 14; tail 1,4,; bill 3%. 

Habitat. Costa Rica, Barranca. Collected by J. Carmiol. 

Spec. in Mus. Smith. Inst., No. of type 41478. 

Two specimens examined are precisely alike. 


Birds from Central and South America. 349 


Remarks.—In distribution of colors it resembles Mr. Gould’s 
Thaumatias chionurus, but that species measures half an inch 
more in length, is without the coppery color above, has four 
green central tail feathers, and all the other tail feathers black 
at their ends. 

It seems to me closely allied to Z. chionurus, and both of 
them to Hupherusa eximia in the coloring of their under plum- 
age, form of bills and tail feathers. I have therefore placed 
the present species provisionally in Eupherusa, and if not its 
true position, in my opinion, a new genus should be formed for 
this and chionurus, for to my eye they do not come so near any 
other genus as to Eupherusa. 


Nore on Taumatias cutonurus.—The bird I described as 
EKupherusa niveicauda, Ann. Lye. N. Y., Vol. vir, p. 134, 
I sent to Mr. Gould for the purpose of ascertaining whether it 
was his 7. chionurus, and he has decided it to be that species. 
At the time of describing, it did not seem to me at all like a 
Thaumatias, which must be my excuse for naming it anew, and 
with due deference to Mr. Gould’s opinion, it does not yet 
appear to me to be its proper position ; the bill is differently 
shaped, as are also the tail feathers; these last are without the 
peculiar markings of Thaumatias, and the under plumage 
has none of the glittering character which prevails in that 
genus. 


7. Geotrygon Veraguensis, nov. sp. 


Fore part of the head as far as on a line with the eyes, and a stripe 
running from the corner of the mouth under the eye and to the hind 
neck, white with a slight rusty tinge; crown, hind part and sides of the 
neck, upper part of the back and the entire breast of a rich purple violet, 
crown a little bluish; the middle and lower part of the back, with the 
smaller wing coverts, are of a glossy greenish olive-brown; the middle 
and larger wing coverts, and the secondaries differ a little in color, 
being somewhat lighter, more of an umber brown ; tail dull olivaceous 


350 Birds from Central and South America. 


dark brown, the ends lighter, with a broad subterminal band of blackish 
purple; primaries olive-brown with a_ greyish tinge, rather lighter than 
the tail in color; the shafts of the primaries and of the tail feathers at 
the base, are of a clear hazel-brown color; under wing coverts dark cin- 
namon, primaries at base and on inner margins pale dull cinnamon; 
throat light brown, tinged with violet; abdomen ochreous brown, 
becoming whitish below and on the flanks over the thighs; sides of a 
dull reddish brown, vent and under tail coverts lighter, more of a reddish 
ochreous color; bill black, the under mandible a little yellowish under- 
neath ; tarsi and toes yellow, the claws pale brown. 

Length (specimen mounted) say about 9 in.; wing 5; tail 24 ; bill 14; 


tarsi 13. 
Habitat. Veragua. Collected by J. King Merritt, M.D. 


Remarks.—I noticed this bird in the collection of my friend 
Dr. Merritt some years ago, but being mounted and in a case 
where it could not be seen satisfactorily, I intended to examine 
it again, but neglected doing so until quite recently, when at 
my request, Dr. M. kindly removed it from the case. and sent 
it to me for further investigation. 

It seems entirely unlike any species of which I can find 
a description; the colors are very dark and contrast strikingly 
with the white front and stripe under the eye; the legs are 
long and very robust. 


Lepidopterological Contributions. 351 


XXXVI.—Lepidopterological Contributions. 


By Ava. R. Grore anpD CoLEMAN T. ROBINSON. 


Read September 24th, 1866. 


Family ERYCINIDAE. 


Nympnipia, Fad. 


Nymphidin borealis, m. s. 


Upper surface, rich brownish ferruginous, covered and shaded 
by dusky scales, which leave merely the narrow terminal space 
(outside of the exterior metallic line) reddish ferruginous. Com- 
mon, black, flexuous lines cross the wings basally ; these lines are 
more or less continuous, but appear less macular than in N. pu- 
mila, Bdv. and Lec. The outer and most prominent of these lines 
is preceded by a broad, continued, black shade. Beyond, two exte- 
rior lead-colored metallic lines, as in N. pumila, but the outer 
line is straighter, and the inner appears more continuous, being less 
exserted at the centre of the wing and less lunulate, indistinctly 
margined by black scales; these metallic lines are both narrower 
than in N. pumila. The interspacial dots are large and prominent. 

Under surface, bright orange yellow, of a rather deeper shade 
on the primaries; the black transverse lines are more interrupted. 
Compared with N. pumila, the inner metallic line is less discon- 
nected and angulated. The metallic spots on the costa'which pre- 
cede this inner line and which, in N. pumila, are very distinct, are 
sub-obsolete in N. borealis. 

Upper surface of the body, blackish, clothed with dusky scales ; 
under surface and legs, fulvous yellow ; antennae, resembling those 
of N. pumila, but longer, the club more prominent. 


Expanse, 1.00 to 1.10 inches, 


Habitat, New York State. 


With a general resemblance to N. pumila, Bdv. and Lec., 
OCTOEER, 1866. 26 Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. Vor. VIII, 


% 


352 Lepidopterological Contributions. 


this species is much larger, and is readily distinguished by the 
obscure color of the upper surface, and the detailed differences 
in the appearance of the metallic lines. The external margin 
of the primaries is straighter, less roundedly exserted than in 
N. pumila, with the angles more prominent. Owing to the 
obscure color of the upper surface of the wings in N. borealis, 
the contrast between the coloring of the upper and under sur- 
faces is much more striking than in N. pumila. 

Taken on the 5th of July, 1864, by Mr. Grote, near Upper 
Coldenham, Orange co., N. Y., about nine miles west of New- 
burgh, on the Hudson. Several (eight or ten) specimens were 
taken in the midst of a wood, while flitting over a mound free 
trom undergrowth and exposed to the rays of the sun. These 
specimens have been partially distributed among collections in 
Canada (Saunders) and Massachusetts (Treat), under the name 
of N. pumila; but, since a number of Southern specimens 
have been received, a comparison of those remaining in our 
possession shows the specific distinctness of our northern spe- 
cies. So far as known to us this is the most northern habitat 
yet given for the genus, and it is worthy of note, that the spe- 
cies so found exceeds its southern associate in expanse; our 
specimens of N. pumila, from Georgia, expanding 0.75 to 0.90 
inches, while, generally, they exhibit the proportions of a 
smallerinsect. As is the case with N. pumila, there appear to 
be no differences of coloration between the sexes in N.borealis. 

Compared with the figure of ‘ Nymphidium Jessa,” Boisd. 
Sp. Gen. Lep., Plate 6 (2 B.), fig. 10, our species differs by its 
more ferruginous color, the greater continuity of the transverse 
black lines, the sinnosity of the inner metallic line, and by the 
presence of the black interspacial dots, placed between the 
two exterior metallic lines, as in N. pumila. In Boisduval’s 
figure, above cited, these lines are very propinquitous, even, 
and the narrow space inclosed by them is bright brownish 
orange, without any dots, while the inner metallic line is pre- 
ceded, on both wings, by dark and large interspaetal dashes, 
entirely wanting in either N. pumila or N. borealis. 


Lepidopterological Contributions. 853 


The manner in which the Phalaenid genus Heliomata, G. & 
f., with a similar geographical distribution, mimics the orna- 
mentation of Nymphidia, is worthy of notice. 


Family Spurmemar. 


When studying the position of the European Sphinx convol- 
vuli, Zénn., and Sphinx ligustri, Zinn., with regard to the 
American species of Macrosila and Sphinx, we are led to con- 
sider the former species as belonging to the genus Macrosila, 
Boisd. (emend. Grote). Indeed Macrosila convolvuli exhibits 
the main structural features shared by our American species of 
Macrosila, a genus of which M. rustica may be considered typi- 
eal, and which contains a number of species of similar habitus 
and robust development. Dr. Clemens has shown that, in 
their maxillary development, M. Carolina, M. 5-maculata, and 
M. cingulata, agree with M. rustica. Following the arrange- 
ment of the species in our recently published ‘Synonymical 
Catalogue,” M. convolvuli falls in very naturally after our 
North American M. cingulata, a species which has been oc- 
casionally mistaken by earlier authors as identical with its 
European congener. While we thus consider the European 
M. convolvuli, the lowest and most degradational specific form 
of Macrosila, we concede, on the other hand, that the European 
Sphinx convolvuli, Zenn., is the highest or typical form of 
Linneeus’ genus Sphinx, as now received. Thus the course of 
Yiibner, in separating the two European species generically, is 
justified, and Lethia, Hiibner, becomes synonymous with 
Sphinx, Zinn. While borrowing a brighter tint from a higher 
genus, S. ligustri is structurally identical with the North Ame- 
rican S. chersis (Lethia chersis, Hiib., Sphinx cinerea, Harris), 
S. drupiferarum, 8. kalmiae, ete. 

In this view a somewhat different arrangement of certain 
genera belonging to the tribe Sphingina suggests itself. We 
would inaugurate this tribe with Ceratomia, Harris, a genus 
which, in its reduced thoracic and cephalic parts and its soft 


354 Lepidopterological Contributions. 


coloration, suggests affinities with the Smerinthini, a resem- 
blance which is heightened by its antennal structure and that of 
its labial palpi. The species hitherto so often mistaken for 
Drury’s 8S. brontes, and which we believe was first described 
by Dr. Clemens as Ceratomia rerpentinus, here follows natu- 
rally. We have proposed to retain the name Daremma, Walz., 
for this species, but the use of this generic name is not free 
from objection. The genera:—Syzygia, G. &@ &. (afflicta) ; 
Diludia, G@. &@ . (jasminearum, G & P., (Sphinx jasmin. Bd.) 
brontes, florestan, collaris); Pseudosphinx, Burm. (tetrio) ; 
Amphonyx, Poey (antaeus, duponchel, hydaspes); Macrosila, 
Boisd. (rustica, ochus, aper, carolina, 5-maculata, cingulata 
convolvuli); Sphinx, Zenn. (ligustri, chersis, drupiferarum, 
kalmiae, ete.)—then follow, and form what seems to us, with 
our present material, the most natural arrangement of the 
genera. 

Objection having been made to the etymology of the generic 
name Erinnyis, Ziibner (1816), we find that, independent of 
the propriety of avoiding any change in its form as written by 
Hiibner, there is a valid Hesperiid genus erected by Schrank 
ten years previously, which bears what is evidently the same 
name. Under these circumstances, it being removed from 
Schrank’s genus Erynnis, by too slight a variation, the term 
proposed by Burmeister—Dilophonota—must be retained for 
the genus. Not only is this term full as early (1856) as An- 
ceryx, Boisd., but it is used by its describer in a perfectly syno- 
nymous sense with Erinnyis, //iibner, being proposed for the 
same species, whereas Boisduval’s term, used first by Walker 
in the British Museum Lists, embraces species which are not 
properly included with the type of Hiibner’s genus. In chang- 
ing the oldest generic name we necessarily take that which was 
used to express the same structural idea, particularly when, as 
in the present case, we are unencumbered by questions of 
priority. 

The species of the genus Dilophonota, are exclusively Ameri- 
can, and are as follows: 


Lepidopterological Contributions. 355 


Dilophonota, Burmeister (1856). 
Erinnyis, Hiibner (1816). 
Anceryx, p. Boisd., Ms. (1856). 


if 


Stout species, characterized by the elevated, square thoracic 
parts, which are but slightly advanced before the insertion of 
the primaries: 


1, D. rimosa! (Hrinnyis rimosa, Grote.) 

2, D. congratulans, Gundlach, in litt. ! 

3, D. caricae, Burm. ! (Sphinx caricae, Linn., Sphina cacus, 
Cramer., Diloph. cacus, Burm, (Mexico!) 


‘be 


External margin of anterior wings entire; a single slender 
species with, otherwise, much the habitus of the species be- 
longing to Group 3: 

4, D. caicus, Burm. / (Sphinx caicus, Cramer. 
y) ; 9 


Iii. 


External margin of anterior wings evenly and slightly 
dentate ; the more typical group of the genus: 


5, D. ello, Burm. ! (Sphine ello, Linn.) 
6, D. alope, Burm. ! (Sphinx alope, Drury.) 
7, D. merianae ! (Arinnyis mer., Grote.) 
8, D. oenotrus, Burm. / (Sphinx oenot., Cramer.) 
9, D. melancholica! (Zrinnyis mel, Grote.) 
10, D. cinerosa! (Zrinnyis cin., Grote.) 
11, D. pallida! (Zrinnyis pal., Grote.) 
1y, D. obseura (Sphinx obscura, Fab.) 
13, D. stheno (EZrinnyis stheno, Hib.) 
14, D. guttularis! (Anceryr gut., Walk.) 


Of these species but two are not certainly known to us. As 


356 Lepidopterological Contributions. 


D. obscura, we would regard a small species, rarely found in 
the Atlantic States, which, compared with D. pallida from 
Cuba, is a smaller, slighter, and darker species. These speci- 
mens differ from Hiibner’s figure of Erinnyis stheno quite 
strongly, so that we are not disposed to record Hiibner’s 
species as synonymous with D. obscura for the present, 
although so cited by Mr. Walker in the British Museum Lists. 
We have lately received specimens of D. caricae from Mexico, 
so that this species may be included in our catalogue. Dr. 
Gundlach has confided to Mr. Grote a MS. species under the 
specific name, congratulans, and which has been described 
under that name by Mr. Grote as Erinnyis congratulans, 
Gundlach. The name is here changed to Dilophonota congra- 
tulans, Gundlach, under the authority given by its discoverer 
to Mr. Grote. 


Tribe Choerocampini. 
Cuorrocampa, Duponchel. 


Choerocampa laevis, n. s. 
(Plate 14, fig. 1, 2.) 


Size large; anterior wings falcate, acutely produced at the 
apices, immediately below which the external margin is slightly 
sinuate, thence straight, very slightly rounded, to internal angle ; 
posterior wings acutely produced at apices, which are depressed ; 
external margin unevenly sinuate. Primaries, pale, dull, olivaceous 
ash color, sparsely irrorate with black scales, especially terminally and 
along internal margin, where the wings acquire a warmer, some- 
what ochraceous tint. An aggregation of longer black scales on 
internal margin at extreme base, forming an irregular and rather 
large maculation. An indistinct, transverse, angulated, blackish ~ 
shade over the disc at base. A neatly defined black discal dot. 
An outwardly oblique, diffuse, blackish shade, immediately beyond 
the disc, over the nervules. A blackish linear band runs from the 
costa at apical fourth very obliquely to internal margin within the 


Lepidopterological Contributions. 357 


middle, becoming obsolete immediately before the margin. This 
linear band is angulated prominently immediately below costa and 
thence obsoletely so on the nervules, with faint traces of connexion 
‘by dark scales. An even, dark olivaceous line from apex to inter- 
nal margin at without the middle, everywhere distinct. This line 
is followed by a faint pale olivaceous shade, defined outwardly 
irregularly by aggregations of the black irrorations, which are 
here more prominent than elsewhere, and stretch along internal 
margin to the angle. Below the costa, on the apical interspace, is 
a faint ochreous shade. Terminally, the wing is somewhat darker 
than elsewhere, forming a defined terminal space, traversed cen- 
trally by a sub-obsolete series of black dots on the nervules, faintly 
connected by an obsolete dark shade line. Secondaries, black; an 
irregular median band of pale, obscure whitish, or olivaceous whit- 
ish scales, forming triangulate spots, discontinued before costa, 
and prominently divided, centrally, by three very black streaks 
formed by the scales covering the median nervules. All the mar- 
gins pale. A rather wide terminal band along internal margin, 
paler but similarly colored with primaries above. 

Under surface of primaries, bright ochreous, distinctly irrorate 
with black dots. Basally, over the lower part of the dise and 
beyond, over the nervules at base and at the centre, the wing is 
shaded with dull blackish scales. A prominent, inwardly oblique, 
blackish band, obsoletely angulated on the nervules and excavate 
between them, borders inferiorly the blackish basal shade and runs 
very distinctly from costa to third median nervule, thence obso- 
letely, merged in the blackish shade, to internal margin. <A sub- 
terminal series of black dots on the nervules, the dot at costa the 
largest, inferiorly becoming obsolete. Terminal space darker and 
narrower than on the upper surface, but similarly colored and 
neatly defined. Secondaries resemble primaries in coloration, but 
without any blackish shades, becoming paler along internal margin 
and basally, crossed by two sinuate series of black nervular dots 
corresponding to those on the primaries; the inner series being 
connected by a pale blackish shade line excavate between the 
nervules. 

Head, thorax, legs, and abdomen, resembling upper surface of 
primaries in coloration, irrorate with black scales. Centrally, the 


358 Lepidopterological Contributions. 


prothorax above is shaded with dark olivaceous and brownish, 
which darker shades extend over the patagia inwardly. No 
defined lateral discolorous linear shade. Abdomen, above, shaded 
with blackish and with large, diffuse, lateral, segmentary, blackish 
maculations, obsolete centrally. 


Expanse (2) 4.20 inches. Length of body, 2.20 in. 
Habitat—Mexico (Mirador). 


Belongs, with the following species, to the second N. A. 
Group of the genus, containing C. nechus, C. porens, ete., and 
resembles distantly C. anubus, Cramer sp. from Surinam. It 
resembles the description of C. nitidula, Clemens, but differs 
in detail. There are no lateral caputal and thoracic linear 
discolorations, nor an abdominal ‘‘ double row of dark brown 
dots.” No mention is made in the description of C. nitidula, 
of the very distinct irrorations which characterize C. laevis, 
in which latter species the very distinct black angulate oblique 
linear band, emanating from costa at apical fourth, is a promi- 
nent feature; the presence of this band in C. nitidula, is denied 
by the italicized expression “a szngle brownish line from the 
inner margin to the tip;” the corresponding line with this 
latter in C. laevis is plainly olivaceous. It is to be regretted 
that no measurements are given by Dr. Clemens of either C. 
nitidula or C. versuta, species which are somewhat incomplete- 
ly illustrated, and of which the types appear to be now lost, a 
circumstance much to be deplored. 


Choerocampa ceratomioides, m. s. 
(Plate 14, fig. 2, 2-) 


Size, large; form, stout. Anterior wings shortly and rather 
abruptly produced at apices; external margin slightly rounded to 
internal angle. Bright brown and black. Primaries with longer 
pale whitish scales at base, forming an incomplete maculation on 
internal margin at extreme base. Basally, the wing is blackish, 


Lepidopterological Contributions. 359 


with fused, inwardly oblique, very sinuate, dark brown lines run- 
ning from costa to internal margin. Along the costa, terminally, 
and on the nervures, the wing is coarsely sprinkled with black 
irrorations. Centrally, and rather constrictedly, the wing is 
bright, rather pale, brown. This color extends along the costa to 
about apical fourth, where it is limited externally by the extremely 
oblique exterior dark brown lines, and forms a deep sinus extend- 
ing downwards over the discal cell to internal margin, which latter, 
however, it does not attain, leaving the extreme edge blackish. A 
black diseal dot on the discal cross-vein, situate at the point of 
origin of the first median nervule. The exterior dark brown lines, 
on a slightly paler ground, are for the most part even, very oblique, 
and beautifully, while sometimes dissimilarly, curved and angulated. 
The first, and most prominent of these lines, which margins the 
brown central space, emanates from a blackish irregular costal 
blotch which extends over the base of the apical interspace, and 
runs obsoletely and straightly to sub-costo post-apical nervule, 
where it forms an angle, whence it runs, slightly sinuously and 
very obliquely, inwardly to internal margin at about basal third. 
This is closely followed by five similar lines, the first of which is 
continuous and abruptly angulate on fourth median nervule. The 
succeeding lines become obsolete at about second median nervule; 
but are again apparent on fourth median, and, with the second 
exterior line, again angulate on internal nervure. All these lines 
are obsolete, more or less, on apical interspace, which latter is 
covered with paler, more ochraceous or testaceous scales than 
elsewhere, and shows the coarse black irrorations very plainly. 
The fourth exterior line is most distinct after and before its central 
interruption. The fifth, more irregular and darker line, emanates from 
extreme apex, and is followed by a broad irrorate ochreous shade 
running from second median nervule to the internal margin, and 
extending narrowly outwardly to the angle. Where the third, 
fourth, and fifth exterior lines become obsolete, they assume the 
ground color which obtains between them at the base and between 
the first and second lines throughout their length—a paler duller 
brown, and are narrowly separated and brought into relief by 
ochraceous scales. Terminally, the wing is shaded with pale oliva- 
ceous brown; a dark olivaceous terminal shade band along exter- 


360 Lepidopterological Contributions.~ 


nal margin, prominently interrupted at the nervules by paler, some- 
what ochraceous scales. 

Posterior wings, bluntly produced at apices, which are rounded 
and hardly prominent. Blackish; at base, on internal margin, an 
obscure whitish aggregation of longer scales, and a second similar 
below the discal cell, further removed towards the middle of the 
wing. An irregular, pale, ochraceous shade band, coarsely irrorate, 
interrupted inferiorly and spreading over anal angle. Terminally, 
the wing is blackish; along external margin an obscure, irrorate, 
dark olivaceous ochraceous shade band, prominently interrupted at 
the nervules ; fringes paler, especially before anal angle. 

Under surface of anterior wings, dull brownish black ; terminal 
space paler, strigose. Apex and apical interspace, pale testaccous 
ochraceous, below which the interspaces are stained with reddish 
and covered with coarse irrorations. Here the exterior transverse 
lines of the upper surface are vaguely indicated, with similar ochra- 
ceous lateral shades towards the internal margin. Secondaries, 
resembling primaries in color; costa, at base, ochraceous, coarsely 
irrorate; on internal margin, at base, a pale whitish patch, corres- 
ponding to that on the upper surface, but continuing, deepening 
in color and coarsely irrorate, to below the discal cell. An irregular 
ochraceous, coarsely irrorate subterminal band, corresponding to 
that on the upper surface, but with a distinct series of black ner- 
vular dots which are there obsolete. ‘Terminally, the wing is paler 
brown, strigose. 

Head and thorax above, pale brown, with an obscure purplish 
shade (somewhat as in Thyreus abbotii) extending over the pro- 
thorax centrally and laterally. Two lateral, narrow, dark lines 
extending over the “ front” back to the tegulae, which latter are 
lined, and dark olivaceous blackish brown. Abdomen, bright, 
rather pale brown above; at base, two lateral whitish maculations 
formed of aggregations of long and loose scales, analogous to those 
on the internal margin of the secondaries, and followed, on the 
second basal segment, by black scales. Beneath, paler, mixed with 
ochraceous scales. Lateral thoracic parts covered with sable- 
brown scales; legs ochraceous, tarsi darker. 


Expanse (2) 4.10 in. Length of body, 2.00 in. 


Lepidopterological Contributions. 361 


fabitat.—Mexico (Mirador). 


A beautiful species, the ornamentation and coloration of the 
primaries recalling that of the very different Ceratomia amyn- 
tor Hiibner sp. (CO. quadricornis, Harris), a resemblance which 
has suggested the specific name. 


Family THY RIDAE. 


PLATYTEYRIs, 1... 


Antennae, rather long, slender, filiform, naked. Head, sunken, 
‘improminent, impressed on the prothorax; palpi large, obliquely 
ascending, held free from the front; eyes, globose, small; vertex, 
narrow; the supra-caputal squamation is rough; epicranium, con- 
cealed. Prothorax, wide, square in front and short, not projected 
in front of the insertion of the wings as in Thyris. Thorax sub- 
quadrate, densely and closely scaled; abdomen, stout, of equal 
width, not constricted basally, as long as, but hardly exceeding the 
secondaries; anal segment constricted. Wings, wide; primaries 
more than half as wide as long; apices obtusely rounded ; external 
margin entire, slightly sinuate, being outwardly rounded before 
internal angle; internal margin straight, equalling the costal mar- 
gin in length, the external margin being hardly oblique. Second— 
aries, wide and full, nearly as large as the primaries, external margin 
very sinuate. Legs, stout, thickly fringed with strong hair. 


This coarsely scaled genus with broad wings, differs from 
Thyris in the entirety of its corporal structure, so as to render 
any neurational comparisons unnecessary to support its vali- 
dity. Compared with Thyris, the thoracic parts are less com- 
pact and much less advanced before the insertion of the wings, 
giving the insect a noctuid appearance, which its strictly fili- 
form, rather long and slender antennae, full, short abdomen, 
and wide secondaries tend to exaggerate. The opposed cha- 
racters give to Thyris its strongest resemblance to the Aege- 
rians. Thyris vitrina, Bodsd., Mon. Zyg. 6, 19, pl. 1, fig. 5, 


belongs to this genus. 


Vs 


362 Lepidopterological Contributions. 


Platythyris fasciata, n.s. 
(Plate 13, figs. 4, 2,5, d [reverse].) 


Dull cupreous brown. Anterior wings with three approximate, 
wide, diffuse, transverse basal bands, composed of obscure yellow 
scales, speckled with and separated by brown scales of a brighter 
hue than the ground color of the wings. The first of these bands 
covers the extreme base of the wing and is so diffuse as to lose its 
vittate character. All of these bands are brighter and more dis- 
tinctly marked on costa; the third, which crosses the dise, is most 
evident. Impinging on the outer margin of the third band is a 
small, sub-triangulate, vitreous spot on the disc. Beyond, the dull 
brown color of the wing obtains, appearing as a regular hand 
tapering to internal margin. Beyond this are two terminal bands 
similar to the basal ones but darker, more brownish, and more dis- 
tinctly defined and separated. The first of these, or the subter- 
minal band, is contiguous to the second or external band, which 
latter lies directly on the margin. Secondaries, resembling prima- 
ries in appearance and coloration. The yellowish bands of the 
primaries are here in reality continued, but are so diffused that the 
surface of the wings appears to be irregularly mottled with yellow 
and bright brown scales. A much larger vitreous discal spot than 
that on the primaries, acutely excavate externally. Fringes, brown- 
ish, paler at the incisures of the margin. 

Under surface, pale brownish, faintly mottled and lined, con- 
trasting rather forcibly with the upper surface in general color. On 
the primaries are four distinct blackish olivaceous transverse bands. 
The first, at just beyond the base, is little more than a faint linear 
streak ; the second, is wider, darker, especially on the disc, and 
interrupted, not attaining internal margin ; the third is very wide, 
broadest (with the first two) on costa, with sinuate borders, taper- 
ing towards internal margin, immediately on which it again 
expands. Impinging on the inner margin of this band is the discal 
vitreous spot, which, with that on the secondaries, is the same on 
either surface. The fourth band is broad and runs along external 


Lepidopterological Contributions. 868 


margin, becoming fainter in color towards the internal angle, and 
with an irregularly sinuate inner border. 

Caputal and thoracic parts above, dull brown with a yellowish 
bronzed reflection, the latter more prominent on the thorax. Ab- 
domen paler brown, shaded at base with yellowish scales, as also 
at the anus above and beneath. Legs densely fringed and, with 
the under thoracic parts, of a pale obscure olivaceous brown. The 
sexes resemble each other, the male being a little the darker. 

Expanse, 6 and 2 0.80 inch. Length of body, 0.35 inch. 


Habitat.— Virginia. 


This species differs from Boisduval’s figure and description 
of Thyris vitrina, in the color of the brighter scales of the wings, 
which is here plainly yellow and bronze, whereas they are 
stated in the former instance to be red or reddish (‘ rouge ”— 
“rouge rutilant”’). There are no basal marks or bands on the 
upper surface in P. vitrina, in which the brighter markings are 
limited to two composite external imaculations, unlike the well 
defined bands which characterize P. fasciata. The descriptions 
of the under surface differ throughout, while the two species 
are plainly congenerical. 

Thyris maculata, Harris, our common species from the 
Atlantic District, is closely allied to, and strictly congenerical 
with the European Thyris fenestrella, Scop. sp. It differs by 
its somewhat smaller size, and by the single vitreous spot of 
the primaries, which, in T. fenestrella, is larger and distinctly 
geminate. The two species are representative. 

Platythyris vitrina, is sometimes included by writers on 
European Lepidoptera, as belonging to the European fauna, 
but oftener omitted. Dr. Boisduval states his specimens to 
have come from Andalusia (Spain) and the United States; he 
also gives a description of the larva of P. vitrina, from a draw- 
ing received from Georgia; probably this drawing is one of 
Abbot’s, and hitherto unpublished. The species, however, has 
not been since rediscovered here, and, as a simple theory, it 
may not be hazarding too much if we conjecture that the spe- 


364 Lepidopterological Contributions. 


cimens from which Dr. Boisduval drew up his description and 
executed his figure of Thyris vitrina, were in reality European, 
and that Abbot’s supposed drawing, as’well as any authentic 
United States’ specimens which Dr. Boisduval may have pos- 
sessed, belong to Platythyris fasciata, nob., which, while appa- 
rently very amply distinct, may be considered as representing 
the European P. vitrina, in America. As is the case with 
Thyris, our genus would then be represented on both con- 
tinents. 

The elimination of Platythyris, draws our attention to the 
plasticity of thoracic structure in the group to which, together 
with Thyris, Z/dzger, this genus belongs, and which group it may 
not be improper to consider as a Family—Tuyrmar—until 
instituted comparisons shall have indicated its fusion with one 
or the other already acknowledged and extensive families with 
which it shows assimilative characters. The highest genus— 
Thyris—imitates very plainly the higher Aegeriidae (Ses¢idae) 
in its thoracic characters; on the other hand, the lowest 
genus—Platythyris—resembles, in the structure of the same 
parts, the lower Zygaenidae, especially the inferior Castniid 
genera, Alypia and Eudryas, particularly the former. Indeed, 
thongh with certain general characters in common, the two 
hitherto established genera of Thyridae are strongly dissonant, 
and the family may not be unadvisedly divided into two Tribes, 
as follows: 

A. Thorax rounded in front, produced for half its length in 
front of the insertion of the wings; antennae flexuous, stout, 
and slightly swelled.—Tuyrint. 

B. Thorax square in front, very slightly produced; antennae 
straight and strictly filiform-—PLaryruyRint. 

In Thyris, the head is elevated, and received on the rounded 
and narrowing thoracic parts with but slight apparent contrac- 
tion, in all of which caputal and thoracic structural points it 
is opposed to Platythyris. In these two genera we have the 
essential features of a group of Lepidopterological forms which 
oscillates between Aegeria on the one hand, and Zygaena on 


Lepidopterological Contributions. 365 


the other, and which appears to us to afford no trace of that 
Bombycid feature which, in the Zygaenidae, owes its presence 
to analogy. 

With regard, finally, to Thyris lugubris, Bocsd., with which 
we are autoptically unacquainted, and which Dr. Harris states 
to have received from Florida, it would seem, if correctly 
referred here, to form the type of a distinct genus. Should it 
really belong to the Thyridae, it will be highly interesting as 
typical of a genus still lower than Platythyris, and affording, 
to judge from the figure, analogical resemblance with the lower 
Zygaenid genus Syntomis, and with a number of other valid 
genera hitherto loosely arranged under the old name “ Glau- 
copis,” and which are now referred to a sub-family of the 
Zygaenidae. The Florida species would thus complete a series 
of mimetic forms which, while illustrating other family rank, 
are degradational in so far as we fail to perceive cohesive cha- 
racters, or such as shall be purely those of a distinct family 
type. 


Fam. ZYGAENIDAE. 
Sup-ram. ZYGAENINAE, Pack. 
Charidea, Dalman. 


Charidea bivulimera, n. s. 
(Plate 13, Fig. 2, @) 


Size, moderate ; anterior wings, black ; apices narrowly fringed 
with white scales; costa depressed basally, arcuated before the 
apex. Extreme base and internal margin, for three-quarters of its 
length from the base, covered with brilliant pale blue scintillate 
scales; these form a rather broad and prominent band on the inter- 
nal margin. A large scarlet basal patch, sub-triangulate in shape, 
extends from just beyond extreme base to about the middle of the 
wing, leaving the costa narrowly black and margining straightly 
the scintillate band on internal margin. Externally, this patch termi- 
nates irregularly, forming a superior point, below which is a mode- 


366 Lepidopterological Contributions. 


rate excavation. An oval scarlet spot rests subterminally on the 
median nervules; above this is a small patch of pale blue scintil- 
late scales divided centrally obliquely by the black scales which 
cover the sub-costal nervure. Fringes black, except at extreme 
apices. 

Under surface of anterior wings resembling upper, but the blue 
scintillate scales encroach on and cover the basal scarlet patch infe- 
riorly, also obtaining beyond it, and between it and the terminal 
scarlet oval spot. The sub-costal scintillate patch is also larger. 

Posterior wings, black, with a brilliant dark blue shade, which 
latter obtains principally at the base and along internal margin, 
extending thence outwardly towards the middle and external mar- 
gin. Under surface, resembling upper, but almost entirely covered 
with paler blue scintillate scales of a variable shade. 

“Front,” bright metallic blue. Palpi exceeding, and held hori- 
zontally free from the front ; above, dull blackish; beneath, bright 
metallic blue. Antennae black, evenly pectinate ; the caputal sur- 
face between them at base is covered with black scales; behind, 
with metallic blue scales. Thorax, above, dull blackish, overlaid 
with bright blue metallic scales on the “ collar,” extending laterally 
to the insertion of the wings, on the patagia inwardly, and on the 
thoracic disc centrally. Beneath, a very prominent white patch 
between anterior legs; anterior femora, white on the inside; legs, 
bright metallic blue ; tarsi, dull blackish ; abdomen, dark metallic 
blue, of hardly so violet a shade as secondaries above. The basal 
glandular pouches are clothed above with longer mixed blackish 
scales. 


Expanse—1.35. Length of body, 0.50 inch. 


Habitat.—Mexico. (Edwards.) “Nios ch02.2 


This narrower species differs from O. splendida, C. micans, 
C. fulgens, and C. fulgida, in the violet secondaries without 
orange or scarlet tinges. The scarlet patches are broader and 
differently proportioned compared with those of the Brazilian 
C fastuosa, J/énétriés. The specific characters assigned to C. 
jucunda, Walker, are scanty, but C. bivulnera seems to differ 


Lepidopterological Contributions. 367 


trom that species in the conformation of the scarlet patches on 
the primaries, while no mention is made in Mr. Walker’s 
description of the subcostal metallic scales, or of the white 
thoracic patch beneath, extending inwardly on the anterior 
femora, which are prominent characters in the species we have 
just described. 


Fam. BOMBYCIDAE. 
Sus-ram. ARCTIIDAE. 
Arctia, Schrank. 


Arctia mexicana, n.s. 


(Plate 13, Fig. 3, ¢) 


Size, moderate; anterior wings, black, with broad, very pale yel- 
low bands ; a broad, yellowish longitudinal band, narrowest at the 
base, runs beneath the median nervure from extreme base of the 
wing to internal angle, and is obsoletely furcate at the margin. 
First transverse band (at basal third) irregular, being broadest at 
costa, narrowing to the central longitudinal stripe, where it is 
slightly angulated, and beneath which it is most constricted, widen- 
ing irregularly to internal margin. A median, slightly flexuous, 
similarly colored band, of everywhere nearly equal width. Very 
approximate to and beyond the median band, is a third, slightly 
more flexuous, and which, with accessory bands which issue from 
it, forms a figure resembling the letter K, with the straight stroke 
turned towards the base of the wing, and the upper limb, attain- 
ing external margin, reflexed to costa before the apex; the lower 
limb resting on the extremity of the central longitudinal stripe at 
external margin. Costal edge, entirely pale yellow, nowhere 
encroached upon by black scales. External and internal margins 
narrowly bordered and fringed with pale yellow scales. Under 
surface reflecting the ornamentation of upper surface, and resem- 
bling it in coloration; the costal edge is shaded with brighter, 
somewhat orange-colored scales. 


Posterior wings, testaceous, yellowish, with a terminal series of 
OCTOBER, 1866. Q7 Ann Lyc. Nar. Hist, Vou. VIII. 


368 Lepidopterological Contributions. 


blackish irregular spots, and abbreviated bands along the costa and 
external margin. Internal margin, clothed with longer, pinkish or 
pale crimson hair. Under surface, resembling upper, with the 
black abbreviated costal bands more prominent. 

Head and “ collar,” yellowish, immaculate ; the former with a 
brighter tinge on the vertex and front; palpi, blackish ; antennae, 
rather short, bi-pectinate; thorax and patagia, black, prominently 
fringed with yellowish hair, so as to give the appearance of three 
broad dorsal black stripes. The caputal and thoracic parts are 
loosely clothed with long hair. Abdomen, above, clothed with long 
pinkish or pale crimson scales, concolorous with those on the inter- 
nal margin of the secondaries, but rather darker. A central, dor- 
sal, narrow, blackish stripe, or series of close maculations. 
Beneath, dark brownish, which latter color obtains over the anal 
segments above; centrally, on the basal segments, is a distinct yel- 
lowish seale patch. Legs and under thoracic surface, dark brown- 
ish; anterior legs with pale orange-colored scales between them at 
base; immediately below the head and laterally, the scales are 
black or blackish. 

Expanse.— 6, 1.25 inch; length of body, 0.65 inch. 


Habitat—Mexico. (Mr. W. H. Edwards.) “No. 25.” 


Resembles Arctia phyllira, Zarris, and Arctia nevadensis, 
G. and #&.,in ornamentation. From the latter, which of the 
two it more nearly resembles, it may be distinguished by its 
more rounded wings, shorter antennae, and differently colored 
thoracic parts, while the costal edge of the primaries is entirely 
yellowish. It may be remarked that Arctia celia, Suunders, 
is very probably synonymous with Arctia fignrata, Drury 
sp.; the variety with red secondaries, described by Mr. 
Saunders, being, in our estimation, too near the typical form 
figured by Drury to be distinet.* On the other hand, Arctia 





* The Bombix figurata, De Beawvois, Ins. Af. and Am., p. 265, Plate 24, Fig. 
4, given in illustration of Drury’s species, represents evidently the form described 
as typical of Arctia celia, Sawnders. It may also be remarked here, that Bombix 
eunegunda, 1. e. p. 134, Plate 22, Fig. 4, a species figured by De Beauvois with 
the wings folded, is a synonym of Ecpantheria Scribonia, Hiibner. 


Lepidopterological Contributions. 369 


decorata, Saunders, is a form of Arctia nais, Walker, with red 
secondaries, Drury’s figure having these yellowish. We have 
received a second male specimen of A. mexicana, 2od., from a 
different locality in Mexico, This specimen merely differs from 
the type, by its slightly greater expanse (1.35 inch.), and in 
that the black terminate marks and spots on the secondaries 
are, for the most part, wanting; this is a natural variation of 
the species of this genus) From A. phalerata, Harris, the 
Mexican species may be quickly distinguished by its red abdo- 
men. In A. mexicana, the costae of both pair of wings are 
tinged with ochreous yellow beneath. 


Ecranruerta, J/iibner. 
Ecpantneria leucarctioides, mn. s. 


(Plate 14, figs. 3,2 4, 2°) 


Female. Primaries, white, crossed by six irregular dull blackish 
macular bands faintly berdered by yellowish tinges. First (basal) 
band consisting of three spots; that on costa being largest, sub- 
quadrate; the third, on internal margin, greatly reduced. Second 
(extra-basal) band consisting of five spots, angulated on the dise. 
Third (median) band, broad and prominent, consisting of black 
sub quadrate patches, narrowly and neatly separated by the ner- 
vules, which are covered with pale, yellowish white scales; two or 
three smaller spots clustered at the base of the interspaces beyond 
the discal cell. Fourth (extra discal) band composed of eight 
reduced, narrow black spots, sinuate, flexuous. Fifth (sub-terminal) 
band, resembling third but broader, composed of black, inter- 
spacial, even patches, obsoletely and incompletely separated by the 
yellowish white nervular scales; the black patch on the interspace 
between the second and third median nervules is much reduced, the 
fourth band intruding at the place. The sixth (terminal) band is 
composed of irregular, triangular, black, interspacial patches resting 
on the extreme margin of the wing, and partially connected; that 
on the interspace between the third and fourth sub-nervules is 
reduced to a small dot; that on the interspace above internal ner- 


370 Lepidopterological Contributions. 


vure is large, obliquely sub-quadrate and fused above with the 
fifth band, giving the latter the appearance of being furcate at 
internal angle. Secondaries, wholly blackish, with an obsolete 
cyaneous tinge ; a terminal, ochre yellow, irregular band, more or 
less interrupted ; costal and discal irregular ochre yellow flecks and 
spots; costal “‘ veins” obsoletely covered with yellow scales; anal 
angle imperceptibly produced. Under surface of primaries, washed 
with pale ochre yellow, paler on costa and along external margin, 
and reflecting the macular ornamentation of the upper surface. 
Under surface of secondaries resembling upper. 

Head and thorax, white; “front” wholly colored with cya- 
neous, blackish scales; antennae dark cyaneous; behind, the head 
is white, immaculate. Prothorax, white, with two approximate, 
supra-lateral, blackish spots; tegulae, white, with two large infe- 
rior black spots; two, smaller, on the thoracie dise, which 
elsewhere is white. Metathorax, white, with a single, large, cen- 
tral, rounded blackish spot. Abdomen, black, with an obscure sub- 
cyaneous tinge; all the segments bordered narrowly with ochre 
yellow, the yellow scales fused towards the abdominal base, thus 
forming incomplete lateral stripes, which are again apparent at 
the anus. Beneath, the same as above, the narrow yellow seg- 
mentary edging (which is wanting on the second anal segment) 
is continued completely around; the basal segments are shaded 
with white scales. Legs, white, maculate with blackish; fore 
coxae dark cyaneous blackish, or brownish, as are the short labial 
palpi. Maxillae, rather short and slender, testaceous. Expanse, 
2.25 inch. Length of body, 0.90 inch. 

Male.—Resembles the female, but is much smaller and quite dis- 
tinct in the coloration of abdomen and secondaries. Primaries 
white, and crossed by black maculate bands, which resemble, in 
their disposition and relative size, those of the female, but greatly 
reduced. Under surface of primaries, very pale yellowish white, 
reflecting the macular bands of the upper surface. Secondaries 
testaceous, semi-transparent, with black costal marks, which are 
more apparent beneath. Anal angle caudate, shortly produced ; 
the internal margin is clothed with long ochreous yellow scales, and 
the “tail,” above, is covered with black scales. 


Lepidopterotogical Contributions. 371 


Antennae, simple, blackish ; oral organs, head, prothorax, thorax 
and tegulae as in the female. Seven thoracic black spots, approxi- 
mate, supra-lateral on the prothorax ; one at the extremity of each 
tegula; two, between these last, on the thoracic disc, and one cen- 
trally on the metathorax. Abdomen, largely ochre yellow ; a dorsal 
series of blackish and sub-cyaneous spots, and, on each side, a lateral 
segmentary series of black dots; beneath, entirely white, except 
some blackish scales before the anus; anal segment largely black 
above. Legs, for the most part, whitish; tarsi, blackish, as are the 
anterior coxae. 

Eepanse, 1.60 inch. Length of body, 0.75 inch. 


Habitat.—Mexico (Mirador). 


This highly interesting species is beautifully illustrative of 
the affinity between the whitish closely and finely scaled Arc- 
tian genera, such as Eupseudosoma, Grote, Leucarctia, Pack- 
ard, and Eepantheria, Hiibner, to which latter genus, E. leucare- 
tioides, structurally belongs. It is especially remarkable in 
simulating the coloration, and in some degree the ornamentation, 
of Dr. Packard’s genus Leucarctia. The yellow abdomen of 
the male, which is however more entirely so than in L. acraea, 
Packard, and the yellowish secondaries, are points of more than 
casual resemblance. The usual annulations of Ecpantheria, are 
here perfect maculations; an additional approximation to Leu- 
earctia, while, conversely, it is the female E. leucarctioides, 
G. & #., in which the under surface of the primaries is tinged 
with ochre yellow of a but little lighter shade than that of the 
male Lenearctia acraea. There is a great uniformity in the 
caputal and thoracic coloration and ornamentation, which leads 
us to unite the two individuals, without question, as sexes of 
one species; otherwise the differences are great, while still 
such as we could expect, judging from analogous instances. 
The main disposition of the macular bands on the primaries is 
identical in either sex, while their expression is modified. 
Again, these sexual differences, abstractedly, forcibly recall to 


372 Lepidopterological Contributions. 


us our United States L. acraea, with its prominent colorational 
sexual divergence, which led its first discoverer to describe the 
sexes under different specific names. To the accustomed 
secondary sexual characters of Ecpantheria, are added, in the 
instance of E. leucarctioides, an expression of those of Leu- 
earctia. The secondary sexual characters are here, however, 
most strongly expressed by a difference in color and size; in 
the Castniid genus Euscirrhopterus, Grote, or, still better, the 
Psychid genus Psychonoctua, Grote, the structure of the sexes 
is so dissimilar, or, in other words, the secondary sexual cha- 
racters are so strong, that we are driven to combine the sexes 
on superficial instead of particular characters, which latter, 
however, future investigation may disclose. In Heliocheilus, 
a Heliothid genus from Colorado Territory, we have another 
striking instance of the degradation of the neuration into 
secondary sexual character. Indeed we shall find that any 
attempt to classify the Lepidoptera throughout, by means of 
characteristics drawn from a single structural feature, for 
instance, the antennae or the neuration of the wing, will be 
attended by failure; for we shall be apt to see the character 
upon which we placed dependence degraded by its variability 
in the sexes of a single species, or in genera otherwise too 
nearly allied to be separated by such an arbitrary method of 
classification. 


Sus-Fam. COCIILIDIAE. 
Liacoprs, Latreille. 
Limacodes inornata, n. s. 


Rather stout. Squamation close and rather heavy; on the 
primaries slightly transversely waved or creased. Entirely dull 
pale cmamon-brown ; secondaries, above, alittle darker. Body, a 
little paler than wings. 

Expanse, 6, 0.90 inch. Length of body, 0.35. Exp. 2, 1.00 to 
1.20 inch. Length of body, 0.40 inch. 


Lepidopterological Contributions. 373 
Habitat.—Pennsylvania. 


In the form of the body, cut of the abdomen, this species 
resembles L. scapha, Z/arris ; but the corporal parts are much 
slenderer and the wings proportionally more elongated. In 
one specimen the wings are diffusedly shaded with pale cine- 
reous. There is a slight and variable depression on external 
margin, below the apex, on the primaries. The general colora- 
tion resembles that of the secondaries of L. scapha, but of a 
paler and warmer tint. The utter absence of any markings 
sufficiently characterizes this species in separating it from its 
congeners. 

The generic name, Cyrtosia, employed by Dr. Packard for 
a genus belonging to this sub-family, having been previously 
used in Diptera, it becomes necessary to propose a new name 
for the lepidopterous genus. Under the circumstances it seems 
appropriate to dedicate it to its discoverer, and we accordingly 
propose for it the name Packardia. The species are as follows : 
Packardia elegans (Cyrtosia elegans, Packard, Proc. Ent. Soc. 
Phil., p. 842, October, 1864); P. fusca (Cyrtosia fusca, Pack- 
ard, |. c.); P. geminata (Cyrtosia geminata, Packard,].c.); P. 
albipunctata (Oyrtosia albipunctata, Packard, 1. ¢.); and P. 
ocellata (Cyrtosia ocellata, Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil., p. 322, 
April, 1865, plate 2, fig. 2). 


Sus-Fam. PTILODONTES. 
Lornoponta, Packard. 


On Plate 78 of the work on the Insects of Georgia, Abbot 
gives two figures as the sexes of a moth which receives (p. 165, 
J. c.) the name of Phalzena angulosa, Smzth. In reality these 
are distinct species, as our material proves. Under the name 
of “ Notodonta Georgica,” Herrich-Schaeffer figures the female 
of Abbot’s male, P. angulosa, Smzth, and it seems proper to 
retain this specific name. We have a 2 specimen perfectly 
corresponding with Herrich-Schaeffer’s figure and both sexes of 


374 Lepidopterological Contributions. 


P. angulosa, Smzth, (2 *) before us. Our species, then, will be 
as follows: 


LopHopoNTA GEORGICA. 


Phalaena angulosa, Smith, Ins. Ga., plate 78, 2 (upper left- 
hand figure) (1797). 

Notodonta georgica, Uerrich-Schaeffer, Exot. Lep. fig. 384, 2, 
(1855). 


Lornoponta AnGuLosa, Packard. 


Phalaena angulosa, Sinith, Ins. Ga., plate 78, 9 (?) (lower 
right-hand figure) (1797). 

Lophodonta angulosa, Packard, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil., Vol. 3, 
p. 358, (Nov. 1864). 


Sus-Fam. PSYCHIDAE. 
PsycHocaMPa, nov. gen. 


¢. Head, sunken; clypeus, broad; labial palpi, approximate, 
much reduced, not extending as far as the “front,” concealed amid 
the long hair clothing the prothorax beneath. Antennae, rather 
short, coarsely bi-pectinate; the pectinations long and somewhat 
matted or interlaced; the antennal stem, at over one half of its 
length from the base, is abruptly turned back or reflexed; along 
this reflexed portion the pectinations are half shorter than basally 
and also less close. Body, cylindrical, clothed with rather long and 
stout hair; abdomen, slightly exceeding the secondaries, anal seg- 
ment provided with long projecting hair. The corporal confor- 
mation is strongly suggestive of the position of the genus. 

Anterior wings, elongate, more than half as long again as wide; 
costa sub-sinuate, slightly depressed basally, arching beautifully 
from about the centre to the apex, which latter is somewhat bluntly 
falcated ; external margin even, very oblique, with a slight curve ; 





* This figure very probably also represents the male sex; in L. angulosa, the 
male antennal pectinations are much reduced. 


Lepidopterological Contributions, 375 


internal margin short and straight, a little more than half as long 
as the costal edge. Posterior wings, reduced, roundedly sub-qua- 
drate; anal angle bluntly exserted. All the nervules long and 
straight, or but slightly curved. The m. nervure of the primaries 
throws out four m. nervules; of these the second and third are 
thrown off together from one point before the discal cross vein 
which closes the cell; the fourth well removed from the third; a 
sub-median fold. The costal nervure of the secondaries is basally 
arched. 


The position of this genus is intermediate between Oeceticus, 
Guilding, and Lacosoma, Grote. It possesses close structural 
affinities with Lacosoma, resembling this genus also in colora- 
tion and in the style of squamation. The analogies of Psy- 
chocampa are with the Ceratocampidae, and, when we compare 
the genus with Anisota, /iibner, (Dryocampa, Harris), these 
become quite striking, so that at first sight we should be 
inclined to refer it in the immediate vicinity of Hiibner’s genus, 
before weighing the characters and separating those which are 
of analogy from those which are of affinity. It is evident, that 
those that are more clearly superficial, are those that would 
decide the position of Psychocampa among the Ceratocampidae. 
And, indeed, those characters which would influence this latter 
reference, 7. e. the shape of the wings and the close squama- 
tion, are shared in a hardly different, but somewhat less 
exaggerated degree, by certain other Psychid genera heretofore 
alluded to. It is the exaggeration of these correspondencies 
that renders Psychocampa interesting as an intermimetic form. 


Psycthocampa concolor, nu. s. 
(Plate 14, fig. 5, 2.) 


Entirely dull olivaceous brown, with a slight cupreous reflection. 
There are faint traces on the primaries of a blackish inner line and 
median discoloration, and of a common outer line crossing both 
pair on the upper surface, and which is roundedly angulated on 


376 Lepidopterological Contributions. 


primaries below costa. Body and corporal parts concolorous with 
the wings. Female unknown. 


Fapanse, 6, 1.80 inch. Length of body, 0.75 inch. 


Habitat.— Para (Brazil). Coll. Mrs. 8. W. Bridgham. 


SupramM. CHRATOCAMPIDAE, 
Tribe HEMILEUCINI. 
Hemileuca, Walker. 


This name is proposed by Mr. Walker (Cat. Lep. Het. B. 
M., Part 6, p. 1317, 1855), for a genus of which the Phalena- 
Bombyx Maia, of Drury, is the type. The Saturnia eglante- 
rind, of Boisduval, is also included, but unauthoritatively so— 
Mr. Walker being evidently autoptically unacquainted with 
the Californian species. As we shall show, 8. eglanterina 
is generically distinct from Hemileuca maia, and is properly 
made the type of a distinct genus. In 1864, Dr. Packard, in 
his “Synopsis,” proposes the generic name “ Luchronia” for 
Mr. Walker’s Hemileuca maia, and uses the name ‘* Hem- 
leuca” for the genus of which Saturnia eglanterina is typical. 
Independent of the circumstances, that the new name is objec- 
tionable from the fact that a very similar one (Huchromia) had 
been previously used by Hiibner and Stephens in the Lepi- 
doptera; and, also, that the name proposed by Mr. Walker is 
appropriately expressive of the habitual ornamentation of H. 
maia; there can be no propriety in transferring Mr. Walker’s 
generic name to a type with which he is not acquainted, 
and with which the diagnosis of Hemileuca, Walk., does not 
correspond. In this view of the case, the genus Huchronia 
Pack’d, becomes synonymous with Hemileuca Wadk., and our 


species from the Atlantic District will rest as determined in 
the British Museum lists. 


Lepidoptervlogical Contributions. 377 


PsEUDOHAZIS, N. gen. 


The body is comparatively slender, and shortly and sparsely 
scaled. Head, small; clypeus, narrow, evenly and rather densely 
covered with short squamation. Eyes, improminently small or 
sunken. Antennae, rather long, with broad, dependent pectinations, 
which are strongly setose. The antennal insertion is brought more 
forward than in Hemileuca. Thorax, slender and narrow, shortly 
and sparsely scaled. Legs, short and slight, finely scaled and 
feebly armed. Wings, ample, rather long, evenly and closely 
covered with short scales. Nervules, long and straight. Compared 
with Hemileuca, in which the median nervules are short, arched, 
and are thrown off from beyond the middle of the wing, the dif 
ference in the course and length of the discal nervules is very 
palpable. On the primaries the 2d m. nervule is thrown off 
before the discal cross vein; the 3d shortly follows, nearer to the 
base of the wing, and all three median nervules are longer, and go 
more straightly to the external margin of the wing. The same is 
true of the median nervules of the secondaries, where, also, the 
course of the sub-costal nervules is opposed to that in Hemileuca. 
In the present genus, the s. ¢. nervules run straightly to the 
external margin, whereas in Hemileuca they are bent upwards, and 
are shorter, the first s. c. being prominently arched to the apex 
of the secondaries. The hind wings are more rounded and less 
ovate in Hemileuca. 


The habitual coloration exhibits a resemblance to that of 
the genus Hazis, Boisd., and has suggested the generic name. 
The species are yellowish and black, with a common extra 
mesial band and discal blotches on both wings. 
~ Our species are Psendohazis eglanterina (Saturnia eglante- 
rina, Boisd., Telea eglanterina, H—S. Lep. Exot. 445) from 
California, and Pseudohazis hera (Saturnia Hera, Uarris), 
from the Rocky Mountains. 

The North American genera, belonging to the tribe [em- 
leucint, are as follows: Hemileuca, Walk., (maia); Pseudo- 
hazis, G. d& £., (eglanterina, hera); Coloradia, Blake, (pan- 


378 Lepidopterological Contributions. 


dora) ; Hyperchiria, Ziibner, (varia, and other Mexican 
species) ; and Dirphia, Ziidner, (tarquinins). From this latter 
genus several species from tropical America and Mexico, re- 
ferred here by Mr. Walker, remain to be separated, as we are 
satisfied from the study of material kindly communicated by 
Mr. W. H. Edwards. We place this tribe at the head of the 
sub-family. In this position it forms a natural transition from 
the Adtacz (the typical Bombycidae) to the Dryocampini ; and 
the genera present a series of distinguishing structural features 
compared with either of those groups. Thus, while the 9 an- 
tennae are, as a rule, less heavily pectinated among the Attaci, 
than these organs in the ¢, we have them still less so, serrate, 
or nearly simple in the Hemileucini, and becoming demi-pec- 
tinate or simple in the Dryocampini. Avain, the ¢ antennae 
are gradually reduced in the Hemileucini, and become 
demi-pectinate in the Dryocampini. The lower genera of 
the present tribe have the external margin of the primaries 
straight, and the apices acute; thus simulated by Hacles, with 
which genus we would inaugurate the succeeding tribe. In 
the Attaci, and in these two lower tribes of Ceratocampidae, 
the larval forms are well defined and distinct. There is also a 
separate habit of pupation and design of the pupal envelop- 
ment. Thus, while the Attaci weave large and dense cocoons, 
attached to objects free from and elevated above the earth’s 
surface, the Hemileucini spin cocoons of slight texture on or 
near the ground, and granules of earthy matter or debris of 
vegetation are apt to be mixed with the web. Again, the 
Dryocampini enter the earth and form a subterranean cell, in 
which the naked pupa reposes, showing an analogy of habit 
with the Sphingidae—a totally distinct family. The falcated 
Attacid primary becomes blunted in the Hemileucini, and 
shorter, losing its typical shape and relative size and pro- 
portion, Our Attacid genera: Telea, [Hiihner, (polyphemus) ; 
Tropaea, Hiibner, (luna) ; Samia, /Ziibner, (cynthia—introduced 
from Asia); Callosamia, Packard, (promethea, angulifera) ; 


Lepidopterological Contributions. 379 


Platysamia, Grote, (cecropia, columbia, californica)—all have 
a peculiarity of habit in the position of the wings when at 
rest, which had been already observed by Linneeus. 

In the Hemileucini we have the wings still full, while no 
longer so large ; but, in the Dryocampini, we have a subordi- 
nation of the secondaries, both as to ornamentation and to size, 
which is prophetic of a lower type, less perceivable in the 
highest genus—Eacles, but evident in Citheronia, Adeloce- 
phala, and Anisota, which latter genus, by its small-sized 
species and their degraded form, prepares us for Tolype and 
Gastropacha, genera belonging to a lower sub-family type of 
the same family—the Bombycidae. 


Tre, DRYOCAMPINL* 
Genus, Crrurronta, Hiibner. 


The species belonging to Citheronia seem to us, as yet, 
insufficiently separated, and there exist certain errors in the 
synonymy which we endeavor to correct in our present notice 
of the genus. Both Citheronia and Eacles, are erected by 
Hiibner in the “ Verzeichniss;” the types of the genera being 





* We take for this Tribe a name derived from Dr. Harris’s generic name Dry- 
ocampa; the species included under this generic name had been previously asso- 
ciated by Hiibner under Anisota, which latter appellation must accordingly be 
retained for the genus. Vide Grote, Proc, Ent. Soe., Phila., p. 98, June, 1864, and 
Packard, Proc. Ent. Soe. Phila., p. 384, Nov., 1864; also, a paper entitled: ‘“De- 
scription of a new species of Citheronia, and Remarks on Anisota rubicunda,” by 
ourselves in the same Proceedings, April, 1865. The North American genera 
composing this tribe, are Eacles, Hiibner ; Citheronia, Hiibner ; Adelocephala, 
Boisduval (remarkable for having the antennae pectinate in both sexes); and 
Anisota, Hiibner. These genera are naturally brought together through their 
metamorphic and imaginal characters. The ‘Family Communiformes,” Hubner, 
Verz,, contains certain of the genera; this name is quite expressive of the habitus. 

For remarks on the classificatory position of the Tribe, see Grote, Proc. Ent. 
Soe., Phil., p. 37, August, 1865; also, for description of a new Mexican Adelo- 
cephala, id. sciip., p. 7, May, 1866. 


380 Lepidopterological Contributions. 


respectively the Bombyx regalis and Bombyx imperialis of 
Fabricius. In 1855, Mr. Walker confounds the two genera in 
the British Museum Lists, Lep. Part VI. pp. 1870-1376. 
Eacles imperialis, Drury, sp., is properly cited there by Mr. 
Waiker, but Citheronia regalis, Zubr. sp., is described errone- 
ously as Hacles Laocoon, Cram. sp. Cramer’s Phalana Bom- 
byx Laocoon, Exot. Vol. II., Plate 117, Figs. A-C, is cited as 
illustrating our Northern species; but a comparison of speci- 
mens with the Plate shows, that Cramer’s is a distinct species, 
though likewise belonging to the genus Citheronia. An enu- 
meration of the many distinguishing features is unnecessary, 
the more so as, in the description which is here given of a new 
Mexican species of the genus, the habitual characters of the 
species are fully discussed. To continue, no reference is made 
by Mr. Walker to Drury’s figure in the Exotic Entomology, 
Vol. Ill., Plate 8, Fig. 1, given in illustration of Cramer’s 
species, Phal. Laocoon, as appears in the Index, though in the 
description (p. 4), Drury states it to be a new or nondescript 
species. This determination is, however, manifestly incorrect. 
On the contrary, Drury’s figure well represents Phal. Pho- 
ronea, Cramer, p. 77, Plate 239, Fig. A-C, except that it is 
brighter colored, and in that there is an aggregation of light- 
colored scales on the thorax above, while, as usual, Drury’s 
figure is far better executed than that of the Dutch Entomolo- 
gist. But in the ornamentation, the shape of the wings, the 
general coloration and size, and more especially in the pecu- 
liarly sinuate costal edge of the primaries, the two figures are 
identical. Mr. Walker describes the species under the name 
of Eacles Phoronea, from specimens received from the Brazils. 

Dr. A.S. Packard, Jr., in his Synopsis of the Bombycidae of 
the United States, has given a correct synonymy of our North- 
ern Citheronia regalis, /Ziibner, to which, however, may be 
added the citation of Stoll’s Phal. Laocoon, which (nee. Phal. 
Laocoon, Cramer), alone of any of the earlier figures under 
this name, represents Citheronia regalis. The following, then, 


Lepidopterological Contributions. 381 


appears to be the correct synonymy of the species of Cithero- 
nia, so far as known to us, unless others, as is not unlikely, are 
included under Lucles by Mr. Walker, and erroneously 
regarled as congeneric with Eacles imperialis, /iibner, and 
Eacles magnifica, Walker. 


CirHERONIA REGALIS, Hiibner. 


(Plate 12, Fig. 1, 4.) 


Phalena Laocoon, Stoll (nec. Cramer), Suppl. Cram. Pap. 
Exot., Part V., pp. 179-180, Plate 42, Fig. 2 ¢ (1791). 

Bombyx regalis, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., Vol. IIL, p. 486, No. 
93 (6 teste Smith), (1793.) 

Phalena regia, Smith, Nat. Hist. Ins. Ga., Vol. IL, p. 121, 
Plate 61, (9 (Liga); 

Citheronia regia (regalis), Wiibner, Verz. Schm. p. 153, No. 
1599 (1816). 

Ceratocampa regalis, Harris, Cat. Ins. Mass., p. 72 (1835). 

Ceratocampa regalis, Harris, Rep. Ins. Mass., p. 287 
(1841). 

Dryocampa regalis, Duncan, Nat. Libr., Vol. XXXIL, p. 
161, Plate 18 (1845). 

Eacles Laocoon, Walker (descrip. imag.), Cat. B. Mus. Lep., 
Part VI., p. 1872 (1855). 

Ceratocampa regalis, Morris, Syn. Lep. N. Am., Smith, Ins., 
p. 229 (1862). 

Ceratocampa regalis, Harris, Rep. Ins., Mass., New (8d) Ed., 
p. 399, Figs. 194-195 (1862). 

Citheronia regalis, Packard, Proc. Ent. Soc., Phila., Vol. 
IIL, p. 881 (Nov. 1864). 


Habitat.—Atlantic District! (Mass. to Ga.) 


Of not uncommon occurrence, especially at the South. 


ig) 
co 
ko 


Lepidopterological Contributions. 
CITHERONIA sEPULCRALIS, Grote and Robinson. 
(Plate 12, Figs. 2-3, @.) 


Citheronia sepulcralis, Grote and Robinson, Proc. Ent. Soc., 
Phila., Vol. IV., p. 222, g (April, 1865). 


Habitat.—Atlantic District! (Mass. to Ga.) Rare. 


We are informed that this very distinct species has been 
figured by Abbot on an unpublished Plate belonging to the 
work on the Lepidoptera of Georgia. 

The larva of C. sepuleralis, has been frequently taken by 
Mr. James O. Treat upon the common Yellow Pine, in the 
vicinity of Lawrence, Massachusetts. Its discoverer writes, 
that he finds it “difficult to rear, as most are ichneumonized, 
probably on account of the poor protection afforded them from 
their enemies by the scanty foliage of this Pine.” 

We have alcoholic specimens of this larva, which, while 
sharing the same generic characters with that of C. regalis, is 
quite distinct. Compared with alcoholic specimens of this 
latter species in their last moult, the larva of C. sepulcralis is 
smaller, and of a general paler coloration. The spines are 
nearly smooth, with obsolete spinules, pale, slender, and uni- 
colorous. It is uncertain that these specimens, furnished by 
Mr. Treat, are in their last moult, but we presume it to be the 
ease. The head in C. sepulecralis is larger, while in the rela- 
tive size and sculpture of the supra-anal and pleural plates on 
the terminal segments, the larvae of the two species very nearly 
agree. The lower lateral pair of thoracic spines on the second 
and third segments (not counting the head as the first), appear 
reduced in the specimens before us. 


Citheronia miecxicana, n. s. 
(Plate 13, fig. 1, 9 .) 


Orange yellow. Anterior wings dark lead color; all the veins 
narrowly striped with reddish orange scales, which do not extend 


Lepidopterological Contributions. 383 


or spread laterally into the dark interspaces. Two irregular pale 
yellow blotches at extreme base. On the discal cell a large red- 
dish yellow blotch, intersected longitudinally by the terminate 
furcation of the central reddish orange discal stripe. Beyond the 
disc, a series of reduced interspacial reddish yellow blotches, which 
is quite sinuous, being continued inferiorly, approximate to the 
median nervure, beneath the diseal cell, and terminating in a more 
prominent and paler spot on the striped sub-median fold. A promi- 
nent sub-terminal series of yellow spots, conspicuously shaded on 
the edges with reddish orange seales. Of these, the two occupying 
the apical and post-apical interspaces are by far the largest and 
are sub-equal. The one immediately beneath them is much reduced, 
and that on the medio-superior interspace is still more so. That 
on the medio-central interspace is again larger, spherical, and simi- 
larly covered, being pale yellowish centrally, with a shaded edge of 
fulvous scales. On the two following interspaces the spots are 
smaller and darker; the sub-median fold dividing and quite sepa- 
rating the spot into two, whereof the lower is larger and the more 
irregular. Finally, the spot on the internal margin is spherical and 
well-sized, equalling that on the medio-central interspace, but 
slightly darker colored. A terminal very distinct and conspicuous 
orange yellow band is continued, approximate to the sub-terminal 
macular band, from costa to internal angle, the last inflection run- 
ning outwardly from the sub-median fold to the extremity of the 
internal nervure. This terminal band is formed of disconnected 
spots in the first three superior interspaces, but, from the medio- 
superior interspace to the internal angle, it is continuous, becoming 
narrowed at its final infiection to the angle. On the medio-central 
and posterior interspaces, this band forms very prominent outward 
inflections. Beneath, the primaries are paler, being sparsely 
covered with shaded yellow and fulvous scales basally and centrally, 
while the markings of the upper surface are more faintly repro- 
duced. Terminally, the dark lead color again prevails. 

Posterior wings dull orange color, with a faint terminal, rather 
narrow, dark lead-colored shade, better defined near costal angle. 
A median dark shade band and a dark shade immediately beyond 
the discal cell, while the base of the wing is hardly darker, or 


OCTOBER, 1866. 28 Ann. Lyc, Nat, Hist. Vou. VIII. 


384 Lepidopterological Contributions. 


more orange, than elsewhere. Beneath, yellowish, paler than 
upper surface; the median band is here more distinct, continued 
and orange-colored, while the extra discal shade forms a large 
orange-colored spot. 

Body, orange. Thorax with lateral yellow stripes, which meet 
in front over the prothoracic parts. Abdomen, orange, with yel- 
low bands on the segments anteriorly ; beneath, yellow, with two 
central rows of orange spots and lateral stigmatal series of simi- 
larly colored spots; above, the anal segment is entirely orange- 
colored. Antennae, short, impectinate. Legs, orange-colored. 


Expanse, °, 5.80 inch. Length of body, 2.00 inches. 
Habitat.—Mexico. (Mr. W. H. Edwards.) “ No. 1.” 


The differences between this species and the United States 
C. regalis, are as follows; the comparison will bring out the 
habitual ornamentation of the genus in detail. The general 
color is more purely orange and less red, especially on the 
upper abdominal surface and that of the secondaries. These 
latter are also paler and duller, more distinctly banded, and 
the yellow patches on the costa and internal margin, which cha- 
racterize C. regalis, are less distinctly limited, being replaced 
by what is merely a diffuse paler shade in C. mexicana. The 
basal blotches on the primaries are present as usual, as is also 
the discal patch. The sub-terminal band is very similar to 
that in C. regalis, but the spots are darker, being edged and 
shaded with reddish-orange scales. The distinct terminal band 
is a prominent character of this species; it is indicated in C, 
regalis, by a few very sparse, narrowly arranged, and, at first, 
hardly discernible orange scales, situate at below the medio- 
central interspace. But the narrowly striped veins are the 
quick distinguishing feature of C. mexicana; these, in its 
Northern ally, are quite broadly and conspicuously striped, the 
bright red scales extending laterally into the interspaces. 
From Cramer’s figure of ° Phal. Laocoon, the present species 
differs by its dark yellowish secondaries, which, in Cramer’s 
figure, are blackish and concolorous with the primaries, want- 


Lepidopterological Contributions. 385 


ing also the row of three light-colored interspacial dashes at 
about the middle of the internal margin. The veins in Cra- 
mer’s figure are more broadly striped with dirty reddish on 
the upper surface of the primaries, and the terminal band is 
only indicated from the disco-central to medio-central inter- 
spaces, where it is not broadly waved as in C. mexicana. The 
very different male figured by Cramer is not what we should 
expect, as the opposite sex of the present species, which con- 
forms in its habitus to C. regalis, and which we seem author- 
ized to regard as representative of the latter in a more south- 
ern latitude. In Cramer’s figure of the ¢ Phal. Laoccon, the 
terminal band is completely given, but, as in the female, quite 
narrowly ; thus opposed to its development in C. mexicana, in 
which it is broad and prominent. The resemblance between 
C. regalis and C. mexicana consists rather in the abstract pat- 
tern of ornamentation proper to the genus, than in purely 
specific characters. Thus, while we select C. regalis, or what 
is much better, C. mexicana, as exhibiting the fullest develop- 
ment of its generic pattern of ornamentation, we have in C. 
sepulcralis, its most degradational aspect, and, having com- 
pared the species structurally as generically identical, we can 
agree upon the distinctive pattern of ornamentation which 
predicates the association of the species. We regard C. mexi- 
cana as replacing C. regalis in the entomological fauna of the 
Tropical Continental District. 


CITHERONIA LAOCOON. 


Phalena—Attacus Laocoon, Cramer, Exot., Vol. II., p. 80, 
Plate 117, Figs. A-C, 4 and 9 (1779). 

Citheronia Anassa, Hiibner, Verzeichniss bek. Schm., p. 
153, No. 1600 (1816). 


Habitat.—South America (?), “ Bengalen ” (Cramer). 


Apparently under the impression ‘that the specific name 
chosen by Cramer for this species was preoccupied, as indeed 


386 Lepidopterological Contributions. 


it had been very confusedly used by authors, Hiibner proposed 
a new name for it; the change is, however, hereby rendered 
unnecessary. 


CirHERoNIA PHORONEA, /Ziibner. 


Phalena—Attacus Phoronea, Cramer, Exot., Vol. IIL, pp. 
77-78, Plate 239, Figs. A-C, 6 and 9 (1781). 

Phalena—Attacus Laocoon, Drury (nec. Cramer), Il. Exot. 
Ent., Vol. IIL, pp. 3-4, Plate 3, Fig. 1, 9 (17892). 

Citheronia Phoronea, Hiibner, Verz, bek. Schm., p. 153, No. 
1601 (1816). 

Cossus Laocoon, Westwood, Drury, Vol. IIL, p. 3, Plate 3, 
Fig. 1, 9 (1837). 

Eacles Phoronea, Walker, Cat. B. Mus. Lep., Part VI, p. 
1375 (1855). 


Habitat.—‘ Surinam” (Cramer); “ Rio Janeiro” (Drury); 
* Brazil” (Walker). 


C. phoronea appears to differ considerably from the other 
species of Citheronia; and, perhaps, hardly belongs to the 
genus. 

It may be remarked here that the Bombix didyma, De 
Beauvois, Ins. Af. and Am., Plate 20, Figs. 1-2, pp. 51-52 
(1806), is a synonym of Eacles imperialis, Z/iibner. These 
figures represent a male, in two positions, with the pectinated 
antennae of an Attacid. This error is accounted tor by De 
Beanvois in the following words :—“ Les antennes de Vindividu 
que j’ai rapporté, ont été cassées; je ne les ai fait représenter 
que pour accompagner le papillon.” Our kind friend, Mr. 
Francis G. Sanborn, some time since communicated this cir- 
cumstance, which we verified by a comparison of the work of 
De Beauvois, a book, unfortunately, rare in our libraries. 

Among other interesting Mexican moths, we have received 
a é specimen which we are disposed to regard as Ammalo 
helops, Cramer, sp. It is a brighter, more distinctly marked 


. 


Notes on the Natural History of the Scorpion. 887 


species than the Cuban A. impunctus, Grote, of aslightly smaller 
size, and has the thorax above punctate with black. This lat- 
ter character has, then, been properly relied on, among others, 
to distinguish the continental from the insular species, since 
the Cuban A. impunctus, Grote, (4 9) has the thoracie region 
above, and head impunctate, whereas Cramer’s figure (?) has 
these parts dotted with black. In the single (4) Mexican 
specimen we have before us, the vertex is immaculate, there 
being no black mark between the eyes as represented in Ora- 
mer’s figure. 





XXXVI.— Notes on the Natural History of the Scorpion. 
By THE Hon. Ricwarp HIt1, or JAMAtcA, W. I. 
(COMMUNICATED BY T. BLAND.) 

Read October 22, 1866. 


Ir is when a question is unexpectedly asked relative to ob- 
jects we know familiarly, that we find we have taken for grant- 
ed a multitude of circumstances which, when inquired into, are 
found to have been improperly stated, or imperfectly under- 
stood. I have been looking into the authority for things said 
respecting the parentage, and life, and habits of Scorpions, and 
I find them, when attentively considered, to be true in appear- - 
ance—but in appearance only. I refer first to the assured fact 
that the young clinging to the mother-scorpion quit her only 
when they have exhausted her by living on that vital cireula- 
tion we may call her blood, and leaving her dry and dead. 

The known moult of the parent scorpion seems to explain 
the occurrence of the young being found on the dry integument 
that has been sloughed off. How often has the perfect case of 
acrab on the rocks been taken for the crustacean dead and 
dried up. It is the monlted casement, that the living creature 
has shrunk out of, which appears as the dead crab. 


388 Notes on the Natural History of the Scorpion. 


With regard to the scorpion the truth seems to be that dur- 
ing the month the young cling to the mother, they are, one 
after the other, devoured ; that four only escape the predaceous 
parent or the devouring community of young ones, and go 
forth to perpetuate the species. More than four hundred scor- 
pions, sent from Italy to Cuvier, in Paris, were reduced in a 
short time to a few individuals. Monsieur Leon Dufour, who 
has described the scorpion rowssdtre—the Scorpio oceitanus— 
the scorpion de Souvignargues, on which Maupertuis tried expe- 
riinents—a common scorpion of Spain—says he never met with 
two of them under the same shelter. They most usually live 
solitary, digging in the earth a round hole, where they lie down 
squatted. When they quit their retreat to seek food, it is at 
night or in the evening. They carry what they have caught, 
held fast in their pincers, with their tail straightened out be- 
hind, but when surprised with their load, they throw back 
their claws and then bend the tail over the body. The head 
being protected, the sting, essentially a movable weapon, is 
directed effectually any way, either for attack or defence. 
Having given this precise account of the scorpions, as he ob- 
served them casually and particularly, he says: “se battent 
entre eux a outrance, et finissent par s’entre-devorer.” They 
fight to excess, and the successful combatant makes a feast of 
his vanquished enemy. Both Dufour and Redi state that they 
can endure long fasts; that they moult as the spider does often, 
and, in common with the tarantula, which Leon Dufour ob- 
served minutely and has particularly described, they carry 
their young ones on the back. 

It is to Latreille, who has collected all these facts in his ar- 
ticle on Scorpions, in the Dictionnaire d’Histoire Naturelle, 
that I am indebted for accurate traits in the habit and charac- 
ter of the scorpion. In his description of the spider, he shows 
us that the female, careful and watchful of its young, yet 
is so insatiably carnassier, that she devours the male after 
coupling; that the young, though they live associated in the 


« 


Notes on the Natural History of the Scorpion. 3889 


same web till the first moulting, then separate, and stand 
aloof from one another, and become mutual enemies. Under 
some circumstances, Latreille tells us, some scorpions kill and 
eat their young as soon as they can prey on them, from time to 
time. Maupertuis having inclosed together the parent with a 
hundred young ones, found in a short time that they were re- 
duced to fourteen. 

Doctor Maccary, who has carefully detailed the history of 
the scorpion, while agreeing with the equally precise facts of 
Dufour, in representing the two broods of young to be in spring 
and autumn, only establishes that those are the breeding sea- 
sons, not that they produce two broods in the year. They take 
two years to engender, and go through uear a year in gestation. 
Scorpions are comparatively rare. 

“The scorpion girt with fire,” stinging itself to death, is 
generally credited. Maupertuis has combated this opinion, 
but Monsieur Le Comte de Senneville, the Grand Referendary 
of the French Chamber of Peers, made trials of the fact in the 
presence of a great number of persons, and confirmed the 
popular opinion, “ se pique lui-méme et se donne ainsi la mort.” 

The fecundated germs of scorpions are placed in particular 
tubes, and pass from the matrix, when they have reached the 
period of extrusion. The young are disengaged while the eggs 
are in their place within the body, and they come forth full- 
formed from the mother. Monsieur Marcel de Serres carefully 
observed for a long time the European scorpion, and, though 
he found the number of eggs ordinarily to be twenty-five or 
thirty, yet he saw a female extrude forty-nine young ones. 
Leon Dufour, remarking that the ovigerous tubes of insects are 
conoid and polysperme, states that the bag (bourse) that con- 
tains the young is globulous and monospermal. The uterus 
has a form not to be seen but in the scorpion. The size of the 
foetus is so disproportioned to the external opening, and the ex- 
trudant passage, from its horny consistence, is so little suscepti- 
ble of dilatation, that this naturalist could not conceive how the 


390 Notes on the Natural History of the Scorpion. 


young could be brought forth but under extraordinary effort. 
Leon Dufour, while conducting his researches into the gestation 
of scorpions in the summers of 1810 and 1811, meeting with 
two females of the roussatre species, with abdomens widely dis- 
tended, opened them and examined them, and found in the 
midst of eggs very near to maturity, a little scorpion, extra- 
uterine, and free in the abdominal cavity. It was three lines 
long by a line and a half broad. All its members were swath- 
ed together (emmaillottés), so that it could perform no move- 
ment. The tail was conformable in the number of its knots to 
that of the mother ; it was turned in along the belly, and the 
sting was hidden by the feet, the claws being thrown back, and 
not apart from them (les palpes rejetés en arricre se confondoient 
avec elles). The two great smooth eyes, very near each other, 
shone like two big points. The infant scorpion then comes 
forth prepared for active life, yet it clings for a long month to 
the mother—sixty certainly, in some instances a hundred, hold- 
ing on her, dependent for their insect food. ‘ Les scorpions,” 
M. Dufour has said, “se battent entre eux a outrance, et finis- 
sent par s’entre-devorer.” During the moult the parent does 
not feed. Is it not that during this month of inactivity, the 
mother not catering for food, hunger leads the progeny to prey 
one on the other ? 

In the scorpion a quantity of fat surrounds the nutrient 
organs, and forms packings for the abdomen. ‘The fat-mass of 
insects in the larva state is a reservoir of nutriment. In the 
long enduring fasts which scorpions can undergo, when circum- 
stances render them incapable of moving in search of prey, 
the fat-mass will be consumed by absorption. If the moult 
co-exists with the period of the young adhering to the parent, 
the consumption of all that is available ¢nternally in the place 
of external food, would be necessary in the process of lessening 
the bulk of the animal, within the integument, to be detached 
and thrown off. Reaumur’s account of phenomena in the 
moult of Crustaceans (Astacus) will illustrate the facts of moults 


Notes on the Natural History of the Scorpion. 891 


in Arachnidans. A few days of fasting and sickness precede 
the moult. The loosening of the outer envelope from the under 
corium gradually ensues; the animal detached from all con- 
nexion with its old covering eventually makes its escape. The 
operation is announced by symptoms of inquietude. The crea- 
ture throws itself on its back, shakes itself, puffs itself out, so 
as to separate the connecting membranes. These acts form 
intervals of rest and agitation. The head is extricated with 
the eyes; the extremities are freed with difficulty ; it would be 
impossible to disengage them, did not the covering split longi- 
tudinally ; but not unfrequently a limb is left in the sheath, 
and occasionally the animal perishes in the process. The tegu- 
mentary skeleton being sloughed off, all the parts resume their 
position, and the epidermal sheath represents the complete 
external form of the articulated creature that has inhabited it. 
The time occupied in the business of the moult in crustaceans 
varies according to atmospheric influences, but fasting and 
sickness accompany the act, and the new integument, from be- 
ing soft and membranous, soon becomes hardened and colored 
to its proper tints. (Réaumur—Mémoires de lAcademie des 
Sciences. 1718.) 

The alimentary canal of the scorpion is embedded in a fatty 
substance. This canal is exceedingly narrow, with only a par- 
tial dilatation of the digestive organs, such as is met with in 
insects, the natural consequence of the character of the scor- 
pion’s food, not entirely, though greatly, the animal juices 
sucked from the bodies of its victims. With little necessity 
for capacious receptacles for nutritious matter, there is equally 
as little occasion for reservoirs tor effete materials. Absorption 
and nutrition conducted on, when a store of fat has been laid 
in, will allow of intervals of resting and fasting. Under inac- 
tivity, where fatty matter has been deposited, a process of con- 
sumption in repose, like that which takes place from the larva 
to the pupa state of the insects, will result. After a month the 
congregated young of the scorpion would be ravenous, and the 


392 Notes on the Natural History of the Scorpion. 


first exhibition of their carnivorous instincts would be the ecar- 
nage which would ensue after the mother’s moult, with their 
consequent dispersion. 

There are one or two known facts in the natural history of 
the scorpion that must not be overlooked in ascribing the des- 
truction of the progeny to the parent, or to the ravenous appe- 
tite of the young preying one upon the other. In taking the 
insects on which it feeds, it seizes them with its pincers, and 
then it breaks them up into smashes, as I understand the words of 
Dufour, “ qwils broient entiérement,” and in this way feeds upon 
them by piecemeal. This would imply that we must look for 
that which was indigestible or that which would resist crushing. 
Wolkamer, in his experiments with scorpions and spiders when 
opposed to each other in fight, represents the scorpion as sting- 
ing its adversary to death, and then sucking the spider, after 
it had torn off all its legs. My own experience of a scorpion 
in a bottle, fed with cockroaches (Orthoptera, Blatta), would 
warrant me in saying they left nothing, in one or two instances, 
only the outer wing cases, the tegmina. The legs were all de- 
voured, not sucked and then thrown away, as we clean the 
flesh of a crab’s claw, and cast away the shell. The hundred 
scorpions that Maupertuis put together in a glass, scarce came 
into contact before they exerted their rage in mutual destruc- 
tion; nothing was to be seen but universal carnage; there 
was no distinction—right and left, it was death. Fourteen only 
were living in a few days; the rest had been killed and de- 
voured. The female scorpion which he had confined, big with 
young, in a glass vessel, was seen to devour her young as fast 
as they were excluded from the matrix, saving only one, which 
took refuge on the back of the parent, and after a time killed 
the old one. He says nothing about eating it when killed, or 
sucking it to death. As the driving a scorpion to extremity 
will lead it to destroy itself, the dead parent in the same glass 
with the living young one proves nothing if it was not eaten, 

In Redi’s experiment with gravid females, that after a few 


Notes on the Natural [History of the Scorpion. 398 


days brought forth their young in confinement, and permitted 
them to live, he saw them, each and all, change from a milk- 
white color to a rusty brown. He saw them fix themselves 
on the back and belly of the mother. They lived a fortnight 
together quietly and well, but after this they daily died. He 
does not say they disappeared. At the end of a month there 
were only two living young ones. 

We want a variety of precise facts. We have ordinarily 
only casual occurrences noticed. We should have the patient 
investigations of months, and, if possible, of a whole year. 


Norre.—I submitted the foregoing paper to my friend 
Mr. Henry Krebs, of the Island of St. Thomas, W. L, a careful 
observer, who favored me with the following remarks. (T. B.) 


1. The young of the scorpion are born at intervals. As seen 
on the mother’s back they are of different sizes, which proves 
that they are not born simultaneously. The largest (oldest) 
ones are nearest to the head, and the smallest (youngest) to the 
tail of the mother. : 

2. The young change their integument at least once while 
living on the back of the mother, where I have repeatedly seen 
the “ epidermal sheath” of the young. 

3. It is very probable that the young leave the back of the 
mother as soon as they have for the first time changed their 
integument; at least I have found them, of the size they have 
attained at that period, living apart trom her. 

4, That the young kill and eat the mother is, I think, very 
doubtful. In my opinion they leave her back when she catches 
her prey and partake of it with her, after which they resume 
their place. 

5. The West Indian scorpion leaves the wings, but devours 
the legs of the cockroach. 


394 Remarks on some Species of 


XXX VIT.—Remarks on some Species of West Indian Marine 
Shells in the Cabinet of Amherst College, Mass. 


By Henry Kreps, of St. Thomas, W. I. 
Read November 26, 1866. 


(COMMUNICATED BY T. BLAND.) 


(Mr. Krebs published in 1864, for private distribution, a Catalogue of the West 
Indian Marine Shells. With a view to the republication of the Catalogue, with 
additions and corrections, he lately visited Amherst College for the purpose of 
examining the specimens deposited in the Cabinet of that Lustitution by the late 
Professor C. B. Adams. The following are the notes of Mr. Krebs on them and 
their nomenclature. TBs) 


Calear ramosus Meusch. Three specimens from Florida 
without name, and two marked “ turbinatus,” locality not 
given. 

Calcar Spenglerianus Chem. Two small imperfect speci- 
mens from Jamaica, without name. 

Cerithium bicolor C. B. Ad., is the C. punctatum I.., of the 
collections at St. Thomas, W. I., and of Mr. Robert Swift of 
Philadelphia. 

Cerithium ambiquum C. B. Ad., is syn. with C. costata Da 
Costa (Wood’s Ind. Test. pl. 25, fig. 13), and C. Petit Kien. 

Cerithium Emersonit C. B. Ad., is very like C. costata Da 
Costa. ; 

Cerithium Lafondii Mich., has all the characters of C. costata 
Da Costa. 

Cerithium gemmulosum C. B. Ad. There are two different 
species in one tube, but the one which we take to be the C. 
gemmulosum is closely allied to C. dota C. B. Ad., C. albovitta- 
tum C. B. Ad., and @. fusiforme C. B. Ad. 

Cerithium servile C. B. Ad., is not in the Amherst Cabinet ; 
perhaps Adams found it to be syn. with his C. ambiqguum. 

Cerithium variabile C. B. Ad. We take this to be syn. with 


West Indian Marine Shells. 395 


O. minimum Gmel. and C. zonale Briig., perhaps also with C. 
septemstriatum Say, C. ferrugineum Say, C. megasoma ©. B. 
Ad., and (. nigrescens Menke. 

Cerithium vicinum C. B. Ad., and C. rugulosum OC. B. Ad., 
we take to be synonymes. 

Chemnitzia exilis C. B. Ad., C. flavocincta C. B. Ad., C. lae- 
vis C. B. Ad., and C. subulata C. B. Ad., are very like each 
other. 

Chemnitzia multicostata OC. B. Ad., and C. substriata C. B. 
Ad., may, when a sufficient number of ye gens © are at ae 
prove to be synonymes. 

Chemnitzia obeliscus C. B. Ad., is described from three 
pieces of different and very imperfect individuals. 

Chemnitzia puncta C. B. Ad. (not punctata), is described 
from two miserable specimens. 

One species from Jamaica, seven from St.Thomas, and three 
from the ‘‘ West Indies” are without names. 

OColumbella catenata Sowb., and C. subcostata C. B. Ad. 
Specimens with these two names are positively the same 
species. 

Columbella costulata C. B. Ad., described from a single spe- 
cimen from Jamaica, we consider syn. with C. obesa C. B. 
Ad. 

Columbella purpurascens C. B. Ad., is placed next to C. dor- 
mitor Sowb., and is the same species. 

Conus aurantius Hwass., is in a box with and under the name 
of C. leucostictus Hwass. . 

Conus cretaceus Kien., from Jamaica, we take to be C. pusio 
Briig., which we consider the young of C. mindanus Hwass. 

Conus maculiferus ? Sowb., from Jamaica, appears to be the 
young of C. leucostictus Hwass. 

Erato cypracoides ©. B. Ad. Numerous specimens from 
Jamaica. 

Eulima arcuata ©. B. Ad. We believe this is to be nothing 
more than a monstrosity. 


396 Lemarks on some Species of 


Fusus muricoides C. B. Ad., is a Ricinula. 

Fusus nitens C. B. Ad., described from a single Jamaica 
specimen, is not, perhaps, a Fusus. 

Marginella albida C. B. Ad., and M. nivea C. B. Ad., belong 
to the same group as MW. apicina Menke. 

Marginella cincta Kien., is the Mf. marginata Born. of the 
collections at St. Thomas, and of Mr. R. Swift, of Philadelphia. 

Marginella conoidalis Kien, is with “ JZ. nivea Born,” as 
synonyme. 

Marginella fluctuata C. B. Ad., is very near JL. chrysome- 
lina Redf. 

Marginella imbricata Winds. The locality given is ‘‘ Carib- 
bean Sea.” 

Marginella interrupta Lam. The locality given is “ Porto 
Cabello.” 

The two last are of one species, in separate boxes, with 
different names. 

Mangelia candidissima ©. B. Ad., is a white variety of Plew- 
vyotoma badia Reeve, of the collections at St. Thomas and of 
Mr. R. Swift, of Philadelphia. 

Mangelia densestriata C. B. Ad., is a white variety of Pleu- 
rotoma badia Reeve, of the collections at St. Thomas and of 
Mr. R. Swift, of Philadelphia. 

Mangelia vicina C. B, Ad., very likely is Pleurotoma badia 
Rv. 

Six species from the West Indies without names. 

Modulus perlatus (Wood ?), of the collections at St. Thomas, 
and of Mr. R. Swift, is Zrochus angulatus C. B. Ad. 

Modulus ———., from the Virgin Islands, and unnamed in 
the collections at St. Thomas, has the name of Zrochus lividus 
Phil., from Tobago. We believe this Modulus is described in 
the Jour. de Conch. for 1864 or 765. 

Murex brevifrons Lam., is Murex cornu-cervi Mart. None 
of the form Murex spectrum* Rv. are in the Amherst Cabinet. 





* In a letter, dated Nassau, New Providence, November 16, 1866, Mr. Krebs 


West Indian Marine Shells. 397 


Murex rarispina Lam. We think this is the same species as 
found at St. Croix by Professor A. S. Orsted, and now in the 
Cabinet of the University of Copenhagen under the name of 
Murex Antillarum Hinds. 

Natica cancellata Lea, is the more smooth form of JV. rugosa 
Chem., which we take to be syn. with WV. sulcata Born., JV. 
rugosa Gmel., and JV. costata Menke. 

Natica cancellata Lam., is the true WV. rugosa Chem., which 
consequently would have five synonymes, if the names in the 
Amherst Cabinet be correct. 

Neritina Jamaicensis ©. B. Ad., is likely syn. with JV. chlo- 
rina Link. 

Neritina ornata ©. B. Ad., is very like WV. wirginea L. 

Odostomia canaliculata C. B. Ad., and O. solida ©. B. Ad., 
are very like each other. 

Pleurotoma albida ©. B. Ad., and P. fusiformis C. B. Ad., 
appear to be synonymes. 

Pleurotoma Augustae ©. B. Ad., is P. coccinata Rv. 

Pleurotoma minor ©. B. Ad., is very like a Columbella. 

Pleurotoma monilifera C. B. Ad.,and P. pygmaea ©. B. Ad., 
both from Jamaica, are Columbella Broderipii Sowb. 

There are twenty without names. 

Ricinula nodulosa ©. B. Ad., is R. ferruginosa Rv. 

Rissoa crassicosta C. B. Ad., one poor specimen from Ja- 
maica, very like a Scalaria crenata L.., is certainly not a Lissoa, 
but being placed next to the Scalariae a mistake may have 
arisen. 

Rissoa minor ©. B. Ad., R. multicostata C. B. Ad., 2. sca- 
larella OC. B. Ad., and 2. scalaroides OC. B. Ad., are syn. with 
Rissoina Cateshbya WV Orb. 

Rissoa tervaricosa C. B. Ad., is syn. with 2. melanura C. B. 
Ad., and Hulima incerta VOrb. 





mentions having detected, among the Bahamas shells in the cabinet of Governor 
Rawson, two not very good specimens supposed to be of “the very rare Murex 
spectrum.” —T. Bb. 


398 West Indian Marine Shells. 


Strombus alatus Gmel., and S. pugilis L. The specimens 
under these two names are of one species. 

Strombus accipitrinus Mart. One specimen from Florida 
marked ‘“ scarce,” is of the very common species from the 
Virgin Islands. 

Strombus dubius Sowb., are young only of S. pugilis L. 

Strombus imermis Sowb., is never found in the Virgin 
Islands. Mr. R. Swift directed attention to the differences 
between S. accipitrinus, the species from the Virgin Islands, 
and S. inermis, common at the Bahamas and on the Coast of 
Florida. Perhaps S. Goliath Chem. is a very old specimen of 
S. inermis. 

Triton pulchellus C. B. Ad., is a young 7. chlorestomum 
Lam. 

Triton tesselatus Rv., is a species commonly found at Ber- 
muda, St. Croix, and St. Thomas. 

Trochus angulatus C. B. Ad., and Z. lividus Phil., vide 
Modulus. 

“ Turbo calcar? L.,” is Astralium phoebia Bolt. 

Turritella bicingulata Lam. Six specimens from West 
Africa. 

Turritella exoleta L. One specimen, two and a half inches 
long, from Jamaica. 

Turritella imbricata L. Two specimens from the West 
Indies. 

Turritella variegata. Two specimens from Carthagena, one 
from Cumana. 


Classification of Aphredoderus gibbosus Le Sueur, 399 


XXXIX.—On the Classification of the APHREDODERUS GIBBOSUS 
Le Sueur ; Scovorsts sasanus J. Gilliams. 


By Taro. A. TELLKAMPF, M.D. 


Read November 5, 1866. 


In an article on the blind fish* (Amblyopsis) I made the fol- 
lowing remarks: Whether the “ Aphredoderust and Ambly- 
opsis are to be brought together in a new family, Heteropygii, 
remains to be decided. Prof. Joh. Miller is of the opinion, 
that it will depend upon the fact, whether the air-bladder of 
the Aphredoderus has an air-duct or not, for not one of the 
Acanthopterygii has such an organ. If the Aphredoderus has 
no air-duet it cannot be classified in the same family with the 
Amblyopsis; it. would in that case be a Heteropygius among 
the Acanthopterygii, the only representative of a family ana- 
logous to that of which the Amblyopsis should be the only repre- 
sentative among the Malacopterygii ; but if the Aphredoderus 
has an air-duct it is certain that both fish belong together. 
The family containing them would form a family by itself, 
which could be classified neither with the Acanthopterygii nor 
with the Malacopterygii abdominales.” 

In order to decide this question, I have carefully examined 
some specimens, some last year, some quite recently. In dis- 
secting the cellular tissue, by which a portion of the air-bladder 
is attached to the cesophagus, I made use of lenses and of the 
microscope. 

Although from the examination made last year, of some 
young specimens, which were for some time preserved in alco- 
hol (with air-bladders collapsed), I was convinced that the air- 
bladder had no air-duct; still I considered it necessary, in 
order to remove all doubts on this subject, to establish the fact, 








* J. Miiller’s Archiv, 1844, p. 887. Berlin. 
+ Classified by Cuvier and Valenciennes with the Percoides. Hist. Nat. des Pois- 


sons, pp. 450-452, 
NOVEMBER, 1866. 29 Ann. Lyo, Nar. Hist, Vou. VIII. 


400 Six New Species of Birds of the Families 


that the air contained in the air-bladder, when completely 
detached from the cesophagus, does not escape on pressure. 

By an examination of some fresh, almost full grown speci- 
mens, the air-bladders of which were well filled with air, I have 
been enabled to establish this fact. I have to observe, that 
the air-bladder cannot be isolated from the cesophagus, for the 
purpose I had in view, until a portion of the abdominal walls 
and of the gills has been removed.* 

It is therefore certain, that the Aphredoderus is a Hetero- 
pygius among the Acanthopterygii, the only representative of 
a family analogous to that of which the Amblyopsis is the only 
representative among the Malacopterygii abdominales. 

For the specimens examined by me I am indebted to F. W. 
Putnam, Esq., Superintendent Essex Institute, Salem, Mass. ; 
Dr. Abbott of Trenton, and Dr. John L. Le Conte of Phila- 
delphia. 








XL.— Descriptions of Six New Species of Birds of the Fami- 
lies Hirunpinip#, Formicarm#, Tyrannip, and Trocut- 
LID. 


By Gero. N. LAWRENCE. 


Read December 10th, 1866. 


Fam. HIRUNDINID. 
1. Hirundo zquitorialis, nov. sp. 


Above shining light green, darker on the crown, where it is 
somewhat ofa bluish shade; rump white, with the shafts of the 
feathers dusky black; upper tail coverts of a dusky green, with 
their tips shining green, like the back ; the two central tail feathers 
and the outer webs of the others are of a dull dusky green, the 





* In examining the air-bladder I ascertained that it has a layer of striped 
muscles. 


THirundinide, Formicaride, Tyrannide, ete. 401 


inner webs blackish, with their bases white, increasing towards the 
outer feather, on which the white extends for two-thirds the 
length; the smaller wing coverts are of the same color as the 
back, the larger coverts, secondaries, and tertiaries are broadly 
bordered with white, appearing like a large and distinct patch 
on the wing; entire under plumage pure white; bill and feet 
black. 

Length of skin, 54 in.; wing, 4; tail, 2; bill, from front, 7@; 
width at gape, 2; tarsi, 3. 


Habitat. Ecuador, Quito. 


Remarks.—In appearance most like H. albiventris from 
Brazil ; but is of a lighter green, with no bluish shade, except 
slightly on the crown; the wings and rump are more conspi- 
cuously white, the latter having twice the extent of that color 
existing in HZ. albiventris. The latter species is rather larger, 
with a very much broader bill, and the outer edges of the 
inner secondaries only narrowly bordered with white. 


Fam. FORMICARID. 
2. Thamnophilus leucopysus, nov. sp. 


Male. The upper part and sides of the head, including the eyes, 
and the upper part and middle of the back, glossy black; lower 
part of back and rump pure white; upper tail coverts and tail 
black, the latter narrowly ending with white ; wings black, the 
quills narrowly margined with white, the outer webs of the sca- 
pulars and the ends of the middle wing coverts broadly white, 
the larger coverts have their outer margins narrowly white, and 
their ends more broadly so; entire under plumage soiled white, 
the cheeks, chin, lower part of the abdomen, and under tail coverts, 
purer, the neck, breast, sides, and abdomen, ashy ; bill black; tarsi 
dull plumbeous brown. 

Length about 6} in.; wing, 34; tail, 3; bill, 44; tarsi, 44. 


402 Siz New Species of Birds of the Families 


Habitat.—New Granada, line of the Panama R. R., Lion 
Hill station. Collected by Mr. J. McLeannan. 





Remarks.—The white rump appears to distinguish it from 


all its allies. 
Fam. TYRANNIDA. 
3. Empidomax pectoralis, nov. sp. 


Male. Above dull olive, tinged with brown on the head, and on 
the back with rather bright tawny brown ; tail of a light brownish 
liver color, edged with olive, except the outer feather, which has 
its margin greyish white; the smaller wing coverts are the color 
of the back, the others and the quills are liver brown, darker than 
the tail, the middle and larger coverts have their ends dull white, 
forming two bars across the wings; the secondaries and tertiaries 
with their outer margins dull white; under wing coverts very pale 
yellow; inner edges of primaries white; throat greyish white ; 
across the breast a broad band of fulvous brown; abdomen and 
under tail coverts pale yellow; upper mandible dark brown, the 
under pale brown; feet dark brown. 

Length, 4} in.; wing, 2,5; tail, 2; bill, <4, ; tarsi, $. 

Habitat.—New Granada, line of the Panama R. R., Lion 
Hill station. Collected by Mr. Jas. McLeannan. 


Remarks.—Closely allied to #. minimus, but the pectoral 
band is more strongly marked ; the throat is of a clearer grey, 
and the abdomen of a little brighter yellow. 


Fam. TROCHILIDZ. 
4. Heliodoxa Henryi, nov. sp. 


Male. Entire upper plumage of a fine grass green, somewhat 
shining, especially on the back, rump, and upper tail coverts; on 
the hind neck and upper part of the back slightly golden; two 
central tail feathers dull bronzy green, the others bluish black 


Hirundinide, Formicaride, Tyrannida, ete. 403 


tipped with white; quills brownish purple; throat and breast glit- 
tering green, with a golden tinge; abdomen green, much like the 
back in color; under tail coverts dull olive, with green centres, 
and bordered with greyish white ; there is an oblong white patch 
just forward of and partly below the eye ; bill black; feet yellowish 
brown, soles light yellow. 

Length (fresh), 54 in.; wing, 25 ; tail, 12; bill, 1%. 

The female measures five inches in length, and differs otherwise 
only in having the throat of a deeper green, without the tinge of 
golden. 


Habitat.—Costa Rica; the female collected at Angostura, 
June 15th, 1864; and the male at Juiz, March 14th, 1866, by 
J. Carmiol. Specimens in Mus. Smith. Institution, Nos. 
34,922 and 41,476. 

I have named this species in compliment to Prof. Joseph 
Henry, the learned Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. 


Remarks.—The specimen marked as a female was in a 
collection sent to me for examination from the Smith. Inst., in 
Nov., 1864. Being unable to identify the species, I desired to 
see the male, and one marked as such was received in April 
of the present year. There are no indications of the brilliant 
crown and throat spot, existing in the other species of this 
genus; but possibly the specimens before me may be imma- 
ture, and the fully adult male may possess them. The only 
apparent evidence of the specimens not being mature is, that 
the white bases are visible on some of the feathers of the 
throat, and the tails are tipped with white; there is, however, 
no appearance of rufous or buffy colors to indicate youth. 

The green coloring is much as in H. Jamesoni, and the 
size is about the same as of that species. 

There is no record of any bird of this form having been 
hitherto found north of the Isthmus of Darien. 


404 Six New Species of Birds of the Hamilies 


5. Thaumatias viridicaudus, noy sp. 


Female. Front and crown dull green, the occiput bronzy, the 
rest of the upper plumage shining green; the four central tail 
feathers are grass green, all the others are green, having a sub- 
terminal band of blackish purple, with their ends ashy grey ; wings 
brownish purple; throat, cheeks, middle of breast and of abdo- 
men and under tail coverts white, sides of the breast and of the 
abdomen glittering grass green; ‘eyes black; upper mandible 
black, the lower pinkish till near the point, then black ;” feet black, 
with the soles pale yellow. 

Length (fresh), 43 in.; wing, 2,3,; tail, 13; bill, 13. 


Habitat.—New Granada, Buenaventura. Collected by Mr. 
Fred. Hicks, August, 1864. 


Specimen in Mus. Smith. Institution. 


Remarks.—In size and general appearance this species some- 
what resembles 7. leucogaster, from Brazil and Guiana; but it 
has a shorter and rather stouter bill. In 7. dewcogaster the 
crown and cheeks are shining green, the outer tail feathers 
black, and the green of the under plumage golden. The pre- 
sent species may be known from all others of the genus by the 
coloring of the tail, and the white of the cheeks extending to 
the eyes. 

The specimen is marked as a female, but the sexes in this 
genus do not differ materially. The grey terminations to the 
outer tail feathers may be an indication of immaturity, but I 
think not, for if due to that cause, they would probably be 
white. 


6. Amazilia (Pyrrophzena) Graysoni, nov. sp. 


Upper plumage of a bronzed brownish olive, with a slight 
greenish shade in some positions, duller on the front and crown ; 
upper tail coverts cinnamon, a few of them with their centres olive 


Mirundinide, Formicaride, Tyrannide, ete. 405 


green ; tail dark cinnamon, the terminal margins of the feathers 
are of a dull bronze, with a dusky or blackish shading, which also 
occupies the outer edges of all the feathers for a short distance 
from their ends, and on the outer edge of the lateral feather it 
extends to the base ; wings brownish purple ; entire under plumage 
of a uniform dark cinnamon; bill flesh color for two-thirds of its 
length, with the end dusky; feet dark brown. 


Length of skin, 43 in.; wing, 214; tail, 14; bill, 1. 


Habitat.—Mexico, Tres Marias Islands. 
Specimen in Mus. Smith. Institution, No. 42,538. 


Collected by Col. A. J. Grayson, Mazatlan, whose name I 
with pleasure confer upon it, commemorative of his labors in 
behalf of science. 


emarks.—This fine species is allied to A. cinnamomea, but 
is much larger, with a stronger and very much wider bill at 
the base, and broader tail feathers; it is also much darker 
below, and has less green in its upper plumage, the crown 
being of a dull coppery bronze. In A. cinnamomea the entire 
plumage above is of a rather bright golden green, and the 
terminal margins of the tail feathers are of a golden bronze, 


instead of dull coppery bronze, as in the new species. 
APRIL, 1867, 30 Ann, Lyc. Nat. Hist. Vor. VIII. 


406 Description of a New Genus of Trichopterygide, 


XLL—Deseription of a New Genus of Tricnopreryaips, 
lately discovered in the United States. 


By tue Rev. A. Marruews, M.A. 


(Communicated by Dr. Joun L. Le Corte.) 


Read March 25, 1867. 


Tue insect which forms the subject of the present memoir, is 
one of the most remarkable of an order replete with curious 
forms. In many Sections or Families of Coleoptera certain 
species exist so monstrous in their variation from the normal 
type as to render recognition extremely difficult. By the 
exertion of Dr. E. Brendel and Mr. Ulke, such a form has 
now been added to the Zrichopterygide; and I feel much grati- 
fied in being permitted, through the kindness of Dr. Le Conte, 
to make known in its native country the discovery of this 
wonderful animal. 

It appears, from the information I have received, to have been 
in the first instance captured by Dr. Brendel in Florida, and 
subsequently by Mr. Ulke in New York, and also at Washington 
(D. C.) in the nests and among the eggs of Formica.* Of its 
life-history this is all which seems to be known at the present 
time; though it is to be hoped that these entomologists and 
their colleagues in America will carry their investigations 
somewhat further, and that eventually a more perfect know- 
ledge may be obtained of its habits and transformations. I am 
now only able to speak of it in the last and most perfect stage 
of its existence, as an imago; but, previously to giving a 








* Mr. Ulke has kindly furnished me with specimens of the workers of the ant in 
the nest of which the extraordinary genus here described occurs. It is a species of 
Formica, 2 mm, long, of a pale testaceous color, and having the abdomen nearly 
circular and moderately convex; the upper surface is shining, very finely and 
sparsely punctulate, slightly pubescent, and with a few long hairs. It seems to me 
to be identical with the species with which I have found Ceophyllus monilis, and is 
widely diffused through the Atlantic District. Lec. 


lately discovered in the United States. 407 


detailed description of its various parts, it will perhaps be 
advisable to mention those in which its more remarkable 
monstrosities occur. In outward form this curious insect 
strongly reminds one of some Crustacean genera, especially 
of the “ Horse-shoe Crab,” Limulus Polyphemus. All its 
limbs are very short; the antenne, which consist of only 
nine joints, are wide and flattened in order that they may 
be the more easily withdrawn, together with the head, into 
a deep and closely fitting recess in the prothorax; the 
head itself shuts into this recess more by the action of a 
hinge than a true retraction; it is very small, and wholly 
without eyes, indeed all the ocular region is hollowed out; 
the organs of the mouth are large, and fully developed. In 
these the only remarkable character exists in the origin of 
the maxillary palpi, which rise from an elevated triangular 
process in the middle of the upper surface of the stipes; in 
all other genera of this family these appendages are joined 
to the upper angle of its outer edge. The development of 
the prosternum and of the keel of the mesosternum is truly 
monstrous, and unlike any existing form throughout the 
whole order; of these the former is very much elevated, 
excavated in front to receive the head, posteriorly it is pro- 
duced into a wide and very long plate, convex, and deeply 
bifid at its extremity, passing over the whole length of the 
mesosternum and part of the metasternum, excavated on 
each side near the base to allow the forward action of the 
anterior cox; the keel of the mesosternum, which is for 
nearly half its length covered by the laminate process of 
the prosternum, is anteriorly very much elevated, and carried 
beyond the collar of the mesosternum, posteriorly it is ex- 
panded over the intermediate coxa, and produced in a broad 
spoon-shaped plate beyond the apex of the metasternum, 
very wide, truncate and slightly emarginate at its extremity, 
which is rather thickly clothed with long hair. The object 
of this extraordinary formation, considered in connexion 


408 Description of a New Genus of Trichopterygide, 


with the laminate processes of all the femora, and posterior 
coxze, and the long shining hairs on the abdomen, appears 
to be to facilitate the escape of the insect in case of alarm; 
with all the limbs closed up, and protected in this manner, 
no inclined surface could arrest its downward progress. The 
legs are short to an absolute deformity, with all the femora 
widely laminate on their interior edge; the tibize curved 
outwardly, and armed on each side with numerous strong 
spines; the tarsi are furnished at the apex with two rather 
long, straight setee; the posterior coxe appear at first sight 
to be of great size, but are, in fact, almost rudimentary, 
nearly the whole joint consisting of an immense quadrate 
lamina, of which the coxa itself forms only the basal and 
interior margin; the abdomen is furnished on all the exposed 
segments with long, recumbent, golden sete, which extend 
far beyond its apex in the shape of a long beard, and its 
terminal segment is divided into two points above and three 
below; the intermediate of these last being much shorter 
than the other two, and not connected with them at its 
base. This formation strongly resembles the incised apex 
of the abdomen, so universal in the Tachyporide, and points 
to the affinity existing between that family and the Tricho- 
pterygidee ; an affinity also conspicuous in many other points 
of their anatomy, and in their general appearance and habits. 

Before I conclude these preliminary remarks, I must pub- 
licly acknowledge my obligations to Dr. Le Conte for the 
zealous assistance he has long rendered me in investigating 
the Trichopterygidee of America. Among the species which 
he has himself discovered there is one which will form a 
new genus, less monstrous indeed, but quite as interesting 
as the one I am about to describe. I would willingly have 
included a description of this species in my present paper, 
but am not yet able to speak with accuracy of its anatomical 


details. 


lately discovered in the United States. 409 


Fam. TRICHOPTERYGID4. 
GEN. Limutopes Matthews. 
Characteres Diagnostice. 


Antenne 9-articulate, compress, in recessu thoracico una cum 
capite recipiende. 

Palpi Mazillares a medio stipitis exorti, graciles, elongati, 
articulo ultimo acuminato, sat robusto, haud recurvato, simplici, 
penultimo fere cylindrico, late truneato. 

Palpi Labiales breves, robusti, ad basim valde inerassati. 

Paraglosse breves, acute. 

Labrum magnum, antice late truncatum. 

Mandibule graciliores, longius uncinnate, angulo  prebasali 
magno, acuto. 

Maxille lobo exteriori magno, robusto, intermedio brevi, apice 
valde incurvato, interiori valido, fortissime uncinato, dentibus 
tantum duobus armato. 

Mentum ad basim attenuatum. 

Caput in recessum thoracicum fere totum retractum. 

Elytra truncata. 

Prosternum in procursum latum postice longe productum. 

Mesosternum carinatum, carina valde elevaté, in procursum 
latum postice longe productum. 

Metasternum inter coxas longe lateque productum. 

Pedes brevissimi, coxis anticis remotis ; intermediis, contingenti- 
bus ; posticis longe remotis, ingenter quadrato-laminatis, femoribus 
omnibus late laminatis. 


Descriptio Generica. 


Corpus validissime convexum, conicum, antice latissimum, 
rotundatum, postice valde attenuatum. 

Caput exiguum, deflexum, in recessum thoracicum fere totum 
retractum ; oculi deficiuntur. 

Antenne brevissime, compress, in recessum thoracicum cum 
capite recipiende, 9-articulate, Imo permagno subtriangulari ; 2do 


410 Description of a New Genus of Trichopterygida, 


permagno, latiori quam longo, primo breviori, lateribus rotundatis, 
antice profunde excayato; 5tio secundo triplo angustiori, duplo 
breviori, fere quadrato, lateraliter annulato, tribus quasi articulis 
in uno conjunctis; 4to cyathiformi, preecedenti parum breviori, 
pariter lato ; 5to cyathiformi, quarto parum breviori et angustiori; 
6to quinto duplo longiori et latiori, late cyathiformi, medio longe 
ac late umbilicato ; 7mo precedenti simili, sed multum latiori; 8vo 
fere omnino quadrato, septimo duplo longiori, pariter lato ; 9mo 
conico, obtuso, octavo fere triplo longiori, pariter lato. Articuli 
ultimi pilis sat longis induti sunt. 

Labrum corneum, truncato-conicum, vix longius quam latum, 
lateribus leviter rotundatis, ad basim abrupte dilatatis, apice late 
truncato, leviter excavato, setis brevibus ad angulum basalem una, 
ad angulum apicalem tribus utrinque instructum, margine basali 
fere recta. 

Mandibule sat elongate, acutissime uncinatz, acie breviter ac 
profunde excavata, angulo prbasali acuto, dorso rotunditer con- 
vexo, ad basim fortiter denticulato. Stipes sat magnus, in stylum 
robustum, acutum, valde incurvatum externe productus, longe sub 
basim cujus stylus alter brevis, gracilis, acutus, leviter incurvatns 
exoritur. Lamella membranacea tenuissima, magna, rotundata, 
longe ultra aciem mandibule extensa. 

Maxilie robustie, trilobate, lobo exteriori corneo, longo, robus- 
to, acuto, lateribus fere rectis ; lobo intermedio coriaceo, sat brevi, 
deplanato, praecedenti parum longiori, vix latiori, 4-articulato, 
lmo et 2do brevissimis, 3tio elongato, 4to tertio breviori, valde 
incurvato, longissime ciliato ; lobo interiori corneo, longo, robusto, 
cultriformi, apice circulariter curvato, longe uncimato, profunde 
excavato, dentibus duobus longis, acutis, incurvatis armato. Stipes 
parvus, perbrevis, medio usque ad basim ad palpum accipiendum 
triangulariter elevatus. 

Palpi Maxillares haud ut in aliis generibus a margine exteriori, 
sed a medio stipitis exorti, sat elongati, sat graciles, 4-articulati ; 
Imo brevi, parvo, basi abrupte dilatato; 2do primo plusquam 
triplo longiori, elongato-pyriformi ; 3tio preecedenti pariter longo, 
aliquantum crassiori, elongato-ovali, apice truncato; 4to tertio 
parum breviori, duplo angustiori, recto, elongato-acuminato, vix 


lately discovered in the United States. 411 


aciculari, basi rotundato. Articuli duo apicales setis paucis, brevi- 
bus utrinque instructi sunt. 

Mentum corneum, subquadratum, antice latissimum, lateribus 
levissime concavatis, basi atque apice fere rectis, pilis remotis antice 
indutum, angulis anterioribus obtusis. 

Labium coriaceum, elongato-quadratum, antice latissimum, 
pone mentum fere omnino occultum, apice recto; paraglossis sim- 
plicibus, haud elongatis, apicibus acutis, set apicali sat longa, por- 
recta instructis. 

Palpi Labiales membranacei, breves, robusti, 4-articulati; Imo 
sat brevi, transverso, lateribus valde rotundatis ; 2do primo multo 
breviori, parum angustiori; 3tio preecedenti plusquam duplo lon- 
giori, multum graciliori, late bifido, apicibus acutissimis, seta api- 
cali sat longa divergenti externe instructo ; 4to exiguo, rotundato. 

Lingua membdranacea, brevis, lata, palpis pariter longa, apice 
bifido, ciliato. 

Abdomen conicum, segmentis novem compositum, 5 basalibus 
membranaceis, 4 apicalibus corneis, 1mo, 2do, et 3tio obsoletiori- 
bus, quasi in uno conjunctis. 

Subtus. 

Caput exiguum, ore sat magno, parte gulari brevissima. 

Prothorax permagnus, profundissime concavatus; prosterno 
magno, elevato, antice ad caput accipiendum quadrate ac profunde 
exciso, lateraliter rotundato, postice in laminam_ prelongam, 
latam, convexam, ad basim fortissime constrictam, lateribus ovali- 
bus, apice profunde bifido, fere ad medium metasterni extenso ; 
episternis magnis, epimeris parvis, triangularibus; receptaculis 
coxarum sat parvis, circularibus, longe remotis. 

Pectus mesosterno brevi, alte carinato, angulis anticis obtusis, 
margine posteriori valde concavata; carina antice valde elevata, 
valde convexa, longius ultra collum mesosterni producté, acie 
deplanata, leviter crenulata, postice late cochleariformi supra 
coxas valde dilatata, valde elongata, ultra apicem metasterni 
extensa, lateribus deflexis, apice lato, truncato, leviter emarginato 
pilis longis vestito; episternis angustissimis, externe parum dilata- 
tis; epimeris exiguis, ovalibus, sub elytris occultis; receptaculis 
coxarum magnis, circularibus, contingentibus: metasterno per- 


412 Description of a New Genus of Trichopterygide, 
ip y peeryg 


brevi, ad latera validissime curvato, postice inter coxas longe ac 
late producto, apice recto, angulis acutis, ad coxas accipiendas 
profunde excavato; episternis sat magnis rotundatis, sub elytris 
occultis: epimeris exiguis, triangularibus, sub elytris occultis; 
coxis longe remotis. 

Venter attenuatum, sat elongatum, segmentis sex compositum. 

Pedes antici coxis fere quadratis, permagnis; trochanteribus 
exiguis; femoribus brevibus, robustissimis, interne latissime lamina- 
tis ; tibiis compressis ; tarsis triarticulatis, 1mo perbrevi, 2do primo 
plusquam duplo longiori, parum tenuiori, 3tio elongato, gracili, 
duobus basalibus plusquam duplo longiori, setis duabus, brevibus, 
porrectis ad apicem instructo; unguibus elongatis compressis, vix 
curvatis, ad basim valde dilatatis ; intermedii coxis magnis, ovali- 
bus, alioqui anticis similes; posticé coxis angustissimis, latissime 
quadrato-laminatis ; trochanteribus elongatis, incurvatis, claviformi- 
bus; femoribus brevibus, robustis, intus ad apicem late elongato- 
laminatis; alioqui anticis similes. 


LL. Paradoxus, Matthews. 


jlin. Totus rufotestaceus, pube sat longa, argentea, seri- 
cea dense vestitus; pronoto permagno, glabro, sat nitido, elytro- 
rum humeris vix latiori, angulis posticis acutissimis, sat elongatis ; 
elytris attenuatis, ordinibus obliquis leviter punctatis, puncturis at- 
que ordinibus inter sese pariter distantibus, atque lineis rectis ele- 
gantissime reticulatim conjunctis ; antennis atque pedibus brevis- 
simis rufotestaceis. 

Caput exiguum, deflexum; oculis nullis, antennis perbrevibus 
compressis. 

Pronotum imgens, latum, validissime convexum, ad basim 
parum Jatissimum, antice circulariter rotundatum, levissime mar- 
ginatum, margine extrema levissime crenulata, margine posteriori 
recta, angulis acutissimis abrupte productis. 

Seutellum \atissimum, brevissimum, fere totum obtectum, ely- 
tris conjunctum. 

Elytra connata, pronoto aliquantum breviora, postice attenuata, 
late truncata, apicibus vix rotundatis, ordinibus obliquis leviter 


lately discovered in the United States. 413 


regulariter punctata, puncturis reticulatim dispositis, atque lineis 
rectis inter sese omnibus conjunctis. 

Abdomen sat elongatum, valde attenuatum, segmentis quatuor 
apicalibus setis aureis longissimis longe ultra apicem abdominis 
extensis instructis, duobus ultimis precedenti multo longioribus, 
apicali superiori profunde ac late bifido, apicibus obtusis inferiori 
pariter bifido, mucrone etiam acuto, breviori, elongato-triangularis, 
e basi segmenti exorto, armato. 

Pedes brevissimi, robustissimi, rufotestacei, pilosi; femoribus 
brevibus; tibiis compressis, ad apicem attenuatis, ad basim inter- 
num abrupte ac profunde excavatis, calcaribus multis armatis 
(anticis 2 externis, 5 internis; intermediis 5 externis, 10 internis; 
posticis 2 longis externis, 10 internis) ; tarsis brevibus simplicibus. 

Alc nullie. 

Subtus totus rufotestaceus. 


EXPLANATION OF PiaTr. (No. 15.) 


1. Limulodes paradoxus. 
2. do. do. under side. 
a. Prosternum. 
6, Episternum of prothorax, 
c. Epimeron of prothorax. 
d. Episternum of mesosternum. 
. Antenna. 
. Posterior leg. 
. Mandible. 
. Mentum, labium, paraglosse, palpi and lingua. 
. Labrum. 
. Maxilla and palpus. 
. Carina of mesosternum. 


omrnatg on -» ow 


414. Notes on Species of the Family Corbiculade. 


XLI.—Wotes on Species of the Family Corsicutapz, wath 
figures. 
By TEMPLE PRIME. 


(Continued from page 237.) 
Read March 25, 1867. 


Genus CORBICULA. 
46. Corbicula imsularis, nov. spec. 


Fie. 67. 


C. testa orbiculata-trigona, compressiuscula, 
sub-aequilaterali; antice latiore; epidermide 
olivaceo-flava, nitente vestita ; striis regularibus; 
umbonibus inflatis, obtusis; valvis intus pallide 
violaceis; cardine angulato incrassato. 





Gusbicats tieaaris. Long. 23; lat. 21; diam. 14 mill. 
Hab.—Insula Formosa. Collect. Prime. 


The shell is orbicular, trigonal, somewhat compressed, and 
nearly equilateral. The anterior side is the broader. The 
epidermis is olive-yellow and polished. The strize are regu- 
lar. The beaks are inflated and obtuse. The interior of the 
valves is pale violet. The hinge is angular and strong. 

The epidermis of the young is lighter in shade than in the 
adult. 


47. Corbicula mediocris, Prime. 
Corbicula mediocris, Prime. Annals N. Y. Lyceum Nat. Hist., vol. vii. 481. 1862. 
Prime Cat. 4. 1863. 


Ee C. testa ovato-transversa, 


compressiuscula, subaequilate- 
rali; latere antico subangula- 
to, postico subtruneato; epi- 
dermide flavescente-viridi, ni- 
tente vestita, ad umbones 
atro - violascente maculata ; 
striis regularibus; umbonibus 





Corbicula mediocris. 


Notes on Species of the Family Corbiculade. 415 


tumidis, brevibus; valvis intus violaceo-rubris; cardine angusto ; 
lunula ovato-lanceolata, pallida. 


Long. 22; lat. 17; diam. 12 mill. 
Hab.—? Collect. Prime. 


The shell is transversely-oval, somewhat compressed, and 
nearly equilateral. The anterior side is subangular, and the 
posterior is subtruneated. The epidermis is yellowish-green 
and polished, and has markings of dark violet on the beaks. 
The beaks are small and somewhat raised. The interior of the 
valves is dark purplish violet. The hinge is narrow. The 
lunula is distinct, and of a lighter color than the rest of the 
shell. 

Comparing it with Corb. occidens from India, with which it 
is closely allied, we find that the beaks are smaller, and that 
the hinge is slighter ; the main difference, however, consists in 
the fact, that in Corb. mediocris the anterior side is distended 
and angular, whereas in Corb. occidens it is rounded. 


48, Corbicula Larnaudieri, Prime. 


Corbicula Larnaudiert, Prime. Annals N. Y. Lyceum Nat. Hist., vol. vii. 480. 
1862: Prim: Cat. 3. 1863. 


Fic. 69. C. testa parvula, ovato-transversa, 
inaequilaterali,convexiuscula ; utraque 
extremitate rotundata; epidermide 
flavescente-viridi vestita, ad umbones 





atro violascente maculata ; striis regu- 
laribus distantibus ; umbonibus brevi- 
bus, turgidulis, incurvis; valvis intus 





Ooeobaia tienes violaceis; cardine angusto; lunula 
ovato-lanceolata, pallida. 


Long. 13; lat. 11; diam. 7 mill. 
Hab.—Siam. Collect. Prime. 


416 Notes on Species of the Family Corbiculada. 


The shell is small, transversely-oval, inequilateral, and some- 
what convex. The margins are rounded. The epidermis is 
yellowish-green and polished, and has markings of dark violet 
on the beaks. The striz are regular and distant. The beaks 
are small and somewhat raised, and they curve inwardly at the 
apex. The hinge is slight. The lunula is distinct, and of a 
lighter color than the rest of the shell. 

Somewhat like Corb. tumida from Borneo, but smaller, less 
heavy, more inequilateral, and less convex; the strie are 
closer, and the epidermis is lighter, and more highly polished. 

This species, named in honor of the Abbé Larnaudier, who 
formed part of the mission sent to Siam some years since by 
the French, was discovered by that gentleman. The only 
specimens collected are in my cabinet; they were received 
through the late Chevalier Bernardi of Paris. 


The following species will be figured at some future time. 


49. Corbicula Mowreletiama, nov. sp. 


C. testa trigona, triangulari, tumidula; epidermide viridi fusces- 
cente vestita; umbonibus elevatis; valvis intus violaceis; lunula 
lata, distincta. 


Long. 29; lat. 831; diam. 21 mill. 
Hab.—Cambodia. 


Named in honor of Monsieur Morelet of Dijon, France, to 
whom I am indebted for this interesting species. 


50. Corbicula colomialis, nov. spec. 


C. testa subtrigona, inaequilaterali; latere postico longiore ; epi- 
dermide viridi flavescente vestita ; regulariter striata, umbonibus 
tumidis ; valvis intus candidis, ad dentes laterales violaceis. 


Long. 23; lat. 21; diam. 16 mill. 


Hab.—Java. 


Notes on Species of the Family Corbiculade. 417 


51. Corbicula comsamguimea, nov. spec. 


C. testa ovato-transversa, compressiuscula, aequilaterali; epider- 
mide viridescente, nitente vestita ; regulariter striata; umbonibus 
brevibus, atro-violascentibus ; valvis intus violaceis; cardine lato. 


Long. 16; lat. 14; diam. 9 mill. 
LTabh.—India. 
Very closely allied to Corb. striatella (page 74, fig. 22); the 


lateral teeth in Corb. consanguinea are stronger and much 
broader than in Corb. striatella. 


52. Corbicula Pfeifferiama, nov. spec. 


C. testa cordiformi, subaequilaterali, epidermide flavescente ves- 
tita ; sulcis distantibus, umbonibus tumidis, incurvis, approximatis ; 
eardine lato. 


Long. 15; lat. 14; diam. 10 mill. 
Hab.—China. 


Genus CYRENA. 


10. Cyrema exquisita, nov. spec. 

C. testa subquadrangulari, compressiuscula ; epidermide oliva- 
ceo-fuscescente vestita ; striis regularissimis, approximatis ; umboni- 
bus acutis, brevibus ; valvis intus purpureis; sinu pallii profunde 
intrante. 


Long. 24; lat. 22; diam. 12 mill. 


Hah.—In flumine Chepo prope Panama, Novee Granade. 


11. Cyrema germana, nov. spec. 


C. testa orbiculato-trigona, subaequilaterali, compressiuscula ; 
epidermide olivaceo-lutescente vestita; striis regularibus; umboni- 
bus brevibus, incurvis ; valvis intus violaceis; sinu pallii profunde 
intrante. 


Long. 43 ; lat. 38 ; diam. 24 mill. 


Hab.—In flumine Panaco prope Tampico, Mexico. 


418 Notes on the Classification of the Corbiculada, etc. 


12. Cyremna Chilima, nov. spec. 
©. testa trigona, inaequilaterali, compressiuscula; epidermide 
olivacea vestita; striis irregularibus; umbonibus brevibus ; valvis 
intus pallide violaceis, sinu pallii angulari. 
Long. 52; lat. 43; diam. 28 mill. 


Hab.—Chili, Americe Meridionalis. 


Genus VELORITA. 


2. Velorita parvula, nov. spec. 


V. testa parvula, cuneiformi, cordato-trigona, valde inaequilate- 
rali; epidermide atro-viridi, nitentissime vestita; umbonibus infla- 
tis, incurvis; valvis intus superne rubescentibus ad margines 
pallide coeruleis. 


Long. 21; lat. 18; diam. 13 mill. 
5 ’ ) 


Hab.—? Collect. Prime. 








XLIII.— Notes on the Classification of the Corbiculada, ete. 
By Trempre Prime. 


Read April 8, 1867. 


Some time since, in a memoir prepared for the Smithsonian 
Institution, I called attention to the unsatisfactory classification 
adopted in the family Corbiculade, and attributed it to the 
fact, that it was based solely upon characters drawn from the 
hard parts of the animal. It is now generally received that a 
classification, to be sound, must be founded upon zndiciaw 
derived from both the hard and soft parts. 

Our excuse for the course heretofore pursued with regard to 
this family is that up to the present time, and even now, the 
opportunities afforded for examination of the soft parts have 
been very few. 


Notes on the Classification of the Corbiculade, ete. 419 


It is not my object at present to propose any modification in 
the classification now used; in fact, I think that in the actual 
state of our knowledge of the soft parts of Corbiculade, any 
change introduced would be inopportune at this moment, and 
only lead to future confusion, without producing any perma- 
nent benefit. What I have in view is to call attention to cer- 
tain characters derived from the soft parts, indicated, however, 
by an examination of the shell, and the existence of which 
has, as yet, not been sufficiently noted. 

Formerly all the species of Corbiculadze were looked upon 
as having a continuous palleal impression, and the family was 
always described as such; it was only when attention was 
turned to American Corbiculade, that it was noticed that cer- 
tain species of Cyrena and Corbicula showed a palleal impres- 
sion with a sinus. 

I am speaking now more particularly of the genera Cyrena 
and Corbicula, as all the species of Batissa, Spherinm, and 
Pisidium, show an unbroken palleal impression. As regards 
Velorita, I will say a few words later. 

All the American species of Cyrena that have passed through 
my hands, exhibit a sinus, commonly long and sinuous; 
in all the exotie species I have seen the sinus is absent. 





Cyrena fortis, from Ecuador. 


420 Notes on the Classification of the Corbiculada, ete. 


Deshayes, however, in his edition of Lamarck, says that the 
Cyrena oblonga, Quoy, from the Islands of the Pacific, has a 
sinus. Not having met with this species, I can give no opinion. 
The accompanying figures of Cyrena fortis, from Ecuador, and 
of Cyrena triangularis, from Borneo, illustrate my meaning. 





Cyrena triangularis, from Borneo. 


What I have said of Cyrena, holds good likewise of the genus 
Corbicula. The American species of Corbicula have a sinus, 


Fie, 4. 





Corbicula obsoleta, from South America. Corbicula Largillierti, from China. 


Notes on the Classification of the Corbiculade, ete. 421 


and the exotic species have none. Thesinus of the Corbicula, 
I will note, is usually shorter and less sinuous than that of 
Cyrena. I refer to the annexed figures of Corbicula obsoleta, 
from South America, and of Corbicula Largillierti, from 
China. 

So far I have spoken only of the recent species of Cyrena 
and Corbicula; one fossil species of Corbicula from America, 
the Corbicula densata, Conrad, I am informed by Mr. Conrad, 
possesses no sinus; I have not had an opportunity of examin- 
ing the shell myself. In this connexion I will mention that 
three fossil species of the genus Corbicula from the Basin of 
Paris, which I have in my possession, the Corbicula antiqua, 
cuneiformis and Forbesii, show certainly a very marked 
indentation in the region where the palleal impression is 
joined to the posterior adductor muscle. The figure of Corbz- 
cula antiqua will exhibit what I refer to. | 

With regard to Velorita, of the three species known, I have 
examined two, the one represented below, and Velorita par- 
vula, and they certainly exhibit indications of a sinus. 





Corbicula antiqua (fossil), from the Velorita Cochinensis, 
Basin of Paris, from Cochinchina. 

The presence or absence of a sinus has always been consi- 
dered a generic distinction, and it may be necessary to subdi- 
vide the Corbiculade according to this test. It behoves us, 
however, to be cautious, because it is possible that too much 


importance has been attached to this feature. 
APRIL, 1867. 31 Aww. Lyo, Nat. Hist. Vou. VIII. 


422 Notes on the Classification of the Corbiculade, etc. 


I am led to make this remark, from the fact that Fischer, of 
Paris, in his examination of the soft parts of Corbicula Largul- 
lierti, discovered that this species has a syphonal retractory 
muscle, rudimentary, it is true, but still quite evident, though 
the shell (see Fig. 4) shows no indication of a broken palleal 
line. So little is known of the anatomy of Corbiculade, that I 
think it not out of place to insert here a translation of Fischer’s 
paper, with the figures accompanying it. 


The Anatomy of Corbicula Largillierti, by M. P. Fiscumr. 


§ I—Our knowledge of the anatomy of Corbicula is very 
incomplete, no memoir of any extent having been published 
on the subject. What we have is confined to a few words in- 
serted by Rang in his observations on the animal of Galatea 
radiata (Ann. Sc. Nat. t. XX V., 1832), and to the brief generic 
characters given by Woodward, Gray, Adams, ete. 

Mr. Debeaux, during his residence in China, collected speci- 
mens of the animal of Corbicula Largillierti, and entrusted 
them tome. Although they have been somewhat influenced 
by the strength of the spirits in which they were preserved, 
they are still in such a state as to be able to afford us a correct 
idea of the anatomy of Corbicula and of its zoological affinities. 

§ I1.—The mantle. The animal is trigonal, much inflated 
in the region of the beaks, and compressed towards the ventral 
margin, The mantle, which is exceedingly thin and transpa- 
rent, exhibits in certain places whitish spots, which are thick 
and are encrusted with calcareous matter. I have already 
noted a similar conformation in the mantle of Galatea. On 
the anterior side, the lobes of the mantle are united and remain 
so, until they reach the centre of the anterior side of the mus- 
cle; they are then free to the base of the syphons, where they 
are united again by the agency of a small bundle of muscular 
fibres. In the space comprised between this point and the 
superior and posterior margins of the posterior adductor, the 


Notes on the Classification of the Corbiculade, ete. 428 


mantle lobes are lengthened, they become broad, they gape, 
and they constitute the rear cavity of the syphons. Finally, 
above the posterior adductor, the lobes are joined anew, they 
become thickened, they follow on between the beaks and con- 
tinue, still united, towards the anterior and superior side, where 
they are introduced between the cardinal teeth of the shell. 
The mantle has two large openings, an anterior one for the exit 
of the foot, and a posterior one for that of the syphons. 

Owing to the proximity of the adductors to the ventral mar- 
gin, the pedal aperture of the mantle is less long, than in 
Galatea for instance, in which genus the adductors are nearer 
the beaks. 

The interior of the mantle is provided with a row of small 
conical tentacles, which are barely visible. 

§ II.—The muscular arrangement. The anterior adductor 
is crescent-shaped, the convex side being towards the anterior 
margin of the shell; the posterior adductor is oval, the major 
axis being about vertical, and it is surmounted by the retrac- 
tory pedal muscle. There is a palleal muscle, which is quite 
broad, of medium thickness, and is constituted of radiating 
fibres. A bundle of strengthening fibres starts from the infe- 
rior and anterior side of the anterior adductor proceeding 
towards the dorsal side of the mantle. The same conformation 
holds good at the junction of the palleal muscle with the pos- 
terior adductor. The shell, on examination, shows no well- 
defined palleal sinus, but the palleal line rises a little before it is 
united to the impression of the posterior adductor. There being 
no sinus in Corbicula, it was thought that in this genus there 
existed no retractory syphonal muscle, and that consequently 
there were no syphons. Such, however, is not the case, the 
retractory syphonal muscle is present, though very rudimen- 
tary, and is so intimately connected with the palleal muscle 
that it is difficult to limit it. It may, however, be recognised 
by the rounded outline of its anterior margin, and by the thick- 
ening of the fibres. 


424 Notes on the Classification of the Corbiculade, ete. 


It corresponds to the slight sinuosity seen in the shell at the 
posterior termination of the palleal line. 

§ IV.—The syphons. The genus Corbicula is provided 
with genuine syphons; these organs are, however, unusually 
short. Considering them from the branchial chamber, they 
have the appearance of two circular apertures, of equal diame- 
ter, placed one above the other. Examining them in the rear 
cavity of the syphons, they resemble two vertical button-holes, 
separated by a horizontal plait; the inferior syphon (the bran- 
chial) is somewhat longer than the superior (the anal) syphon. 
In both syphons the edges are approximate, and are furnished 
with conical tentacles. The tissue consists of longitudinal 
and circular fibres. In all probability, when the animal is 
alive, the syphons are capable of being projected to the extent 
of several millimetres. The syphons are invariably separate. 

§ V.—The breathing system. The gills, or branchia, are 
quadrangular, and are elongated from the anterior to the poste- 
rior side. Owing to the external gill being less high than the in- 
ternal one, the latter projects forward and below. A narrow pro- 
longation of the external gill is formed on the oblique dorsal 
line by which the internal and external gills are joined. This 
branchial appendage exists in a great number of Acephala; we 
have noted it in Petricola, Capsa, Galatea, ete. It is found 
also in the Acephala, which have but one external gill. 

In Corbicula, the superior portion of the external gill is less 
developed than in Galatea, in which genus it occupies more 
space than a third of the inferior portion. 

The edges of the gills are free and are not soldered to those 
of the opposite side, as is generally the case in the larger num- 
ber of the genera of “Les Conques” (Capsa, Petricola, 
Venus, etc.), and as is the case also in Galatea, though in the 
latter genus the extent of the surface soldered is very limited. 

The folds of the gills are quite broad, and recall those of 
Petricola, Galatea, ete. 

§ VI.—The digestive system. The palpi are triangular, 


Notes on the Classification of the Corbiculade, etc. 425 


fleshy, and thick. The interior surface of the external palpus, 
and the exterior surface of the internal palpus, are marked by 
oblique striz. The whole surface of the palpi is not covered 
by these strize, the margin being perfectly smooth. The mouth 
is quite broad, the lips and the balance of the digestive organs 
are similar to those of Galatea. 

The abdominal mass is broad and high, and below it is com- 
pleted by a foot, slightly angular in front, and rounded behind. 
The foot of Corbicula is less high and less thick than that of 
Galatea. 

Not having examined the entire nervous system, I can only 
say that the branchial ganglion is very narrow. The arrange- 
ment of the heart and of the vessels offers nothing worthy of 
note. - 

§ VII.—I deduce from this examination that the genus Cor- 
bicula is very closely allied to the large family of “ Les Con- 
ques ;” the fact that the palleal impression is simple and not 
sinuated, is not, in my estimation, reason sufficient for exclud- 
ing it from this family. 

We have seen that the syphons exist, though in a rudimen- 
tary state, and that the apertures of the mantle, and the con- 
formation of the gills, are the same as in “ Les Conques.” 

We have already remarked, in connexion with the genus 
Galatea, that an examination of the anatomy of Psammobide, 
Donacidee, Lithophagi, “ Les Conques,” and ‘ Les Cyclades,” 
accepting these families as defined by Deshayes, shows no evi- 
dence of any important differences in the structure of these 
different families; they all bear the impress of a similar orga- 
nization. 

It is a matter of but little importance in which of the above 
groups we place Corbicula and its kindred genera (Velorita, 
Batissa, and Cyrena) ; I, myself, would place them near Galatea, 
as their habits are similar, without even taking into considera- 
tion that certain species of Galatea undergo such modifications 
as to pass insensibly into one of the above genera. 


426 Notes on the Classification of the Corbiculade, ete. 


The permanent distinctive characters of the genus Corbicula 
are, that the gills are never soldered behind to that of the 
opposite side, and that the syphons are always very small. 

I call attention, moreover, to the astonishing affinities exist- 
ing between Corbicula and Iridina, as far at least as the soft 
parts are concerned. 


Fra. 7. 





HS 
unm 
mM 


nl y 


i 





b 


Fic. '7.—The soft parts of Corbicula, the mantle not having been removed. a, the 
mantle; 6, the palleal muscle; c, the anterior adductor; d, the posterior adductor ; 
e, the retractory pedal muscle; 7, the retractory syphonal muscle. 


Catalogue of Marine Mollusks. 427 


Fig. 8.—The same, the mantle having been removed. Same lettering asin Fig. 7. 
@ g, inferior portion of the external gill; %, external palpus; J, internal palpus; m, 
abdominal mass; n, the foot. 

Fig. 9.—Rear cavity of the syphons Tia. g 
seen from behind; a, posterior adductor ; 
b, posterior folds of the mantle spread 
out and thrown back; these folds con- 
stitute the lateral walls of the rear cavity 
of the syvhons; ¢, anal syphon; d, bran- 
chial syphon. 

The figures are very much magnified.— 
Journal de Conchyliologie, vol, xi. 1863, 


I hope the remarks I have 
made will call the attention of 
naturalists to this subject, and 
will induce collectors to reme- 
dy the present existing want 
by procuring alcoholic specimens of the soft parts of the species 
of this family, not only from America, but from other parts of 
the world, enabling us thereby, at some future time, to arrive 
at a classification of the Corbiculadz which shall rest upon a 
true basis, characters drawn from an examination of both the 
soft and hard parts of the animal. 





XLIV.—Catalogue of Marine Mollusks collected in the 
Bahama Islands in November, 1866. 


By Henry J. KRexs. 
: (Communicated by T. Bland.) 
Read April 8, 1867. 
(Abbreviations. N. Pr., New Providence; E., Eleuthera; W., Watling’s Island; 
C., Conception; A., Andros.) 
Tue whole group of islands which extends between the 
twenty-first and the twenty-eighth degrees N. Lat., and between 
the seventieth and eightieth degrees W. Long., is generally 


" NY 


428 Catalogue of Marine Mollusks collected 


designated by the term “ Bahama Islands.” But there are, in 
fact, three groups; viz., the Turk Islands, the Caicos Islands, 
and the Bahama Islands. Precise information as to the locali- 
ties in which marine species of mollusks are found in these 
three groups of islands would, we think, add considerably to 
our knowledge of the geographical distribution of the species, as 
it certainly will be confirmed that many West-Indian species 
(tropical forms) have their northern limit within these islands. 
We therefore publish the following list of the 245 species 
which we collected in November, 1866. 


Aplysia protea Rang. N. Pr. Cardium muricatum L. N. Pr. & E. 
Arca antiquata L. N. Pr. & E. oy Petitianum d’Orb. N. Pr, 
“ TListeri Phil. N. Pr. & E. & W. 
“ noae L. N. Pr. & E. Cardium spinosum Meusch. Bahama, 
““ squamosa Lmk. N. Pr. & E. # subelongatum Sowb. Ba- 
“ umbonata Lmk. N. Pr. & E. hama. 
Astralium phoebia Bolt. N. Pr. & E. Cassis flammea L. Bahama. 
Avicula colymbus Bolt. N. Pr. “ —madegascariensis Lmk. Ba- 
“  crocata Swains. Bahama.* hama. 
Buccinum auriculatum Lmk. N. Pr. Cassis testiculus Lmk. Bahama. 
& E. ‘  tuberosa L. Bahama. 
Buccinum pulchellum C. B. Ad. Ba- “ -ventricosa Mart. E. 
hama. Cerithium algicola C. B. Ad. N. Pr. 
ae tinctum Con. E. & HE. & W. 
Bulla maculosa Mart. N. Pr., E. & Cerithium atratum Born—Bahama. 
W. ~ costatum Da C. N. Pr. & 
Bullawes4 Neer B. & W. 
Bullia—1 spec. ? W. Cerithium eburneum Brug. Bahama. 
Calcar caelatus Chem. N. Pr. a ferrugineum Say. N. Pr. 
“« ramosus Meusch. N. Pr. & EH. 
«Tuber L. N. Pr. & E. Cerithium litteratum Brug. N. Pr., 
Capsa coccinea Mart. N. Pr, & E. E. & W. 


Capulus antiquatus L. N. Pr. & E. Cerithium muscarum Say. N. Pr. & 
Cardium citrinum Chem. N. Pr. & E. BR. 
mc medium LL. Bahama. Cerithium minimum Gml. N. Pr. & E. 





* The use of the term “Bahama” indicates that the species were obtained 
from the Bahama Islands, but without positive evidence as to the particular Island 
at which they were collected. 





* 


an the Bahama Islands in November, 1866. 


Cerithium nigrescens Mk. N. Pr. & 
E. 
Cerithium septemstriatum Say. N. 
Pr. & EH, 
Cerithium terebellum C. B. Ad. N. 
Pr: 
Cerithium versicolor C. B. Ad. E. 
fe variabile C. B. Ad. N. Pr. 
& E. 
Chama ferruginea Reeve, Bahama. 
“ florida Lmk. Bahama, 
«« macrophylla Chem. Bahama. 
«“  sarda Reeve E. 
Chiton piceus Gml. N. Pr. & E. 
Coecum—2 spec. ? Bahama. 
Columbella catenata Sowb. Bahama. 
g lactea Sowb. Bahama. 
mercatoria L. N. Pr., E., 
Caw 
Columbella nitida Lmk, N. Pr., E,, 
& W. 
Columbella ocellata Gml. Bahama. 
< ovulata Lmk. Bahama, 
& W. 
Conus cedo-nulli L. W. 
“ ~ daucus L. Bahama. 
“  granulatus L. Bahama. 
“  leucostictus Hw. Bahama. 
““ mindanus Hw. N. Pr., E. & 
W. 
Conus mus Hw. N. Pr. & E. 
“2 spec. ind. Bahama. 
¥ Vile S; Gonteption:s | 
Crucibulum auriculatum Chem. Ba- 
hama. 
Cypreea exanthema L. N. Pr. & E. 
“«  nivea Gray Bahama. 
“ pediculus L. Bahama, E., N. 
Pr. & W. 
Cypreea rotunda Kien. Bahama. 
“¢  spurca L, W.& C. 


429 


Cypreea succincta L. N. Pr. & E. 

“  suffusa Gray Bahama. 

Daphnella lymneiformis Kien. Ba- 
hama. 

Dentalium—3 spec. ind. Bahama. 

Diplodonta semiaspera Phil. Bahama. 

Dolium galea L. N. Pr. & E. 

«  pennatum Mart. N. Pr. & E. 
Emarginula—? spec. ind. Bahama. 

a octoradiata Gml. Bahama. 
Kulima 2 spec. ind. Bahama. 
Fasciolaria Tulipa Lmk. N. Pr. & E. 
Fissurella barbadensis Gml. N. Pr. & 

E. 
Fissurella cancellata Sowb. N. Pr. 

“ _ gemmulata Reeve Bahama. 

yA graeca L. N. Pr. & EH. 

nt pustula L. N. Pr. & W. 
Fusus— ?—E. 

Tanthina planispira Reeve. Bahama. 
Lima scabra Born. E. 
Liotia cruentata Miuhlf. E. 
Litiopa—l1 spec. ind.—E. & N. Pr. 
Littorina Antonii Phil. N. Pr. & E. 
ms lineata d’Orb. N. Pr. & E. 
: muricata L.—all the Baha- 
mas. 
Littorina mespilum Miuhlf. N. Pr. & 
E. 
Littorina ziczac Chem. N. Pr. 
Lucina aurantia Desh. Bahama. 

‘«  jamaicensis Spl. N. Pr. & E. 
obliqua Reeve. E. 

“¢  pecten Lmk. E. 
quadrisulcata d’Orb. Bahama. 
pennsylvanica L, Bahama. 

“ _tigerina L, N. Pr. & E. 
Mactra brasiliana Lmk, N, Pr. 
Mangelia—3 spec. ind. Bahama. 
Marginella apicina Mke. E. & N. Pr. 

4 guttata Mke. Bahama. 


430 


Marginella pellucida Pfr. N. Pr. 
Rais Lavalleanad’Orb. Bahama. 
% maculosa Kien. E. & N. 
Pr. 
Marginella pallida L. Bahama. 
Melina perna L. N. Pr. & E. 


Oe 


Catalogue of Marine Mollusks collected 


Oniscia oniscus Lmk. Bahama. E. 

Ostrea frons L. Bahama A. ? 

Ovula acicularis Lmk. E., N. Pr. 
“«  gibbosa Lmk. Bahama. 

Patella pallescens Phil. N. Pr. 

“  antillarum Sowb. N. Pr. 


Mitra barbadensis Gml. N. Pr., E. & Pecten nucleus Born. Bahama. 


W. 
Mitra dermestina Lmk. Bahama. 
“ nodulosa Gml. N. Pr., E. & W. 
‘“ puella Reeve. W. & E. 
Mitrularia equestris Lmk. 
Modiolus americanus T. d’H. E. & N. 
Pr, 
Modiolus modiolus L. N. Pr. & E. 
Modulus lenticularis Chem. N. Pr. & 
E. 
Murex rufus Lmk. E. 
“«  pauperculus C. B. Ad. N. Pr. 
& E. 
Murex pomiformis Mart. Bahama. 
a ? N. Pr. & E. 
? N. Pr. & E. 
Nassa ambigua Pult. Bahama. N. Pr. 
& EK. 
Natica canrena L. Bahama, 
“ nitida Donovan Bahama. 
“«  proxima ©. B. Ad. Bahama. 
rugosa Chem. N. Pr. 
“«  Sagraiana d’Orb. N. Pr. 
Nerita peloronta L. N. Pr. 
«varia Meuschen. N. Pr. 
“  variegata Chem. N. Pr. & E. 
Neritina pupa L. N. Pr. 
“«  virginea L. A. 

* \/viridis L.N, Pr, 
Oliva fulgida Reeve. Bahama. 
“« nivea Reeve. Bahama. 

“ oryza Lmk. Bahama. 

“ parvula Mart. Bahama. 


“reticularis Lmk. A., W. & E. 


“  imbricatus Gm. Bahama. 


ornatus Lmk. Bahama. 

“  aziczac L. N. Pr. & E. 
Pectunculus decussatus L. N. Pr. 
a minimus Gml. E. 
sericatus Reeve. N. Pr. 

Petricola lapicida Chem, Bahama. 
typica Jonas. Bahama, 
Phasianella 1 spec. N. Pr. 
Pinna muricata L. N. Pr. (said to be 
there.) 
Pinna pernula Chem. N. Pr. & E. 
Pisania pennata Brown. Bahama. 
Planaxis nucleus Lmk. N. Pr. 
‘« ~~ lineatus Da. Cost. E. 
Pleurotoma—4 spec. Bahama. 
. fucata Reeve. N. Pr. & E. 
Plicatula spondyloidea Meusch. Ba- 
hama. 
Purpura plicata Mart. N. Pr., E, W. 
“ floridana Con. N. Pr. 
“  patula L, N. Pr. 


“ 


6 


galea Chem. Bahama. 
“( -srapa Bolt. N: Pr, EH. 
Pyramidella délabrata L. Bahama. 
N. Pr., &E. 
Pyramidella spec. ind. W. & E. 
Ranella ponderosa Reeve ? N. Pr. 
Ricinula nodulosa C. B, Ad. N. Pr. & 
E. 
Ricinula rosea Reeve. N. Pr., E. & C, 
“ ~~ turbinella Kien. N. Pr. 
Rissoa—3 spec. ind. 
Scalaria lamellosa Lmk. Bahama. 


i 


/ 


in the Bahama Islands in November, 1866. 431 


Semele purpurascens Gm. N. Pr. _ Tritonium piliare L. N. Pr. & E. 


Sigaretus depressus Phil. Bahama. “parvum C. B. Ad. N. Pr. & E. 
Siphonaria alternata Say. E. “ pulchellum C. B. Ad. N. Pr. 
Solarium infundibuliformis Chem. Ba- Bi da We: 
hama. “  testaceum Meusch. N. Pr. 
Spondylus fimbriatus Meusch. Ba- “  variegatum Lmk. N. Pr. 
hama. ie 32% N. Pr. & E. 
Strombus gigas L. N. Pr. & E. Trochus fasciatus Born. N. Pr. & E. 
ef inermis Sowb. N. Pr. & E. a ? 
pugilis L. N. Pr. & E. Turbinella brevicaudata Reeve N. Pr. 
Tellina bimaculata L. Bahama. & E. 

“¢ caribaea d’Orb. N. Pr. Turbinella leucozonalis Lmk. N. Pr. 

“  carnaria L. W. & C. & E. 

“  fausta Soldr. Bahama. Turbinella nana Reeve. N. Pr. & E. 

“ interrupta Soldr. N. Pr. _ scolymus (auct ?) N. Pr. 

“laevis Chem. N, Pr. Turbo pica L. N. Pr. & E. 

“  pisiformis L. N. Pr. Turritella exoleta L. W. 

“radiata L. Bahama. Venus flexuosa L. Bahama. 

Tegebra hastata Gml. N. Pr., WV; “  granulata Gml. N. Pr. & E. 

Tas “«  Listeri Gray Bahama. 

¢ 200K. “ maculata L. N. Pr. 

‘s 2) WS  paphia L. N. Pr. & E. 
Typhis? N. Pr. & E. “ ~pygmea Lmk. N. Pr. 
Tritonium antillarum d’Orb. N. Pr. & “  subrostrata Lmk. N. Pr. 

E. t ziezac L. N. Pr. & HB. 


“  chlorostomum Lmk.N.Pr.& HE. Vermetus—?—N. Pr. 

“ eynocephalum Lmk. Bahama, Volvaria pellucida Schm. Bahama, 

“© femorale L. N. Pr. & E. Xenophora trochiformis Born. Ba- 
“  labiosum Wood. N. Pr. & E. & hama. 


432 Notes on the Lepidoptera of America. 


XLV.—WNotes on the Lepidoptera of America. 
No. 1. 


By Aug. R. Grote anp CoLEMAN T. ROBINSON. 
Read April 15, 1867. 


Family, NYMPHALIDAE. 
Grarpta, Arby. 
Grapta gracilis, m. s. 


Male and Female. Upperside, much the same as in Grapta 
faunus, Edwards ; the preapical oblique dark brown costal band 
of the primaries is constantly more diffuse, and the succeeding yel- 
lowish marks more restricted, than in its congener. Usually there 
is a third fainter black spot on the interspace above first median 
nervule. On the secondaries, the terminal dark band is narrower 
than in G, faunus, and the sub-terminal, interspaceal, yellow- 
fulvous marks, while deeper in color, are brought nearer to the 
external margin; within these, the dark color is less intense and 
shades more rapidly to brownish, than in its congener. All the 
exserted portions of the external margins on both wings are nar- 
rower; this is especially perceivable when comparing the “tails ” 
of the secondaries of the two species together. 

Underside, paler than in G. faunus, and affords ready distinguish- 
ing characters. Basally, the wings are of a rich dark clear brown, 
marbled with paler shadings nearer the body, and with darker lines 
inclosing brown elongated patches. Outside of the brown space is 
a broad whitish band, distinctly covered with fine, short, wavy, 
transverse, disconnected, brown striz, and shading into the dark 
wood-brown strigose terminal shade. The discal mark of the sec- 
ondaries is a white L, entirely surrounded by the dark brown 
scales of the basal shade. Body and legs much as in G. faunus; 
tarsi, whitish, paler ; antennae notably shorter than in its ally. 


Exepanse, 2&2 ,1.50 to 1.60 inches. Length of body, 0.70 to 
0.75 inches. 


Habitat, Atlantic District (Mount Washington, N. H.!). 


Notes on the Lepidoptera of America. 433 


This species may at once be distinguished from G. faunus, 
by its smaller size, and the distinct ornamentation of the under 
surface, which wants all the green scales and spots which 
characterize its congener, as well as the dusky fulvous apical 
and terminal shades which occur on both wings beneath in G. 
faunus. Messrs. O. T. Robinson and F. G. Sanborn have com- 
municated the specimens which form the basis of the present 
description. This species appears a more closely knit form 
compared with either G. C-argenteum, or G. faunus, when the 
narrower serrations of the external margins of the wings and 
its total appearance are taken into consideration. 

Mr. Seudder’s remarks, in his “ Butterflies of New England,” 
Proc. Essex Institute, April, 1863, undoubtedly apply to Grapta 
gracilis, and are as follows: 

“JT have taken four specimens of a Grapta at the White 
Mountains from the valleys to the summit, which may possi- 
bly belong to this species (¢.e. G. C-argenteum, Arby), but 
seem to indicate the presence of a new species; it is fully as 
small as, if not smaller, than G. C-argentewm, its upper sur- 
face is like that of G. fawnus, while its under surface is more 
like G. C-argenteum, but differs from that in having the 
broad ashy band quite hoary, nearly white, and extending also 
with equal distinctness across the secondaries; the discal spot 
of secondaries is a white |, with both limbs nearly equal simi- 
lar and straight.”—l. ¢. p. 169. 


Family, HESPERIDAE. 


Hesprerta, Fabr. 
Hesperia bimacula, n. s. 


Female. Head, above, and prothorax, covered with dark brassy 
yellow scales; the tips of the palpi are stained with the same 
shade. Thorax and abdomen, above, blackish, clothed with lateral, 
longer, mixed olivaceous and aeneous hair. Beneath, the palpi 


434 Notes on the Lepidoptera of America. 


are white; the eyes are also margined narrowly with white. 
Thoracic parts, beneath, clothed with longer, mixed griseous and 
whitish hair. Abdomen, beneath, whitish, with longitudinal darker 
streaks, laterally clothed with mixed griseous scales. Legs, 
obscure aeneous; femora with white scales inwardly. Antennae, 
rather short and stout; above, sub-annulate; “club,” blackish; 
beneath, more plainly annulate with yellowish white, the apices 
tinged with dark fulvous. 

Wings, broad, somewhat longitudinally wrinkled; above, lus- 
trous olivaceous brown, with dark olivaceous longer scales. An- 
terior wings, above, without markings, except two, unequal, pale 
yellowish, obliquely placed maculations at the base of the inter- 
spaces between the upper median nervules. Of these, the upper 
is much the smaller, and is brought nearer the external margin 
than the lower; beneath this latter there are faint indications of 
a third, paler spot, above the internal nervure. Base of the wing 
and costal region, sparsely clothed with obscure aeneous-yellow 
scales; fringes, prominent, wAitish, with a faint darker basal 
shade. Posterior wings, immaculate, with longer, aeneous oliva- 
ceous and yellowish hairs spreading over the disc and along inter- 
nal margin, this latter as long as the abdomen, anal angle slightly 
and rather broadly exserted; fringes as on anterior wings. Be- 
neath, the anterior wings-are evenly covered with obscure aeneous 
or golden yellow scales, which are very prominent along costa, 
leaving the lower portion of the wing, above internal margin, 
free ; the two yellow maculations of the upper surface are here 
repeated. The posterior wings are immaculate, concolorous with 
anterior pair, being almost everywhere evenly covered with 
golden yellow scales, least prominently so before internal margin. 


Expanse, 1.50 inches. Length of body, 0.70 inches. 
Habitat.—Atlantic District. (Philadelphia !) 


A little larger than Hesperia pocohontas, «Scudder, and 
resembling this species in the shape of the wings. It will be 
readily recognised by the whitish fringes and the simplicity of 
its markings. 


Notes on the Lepidoptera of America. 435 
Family, SPHINGIDAE., 
Tribe, Dacroglossini. 
Harmorrnacta, Grote and Robinson. 


Sesia, p., Fabr., Walk., Clemens. 
Cephonodes, p., Hiibner. 
Macroglossa, p., Boisd. 


Groupe I. (Aberrant.) 
Discal cell of primaries free. Vitreous field of secondaries 


crossed by five nervules. Sp. 1. 
Thorax beneath with lateral red 


SUACIERA cogts ateues soaks ce cs IH eracilis, G. a sues 
Group Il. (Typical.) 


Discal cell of primaries crossed by a longitudinal bar. 
Vitreous field of secondaries crossed by six nervules. Sp. 
2-5, 

Inner margin of external band of ¢ primaries dentate on 
the interspaces. Sp. 3 and 4. 
Abdomen shaded with olivaceous on the sides of 


terminal segments........3 H. thysbe, G. &@ &./ 
Abdomen terminally entirely 
deép red) 9 12. epee 4 H.fuscicaudis,( Botsd.)— 


Inner margin of external band of ¢ primaries not den- 
tate on the interspaces. Sp. 2 and 5. 
Size moderate. Hind tarsi 


TOC S far ogee hehe ad ees 8 2H. buffaloensis, G. & R. / 
Size large. Hind tarsi 
blac eee 5 H. floridensis, G. & R./ 


Haemorrhagia gracilis, Grote and Robinson. 


Haemorrhagia gracilis, G. & R., Syn. Cat. N. A. Sph. p. 26, 
Plate 3 figs. 1-23, P. ES. Pe Nov., 1865. 


436 Notes on the Lepidoptera of America. 


3. Form somewhat small and slight. Head and thorax, above, 
clothed with olive green appressed hair; basal abdominal seg- 
ments, above, similarly colored. Palpi, black at the tips, whitish 
beneath. Orbits of the eyes, white; in front of these a few whitish 
scales. Laterally, the under thoracic parts are clothed with long 
white hair, extending from behind the eyes to base of secondaries. 
Centrally, the under thoracic parts are clothed with long white 
hair, which is separated from the lateral white hair by two sub- 
lateral broad stripes of long reddish hair; a character which is 
very distinctive when we compare it with the concolorous pectus 
of allied species. Anterior femora clothed with thick white hair. 
Anterior tibi, pale red, as are also the middle and posterior legs, 
both femora, tibiz, and tarsi. Abdomen, except basal segments 
above, dark red ; third basal segment fringed anteriorly with pale 
hairs ; fourth, dorsally, with a few similarly colored appressed hairs ; 
fifth and sixth, with a few pale lateral hairs. Anal tuft, black 
laterally, centrally pale red. Under surface of abdomen, pale red, 
with a central sub-obsolete series of pale spots composed of aggre- 
gated hairs. Laterally, spots of similar pale hairs at the base of 
the segments. The sides of the abdomen show sub-tufts fringed 
above with pale yellowish, similarly colored hair to that forming 
the lateral and central series of abdominal spots. Anal tuft, con- 
colorous with abdomen beneath; extremities of anal hairs, black. 

Wings, vitreous; anterior pair largely bright red at base, the 
scales encroaching on the discal cell from the base. Discal cell free. 
External margin with a moderately broad, dark red, even band, 
- narrowing to internal angle, not dentate on the interspaces. Costa 
and internal margin, bordered somewhat narrowly with dark red 
scales. Posterior wings bright red at base and over anal angle; 
external margin with an even border of dark red scales. Centrally 
the secondaries are vitreous, the diaphanous field crossed by jive 
nervules. Under surface, resembling upper; the red color of the 
primaries is a little brighter, especially along costa and at apices, 
when compared with the color of these parts on the upper surface. 
The posterior wings are distinctly shaded with pale yellowish over 
and within anal angle, on the interspaces inside of the external 
border. 


Notes on the Lepidoptera of America. 437 


Eupanse, 6, 1.75 inch. Length of body, 0.85 inch. * 
Flabitat.—Canada West (Saunders). 


We have as yet but a single male specimen before us, which 
came originally from Mr. Bowles’ Collection: We have con- 
jectured (1. ¢.) that Sesia ruficaudis, Walker (non Kirby), was 
based upon the present species. From a comparison between 
Kirby’s description and that given in the British Museum 
Lists, it is evident that these refer to distinct species, and the 
descriptions have been properly kept apart by Dr. Clemens. 
From the brevity of Mr. Walker’s description, it cannot be 
properly ascertained what species is referred to, and the few 
points of resemblance between the description of S. ruficaudis, 
Walker, and H. gracilis, nob., may be accidental, a view which 
derives some support by the circumstance that Mr. Walker 
adds to his description the remark : “This is probably a mere 
variety of S. thysbe”—a phrase that could not properly be 
applied to the very distinct H. gracilis. We have already 
(1. ¢.) given Kirby’s description of S. ruficandis, a description 
which will not apply to any species known to us, but probably 
to one which yet remains to be rediscovered. 


Haemorrhagia buffaloensis, n. s. 


(Plate 16, figs. 18 $,19 9.) 


Male. Head, above, deep green; palpi, smoothly scaled, con- 
verging at the tips which prominently exceed the “ front,” blackish 
above and laterally, beneath, with the entire under thoracic sur- 
face, pale yellowish white; eyes margined below with pure white 
scales; maxillae, well developed, blackish; antennae, rather stout 
and long, tapering to base, serrate outwardly, with a short attenu- 
ate terminate hooklet. Thorax, above, bright green, becoming 
somewhat discolorous, tinged with ochreous, posteriorly. Basal 
segments of the abdomen, above, pale ochreous ; third and fourth, 
entirely deep red; terminal segments olivaceous, shaded medially 
with deep red and distinctly marked laterally by patches of the 
APRIL, 1867. 32 Ayn, Lyo, Nat. Hist, Vor. VIII. 


438 Notes on the Lepidoptera of America. 


same color; anal segment provided with an ample tuft; laterally, 
at base, a few pale ochreous hairs; beyond, on each side, the anal 
hairs are largely black, the longer scales from beneath fringe these 
black lateral portions of the tuft, which are also somewhat folded 
towards each other terminally; medially, the anal tuft is obscure 
reddish tipped with black. Beneath, the anal hairs, with the 
entire abdominal surface, are dull ferruginous or rusty red. The pre- 
anal segment shows medially a few white scales; laterally, longer, 
pale ochreous hairs converge inwardly from the margins of the seg- 
ments. Anterior coxae, thickly clothed with pale yellow white hair, 
concolorous with under thoracic surface. Legs, slender, finely 
scaled ; anterior femora, tibiae and tarsi, obscure pale ferruginous 
or red inwardly, outwardly pale yellowish white; middle femora 
and tibiae, entirely pale whitish, with a dark discolored dot at the 
joint above; tarsi, ferruginous, paler towards the base. Posterior 
legs with the femora and tibiae pale yellowish white; tarsi and 
base of the tibiae, dark ferruginous or red; tibial spines rather 
feeble, pale colored. 

Anterior wings, narrow, much produced at apices, short along 
internal margin, dark claret brown, covered at base with bright 
green scales; discal cell narrow, brought near the base of the 
wing, traversed longitudinally by a bar of scales. The costa is 
narrowly covered with ferruginous scales from just beyond the 
base to apex. Centre of the wing taken up by an oblique vit- 
reous space free from scales, much as in H. thysbe. A terminal 
brown marginal band narrowing to internal angle, its inner 
margin sinuous, not dentate on the interspaces. On internal 
margin, below the vitreous space, a few scattered pale scales. 
Secondaries smaller, but quite similar to those of H. thysbe, in 
general coloration and appearance; the vitreous space crossed by 
six nervules. Under surface, resembling upper, dull rusty red, 
with a few pale scales at extreme base. 

The Female resembles the male in general appearance, size, and 
coloration, but the abdomen is more rounded and shorter. The 
anal tuft is pointed and narrower, beneath black, red at base ; 
above, dull reddish, tipped with blackish ; antennae, slenderer than 
in the male. 


Notes on the Lepidoptera of America. 439 


Expanse (4 and 2), 1.65 to 1.70 inch. Length of body, 0.80 to 
0.90 inch. 


Habitat.—Atlantic District. (Buffalo, N. Y.!) 


This species is closely allied to H. thysbe, G. & /., from 
which it may at once be separated by its smaller size and the 
non-dentate inner margin of the terminal band of the prima- 
ries in the male. We have elsewhere drawn attention to the 
character afforded by the inner margin of the terminal band 
in H. thysbe; it is, however, in the males alone that it is 
prominently dentate on the interspaces. There are several 
other less striking characteristics which will at once separate 
H. buffaloensis from H. thysbe, on a comparison between speci- 
mens of either sex. From H. gracilis, @. & 2., the new spe- 
cies may be at once distinguished by the longer and narrower 
primaries, with the discal cell crossed longitudinally by a bar 
ot scales; by the different color of the legs and under thoracic 
surface, and by the diaphanous space on the secondaries being 
crossed, as in H. thysbe, by six nervules. 

Haemorrhagia buffaloensis has been frequently reared from 
the larva by collectors in Buffalo, N. Y. We figure a variety 
of the female, in which the usually wholly vitreous fields of 
the wings are sparsely and evenly clothed with scales. We 
have observed a similar variation in specimens of H. thysbe. 


Haemorrhagia floridensis, m. s. 


(Plate 16, fig. 20, ¢ .) 


2. Size, large; form, stout. Head, above, dark olive green. 
Labial palpi, projected beyond the front, approximate at their tips ; 
above, blackish; beneath, with under thoracic surface, clear yel- 
lowish white. Legs, generally finely scaled; anterior pair out- 
wardly clothed with whitish scales; inwardly, the tegument is 
almost naked, blackish and dusted with ferruginous atoms. Middle 
pair with the femora clothed with yellowish white hair outwardly ; 
inwardly, blackish, naked ; tarsi shading to blackish towards the 


440 Notes on the Lepidoptera of America. 


extremities. Hind tarsi and the basal portion of the tibial hairs, 
black ; inwardly, the tarsi are obsoletely shaded with pale hairs. 
Thorax, above, entirely dark olive green, which color extends over 
the two basal segments of the abdomen above. Next four seg- 
ments above, very deep red, fringed sparsely anteriorly by short 
white hairs which are easily removed by attrition, appressed. Fifth 
and sixth segments with olive green lateral shades. The fifth and 
sixth, and the anal segment, show yellowish-white sub-tufts at the 
sides. Anal tuft, reddish in the middle, where the hairs are long- 
est; black at the sides ; underneath, entirely bright red, where the 
hairs are more thinly spread out and shorter than above, allowing 
the lower black surface of the superior tuft to be seen. Under sur- 
face of abdomen, bright red; terminally a few yellowish white 
hairs, gathered on anal and pre-anal segments into small medial 
sub-tufts. Antennae, black, rather massive, gradually swelled to 
the tips, terminating in the usual extremely fine and reflected 
spinule; beneath, rugose or regularly serrated ; above, smooth. 

Anterior wings with the costa sub-sinuate, rounded at base, 
medially depressed, rising again to apices; external margin very 
oblique ; internal angle prominent. At extreme base these are 
covered with olive green hairs; beyond, dark red; costa and inter- 
nal margin bordered with dark red scales; centrally the pellucid 
tegument acquires in certain lights a bright blue reflection. The 
terminal band is obscure dark red, with its inner margin sinuate, not 
dentate, on the interspaces. The discal cell, retired towards the 
base of the wing as is usual in this genus, is nearly filled with dark 
red scales and but partially hyaline, but sufficiently so as to allow 
a distinct longitudinal bar to be seen, traversing the cell, appear- 
ing as the inward prolongation of first median nervule. Under 
surface of anterior wings, bright red, much paler than upper sur- 
face; terminally, the band is of an obscure tint, but along costa 
and over apical interspace the color is brighter. Internal margin 
bordered with paler, somewhat ochreous red scales, as is also the 
extreme base of the wing. 

Posterior wings, above, bright red, largely vitreous, the hyaline 
space crossed by six nervules. The narrow terminal band, along 
external margin, is deep red, shading to bright red over anal angle 


Notes on the Lepidoptera of America. 441 


and the base of the wing. Under surface of posterior wings, 
bright red, paler than upper surface; at extreme base some ochre- 
ous and yellowish white scales. 


Expanse, 4,2.40inch. Length of body, 1.40 inch. 


Habitat.—Florida. (Melonville, Fla., ‘“ February ”—Chas. 
Linden !) 


Distinguishable from H. thysbe, by its stouter form, the 
edentate inner margin of the terminal band of the 4 primaries, 
and by the differently colored feet. 

H. fuscicaudis (Sesta fusic., Walk.) is unknown to us, but we 
have examined a drawing of this species made under the 
superintendence of Mr. Walker, which shows it to be much 
nearer allied to H. thysbe than the present species, since it is 
slenderer and shows the inner margin of the terminal band 
of the ¢ primaries to be plainly dentate as in H. thysbe, while 
the absence of the olivaceous lateral shades on the terminal 
abdominal segments is the only prominent character which 
distinguishes Mr. Walker’s Sesia fuscicaudis from Fabricius’ 
species, to judge by the brief diagnosis of the former given in 
the British Museum Lists. 


Family, ZYGAENIDAE. 
Sup-Famity, ZYGAENINAE. 
Merancuroia, Siibner. 

Melanchroia regnatrix, mn. s. 
(Plate 16, fig. 15, g .) 


4 and 9. Head, moderate, held on a line with the boay, larger 
in the male, in which sex also the eyes are fuller and more promi- 
nent. Above, bright metallic blue; beneath, the small labial palpi 
are fulvous; maxillae, moderate, dull fulvous. Antennae, black, 
with a sub-cyaneous tinge on the stem above; plumose in the 
male, in which sex the pectinations are twice as long as in the 


449 Notes on the Lepidoptera of America. 


female. Thorax, as usual, proportionally well developed, the disc 
globose; above, entirely brilliant metallic greenish blue; tegulae, 
fringed with longer and duller hairs. The metallic color of the 
thoracic parts extends over basal abdominal segment above. 
Beneath, the thoracic parts are entirely fulvous; the rather long 
and slender, cyaneous-black legs are covered with fulvous scales. 
Abdomen, rather slender and weak, not exceeding internal margin 
of secondaries in length, entirely fulvous; beneath, of a more yel- 
low, less orange shade. The abdominal squamation is mealy and 
characteristic of the genus. The genital claspers, in the male, are 
fringed with longer hairs ; in the female, the abdomen terminates 
more pointedly. 

The wings are rather long and large; anterior wings well pro- 
duced apically, above of a brilliant metallic greenish blue color 
with a changeable reflection, without markings. Along external 
margin, the metallic coloration becomes obsolete, leaving a narrow, 
even, terminal space of a dull black hue. The “veins” are obso- 
letely brought into relief by darker scales ; fringes, blackish. 

Posterior wings, rounded, of a dull black color, shaded medially 
with deep blue; the median and internal nervules are accompanied 
by diffuse, bright greenish blue shades extending from the base of 
the wing and becoming obsolete outwardly. 

Under surface of both wings, resembling upper; the primaries 
are dull blackish along internal margin, and less brilliant than on 
their upper surface; the secondaries are more largely shaded with 
bright greenish blue, and are consequently more brilliantly colored 
than on the upper surface. 


Expanse, 6 and 2, 1.45 inch. Length of body, 0.50 inch. 


Habitat.—Cuba (Gundlach). 


Number 774, Gundlach’s MS. Catalogue. 


Although this brilliantly colored species is strongly con- 
trasted with the sombre-hued species of Melanchroia, we have 
not been able to find sufficient characters to justify its generic 
separation. The typical metallic coloration of the Family is 


Notes on the Lepidoptera of America. 443 


here associated with one of the lower genera, which, although 
higher than Dioptis, still, by its weak body parts and especially 
by its slight abdomen and the mealy squamation of the latter, 
evinces a sensible degradation from the firm body crust and 
concentrated characters of the more typical genera of the 
Family. M. regnatrix, is the third Cuban species of the genus 
described ; the two formerly known being M. fumosa, Grote, 
and M. geometroides, Walker. The analogies of Melanchroia 
with the Phalaenidae would be indicated by the name given 
to this latter species by Mr. Walker; these are, however, more 
truly taken from the Bombycidae. 


Family, PHALAENIDAE. 
Ennomos, Tvreitschke. 
Ennomos Coloradaria, n. s. 


(Plate 16, fig. 11, 9 .) 
Eugonia coloradaria, G. & R. MS. 


?. Pale yellowish ochreous. Head, thorax, and legs, whitish 
ochreous ; antennae simple, whitish; legs slight, hind tibiae with 
short spurs. 

Anterior wings a little rounded along costal margin at. base, 
depressed sub-apically ; apices truncated ; external margin broadly 
produced above the middle. External margin of secondaries 
broadly produced about the middle. Primaries pale ochre yellow, 
sparsely and irregularly irrorate with brown scales. A broad, 
arcuate, brownish black, transverse anterior band. A sub-obsolete 
discal spot. A very broad, prominent, angulated, blackish brown 
transverse posterior band, distinctly margined on either side. This 
is twice bent or angulated : first, immediately at costa; secondly, 
opposite the disc. A faint, whitish, diffuse, sub-terminal shade. 
Immediately below the apices, the external margin, which is here 
excavate, is edged with brownish scales. Secondaries, whitish ochre- 
ous, paler and more thinly scaled than primaries, tinged with a more 


444 Notes on the Lepidoptera of America. 


purely ochreous shade along external margin before anal angle. 
The whole surface is sparsely irrorate; a faint median line crosses 
the wings, corresponding to the transverse line of primaries, but 
much weaker and fainter, composed of aggregated brown scales 
and becoming more distinct and linear before internal margin. 
Under surface, whitish ochreous, deeper stained along costal region 
of primaries and over the secondaries, coarsely and sparsely irro- 
rate with brown scales. The transverse bands of the upper surface 
are here reflected. 


Expanse, 2, 1.50 inches. 
Habitat.—Colorado Territory (Mr. Jas. Ridings). 


Allied to the European E. tiliaria and E. angularia. Our 
specimen, though beautifully fresh, has the abdomen broken. 


Enproria, Guenee. 


Endropia arefactaria, n. s. 


(Plate 15A, fig. 7, 2 .) 


2. Head, dark ochraceous; antennae, finely bipectinate, the 
stem, above, ochraceous sprinkled with blackish. Thorax, ochra- 
eeous, with black dots on the disc. Abdomen, ochraceous, a little 
longer than internal margin of secondaries. Beneath, the body 
parts and legs are ochraceous, more or less speckled with black. 

Wings, ochraceous, with reddish or ferruginous external shades. 
Anterior wings with the apices produced and pointed; external 
margin angulated at above the middle, where it is produced a little 
beyond the apex. Secondaries twice broadly excavate superiorly : 
first, at apices, obliquely and shallowly ; secondly, immediately 
below the first excavation, more deeply and prominently. Prima- 
ries, yellowish ochreous; median space, paler. Basal space, pale 
ferruginous ochreous, speckled with black scales, especially at 
costal base. Median lines, dark reddish ferruginous; transverse 
anterior, sub-arcuate, slightly projected superiorly; transverse 
posterior, broad, evenly obliquely arcuate. Median space, pale 
yellowish ochreous, minutely speckled; a distinct, large, discal, 





Notes on the Lepidoptera of America. 445 


black dot. Terminal and sub-terminal spaces, shaded with reddish 
or ferruginous, sparsely speckled with black scales. Sub-terminal 
band, interrupted, broad, irregular, whitish ochreous, speckled with 
black scales, forming a distinct apical pale and broad mark, becom- 
ing obsolete at just before internal angle. Posterior wings resem- 
bling anterior ; terminal space, outside of the median line, becoming 
diffusedly ochraceous inferiorly and over anal angle, ferruginous or 
reddish superiorly and along the median line. Median line, dark 
reddish, ferruginous, strongly marked and straight, resembling the 
transverse posterior line of primaries in appearance and color, but 
not strictly corresponding to it, since, when the wings are expanded, 
it does not match that of the primaries, or run continuous with it, 
but arises at a point on the costa of secondaries which is removed 
farther outwardly than the termination of the transverse posterior 
line of primaries on internal margin. Discal dot black, smaller 
than on anterior wings. A second, less distinct, inner transverse 
shade line, corresponding to the transverse anterior line of prima- 
ries and accompanied by rather numerous black speckles. The 
secondaries are almost entirely speckled with black, but more 
prominently so basally and along external margin, the dark space 
contiguous and outside of the median line being partially free from 
speckles. ‘The median line is shortly geminate opposite the dis- 
cal cell; this is more prominent beneath. Under surface, resem- 
bling but brighter than upper, paler, more prominently irrorate 
and with clusters of black speckles at base of both wings; discal 
dots distinct; secondaries entirely pale ochreous, except the trans- 
verse bands, which are more distinct than above. The transverse 
posterior line of primaries is followed by a broad reddish shade 
band, limited externally by the sub-terminal pale ochreous shade 
and by an undulating sub-obsolete series of black dots. 


Expanse, 2,1.50 inch. Length of body, 0.70 inch. 


Habitat.—Atlantic District. (Penn. to Maryland. !) 


We have seen the female of this species, which resembles 
the male and is larger, but have no longer specimens before 
us. In size and general appearance this species resembles E. 


446 Notes on the Lepidoptera of America. 


aniliaria (ZZ. S.), from Venezuela, but is at once distinguished 
by the shape of the external margin of the secondaries. A 
specimen of E. arefactaria, had been forwarded to Mr. Walker 
for comparison, who regarded it as a distinct species allied to 
the Floridian E. astylusaria, Walk., a species unknown to us. 


Endropia vinulentaria, n. s. 
(Plate 154A, fig. 5 2 5) 


2. Head, thorax, and abdomen, pale ochreous; antennae, finely 
bipectinate, the pectinations obsolete at tips. Wings, pale ochre- 
ous, evenly and improminently irrorate with darker scales than the 
ground color; outside of the transverse posterior and median lines, 
the entire terminal spaces are darker than the wings within them, 
being of an even purplish dove color. Primaries, pointedly pro- 
duced at apices; external margin, rounded outwardly to internal 
angle, being roundedly produced medially without any prominent 
angulation. Secondaries, obliquely depressed at apices, below 
which is a wide and shallow excavation. Anterior wings, evenly 
pale ochreous from base to transverse posterior line, evenly dusted 
with pale purplish scales, which become obsolete before the t. p. 
line, leaving a narrow space clearer pale ochreous. A brown, out- ” 
wardly arcuate, irregular, transverse anterior line, slightly pro- 
jected on median nervure. All the “ veins,” on either wing, are 
obsoletely brought into relief by darker scales. Transverse poste- 
rior line, brown, evenly and obliquely arcuated, succeeded by a 
bright brown coincident shade, this latter color obtaining along 
costa to apex. An obsolete discal dot on the cross vein. Outside 
of the transverse posterior line, the wing is darker than elsewhere, — 
evenly washed and shaded with pale purplish dove color. A dis- 
tinctly defined pale ochreous apical mark. Secondaries, resembling 
primaries in color and appearance ; within the distinct median line 
pale ochreous, irrorate with darker scales. An inner transverse 
shade line, composed of aggregated dark atoms; a distinct black 
discal dot. Median line resembling the t. p. line of primaries in 
color and conformation, but not corresponding with that line, since, 


Notes on the Lepidoptera of America. 447 


when the wings are expanded, it is seen to arise from a point on 
the costa of secondaries further removed outwardly than the point 
of termination of the latter line on internal margin of primaries. 
External margin, entirely and evenly darker colored than within the 
median line, similarly colored with the terminal spaces of prima- 
ries, and without any paler maculations or shadings. External 
edges of both wings dark. Under surface, clear pale ochreous, 
thickly irrorate with brown scales; the “veins” marked with 
brownish. Inner common lines composed of aggregated brown 
atoms, more distinctly marked on primaries. Distinct black discal 
dots. The transverse posterior line is S-shaped on primaries, dark 
brown and geminate centrally, since an even oblique narrow 
line leaves it below costa at its outward inflection, and connects 
with it again at its inward inflection at a point on the interspace 
between 3d and 4th m. nervules. Outside of the t p. line, the 
external margin is dark colored as on upper surface, leaving a dis- 
tinct apical mark pale ochreous. Secondaries, clear pale ochreous ; 
a median S-shaped brown line corresponding to the t. p. line of 

primaries and geminate, since it is crossed at right angles by an 
even oblique narrow brown line, commencing on costa nearer 
the apex than the median line, which it crosses and again meets 
and is fused with below 3d m. nervule. Outside of median line, 
the wing is clear pale ochreous, not corresponding to the dark ter- 
minal space of the upper surface and to both surfaces of primaries. 
External margin edged with dark brown. 


Erpanse, 6,1.20 inch. Length of body, 0.50. 
Habitat.—Atiantic District. (New York State !) 


Of the size of E. amoenaria, Guence, but differently and 
paler colored ; the apices are less produced than in Guenée’s 
representation of that species; there is no dark subterminal 
line with inferior pale spots annulated with black. The orna- 
mentation of this species recalls that of Hyperitis amicaria, 
Guenee. 


448 Notes on the Lepidoptera of America. 


Endropia vinosaria, m. s. 


(Plate 154, fig. 4, g .) 


¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen, clear pale ochreous; antennae 
finely bi-pectinate ; pectinations obsolete at tips. 

Anterior wings, clear pale ochreous, irrorate with brownish 
scales. Transverse anterior line, brownish, irregular, inwardly 
excavate between costal and median nervures, projected superiorly, 
All the “veins” brought into relief by brownish scales. Discal 
dot, obsolete. Median space, clear pale ochreous. Transverse 
posterior line, irregular and geminate, since, opposite the disc, its 
outward projection is accompanied, within, by a second brown line, 
which runs more straightly obliquely and at variance with it at this 
place, leaving a pale ochreous space between the lines; above and 
below this the lines are fused. Outside of the t. p. line, the wing 
is washed with purplish brown, leaving a pale ochreous subterminal 
shade, which is broad and interrupted, being strongly marked at 
apex and again over the median nervules, and becoming obsolete 
towards internal margin. Secondaries, wholly pale ochreous; all 
the “veins” marked with brownish scales; coarsely irrorate with 
brown scales. An internal transverse line composed of aggregated 
brown irrorations, and, owing to the inward inflection of the t. p. 
line of primaries, appearing as if continuous and corresponding to 
the latter line. A distinct dark discal dot. Median line, distinctly 
geminate, since it is crossed below costa by a second, similar, but 
less distinctly marked line, which latter arises on costa contiguous 
to, but within the median line proper, beyond which it is out- 
wardly projected over the nervules, becoming fused with the 
median line again before internal margin. Apices, touched with 
brownish; external margin, distinetly edged with dark brownish. 
Under surface, more coarsely irrorate, but in color and the course 
of the transverse lines, resembling upper, so as to render a detailed 
description unnecessary. 


Expanse, 3, 1.30 to 1.50 inch. Length of body, 0.50 to 0.60 
inch. 


Habitat.—Atlantic District. (Mass. to Ga. !) 


Notes on the Lepidoptera of America. ~ 449 


A larger species than E. vinulentaria, nod., but resembling 
that species in general color and style of markings. The clear 
pale ochreous color of the wings above is not dusted with a 
faint obscure purplish shade; the subterminal ochreous shade 
band again appears, below the apices of the primaries, over 
the median nervules; the transverse lines are more irregular, 
distinctly geminate on both surfaces; the external border of 
secondaries is clear pale ochreous on both surfaces. H. vino- 
saria (4) varies in the extent of the darker shades on external 
border of primaries. 


Endropia textrimaria, n. s. 
(Plate 15A, fig. 6, g .) 


2. Head, thorax, and abdomen, pale ochreous, shaded with red- 
dish on thorax above. A broad, dark, frontal line, before the 
antennal insertion; palpi, dark brownish. Antennae, finely bi- 
pectinate ; the pectinations becoming obsolete at tips. 

Wings, broad ; anterior pair, produced at apices, and more pro- 
minently so on external margin at extremity of second median 
nervule. External margin of secondaries, prominently produced 
and angulated centrally. Primaries, pale ochreous ; all the “ veins ” 
are prominently marked with reddish scales, Basal space, pale 
ochreous, but so thickly irrorate with reddish and brownish scale 
streaks as to leave little of the ground color apparent. The red- 
dish scales are aggregated along costa and form a shade coincident 
with the dark, slightly irregular and diffuse transverse anterior 
line. Median space, pale ochreous, coarsely irrorate with reddish 
and dark seale streaks, narrow, constricted at the sub-median fold 
by the approximation at this point of the median lines. A distinct, 
black, discal dot situate on the discal cross vein. Transverse pos- 
terior line, brownish, distinct, obliquely arcuate to sub-median fold, 
thence running straightly to internal margin, succeeded by a coin- 
cident reddish shade. Outside of the t. p. line, the external border 
is stained with reddish brown and washed with purplish; the dark 
portions are finely irrorate with black scales, leaving the pale ochre- 


450 Notes on the Lepidoptera of America. 


ous ground color of the wing to spread as an irregular, broad, dif: 
fuse, apical shade extending obsoletely downwards over the median 
nervules. Secondaries, resembling primaries in appearance and 
coloration—pale ochreous, irrorate with reddish and brownish 
shade streaks and washed with a purplish shade. A distinct, small, 
black, discal dot; outside of this is a median, slightly sinuous line, 
corresponding to the t. p. line of primaries and resembling it in 
color and conformation; this line is inferiorly succeeded by an 
obscure, diffuse, reddish brown shade having a faint purplish reflec- 
tion. An external, sub-obsolete line, regularly lunulate between 
the nervules and lost inferiorly in the reddish brown shade, which 
latter is somewhat interrupted centrally, but darkens the wing 
again very distinctly along external margin between the central 
angulation and anal agle. A corresponding line to this latter, is 
seen on the primaries, but it merely appears over the pale ochre- 
ous ground color of the wings which obtains, as a diffuse ochreous 
shade, over the apical portion of the wing. Under surface, resem- 
bling upper, pale ochreous ; the median lines of the upper surface 
of primaries are here reproduced. A distinct, black, discal dot. 
The t. p. line is sueceeded by a very distinct, brown, lunulate line, 
corresponding to its analogue of the upper surface, but here more 
distinct, becoming entirely obsolete below 4th m. nervule. The 
external border is much less diffusely shaded with reddish brown 
than on the upper surface, thus allowing the exterior lunulated line 
to become obvious. Secondaries, entirely pale ochreous. A very 
faint median line, preceded by a black discal dot. The exterior 
lunulated line is again more apparent, becoming obsolete inferiorly. 
The external margin is narrowly edged with brownish on both 
wings, and the entire under surface is coarsely irrorate, though less 
prominently so on secondaries. 


Expanse, 2, 1.50 inch. Length of body, 0.50 inch. 


fubitat.— Atlantic District. (Penn. !) 


This pretty species is very distinct in the shape of the wings, 
and is slightly variable in the depth and extent of the reddish 
brown shades and purplish washings of the upper surface. 


Notes on the Lepidoptera of America. 451 


The abdomen, owing perhaps to the breadth of the wings, 
hardly extends as far as anal angle of secondaries. 


Drepanopes, Guence. 


Drepanodes puber, n.s. 


(Plate 15A, fig. 1, .) 


2. Wings, pale fawn color, with an olivaceous shade, which lat- 
ter obtains principally over the median space of the primaries and 
along the external margins of both pair. Primaries with the apices 
bluntly sub-faleate, but slightly produced. Immediately below the 
apex, the external margin is inwardly sinuate, thence rounded out- 
wardly to internal angle, the latter improminent. Base of the 
wing, pale fawn color, limited externally by the first short trans- 
verse line, which latter is slightly arcuate, pale, indistinct, and 
margined outwardly by an olivaceous shade, most distinctly marked 
on costa. The median space is tinged with olivaceous. A black 
discal dot. Faint traces of a median shade. The costal region is 
sparsely irrorate with dark scales. The outer, long, oblique, trans- 
verse line, limiting outwardly the median space, is pale, whitish, 
more distinct than the first line, outwardly projected immediately 
below costa, thence running inwardly obliquely to internal margin 
and bordered inwardly by a faint darker olivaceous shade. Out- 
side this line, the wing is pale fawn color and the olivaceous termi- 
nal space is limited inwardly by an arcuate faint pale shade, which 
runs from apex to internal angle, and, being inwardly arcuate, 
leaves the terminal space widest at about the middle, at which 
point are two distinct, superposed, dark clouded spots, situate just 
without the arcuated sub-terminal pale shade band. External 
margin lined with dark olivaceous; the extremities of the short 
fringes are whitish. Secondaries, resembling primaries in colora- 
tion. A straight, short, median, whitish line, distinctly margined 
inwardly by a coincident dark olivaceous shade. This line becomes 
obsolete at the costal region, which latter, from base to apex, is 
pale, discolorous with the rest of the wing. A minute, black, dis- 
cal dot, situate on the lower confines of the pale costal space, which 


452 Notes on the Lepidoptera of America. 


is here straightly limited. A faint, slightly tremulous, pale shade at 
anal angle, continued obsoletely to apex and analogous to the sub- 
terminal pale arcuate shade of the primaries, but not arcuate here, 
its course being comparatively straight. 

Under surface, darker than upper, nearly concolorous on both 
wings, evenly irrorate with dark scales. The minute black discal 
dots are distinct on both wings. No markings, except a single 
very faint pale transverse common line. On the primaries, the 
region along internal margin is pale, discolorous with the rest of 
the wing, and analogous to the condition of the costal region of the 
upper surface of secondaries. 

Head, thorax, abdomen, and legs, pale fawn color, concolorous 
with wings at base; antennae, pectinate ; abdomen, very nearly as 
long as internal margin of secondaries. 


Expanse, 6, 1.30 inch. Length of body, 0.50 inch. 
Habitat.—Atlantic District. (Penn. !) 


The peculiar soft coloration, closely scaled wings, simple and 
distinct markings, and, in particular, the pale transverse lines, 
in conjunction with the blunted apices of the primaries, will 
sufficiently distinguish this pretty species. 


Drepanodes varus, mM. s. 


(Plate 154A, fig. 2, P .) 


2. Pale reddish fawn color, sparsely and finely irrorate with 
dark scales. Anterior wings somewhat elongate; costa slightly 
arched to apex, which latter is prominently produced and faleated ; 
external margin, oblique, sinuate, inwardly and roundedly excavate 
immediately below apex, thence evenly outwardly rounded to 
internal angle. Basal space, pale fawn color, irrorate with dark 
scales and margined outwardly by the first transverse line, which 
latter is arcuate, with an inward dentation below median nervure, 
outwardly diffusedly shaded, most strongly marked on costa and 
disc and of a dark brownish color. A black discal dot. The 
median space is comparatively free from irrorations and of a some- 


Notes on the Lepidoptera of America. 453 


what brighter shade than the wing elsewhere, but encroached upon 
by the dark shades which follow and precede the first and second 
transverse lines. Outer transverse line, distinct and broad, black- 
ish, preceded by a diffuse brownish shade and followed by a faint 
linear pale shade, angulated acutely below costa. Apices, dark, 
washed with pale somewhat pruinose scales. Outside of the outer 
transverse line, the wing is colored as at base, sparsely irrorate, 
without nebulosities. External margin lined with reddish ochre- 
ous on both pair of wings. Secondaries resembling primaries in 
coloration and appearance, evenly irrorate. A distinct median 
line, analogous and corresponding with the transverse posterior line 
of primaries. A minute black discal dot, situate, as usual, on the 
lower margin of the pale costal region. The irrorations are some- 
what transversely arranged, especially externally, outside of the 
transverse posterior and median lines. Under surface of both 
wings, a little darker, but of a similar color with upper surface, 
coarsely and evenly irrorate with black. Black discal dots, dis- 
tinct. A narrow, rather faint, common, blackish line, analogous to 
the transverse posterior and median lines of the upper surface. 


Expanse, 2, 1.45 inch. Length of body, 0.50 inch. 
Habitat.—Atlantic District. (Penna. !) 


Drepancdes aquosus, mn. s. 


(Plate 154A, fig. 3, 9 3) 


?. Head and thorax, ochreous brownish; tegulae, obsoletely 
fringed with purplish hairs. Abdomen, pale ochreous brownish ; 
under surface and legs, ochreous brownish, thickly sprinkled with 
black scales. Antennae simple. Anterior wings, ochreous brown- 
ish, coarsely irrorate and shaded with dark scales arranged in short 
transverse striate lines. Basal space, ochreous brownish, suffused 
outwardly by confused linear shadings, limited externally by the 
arcuate transverse anterior line, which latter is ochreous ferrugi- 
nous, preceded by a pale shade line and a diffuse pale purplish 
shade. Median space, bright ochreous brownish, irrorate and 
frosted with pale scales so as to leave the costa and a central shade 
APRIL, 1867. 33 Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. Vot. VIII. 


454 Notes on the Lepidoptera of America. 


clear ochreous brownish. A small black discal dot, surrounded by 
a pale purplish shade, situate approximate to the t. a. line. Trans- 
verse posterior line, broad, distinct, dark ochreous brown, with an 
internal, narrow, whitish line, followed bya blackish shade. This 
internal narrow whitish line might be regarded as the t. p. line 
itself and described as preceded by a broad, distinct, even, dark 
ochreous brown shade band and followed by a blackish shade. The 
t. p. line, as usual, is dentatedly projected below costa, on which the 
whitish shade is a little diffuse. Apices blackish. Outside of the 
t. p. line, the external space is thickly irrorate and washed with a 
pale purplish shade. A whitish, irregular, sub-terminal shade 
band, very narrow at apices, and everywhere diffuse and indistinct. 
External margin, below the falcated apices, narrowly lined with 
bright ochreous ferruginous. The very short fringe is whitish. 
External margin, shaped much as in D. varus; apices falcated, 
below which the margin is evenly rounded to internal angle. 
Secondaries, resembling primaries in appearance and coloration. 
At base, ochreous brownish, transversely irrorate. A median line, 
corresponding to the t, p. lime of anterior wings and similarly 
colored and constituted, but wanting the exterior blackish shade. 
Outside of the median line, the wide terminal space is washed with 
an indistinct purplish shade and confusedly transversely shaded and 
irrorate. An indistinct, nearly obsolete, pale subterminal shade. 
External margin, from immediately below apices to just before 
anal angle, bright ochreous ferruginous, as on primaries. Under 
surface, resembling upper, washed with purplish and evenly and 
thickly irrorate with black. A common narrow whitish line cross- 
ing both wings and analogous to the t. p. and median lines of the 
upper surface. Terminal whitish shades; the external margin is 
edged with bright ochreous ferruginous as on upper surface. 


Expanse, 2, 1.35 inch. Length of body, 0.45 inch. 
Habitat—Atlantie District. (West Virginia !) 


This species may be distinguished from D, varus, by the 
darker shaded and mottled wings, and especially by the whitish 
common line of the under surface. 


Notes on the Lepidoptera of America. 455 
Exxorra, Zreitschke. 
Eliopia bibularia, n. s. 
(Plate 15A, fig. 8, 2 .) 


4. Wings, delicate, thinly scaled, pale testaceous grey, much 
clouded by darker irrorations which are composed of pale brown- 
ish or blackish scales gathered into short transverse streaks. An- 
terior wings with the external margin rounded, improminently 
exserted at the extremity of the second median nervule. A trans- 
verse anterior line, outwardly arcuate and slightly projected supe- 
riorly, preceded by an obsolete pale shade which is nothing but 
the ground color of the wing partially free from irrorations. A 
linear transverse discal mark. A transverse posterior line, round- 
edly and slightly outwardly projected at about first median nervule, 
and succeeded by a narrow pale coincident shade, analogous to that 
preceding the transverse anterior line. Sub-terminally, the wing 
is irregularly and partially free from irrorations; thus a pale trans- 
verse shade is formed, most prominent over second and third m. ner- 
vules. The transverse lines are pale blackish or brownish, and but 
little darker than the irrorations. Where the lines cross the 
“veins,” these are longitudinally marked with darker scales. 
Secondaries, resembling primaries; a median dark line, corre- 
sponding to the transverse posterior line of the primaries and fol- 
lowed by a similar narrow pale coincident shade. Sub-terminally, 
as on the primaries, the wing is very partially and irregularly 
deprived of irrorations. External margin, rounded, with no per- 
ceptible angulation. Faint traces of a discal mark; this, like that 
on the primaries, is merely composed of an aggregation of the 
irrorations with which the wings are clouded. The short fringes 
are silky and concolorous with the wings. Under surface, clear 
greyish testaceous, without irrorations except obsoletely on costa 
and diffusely along external margins. There are no markings, the 
~ delicacy of the wings causing the marblings and lines of the upper 
surface to be faintly reflected. 

Head, ochreous ; antennae, finely plumose, antennal stalk, above, 
clothed partly with ochreous scales. Prothorax, ochreous; thorax, 


456 Notes on the Lepidoptera of America. 


patagia, and abdomen, concolorous with the wings, but the latter 
is stained with ochreous laterally and beneath. Legs, testaceous ; 
middle and fore tibiae and tarsi, brownish; hind tibiae with two 
pairs of rather short sub-equal spurs. 


Expanse, 6, 1.60 inch. Length of body, 0.60 inch. 


?. Resembles the male, but the ochreous caputal tinges are 
wanting. The color of the wings is more purely grey, wanting all 
testaceous tinges; the irrorations are less aggregated along the 
borders of the wings than in the opposite sex. The external mar- 
gin of the anterior wings is less rounded and the angulation is more 
prominent than in the male. The external margins of the seconda- 
ries are slightly produced at the extremity of the second median 
nervule. Antennae, simple. 


Expanse, 2, 1.50 inch. Length of body, 0.60 inch. 


Habitat.—Atlantie District. (Penna. !) 


Larger than E. flegitiaria, Gwenée, which it resembles rather 
than the common E, fiscellaria, Gueneée, though of the size of 
this latter, from which it differs by its different color and less 
prominently angulated external margins of the wings. 


Eliopia pellucidaria, n. s. 
(Plate 154A, fig. 9, 9 .) 


¢. Head, obscure ochreous, more brightly colored behind; 
antennae, plumose. Thorax and abdomen, obscure greyish, with 
an ochreous tinge. Anterior and middle legs, darker colored than 
hind pair, which latter have the tibiae armed with two pairs of 
rather short sub-equal spurs. Under surface of body, greyish 
testaceous. 

Wings, rather silky, sub-diaphanous, pale brownish grey, with 
obsolete irrorations which hardly disturb the uniformity of the 
general color. Anterior wings with the external margin rounded, 
very slightly produced at the extremity of the 2d m. nervule, and 
crossed by two transverse ordinary lines which are of a darker 


Notes on the Lepidoptera of America. 457 


color than the rest of the wing and not sharply defined, rather 
indistinct. The outer line is but slightly sinuous. An obsolete 
discal spot on the cross vein, hardly apparent. Secondaries resem- 
bling primaries, crossed by a median shade line corresponding to 
the transverse posterior line of anterior wings. The external mar- 
gin improminently produced. Under surface resembling upper, 
and without markings, except that the ornamentation of the upper 
surface is reflected owing to the thinness of the wings. 


Expanse, 6, 1.60 inch. Length of body, 0.50 inch. 


?. Resembles the male, but is a little darker ; the ordinary lines 
on the primaries are visibly more approximate; this is caused by 
the removal of the transverse anterior line nearer to the extremity 
of the discal cell. The angulations of the external margin are, as 
usual, more evident than in the opposite sex. The irrorations are 
rather more apparent along the external margin than in the male. 
Antennae simple. 


Expanse, 2,1.50 inch. Length of body, 0.60 inch. 


Habitat.—Atiantic District. (Penna. !) 


Closely allied to E. bibularia, nob., but distinguishable by 
the less prominent irrorations, the darker color, the more dif- 
fuse and improminent transverse lines, the different position 
of the first transverse line of the 2 primaries, and by the pecu- 
liar pellucid appearance of the wings, which, while it has 
prompted the specific name, has reminded us of the Bombycid 
Anisota pellucida. 


Ellopia endropiaria, n. s. 


(Plate 15A, fig. 10, 2 .) 


2. Head, thorax, and abdomen, pale whitish ochreous. Above, 
the thorax a little darker than elsewhere. Antennae, simple, and, 
with the legs, nearly concolorous with the body. 

Wings, whitish ochreous, evenly sprinkled with pale ochreous 
irrorations. Anterior wings, produced at the apices and promi- 


458 Notes on the Lepidoptera of America. 


nently projected at external marginal extremity of second median 
nervule. Three, narrow, faint, sub-parallel, transverse lines cross 
the wing, of which the outer, crossing the nervules, is the least 
distinctly defined. The middle line runs slightly obliquely from 
costa to internal margin, just beyond the discal cell, crossing the 
median nervure at about the point at which the second and third 
m. nervules are thrown off together. Posterior wings, resem- 
bling anterior, crossed by a distinct median line, the latter corre- 
sponding to the middle line of the primaries. An outer line, pro- 
minently angulated at the middle of the wing, arising on costa at 
a point about midway between the apex and the inception of the 
middle line, and joining internal margin at about the same point 
with the latter. Fringes, on both pair of wings, pale ochreous, a 
little darker than the wings. The external margin of the seconda- 
ries is prominently medially projected. 

Under surface, a little paler than upper surface; the irrorations 
are obsolete; the two outer lines of the upper surface are here 
reproduced. 


Expanse, 2, 1.55 inch. Length of body, 0.50 inch. 
Habitat.—Atiantic District. (Penna. !) 


The palest species of the genus known to us. In the shape 
of the wings it is allied to E. fiscellaria, Guwenée. The wings ~ 
are slightly silky, but not so diaphanous as in the other species 
of the genus. The greater number of transverse lines on the 
primaries and their nearly straight and sub-parallel course, will 
distinguish this species from its congeners; the peculiar angu- 
lation of the outer line on the secondaries, following the out- 
line of the external margin, though considerably removed, is 
suggestive of the ornamentation of certain species of Endro- 
pia. In describing these species of Ellopia, the nervule emit- 
ted from the discal cross vein, is regarded as the first median 
nervule. The angulation of the external margin takes place 
at the extremity of what might be considered the median ner- 
vure itself, but which is here assumed as the second median 


Notes on the Lepidoptera of America. 459 


nervule, and regarded as thrown off at the same point with 
the third m. nervule from the main nervure. From Mr. 
Walker’s descriptions in this genus, none of the above described 
species of Ellopia can be properly referred as intended by the 
British Entomologist. 


Evprruecta, Curtis. 
Lupithecia geminata. 


Larentia geminata, nobis, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil., Vol. 6, p. 29, 
Plate 3, fig. 6, 3 (May, 1866). 


Eupithecia anguilineata, n. s. 


(Plate 16, fig. 12, @.) 


4. Head, greenish white; a narrow black frontal line before 
antennal insertion; antennae, simple, blackish, finely closely and 
regularly sub-annulate with whitish. Thorax, above, greenish ; 
latterly, the tegulae are distinctly marked with black. Abdomen, 
cinereous, as long as internal margin of secondaries, with superior 
blackish segmentary linear marks. Labial palpi, black at the tips, 
whitish beneath. Under thoracic and abdominal parts, whitish 
cinereous. Legs, cinereous; tibiae and tarsi, black, constrictedly 
sub-annulate with whitish. 

Anterior wings, whitish, everywhere prominently shaded with 
green of an olivaceous tinge, and with black and powdery mark- 
ings. At extreme base, a black nervular mark. <A broken, narrow, 
black, transverse basal line, succeeded by a broad distinct oliva- 
ceous green shade, in turn followed by a powdery band of black 
scales, more distinct on costa and hardly attaining internal margin 
and which precedes an excavate, narrow, black, transverse anterior 
line, the latter obsolete before internal margin. Median space 
with a distinct anterior greenish transverse shade, which fuses, on 
internal margin, with the first distinct similarly colored transverse 
shade. A narrow median black line, marked by black dots on the 
“veins,” and apt to become obsolete on the dise and superiorly ; 
below the median nervure this forms a more or less evident 


460 Notes on the Lepidoptera of America. 


Transverse posterior line, distinct, black, regularly sinuate or 
S-shaped, preceded on the dise by a black discal dash, and followed 
rather broadly inferiorly, by a black powdery shade. Costa dotted 
with black. Sub-terminally are one or two greenish olivaceous 
transverse shade bands. Sub-terminal’ line, geminate, narrow, 
blackish, powdery, twice very broadly marked opposite the dise. 
Terminally, the wing is shaded with olivaceous and, inferiorly, with 
powdery blackish on the interspaces. A very distinct and neat 
series of black points arranged in pairs at the extremity of the 
nervules. Fringes, greyish. Under surface, cinereous; “ veins” 
somewhat darker marked; no markings, except a discal dot, and 
that the thinness of the squamation allows some of the markings 
of the upper surface to be perceived. 

Posterior wings, pale cinereous; a darker terminal shade, within 
which are traces of two cinereous lines; a slight discal dot on 
the cross vein. Beneath, clear pale cinereous; a distinct discal 
dot on the cross vein; outside of disc are traces of two cinereous 
bands, the outer of which is indicated by darker scales on the 
nervules; terminally, shaded with darker cinereous. 


9. Resembles the 6 ; the secondaries are darker cinereous and 
a 
nearly unicolorous ; a narrow terminal dark line. 


Expanse, 6 and 2, 1.25 inch. Length of body, 0.45 inch. 
Habitat.—Atlantic District. (Mass.! to Penna. !) 
Ciparia, 7; SRR 
Cidaria cumatilis, mn. s. 


(Plate 16, fig. 13, 9 .) 
Chloroclysta cumatilis, G. & R., IS. 


©. Head, whitish; labial palpi, black, marked with white at 
tips and towards the base. Antennae, simple; above, black, very 
closely narrowly and neatly sub-annulate with whitish. Thorax, 
whitish cinereous. Abdomen, above, blackish cinereous; beneath, 
whitish. Legs, cinereous; tarsi and tibiae, black, constrictedly 
sub-annulate with whitish. 


Notes on the Lepidoptera of America. 461 


Anterior wings, whitish, with transverse wavy or dentate bluish 
green shade bands of unequal width. Base, bluish green, with a 
basal brownish sinuate line not attaining internal margin. The 
basal bluish green space is outwardly limited by a narrow sinuate 
brown line accompanied by ochraceous powdery scales. An ante- 
median whitish space, traversed medially by a dentate, bluish 
green, transverse shade. A concise, darker margined, median blu- 
ish green shade band, excavate along the edges, produced out- 
wardly below the discal cell and margined mwardly by a transverse 
deep brown line accompanied by ochreous scales and more dis- 
tinctly marked on costa. This median band is margined outwardly 
by an irregular line of a deeper bluish green hue than the band 
itself and marked with brownish on costa. A distinct black discal 
mark. A post-median, transverse, whitish band, analogous to its 
ante-median predecessor, but more distinct and prominent, tra- 
versed medially by a narrow dentate bluish green shade band, bent 
outwardly opposite to the outward projection of the median band, 
which influences its shape. Outwardly limiting this whitish band, 
is a deep brown line accompanied by ochreous powdery scales, rather 
irregular and partially obsolete. Beyond this, the wing is again 
bluish green with a whitish, narrow, sub-terminal line, prominently 
zigzag below costa and followed and preceded by brown scales 
which appear at irregular intervals, and accompanied, as usual, by 
powdery ochreous scales. A terminal, distinct, black, marginal 
line, broken into geminate points at the extremity of the nervules, 
where, also, the fringe, which is elsewhere whitish, is interrupted 
with blackish. Under surface, testaceous, without prominent 
markings and suffused with a reddish shade; a discal dot; costal 
dots; base of the wings, dark, reflecting the bluish green shades 
of the upper surface ; terminally, two outwardly oblique, discon- 
tinued, parallel, dark shade lines. 

Posterior wings, cinereous, with a faint reddish tinge, immacu- 
late; a broken, narrow, distinct, terminal black line along external 
margin ; fringe, pale cinereous. Under surface, more prominently 
ruddy ; a black discal dot and narrow terminal line; fringes, dot- 
ted with black at extremity of nervules, where the black terminal 
line is interrupted. 


462 Notes on the Lepidoptera of America. 
Expanse, 2,1.00 inch. Length of body, 0.40 inch. 
Halitat.—Atlantic District. (Buffalo, N. Y. !) 

Cidaria atricolorata, mn. s. 


- (Plate 16, fig. 14, 2 .) 


Lygris atricolorata, G. & R., MS. 
LHustroma atricolorata, “ s 
Larentia atricolorata,  ‘ s 


¢ and 2. Front, black, with pale olivaceous whitish scales mar- 
gining the eyes. Palpi, pale obscure olivaceous; second joint 
blackish outwardly. Head, behind, pale, with a black spot on ver- 
tex between the antennae. Thoracic disc with a median, very 
narrow, pale line. Tegulae, black, margined inwardly by pale lines 
meeting in front. Abdomen, above, black, with a median, longi- 
tudinal, very narrow, pale line; segments edged posteriorly with 
pale scales. Beneath, obscure dirty olivaceous, mixed with black- 
ish 5 tarsi and tibiae, sub-annulate. 

Anterior wings, deep velvety black. Black at base; a narrow 
pale sub-basal line directed obliquely outwardly, angulated on inter- 
nal nervure, thence running inwardly to internal margin. Extra- 
basal space, black. Transverse anterior line, prominent, narrow, 
pale, preceded by a coincident fainter line of olivaceous atoms, 
directed outwardly obliquely to the interspace above internal ner- 
vure, at which place it stretches entirely across the black median 
space joining the transverse posterior line, and is here angulated, 
forming, below this point, a single deep and rounded excavation 
to internal margin. In some specimens this division of the median 
space, by the fusion of the two transverse median lines, is very 
prominently accomplished; the median space being thereby 
divided into a larger, sub-quadrate, black field, and a smaller, 
rounded space on internal margin. The transverse posterior 
line is followed by a linear olivaceous powdery line, promi- 
nently scolloped inferiorly on the interspaces. Sub-terminal space, 
black; the “veins” on extra-basal and sub-terminal spaces are 
longitudinally marked with olivaceous shades. A white, sub-ter- 


Notes on the Lepidoptera of America. 463 


minal line emerges from apex and runs inwardly obliquely until 
opposite the disc, where it is joined by a white line intersecting the 
sub-terminal black space superiorly. After this fusion, the sub- 
terminal line is outwardly lunulate twice between the m. nervules, 
running straightly over the interspace above internal nervure, 
where it terminates, accompanied inwardly by double lunules on 
this last interspace. Terminally, the wing is black; the second to 
fourth m. nervules are marked and accompanied by olivaceous 
scales. An even, pale, terminal line, bordered outwardly by a very 
narrow black line, lies directly on external margin; fringes, oliva- 
ceous cinereous, darker at base, obsoletely interrupted with black- 
ish at extremity of nervules. 

Posterior wings, blackish cinereous; a median sinuate line, 
shaded outwardly with pale scales and more distinctly marked 
towards internal margin ; a sub-terminal white line, slightly lunu- 
late on the interspaces inferiorly ; the second to fourth m. nervules 
marked and accompanied by olivaceous scales. A terminal, even, 
pale line, followed by a narrow black line, as on primaries; fringes, 
olivaceous cinereous, darker at base, obsoletely interrupted with 
blackish at extremity of nervules. 

Under surface, blackish cinereous; wings, at base, closely 
powdered with obscure ochreous olivaceous scales. An angulated, 
dark, post-discal line crosses both wings; this is followed on pri- 
maries by a coincident ochreous shade, obsolete inferiorly below 
the angulation. A distinct, sub-terminal series of interspaceal 
ochreous spots crosses both wings. Black discal spots, most dis- 
tinct on secondaries. 


Expanse, 4 and 2,1.45 inch. Length of body, 0.50 inch. 


Habitat.—Atlantic District. (Mass.! to Va. !) 


This superb species varies, as noted in the body of the 
description, in the constriction of the black median space, 
owing to the course of the pale median lines below the median 
nervure. C,. atricolorata, nobis, is allied to and congeneric 
with, the European C. prunata. Dr. Herrich-Schaefter, reject- 
ing Cidaria, would include the species under Larentia. Lede- 


464 Notes on the Lepidoptera of America. 


rer has adopted Hiibner’s genus Lygris for this and conge- 
neric species. 


Family, PY RALIDAE. 
Pantoararua, Lederer. 


Pantographa limata, n. s. 


(Plate 16, figs. 16, ¢ , 17, 9 a) 


4 and 2. Head, yellowish white; labial palpi, twice marked 
with blackish externally. ‘Collar,’ yellowish, with two super- 
lateral brownish linear marks; tegulae, yellowish, edged with 
brownish hairs. Abdomen, above, whitish, stained with yellowish ; 
second and pre-anal segments marked across with brownish. In 
the male, the intervening segments are also shaded with brownish, 
while the abdomen is more tapering, slenderer, and longer than in 
the opposite sex. Beneath, the body parts are silvery white; 
anterior legs marked with blackish on the femora outwardly, while 
the tarsi and short tibiae are constrictedly annulate with black. ~ 

Anterior wings, pale yellowish testaceous, with a slight purplish 
hyaline reflection, particularly observable in the male, and much 
stained with dark scales externally. At base stained with yellow; 
an arcuate, brownish, basal line, followed by a similar, broken, 
lunulated extra-basal line which lies midway between the basal and 
ante-median lines; this latter is arcuate, continued, and even. 
Beyond it, the median space shows three distinct annulate spots: 
two on the disc, of which the outer, the larger, more irregular and 
distinct, and the third, situate below the median nervure and super- 
posed by the first spot, is smaller and spherical—both these latter 
are adjacent to the ante-median line, while the outer, second spot 
is removed towards the outward extremity of the discal cell. On 
internal margin, the median space is washed narrowly by the 
external dark shade which spreads straightly upwards (and is lim- 
ited internally by an obsolete line apparent on the under surface) 
over the median nervules and median space externally, and, reach- 
ing no higher than opposite the disc, extends evenly outwardly 
to external margin. A  post-median, finely dentate, outwardly 


Notes on the Lepidoptera of America. 465 


oblique, brown line, is quite distinct from costa to the dark shade 
in which it becomes lost. A lunulate sub-terminal line arises near 
the costa and becomes likewise lost inferiorly in the terminal dark 
shade. A narrow linear dark shade along external margin ; 
fringes, silky, clouded. Posterior wings, yellowish testaceous, 
largely and evenly washed with a dark shade which is limited by 
the whitish color of the costal region, fading outwardly, where the 
wing becomes yellowish. A discal annulate mark, below which a 
second, whitish and unencireled. A single geminate dentate brown 
median line crosses the wing, running suddenly inwardly before 
internal margin, A narrow dark line rests on the external edge ; 
fringes as on primaries. 

Under surface, whitish, with a faint hyaline reflection and obso- 
lete dark broken markings, reproducing certain of the lines and 
spots of the upper surface. 


FExpanse, 4 and 9,1.60. Length of body, ¢, 0.70, ¢, 0.60 
inch. 


Habitat.—Atlantic District. (Mass.! to Va. !) 


Represents the Brazilian Pantographa scripturalis, Lederer, 
in our fauna. P. limata, is much larger, and may be at once 
distinguished by the different markings of the secondaries, 
which want the internal lines and are more evenly colored. 
The external margin of both wings appears to be more evenly 
rounded and less sinuate in either sex of our species. We are 
indebted to W. H. Edwards, Esq., for a number of specimens 
of this species taken in Kanawha Co., West Virginia, in which 
locality the species is of common occurrence. 


Explanations of Plates 15.A and 16. 


1, ¢ Drepanodes puber. 

2, 2 Drepanodes varus. 

3, 2 Drepanodes aquosus. 
4, 4 Endropia vinosaria. 

5, 6 Endropia vinulentaria. 


466 Descriptions of New Species of American Birds. 


6, ¢ Endropia textrinaria. 

7, 6 Endropia arefactaria. 

8, ¢ Ellopia bibularia. 

9, @ Ellopia pellucidaria. 

10, 2° Ellopia endropiaria. 

11, ¢ Ennomos coloradaria. 

12, ¢ Eupithecia anguilineata. 
18, 2 Cidaria cumatilis. 

14, ¢ Cidaria atricolorata. 

15, 6 Melanchroia regnatrix. 
16, ¢ Pantographa limata. 

17, ¢ Pantographa limata. 

18, ¢ Haemorrhagia buffaloensis. 
19, 2 Haemorrhagia buffaloensis. 
20, ¢ Haemorrhagia floridensis. 





XLVI.— Descriptions of New Species of American Birds. 
By Gero. N. LAWRENCE. 


Read May 18, 1867. 
1. Euphonia purpurea. 


Male. Front, throat and upper part of the breast deep golden 
yellow, lower part of breast, abdomen and under tail coverts of a 
lighter yellow ; entire upper plumage, including the wing coverts, 
of a fine violet purple ; tail black, the outer tnree feathers white 
on their inner webs at the end, for half their length on the outer 
two, but much less in extent on the third ; quills black, the second- 
aries have their outer margins dull purplish blue, the bases of the 
inner primaries and secondaries white on the inner webs for three 
quarters their length ; bill and feet black. 


Length 34 in.; wing 2-3,; tail 14; tarsi 5%. 


Habitat.—South America, precise locality unknown. 


Descriptions of New Species of American Birds. 467 


Remarks.—It comes nearest to /. violacea, but is smaller, 
and the upper plumage is entirely of a violet purple, most like 
the color which prevails on the hind neck only of that species, 
but of a deeper and redder tint. 


2, Buarremon flavovirens. 


? Entire upper plumage, including the tail, of a clear yellowish 
green; the inner webs of the quill-feathers are blackish brown ; 
under-plumage of a greenish yellow, deeper in color on the chin ; 
bill blackish horn color, the under mandible whitish at base; legs 
dark brown. 


Length 6 in.; wing 332; tail 23; bill 4; tarsi 3. 
Habitat.—Ecuador. 


Remarks.—In its almost entire uniformity of color, this spe- 
cies seems to differ from all others of the genus. 


3. Pytilus (Caryothraustes) humeralis. 


Top of the head and hind neck dark plumbeous, the upper 
plumage besides, of a clear yellowish green ; tail and quill-feathers 
brownish black, with their margins similar in color to the back; 
the shoulder and the smaller wing coverts are bright yellow; outer 
edge of wing and under wing coverts paler yellow; chin, upper 
part and sides of the throat, grayish white, each feather with a 
narrow terminal band of black; ear coverts blackish ; entire under- 
plumage of a clear grayish plumbeous, washed on the sides with 
yellowish green; crissum bright yellow; under mandible grayish 
horn color, except along the edges and at the point, where it is 
black, of which color also is the upper mandible ; feet black. 


Length about 7 in.; wing 3%; tail 34; tarsi 3. 
Habitat.—New Granada, St. Fé de Bogota. 


Remarks.--In. distribution of colors, this does not resemble 


468 Descriptions of New Species of American Birds. 


any other species with which I am acquainted ; its dimensions 
are much like those of P. poliogaster, and the bill is of about 
the same size as in that species, but a trifle smaller. 


4. Philvdor virgatus. 


The feathers of the head above, hind neck and back, and also 
of the sides of the head and of the neck, are blackish brown, with 
a clear ochreous stripe down the centre of each, the lower part of 
the back is of a dull rusty olivaceous brown, the upper tail coverts 
deep reddish cinnamon; the tail deep cinnamon, not so bright as 
the coverts; the wings are dull cinnamon brown, with the inner 
webs of the primaries, and the ends of the secondaries brownish 
black ; the under wing coverts, and inner margins of quills light 
cinnamon; the chin and throat are pale fawn color, with faint 
brownish edgings to the feathers, on the lower part of the throat 
the feathers are of a light brownish color, striped down their 
centres with pale fawn; on the breast the feathers are of a deeper 
fawn color with dusky edges; the abdomen, sides and under tail 
coverts are of an olivaceous brown, lighter than the lower part of 
the back, with rather indistinct paler centres to the feathers; bill 
brownish black, with the lower part of the under mandible yellow ; 
‘“‘irides brown ;”’ feet brown. 


Length 7£ in; wing 31; tail 34; bill 7; tarsi 3%. 
Habitat.—Costa Rica, Angostura. 
7s 


Typein Mus. Smith. Institution, No. 42,959, collected by J. 
Carmiol, Oct. 7, 1866. 


o. Thamnophilus tenuifasciatus. 


Male. Deep black, the crown and front are marked with minute 
spots of grayish white, which are sparse on the crown, the upper 
plumage is crossed with very narrow white lines, on the under sur- 
face the white transverse lines are broader and strongly defined, 
the throat and sides of the head are striped longitudinally with 


Descriptions of New Species of American Birds. 469 


grayish white; the tail is black, marked with ten narrow white 
bars on each web, reaching almost to the shaft ; the outer webs of 
the quills are black with white spots, the inner webs are smoky 
black with grayish white bars; some of the outer primaries and 
most of the secondaries have their outer webs bright rufous, which 
probably is an indication that the specimen is not quite adult; 
upper mandible black, the under dark horn color ; feet black. 


Length 6} in.; wing 3,3,; tail 214 


-hh 9 . ray 7 
fs 3 11; bill =>; ; tarsi 7. 


Labitat.—Ecuador, Napo River. 


Lemarks.—This species belongs to the group represented by 
7. doliatus, but I think is quite distinet from that and all its 
allies. The transverse lines are narrow, and more clearly 
defined than in any of the others. 


6. Thamnophilus nigrescens. 


Male. Intense black, the feathers of the crest largely white at 
the base, it is marked both above and below with rather narrow 
transverse white bars, the throat and sides of the head have longi- 
tudinal white markings, these are quite small on the cheeks; the 
quill-feathers and tail are black, marked with roundish white spots, 
six pairs are on every feather of the latter, occupying each web ; 


bill and feet black. 


Length 6 in.; wing 24; tail 23; tarsi 1 ; bill 3. 
The female closely resembles those of the allied species, but is of 
a darker rufous below. 


Habitat.—V enezuela. 


Lemarks.—Two specimens of the male and one of the female, 
were placed in my hands for examination by my friend Mr. 
John Cassin. 

This species also belongs to the same group as the preced- 
ing, but strikingly differs in its much blacker appearance, 
MAY, 1867. 34 Ann. Lyo. Nat. Hist. Vor, VIII 


470 Descriptions of New Species of American Birds. 


without the grayish character which prevails in the under- 
plumage of its allies. 


7. Wvyiodymastes superciliaris. 


Male. Upper plumage greenish olive, the crest gamboge yellow, 
the front, sides of the crown, and ends of the yellow crest feathers 
dusky olive, the front mixed with grayish white; a broad super- 
ciliary white stripe runs from the bill to the hind head ; the lores 
and sides of the head black, adjoining the throat dusky olive ; 
there is a short white stripe on the side of the head, under the ear 
coverts ; the upper tail coverts are of a darker olive than the back, 
and edged with ferruginous ; tail brown with light rufous margins 
to the feathers; entire under plumage gamboge yellow, except the 
chin, which is grayish white; the wing coverts olive brown, the 
primary and secondary quills blackish brown, margined narrowly 
with ferruginous, the tertiaries are edged with yellowish white ; 
under wing coverts yellow, inner margins of quills salmon color ; 
bill and feet black. 


. ] . 7 fs ’ 5 - hi 13. 43 
Length 9 in. ; wing 41; tail 3; bill 12; tarsi 2. 


Habitat.—Costa Rica, Barranea. Collected by F. Carmiol, 
April 10, 1865. 
Type in Mus. Smith. Institution, No. 41,429. 


femarks.—In. size and coloration this species most resem- 
bles AL. chrysocephalus (Tsch.) from Peru, but in that the bill 
is stouter, the feathers surrounding the crest and on the sides 
of the head are of a clear ash color, the throat is buffy or pale 
salmon, and the feathers of the breast have their centres 
olivaceous. 


8. Aglzactis olivaceocauda, 


Upper plumage of a fine dark brown, with the lower part of the 
back and the rump brilliant violet (looked at reversely), changing 
to green on the lower portion; on the hind neck the feathers are 


Descriptions of New Species of American Birds. 471 


mixed with dull rufous; the tail is of a rich bronzed olive, with the 
bases of the feathers under the coverts, and the inner margins of 
the inner webs, nearly to their ends, cinnamon; wings bronzed 
olive brown, the primaries purplish at their ends, the outer web of 
the first primary and the under wing coverts cinnamon; upper 
part of throat, sides of the head and of the throat brown; lores 
and a narrow line over the eye dull cinnamon; neck in front 
and upper part of breast rather light cinnamon; breast and 
abdomen dark brown, the elongated feathers on the former ending 
with light cinnamon, the abdomen is intermixed with dull cinna- 
mon ; under tail coverts pale cinnamon ; bill black, with the base of 
the under mandible yellowish ; feet blackish brown, the soles pale 
yellow. 


, 3 in? wi 1. } > bhi 1 
Length 43 in.; wing 34; tail 21, ; bill 14. 


Habitat.—Peru. 


Type specimen in Mus, Smith. Institution, No. 39,931. 

‘Two specimens examined were in a collection of birds made 
in Peru, by Walter S. Church, Esq., of New York, and pre- 
sented to the Smith. Inst. One was obtained at Matara, De- 
partment of Ayacucha, the other at Moyabamba, Department 
of Cuzco. 

Remarks. 


others of the genus ; the brilliant colors on the rump are much 





This does not appear to resemble closely any 


the same asin A. cupreipennis and A. wquatorialis, but darker, 
the only cinnamon color at all conspicuous, is a patch on the 
neck in front, whereas cuwpreipennis and equatorialis, also par- 
vula and caumatomata, have the entire under surface bright cin- 
namon; it likewise differs from all these in the color of the 
tail, in which no cinnamon shows, except just at the base and 
on the inner edges of the feathers for three-quarters their 
length, while in the species above named, the whole of the 
inner webs of the tail-feathers (except the two central) are of 
this color; the other two members of this genus, A. Pamela 
and A. Castelnaudi, have the body brownish black, with the 


472 Descriptions of New Species of American Birds. 


lengthened feathers on the chest white, one has the rump 
green and the other purple, both have considerable cinnamon 
color in their tails. 

The one now described, can readily be distinguished from 
all, by its olive-colored tail. 


9. Heliomaster spectabilis. 


The crown is of a dull brown without lustre, remainder of upper 
plumage of a shining dark grass green ; central tail-feathers of a dark 
rather dull bronzy green, the others greenish at base with a broad 
subterminal black bar, and the ends grayish white, this last color 
most in extent on the outer feathers; the smaller and middle wing 
coverts colored like the back, the larger coverts dull purple, the 
quills purplish brown; the entire under plumage is of a dull grayish 
brown color, with an ochreous tinge ; sides dull green with a white 
pleural spot ; under tail coverts dull green, with grayish margins ; 
bill black ; feet pale yellow. 


Length 53 in.; wing 35; tail 14; bill 14. 
falbitat.—Costa Rica. 


Lemarks.—TVhis is much the largest of the genus, and seen s 
to differ from all its allies in the absence of brilliant coloring 
on either the crown or throat; I think it is certainly adult, 
and not an immature bird; all the young birds of the other 
species of this genus, examined by me, have their throats 
black before the brilliant colors are developed; judging from 
analogy, I conclude therefore that this species does not possess 
a brilliant throat; the sex is not given, it may be a female and 
the male may have a shining crown, but in this specimen 
there are no indications of any; it is also without the longi- 
tudinal white mark on the rump, the white spot behind the 
eye, and the stripe of a similar color on the side of the throat, 
existing in all the others. 

This was received with some other birds from Costa Rica 


Descriptions of New Species of American Birds, 473 


by Alfred C. Garsia, Esq., Consul for the Republic of Costa 
Rica at Boston, who kindly permitted me to take it from the 
collection, together with some other species I desired to 
possess. 


10. Passerculus guttatus. 


Male. The plumage above is of a dull grayish brown, the centres 
of the feathers blackish ; a stripe of pale yellow runs from the bill 
to the eye, a longer stripe of pale yellow extends from the under 
mandible down the side of the throat, the throat is white, and is 
separated from the yellow stripe by a line of dark brown spots ; 
tail and wings umber brown, the latter margined with dull pale 
fulvous; breast, upper part of abdomen, and sides, conspicuously 
marked with elongated spots of dark brown, the lower part of the 
abdomen white; the under tail coverts white, sparingly streaked 
with brown; bill dusky yellow, the culmen dark brown; “iris 
dark brown, legs pale brown.” 


“Length 5.15; wing 2.60; ” tail 2; tarsi 12. 


Habitat——Lower California, San José. Collected by John 
Xantus, December, 1859. 


Spec. in Mus. Smith. Ins. No. 26,615. 

Remarks.—In the size and form of its bill only, this species 
resembles P. rostratus, above it is very much darker, and differs 
from all its allies in the obscure grayish coloring of these parts 
with no reddish brown, and in having its under plumage more 
closely and fully spotted. 


411i. Zonotrichia melanotis. 


Male. <A line of grayish white runs through the centre of the 
crown, from the base of the upper mandible to the hind neck, nar- 
row on the front and becoming wider behind; this is bordered on 
each side by a broad band of black, extending from the bill over 
the crown and hind neck; along the edge of the crown on each 


474 Descriptions of New Species of American Birds. 


side, a broad grayish white band runs from the upper mandible 
over the eye to the hind neck; adjoining, a wide band of black 
extends on each side of the head, from the bill through the middle 
of and below the eye, including the ear coverts; feathers of the 
hind neck ashy gray, with blackish brown centres, the feathers of 
the back are of a rather bright rufous, with lighter edges, and each 
marked down the centre with an elongated spot of blackish brown, 
lower part of back and rump light brownish rufous; upper tail 
coverts of the same color as the rump, but with dark centres and 
pale margins; under plumage grayish white, sides of the lower 
part of the neck and of the upper part of the breast cinereous, a 
lighter shade of this color extending across the lower part of the 
neck, the sides, lower abdomen, and under tail coverts washed 
with pale rufous; the tail is of a reddish brown, with pale narrow 
margins ; the wing coverts are colored like the back ; the quills are 
dark brown, the primaries with pale rufous gray edgings, the 
secondaries with dull rufous, and the tertiaries with broad margins 
of bright rufous ; upper mandible black, the under yellowish white 


with the tip dusky; “iris brown ;” legs yellowish. 
Length (fresh) 7 in.; wing 3; tail 345 tarsi 153-16. 


Habitat.—Western Mexico, Plains of Colima. Collected 
by John Xantus, June, 1868. 


Specimens in Mus. Smith. Inst. No. of Type, 31,827. 

Remurks.—This is a very fine and well marked species, it 
has a large billand may be readily known by the four strongly 
defined black stripes on the head, separated by the three gray- 
ish white ones. 


12. Coturmiculus mexicanus. 


Female. The feathers of the plumage above have their centres 
of a dull rufous brown with ashy gray margins; the tail-feathers 
are livery brown edged with gray; quills brown with dull pale 
rufous gray margins; front edge of wing light yellow; under 
plumage ashy white, tinged with pale brownish rufous, brightest 


Descriptions of New Species of American Birds. 475 


on the breast, sides and under tail coverts, middle of abdomen 
white; the upper mandible is hazel brown above, the under man- 
dible and the cutting edges of the upper, dusky yellowish white ; 
“iris brown; ” legs dull orange yellow. 


Length (fresh) 54 in. ; wing 23; tail 24; tarsi 3. 
fTabitat.—W estern Mexico, Plains of Colima. 


Collected by John Xantus, June, 1863. 
Specimen in Mus. Smith. Inst. Type, No. 31,825. 
Leemarks. 





This is a Northern form of C. manimbe and @. 
peruanus, in colors it most resembles the former; in C. peru- 
anus the coloring is darker and clearer than in either of them, 
the yellow on the edge of the wing and of the spot in front of 
the eye, being particularly bright; the new species is much 
the largest, both the wing and tail being fully half an inch 
longer, it is also without the yellow spot before the eye, exist- 
ing in the other two. 


13. Hadrostomus albiventris. 


Male. Front and lores grayish brown, rest of crown and hind 
neck black, forming a distinct cap, remainder of upper plumage of 
a rather light bluish cinereous; sides of the neck and a not very 
distinct cervical band ashy gray; tail bluish cinereous, a little 
darker than the back, with very narrow paler edges to the 
feathers ; quills blackish brown, with grayish margins ; under wing 
coverts white, axillars with a pale ochreous tinge ; under plumage 
grayish white, nearly pure on the chin, abdomen and under tail 
coverts, ashy on the breast and sides, with a rose-colored spot on 
the throat; bill plumbeous black, whitish at the end; legs dark 
plumbeous. 


Length (fresh) 64 in.; wing 33; tail 24; tarsi 42. 


The female has the crown marked as in the male, but it is 
lighter, being of a dull ashy black ; back and smaller wing coverts 
olive brown, with a rufous tinge; a distinct nuchal collar of pale 


476 Descriptions of New Species of American Birds. 


rufous ; tail brownish rufous, with brighter rufous margins ; wings 
blackish brown, edged with rufous; middle and larger wing 
coverts rufous; inside of wings pale cinnamon; under surface 
grayish white, washed with pale cinnamon, darker on the sides and 
somewhat dusky on the breast. 


Habitat.—W estern Mexico, Plains of Colima: 


Collected by John Xantus, January, 1863. 

Types in Mus. Smith. Ins., No. of @, 29,402, of 2, 30,126. 

Remarks.—This differs from the allied species in the much 
lighter character of its plumage, both above and underneath, 
the rose color on the neck in front is of a lighter shade than in 
H. affinis, and more restricted. 


14. Ortyx graysoni. 


Male. Front, lores, a broad superciliary stripe extending to the 
hind neck, sides of the head and entire throat pure white ; a line of 
black extends back from the eye, and encircles the white of the 
cheeks and of the lower part of the throat, forming a narrow collar 
across the breast ; the entire under plumage besides is of a bright 
reddish chestnut, the flanks are marked with round white spots 
partly surrounded with black ; the under tail coverts are whitish at 
their ends and striped with black along their shafts; crown and 
hind neck blackish brown, intermixed with dark rufous and small 
spots of white, lower part of neck behind blotched with reddish 
chestnut, connecting with the same color on the breast; back, 
wings and upper tail coverts handsomely variegated with blackish 
brown, gray and white, the upper part of the back in addition in- 
termixed with chestnut ; tail of a rather light bluish cinereous, with 
the two central feathers and the ends of the others, finely freckled 
with dark brown, ashy gray and whitish; quills of a light umber 
brown edged with grayish white; bill black; “irides brown; ” 
tarsi and toes yellowish brown. 


Length of skin about 8 in.; wing 44; tail 245 tarsi 1%. 


Habitat.—W estern Mexico, Guadalaxara. 


Descriptions of New Species of American Birds. 477 


Collected by Col. A. J. Grayson. No, of type, 42,562. 

fLtemarks. —This Partridge, in its general appearance, 
resembles O. pectoralis, but is rather larger, it specially differs 
from that species, in there being no black before the eye, and 
in having a narrow black collar below the white throat, 
instead of a large black patch extending on the breast as in 
O. pectoralis. I consider it but a well-merited compliment to 
name it after its discoverer, who continues his explorations 
at localities seldom visited. 


15. Saltator plumbiceps, Baird, MS. 


“Male. Upper plumage grayish olive, the head above and at the 
sides cinereous; tail olivaceous; quills dark brown edged with 
ashy gray ; beneath whitish, tinged with gray or brownish gray on 
jugulum and breast, passing behind on the remaining under parts 
into pale fulvous, of which color also are the axillaries; super- 
ciliary line reaching to the nape, bend of the wing and broad 
throat stripe white, the latter margined with a black line and above 
this a light gray one ; irides reddish ; bill and feet dark brown. 


“ Leneth 8 in.; wing 4.; tail 3.75 ; bill from nostrils .56, commis- 
sure .90; tarsus 1.06. 


“ Habitat—Mexico, Mazatlan. Collected by J. Xantus, 
1863. No. of type, 29,372. 


“ This species, as far as I can ascertain, is undescribed, and 
is interesting as being the most northern representative of the 
genus yet discovered. It approaches the Saltator rufiventris 
of Vigors (S. vigorsia of Gray, and, perhaps, of Bonaparte, 
Notes Ornith. 23), and considered perhaps justly to be a 
synonym of S. grandis, but appears to be lighter below, the 
abdomen and crissum by no means rufous, and the super- 
ciliary stripe extending far beyond the eye; it resembles 
typical specimen of grandis in the absence of clear olivaceous 
on the back and wings; it is, however, much paler beneath, 


478 Descriptions of New Species of American Birds. 


the head lighter, the black stripe bordering the throat narrow, 
and with a light line above it; although the wings are longer, 
the bill is smaller, narrower, and much less tumid.” 

Lemarks.—in the color of the back this species is much like 
S. grandis, but is of a lighter olive, the latter species has the 
sides of the head brownish black, the black border to the 
throat much wider, and the under surface very much darker ; 
the new species in its under plumage resembles somewhat S. 
olivascens, but the colors are paler, less cinereous, and the 
tinge of fulvous more diffused. 


16. Pheucticus tibialis, Baird, MS. 


This species has the head, hind neck, lower part of the back, 
rump and entire under plumage of a deep golden yellow, with a 
clouded appearance on the throat and upper part of the breast, 
caused by the feathers underneath being banded with black, below 
which black band there is a yellowish white one on each feather, 
the thighs are black; a broad belt across the middle of the back, 
the tail and wings lustrous black; the upper tail coverts are black 
ending with pale yellow; there is a conspicuous white wing spot 
at the base of the primaries, under wing coverts light yellow ; 
lores smoky black: bill black, the under mandible whitish horn 
color underneath ; tarsi and toes dark brown. 


areas FO use are eet 
Length 9 in.; wing 483; tail 34; tarsi 7. 


Habitat.—Costa Rica, Collected at Eervantes, May, 1866, 
by J. Cooper, and received from Dr. A. von Frantzius. Type, 
No. 42,887. 


Several other specimens are in the Smithsonian Museum 
received from different localities in Costa Rica. 

Remarks.—It bears a general resemblance to P. chryso- 
gaster, but has a shorter and stouter bill; the color is darker 
below, and in chrysogaster there is no concealed black on the 
feathers of the throat; the inner edge of the bend of the wing 


Descriptions of New Species of American Birds. 479 


is black in the new species, and yellow in the other ; the tail is 
immaculate, and the only white on the wing, is a spot at the 
base of the primaries; chrysogaster has large white patches on 
the tail-feathers; and the ends of the wing coverts, of the sec- 
ondaries and of the tertiaries, are largely marked with white. 


I7. Spermophila atriceps, Baird, MS. 


“Male. Head above and at the sides, upper part of back, with a 
pectoral collar, black ; middle part of back, upper tail coverts and 
exposed portion of wings and outer edges of tail, grayish brown, 
with a tinge of olive; lower back and rump, with the under parts 
(interrupted by the black collar) light cinnamon brown, chin and 
throat paler; sides of the neck white, almost meeting behind and 
confluent with the color of the throat ; primaries, except the outer 
three, white at the base, forming a speculum, and edged with ashy 
gray ; inside of wing white ; iris brown; bill and legs blackish. 


“Length 4.50; wing 2.15 ; tail 2; tarsus .60. 


“ Habitat—Mexico, Mazatlan. Collected by Col. A. J. 
Grayson. No. of type, 34,035. 


“The black of the head extends on the nape and on the upper 
part of the back, behind the line of the white interrupted neck 
collar, and is continuous with the black pectoral band, this is 
much widened on the sides of the breast, but narrow in front; 
the quills and tail-feathers are dark brown, edged as described ; 
the speculum is the only white on the wing, 

“The female is uniformly light brownish olive above, 
yellowish cinnamon beneath, the middle of the belly lighter ; 
the breast tinged with olive; the white speculum barely 
appreciable. 

“This species has much resemblance to S. torqueola, in this 
however the whole back, as well as the wings and tail, is 
black, the latter with no edging except an almost unappre- 


480 Descriptions of New Species of American Birds. 


ciable one of brownish; the white speculum is smaller, the 
cinnamon color is more extended on the rump.” 
Remarks. 





Since the above was written many specimens 
have been received at the Smith. Inst., most of them have the 
back entirely olivaceous, without any mixture of black. These 
I consider to be not fully mature; in all other respects, how- 
ever, they agree with the type. As stated by Prof. Baird S. 
torqueola has the back of a uniform black down to the cinna- 
mon color on the rump, without any olivaceous color interven- 
ing as it does in the new species. 


18. Pyrgisoma xantusii, Baird, MS. 


“Male. Top of bead and its sides behind the ear coverts, with 
the nape chestnut; rest of upper parts including wing and tail, 
forehead, cheeks and sides of body dark dull olive; beneath, from 
bill to anus, white ; flanks behind and under tail coverts hight cin- 
namon brown; edge of wing, ring round the eye and a loral spot, 
white ; a somewhat concealed spot in the middle of the breast 
dark ashy olive ; bill black ; feet light brown. 

“ There is scarcely any appreciable edging of lighter to the quills 
and tail-feathers ; the olive of the forehead is not abruptly defined, 
but passes gradually into the chestnut or dark cinnamon of the 
top of the head ; there is a tinge of ashy on the sides of the neck 
and breast; the feathers of the upper part of the breast which 
produce the spot, are of a dark plumbeous olive, on their whole 
outer webs, and white on the inner. 


“Length 7.25; wing 3.25 ; tail 3.15 ; bill above, .63 ; from nostril, 
.43 ; tarsus .96. 


“ Fabitat.—Western Mexico, Plains of Colirra. Collected by 
John Xantus, June, 1863. No. of type, 31,828. 


“This species is very similar in size and appearance to P. 
biarcuatum, but lacks the white crescent on the side of the 
neck, and the black forehead, and has the cheeks olive not 
white: the dark spot on the throat is not found in dcarcuatum. 


Descriptions of New Species of American Birds. 481 


“ Pyrgisoma kieneri Bp. Conspectus, 486, differs in being 
larger than b/arcuatum, with stouter bill, instead of being of 
much the same form, the cheeks are said to be immaculate 
rufous, not olive; and having a black pectoral spot. 

“This bird appears strictly congenerie with Pyrgisoma biar- 
cuatum and little if any different from DPpilo chlorura ; 
Atlapetes is also very similar in general appearance; I am not 
at present prepared, however, to attempt any critical investi- 
gation of the true generic character of these species.” 

Remarks.—Since Prot, Baird’s notes were written many 
specimens of P. kienera have been received at the Smith- 
Inst.; these are not larger than bzarcuatum, as described by 
Bon. but smaller, as stated by Mr. Cassin, Proc. Phil. Acad. 
1865, p. 169, who considers it “clearly distinet from P. 
biarcuatum,” not identical with that species as given by Mr. 
Cabanis, J, f. O., 1860, p. 412. Unfortunately I have no 
specimen of biarcuatum with which to compare, but Prof. 
Baird says Xantust and that species are similar in size, viz. 
7} in., whereas Azenert measures fresh but 64 in., the ear 
coverts differ in all, being white in déarcwatum, rufous in 
kieneri, and olive gray in wantusi ; biarcuatum is said to have 
the breast spotless, while Avener? has a broad lunate black 
band across the breast, and wantus¢ has only a small partly 
concealed pectoral spot. 

Several specimens of J/elozone leucotis, Cab., are before me; 
these are so different in markings that no comparison with 
that species is necessary ; this Mr. Cabanis considers congeneric 
with biarcuatum, putting both in ALelozone, but Mr. Cassin 
says, in his opinion, it is not of the same genus as biarcuatum 
and hieneri. 


19. Dendrormis mentalis, Baird, MS. 


“This species has a very close resemblance to D. eburneirostris 
in the reddish brown wings, tail and rump, the central brownish 
yellow shaft streaks of the feathers of back and belly becoming 


482 Descriptions of New Species of American Birds. 


shorter and more oval on the upper part of head and neck, and 
still wider on the breast; the feet, however, are larger, and the 
tarsus shorter, so that the former exceed the latter, while in 
eburneirostris the tarsus is longer than or at least nearly equal to 
the middle toe and claw ; the shade of reddish brown on wings and 
tail is lighter, the shafts of tail-feathers are light yellowish rufous, 
instead of very dark reddish brown; the chin and upper part of 
the throat in ebwrneirostris are uniform clear buff yellow, in the 
new species these parts are lighter in color, and the feathers are 
margined with brown, as are those also on the lower part of the 
throat; the yellowish of the shaft streaks in the head and back is 
much paler; bill pale horn color, clouded; iris red; legs dark 
brown. 


“Length 9.25 5 wing 4.34 ; tail 3.90; bill above 1.70, from nostril 
1.28, gape 1.67; tarsus .88; middle toe and claw 1.00, middle toe 
alone .70. 


“ Habitat.—Mexico, Mazatlan. Collected by J. Xantus. No. 
of type, 23,859. 

“ Four specimens compared with alike number of eburnei- 
rostris, show the peculiarities above referred to, in the pale 
colors, large feet and dusky margins to the feathers of the chin. 

“T find no mention of any Dendrornis in Eastern Mexico, 
north of Cordova or Xalapa, and of none in Western Mexico 
at all. The present species exhibits a range considerably 
further to the north than any other of the genus.” 

Note. 
collection of the Smith. Institution, several new species, and 
among others some with MS. names given by Prof. Baird, 
which I have adopted; these are the five last described in the 
above paper. Prof. Baird kindly furnished me with his notes, 


I recently found in certain families of birds in the 





made a few years since when he received the birds, with his 
permission to use them and to make such alterations as I 
might deem necessary; his notes are indicated by quotation 
marks. 


Descriptions of New Species of Trochilide. 483 


XLVIL—Deseriptions of New Species of Trochilide. 
By GEORGE N. LAWRENCE. 


Read 27th May, 1867. 
Doricha bryanteze. 


Male. Entire upper plumage of a rather dull grass green; tail 
brownish black, tinged with purple, the feathers, except the cen- 
tral ones, having their inner webs broadly margined with dull pale 
rufous; chin and throat bright crimson, below which is a broad 
belt of grayish white; breast and sides dull green, intermixed with 
ashy, lower part of abdomen bright rufous, thighs brown, cris- 
sum light rufous, the feathers with dull green centres ; wings dark 
brownish purple ; bill black ; ‘iris dark brown; ” feet dark brown. 

Length (fresh) 4 in.; wing 143; tail 1}; bill 8%. 


Habitat.—Costa Rica. 
Collected by Julian Carmiol, Feb. 27, 1867. 
Specimens in Mus. Smith. Institution. 


Remarks.—Ot this beautiful genus, three other species only 
were previously known, found severally in the Bahamas, East- 
ern Mexico, and Guatemala. The one now described, is 
most like D. evelyne, from the Bahamas, in the form of its 
bill and tail-feathers, but the former is rather longer and the 
latter much narrower in the new species; it differs in the 
duller and darker green of the upper plumage, in the throat 
being uniform in color, not changeable, and with no approach 
to violet or purple; there is less rufous below, and the mar- 
gins of the tail feathers are pale, and occupy half the web, 
while in evelyn the entire inner webs of the tail feathers are 
bright cinnamon. 

In elize, from Mexico, the color of the throat changes to 
bluish violet, and is more brilliant, with the plumage above 


484 Descriptions of New Species of Trochilide. 


and of the breast golden; the bill longer and curved, and the 
feathers of the tail broader at their ends than at base, instead 
of being obtusely pointed. D. enicura, from Guatemala, is so 
different from the others that no comparison need be made. 
In the specimens of D. bryante before me, the feathers of the 
throat appear somewhat dull and worn, later in the season the 
color would no doubt be brighter. 

I have named this fine species in compliment to Mrs. Bryant, 
the widow of my friend, the late Dr. Henry Bryant, of Boston. 
In the Proceedings of the Boston Soc. of Nat. Hist. for 1859, 
Dr. Bryant gave an interesting account of D. evelyn, a beau- 
tiful ally of the above species, several specimens of which he 
obtained at the Bahamas in that year; Mr. Gould states that 
these were the first procured since the discovery of the type, 
thirty years previously. 


Oreopyra venusta. 


Male. Front and entire crown of a metallic pale green when 
looked at from the front, on a side view bluish green; upper 
plumage besides, of a rather dull shining green, somewhat golden ; 
upper tail coverts of a much darker green than the back; tail steel 
blue; wings brownish purple ; below the ear coverts there is a 
white postocular stripe; gorget of a deep lustrous violet, reddish 
in some lights and bluish in others; lower part of throat and the 
breast glittering deep grass green; abdomen ashy intermixed with 
dull green, sides dull green; under tail coverts dull olive green, 
just edged with grayish white; bill black; the feet dark brown, 
the soles pale yellow. 

Length 4! in.; wing 244; tail 145 bill 7. 


Habitat.—Costa Rica. From Mr. Garsia’s collection. 


Lemarks.—In the distribution of its colors, this species ap- 
pears to resemble O. calolema, Salv., but in that species the 
crown and breast are stated to be greenish blue, and the throat 
coruscating reddish violet: in the present species there is no blue 
in the coloring of the breast, nor is the gorget at all of a corus- 


Descriptions of New Species of Trochilide. 485 


cating character, in fact it cannot even be termed brilliant, 
this last I should judge to be in color much like that of O. 
hemileuca, Salvin, which is given as amethystine or violet 
blue. 

Mr. Salvin’s O. calolema, according to the description, seems 
in the character of its colors to approach closely to Panterpe 
insignis, Cab., in which the crown and part of the breast are 
blue,'and the throat coruscating golden red. I strongly incline 
to the opinion, that Pantenpe and Oreopyra are generically the 
same. 


Oreopyra cinereicauda. 


Crown of a brilliant greenish blue in all positions; upper 
plumage grass green with a golden tinge; upper tail coverts dull 
dark bronzy green ; tail grayish cinereous, the two central feathers 
a little darker, all with blackish at their ends; quills brownish 
purple; chin and throat white, breast shining green, sides yellow- 
ish green, abdomen cinereous washed with dull bronzy green ; 
under tail’ coverts dull bronzy green, with grayish margins; a 
white stripe extending back from the eye; bill black. 

Length about 41 in.; wing 2,%; ; tail 14; bill broken. 


Habitat-—Costa Rica. Also received from Mr. Garsia. 


Remarks.—In having the throat white, this species is like 
O. leucaspis, Gould, but the crown in that is said to be grass 
green, which in the bird before me is of a decided shade of 
blue; it also differs in the white gorget not being surrounded 
with black, and the tail being of a clear cinereous, instead of 
steel black. 

MAY, 1867. 35 Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. Vou. VIII. 


486 Additional Note on the Natural History of the Scorpion. 


XLVI.—Additional Note on the Natural History of the 
Scorpion. 


By tHE Hon. Ricwarp Hint, or Jamaica, W. I. 
(COMMUNICATED BY T, BLAND.) 
Read 27th May, 1867. 


Dr. CarGinz assures me, the scorpion, on feeling itself incommoded 
by the presence of anything that either displeases or annoys it, 
stings itself to death. He has put a drop of chloroform in the 
glass vessel in which he inclosed the scorpion, and where it fed 
and thrived, reconciled to its state of captivity, and after the drop 
of chloroform was introduced, and the scorpion paused to ascertain 
the inconvenience it was suffering, it then postured itself and 
deliberately applying the sting to its head destroyed itself. 

Scorpions are impatient of sunshine. When they are so cireum- 
stanced by exposure in a clear bottle, that they cannot place them- 
selves in a shady place, they endeavour so to set themselves up 
end-ways, propping themselves up by the legs and the combed 
antenne, as to expose as little surface as possible to the full sun- 
light. If this postwre—under which they suffer weariness—is con- 
tinued, they drop, and arrange themselves so as to receives their 
sting in the head and kill themselves. This fact was ascertained 
by repeated instances of self-destruction under the same irritability 
in sunshine, 

Dr. Cargill tells me that when a male and female scorpion were 
inclosed by him together in the same bottle, with some forty young 
ones clustering the mother, though they would feed quietly one 
with the other, when punctually supplied with living cockroaches 
for their daily prey, yet on occasion of any delay occurring, and 
they were straitened for food to a feeling of hunger, the two 
sexes then deliberately caught up each a young one and feasted 


upon it, 


DN DEX. 


[The names of new species, or concerning which new information is given, are 
printed in Roman letter; synonyms, and species to which only incidental refer- 
ence is made, are in Jtalics ; names of sub-families, families, or higher divisions, 


in SMALL Carirats. ]} 


PAGE, 
EACOCOLICC gata een oy ts 190 
Acanthinula Beck, . . . . 24, 38 
Accipiter Cooperti Bon, . . . . 280 
‘uscus GM., : 280 
Achatina Californica Pf., . 166 
Acteon punctostriata Stimpson, . 152 
Actiturus Bartramius Wils,  . . 294 
Actodromas Bonapartii Sehl., 294. 
Coopert Baird, . . . . 294. 
maculata Vieill., 294. 
minutilla Vieill, . . . 294. 
Adelocephala Boisd., . . 2 319 
Adularia, By or Wein © . 193 
AEGERIUDS, . . 364 
NGC CRIA se tesla tN, wha S64! 
eniothus/ varia lie 2) 288 
melodus Ord., . « 295 
semipulmatus Bon., 100, 294 
joctferus lin. 9. = 9 . 294: 
Wilsonius Ord., . a 47294 
BESODISMtZ.: (eek ae, te. 28 
Aellopos, . aio : . 203 
Aellopos tantalus L., ; 203 
UOT OPS? “Glo oe 203 
Aestrelata meridionalis Lawr., . . 298 
AETOBATINAE Ag., 134, 13 
Aetobatis M. H., . 5 6 leby We 
lknni@eros (Cail 5 4 5 a 6 18} 
latirostris A. Dum., . 138 
narinart . . 138 
Auxsponsa li, ~... - 297 
Agelaius pheniceus L., . 289 
Agleactis equatorialis, . . . . 471 
Castelnaudi, . . 471 
COLINGLOMALG) ae) a) nn EU 
Cupreypennis; 22. . 471 
olivaceocauda Lawr., . . 470 
JOTI as ee Seo eugial 
parvula, . . . 471 
Aglayamalbs =. *.. 40 
ATAUDED NE. <8. ss). = 6 280 
ANG Ss. 190, 191; 193 
ATCHDINIDA Uys + 1) 4 Los, 290 


PAGE, 

Alexia myosotis Drap., . 153 
ALCIDA,. . Si al ee ne OOO) 
Allophane, . a Gee 192 
Allotropa Torr., 2 55 
Aluardite, . fe ty 192 
Alypia, . eee pa eee ore . 864 
Amazilia Graysoni Lawr., . . 404. 
cinmamomed,. . .« . 405 
Amblyopsis, oe en. fe eo 
Ambulyx Boisd.,. . 2038, 204, 206, 207 
gannascus Stoll, 208, 204, 206, 207 
sexoculata Grote, . 204, 206 

SMG HG Mb, 5g PAB, PAO), DOT 
Ammalo Walk. . . . . + 386, 387 
elope ses as eee, RO 8G 
impunetus Grote, = 2 . . 387 
Ammobroma Torr., . bil 
sonorae: Lorre). en Ow 
Ammodromus caudacutus Gm., .  . 286 
maritimus Wils., : 286 
Ammonoceras Pf, . . . 228 35 
PA MIPIBLLD A fo se a0 eee 285 
Ampelis cedrorwm Vieill., . 285 
garrulus L., 5 A ED 

Aan NAMES ho Ge 903, 354 
antaeus Drury, . 203, 254 
cluentius Cr) =) 5 2028.208 
duponchel Poey, . . 203, 354 
ydaspesn «=a ne teens 354. 
Anabazenops lineatus Lawr., . 127 
IANASYVUOSCHGSHT ee eee nee 13, 296 
maxima Gosse,. . . 296 
obscura Gm.,. . a1 2970 
ANATID&, ee elon ZO 
DASNVATDIUN AES oy) co Mg oe cute Spin ee UPC Ps 
Amcery xs DOs: eran 354, 355 
Anchistoma Klein, tet ere lS 
Ancylocheilus subarquata Guld., 294 


AUDIO 86 cs |e (6 Jo le we ells, SUG) 

VOTIRICOUE ces oes ck oe gy wo CBU 
Anodonta fluviatilis Lea,. . . . 152 
AMOI HU D7.) te foe Oo. peele woe (Dll 
Anomia aculeata Gm, . . . 152, 194 


488 Index. 
PAGE, PAGE. 
Anomia ephippiwn L., . 152, 194 Basileuterus unopiiales Sel., 179 
Anous stolidus L., ‘ 105, 106 Batissa, . 3 82, 229, 419 
Anser cerulescens L., ’ 995 Batissa ehildrenae Ad., 231 
Gambelii Haril., . 295 Jayana Ad., : 83 
hyperboreus Pal cnee . 295 Keraudrenia ‘Ad, 230 
Anthophyllite, é 111, 116, 123, 191 lenticularis Desh., 232 
Anthus Ludovicianus Gm., . 288 ponderosa Pr., 231 
Antrostomus vociferus Wils., . 290 Primeti Mor., 58 
Apatite, . lon similis Pr., 229 
Aphredoderus gibbosus L Le Sueur, 399 solidula Pr., Le) aa eoe 
Aplome, . 188 triquetra Desh. . . 230, 231 
Aplysia protea Rang, . : . 428 Bernicla brenta Steph., . 296 
A pophyllite, 192 Canadensis L., 296 
Aquila Canadensis i 285 Hutchinsii Rich., 296 
AQUILINA, 2 nigricans Lawr., 296 
Ara aracauga ies 5 11 Bipinnaria Mull, 240 
ARAINZ, ee lleeslende! 247 
Aramides ruficollis Gm., 178, 184 Bombix cunegunda, 368 
Area antiquata L., . 428 didyma Beauy., 386 
Listeri Phil, 428 figurata “°  . eS Soe 
noae L., . . 428 BompBycrpar, . . 367, 278, 379, 380 
pexata Say, 150, 152 Bombyx, . . 368, 3876, ae 381, 385 
squamosa Lmk., . . 428 Bonasa wmbellus L., J 9291 
transversa Say, . 150, 152 Botaurus lentiginosus Steph., 292 
umbonata Lmk., e428 pinnatus Licht., peal 
Archibuteo Sancti Johannis Gn., 280 Brachiolaria, 240, 241, 249, 248, 
Arctia Sch., 367, 368, 369 244, 245 
celia Saund.,. 368 Brachyotus Cassinti Brew.,. . . 281 
decorata Saund., 369 Buarremon brunneinuchus, 126, 127; 
figurata, he a. le eee cas! flavovirens Lawr., . 467 
mexieana G.&R.. . 867, 369 Ocai Lawr., 126 
nais, . . . . 869 Bubo Virginiana ‘Gm., : 281 
nevadensis G. & 1G 368 Buecinum aur iculatum Lmk., 428 
phalerata Harr., 369 plicosum Mke, : Wi 
phyllira, 368 pulchellum C C..B. Ad., 428 
ARCTIIDAE, . 54 BOT tinctum Con., 428 
Ardea herodias oe 12, 98, 292 undatum ib ; 194 
ARDEID&, > 12) 118458902" IB occoNman as a ieee cS 
ARDEIN4, real Bucconn x, : 4 
Ardetta exilis Gm., 12, 292 Bucephala albeola i PASH 
ARIONIDAE,. . ae eat! Americana Bon., 5) 9 VE 
Arionta Leach, . 19, 25, 88 Bulimus, ; 162, 163 
Arquatella maritima Brunn, . . 294 Beathinus Poey, ” Se el63 
Arremon aurantiirostris Lafr., 179 elongatus Bolt., 162 
Astarte castanea Say, . 152 marginatus Say, 152 
mactracea Linsley, . 151 terebra Poey, 163 
suleata Flem., 5 a lel Viequensis Pf, : : 163 
Asteracanthion, . 241, 245 Bulla canaliculata Gould, 150, 152 
pallidus Ag., wyys246 maculosa Mart., 428 
Astralium phoebia Bolt., 398, 428 solitaria Say, 152 
Astropecten, . . : . . 245 Buteo borealis Gm., . 280 
Astur atricapillus Wils, ; 280 lineatus Gm., 280 
Asturina magnirostris Gm., 178 Pennsyloanicus Wils, 280 
Atlapetes, . ote 481 Butorides virescens L., 292 
Attaci, 378 
Attila city eopygius Bon, 7 Cairina moschata, . 13, 296, 297 
ATTILINE, : 7 Calear caedatus Chem., . ents 
‘Automolus rufescens Lawr., 345 ramosus Mseh., . . 894, 428 
Aythya .4mericana Kyton, 297 pee ‘Ch, . . 394 
vallisneria Wils., 297 Tuber L., 428 


Index. 


PAGE. 


Calear turbinatus, — 


Calidris arcnaria L., . 294 
Calliomma, eR . 203 
lycastus Cr., . 203 
Callionymus, . . . 1438 
goramensis Blkr., . 148 
pauciradiatus, tee 4 
Calliste Francescee Lafr., Sg! Ge Take, 
Callosamia Pack, : We ay Usui 
angulifera, ; . 378 
WrOmetheds, wrt 2) . 878 
Campylaea Beck, : 19 
Campylorhynchus brevipennis 
Lawr., 344 
Camptolaemus Labradorius Gm., . 297 
CaPRIMULGID 4, . 290 
Capsa, ase: . 424 
coccinea Mart., . 428 
Capulus aitiquatus L., . 428 
Caracolla eolina Duel. . 5 4 
Cardinalis Virginianus Bon., . 286 
Cardita borealis Con., . 151, 152, 153 
ECE cilrinum Chem., . 428 
medium Li, . eh 28 
Mortoni Conrad, 152, 153, 194 
muricatum L., . 428 
Petitianum @Orb, . 428 
spinosum Meusch., . . 428 
subelongatum Sowb., . 428 
Carpodacus purpureus Gm. . 289 
Carpodectes nitidus Salv., . 183 
Carychium eaiguum Say, . 5 6 Wee 
Cassiculus microrhynchus Sel. & 
Salv., 180 
Prevosti Vess., . 180 
Cassis flammea L., . 428 
madagascariensis Lmk, . 428 
testiculus Lmk., . 428 
tuberosa L., . 498 
ventricosa Mart., . 428 
Casta Alb.,. . Gi 
Cathartes atratus Bart., 2 
Cathartes aura L., 5 en Lee 
Cautethia Grote, . : 202, 208 
noctuiformis Walk., 203 
Celeus castaneus Wag]. . 183 
squamatus Lawr., 5 dl 
Centurus Carolinus L., eee OL: 
Centurus Pucheranit Math, . . . 183 
Ceophyllus monilis, . . 406 
Cephonodes Hiibn., . 485 
CEPOLIDAE, . 140 
Ceratocampa, : 5 ate es ie 
CERATOCAMPIDAE,. . . 3875, 376, 378 
@eratomiaw : see. 2 . S58, Sol 
amyntor, . : . 361 
quadricornis Harr., . 361 
repentinus Clem, . . . . 354 
WencsnGrav sacs qs eply LOG 


Cerithium albovittatum C. B. 


. 394 Ceres eolina Ducl., 


Salleana Cum., 


algicola C. B. Ad., i 
ambiguum ©. B. Ad., . 
atratum Born, . 
bicolor C. B. Ad., 
costata Da C., - 
eburneum Br ng, - 
Bmersonii C. B. Ad., 
te rrugineum eS Say, 
‘fusiforme C. B. Ad., 
gemmulosum C. B. Ad., 
Greenii Adams, . 

iota ©. B. Ad., 
Lafondii Mich., 
litteratum Brug., 
meyasoma C. B. Ad., 
minimum Gmel., 
muscarum Say, . 
nigrescens Mke., . : 
migrocinctum Adams, . 
Petitii Kien, 
punctatum L., < 
rugulosum C. B. Ad., 
Sayi Menke, . 
septemstr iatum Say 
servile C. B. Ad., . 
terebellum C. B. 'Ad,, 
variabile C. B. Ad... 
versicolor C. B. Ad., 


395, 


394, 


vicinum ©. B, Ad., 


zonale Brug., 
Certhia Americana Bon., 
CERTHIADE,  . 
Certhiola luteola Licht., 

Ceryle alcyon L., 

inda L., 
Chabasite, 
Chalybite, : 
Chama ferruginea Rv., 

flor ida Lmk. 


macrophylla ‘Chem, 


sarda Ry., 
CuAENOPSIDAE, 
Chaenopsis Poey, : 

ocellatus Poey, . 
Chaetura pelasgia L., 


Chameepelia rujipennis Bon., 


CHARADRIIDA, 


Charadrius Virginicus Borek., 96, 


Charidea Dalm., 
bivulnera, 
fastuosa Men., 
fulgens, 
fulgida, . 
jucunda, 
micans, 


Index. 


490 
PAGE. 
Charidea splendida, . 366 
Chaulelasmwus sfreperus3L., 5 no SE 
Chemnitzia bisuturalis Stimp., . . 152 
exilis ©. B. Ad. . . 395 
flavocincta C. B. Ad., . . 895 
interrupta Stimp., . . 160, 152 
laevis C. B. Ad., : . 395 
multicostata C. B. Ad., . 395 
obeliseus C. B. Ad., 5 SOD 
puncta C. B. Ad., . 395 
seminuda Stimp., . 152 
substriata C. B. Ad., 5 BOR 
subulata C. B. Ad., 395 
trifida Stimp., 4 
Chimotrema Raf., See 
Chiromacheeris Candei Parzud, . . 183 
Chiton piceus Gml., . . 429 
Chlorite. . . 190, 193 
Chloroclysta, . 460 
Chlorophanes spiza it bgenee eee TA 
Choerocampa Dup., . 203, 356, 358 
anubus, eos 
ceratomioides G. & R., 5 Sate 
gundlachii HW-S., . 203 


irrorata Grote, 


. 208 


laevis G. & R., . . 806 
nechus Cr, . 208, 358 
nitidula, = ig eis) 
porcus Hiibn., 203, 358 
robinsonii Grote, . 208 
tersa Linn., 1203 
versuta Clem., . 858 
CHOEROOAMPINI, . 5 SIR 
Chordeiles popetue Vieill:, cg FAI 
Chroicocephalus atricilla L., 103, 299 
Philadelphia Ord., £4299 
Chrysocolla, - 120 
Chrysomitris tristis is . 289 
pinus Wils., « . 289 
Chrysotile... . . . 5 JE 
Cidaria Treits., . «460 
atricolorata G & Re 462, 463 
cumatilis G. & R., . 460 
prunata, . 463 
Cinnamon Stone, . 188 
Cireus Fprbicnenc 1 BE . 283 
Cistothorus palustris Wils,, . 288 
stellaris Licht., be a283 
Citheronia Hubn., 379, 380, 881, 
382, 385, 386 
CUILARS (tn care iP a Ret S8o 
Jaocoon, 385, 386 
mexicana G, & R. "382, 884, 385 


Cleavelandite,. . . ‘ 
Cocecygus Americanus as 


phoronea, . 

regalis Hiibn. , 380, ‘381, 382, 
384, 

sepuleralisG.&R. . . . 


. 386 


385 
382 


© 93 
5 2S) 


PAGE. 
Coceygus erythrophthalmus Wils,, . 291 
Carneipes Julieni Lawr., 41, 98 
CocHLIDIAR, . 4 Bebe: 
Cochlodesma Leanum Couth. > eae alb2 
Coereba carneipes Sel., spageq iia: 
C@REBIDE,. . sPieks 174, 179 
Colaptes auratus i ° 5 AO 
Collyrio borealis Bon., : . 285 
Coloradia Blake, . 2 a 0 
pandora, eae Susu 
Columbella avaraSay,. - 152, 194 
Broderipii Sowb., . Bs Be 
eatenata Sowb., . 895, 429 
costulata C. B. Ad., 5 6 SOE 
dormitor Sowb., . 895 
lactea Sowb., ; 429 
lunata Sowb., 50, 152 
mercatoria L., .« . 429 
nitida Lmk.,. . 429 
obesa C. B. Ad., . 895 
ocellata Gml., . 429 
ovulata Lmk., =. 429 
purpurascens 0. B. Ad., 395 
subeostata C. B. Ad., yp as 
CorumMBIp zy 9. ies i, Wo, 291. 
CoLyMBIDH, . . . 300 
Colymbus arecticus ion 5 a Sh0) 
septentrionalis L:, 300 
torquatus Brunn., . 300 
Contopus borealis Sw., . 290 
Jugubris Lawr., . er od 
Richardsoni, . 5 ley! 
virens L., . 290 
Conulus Fitz... : 20 
Conulus } Mog. -Tand., WO Bis 
Conurus aztec Souaneé, . 184 
chrysogenys M. &S 11 
pertinax Lawr., 11 
Conus aurantius Hwass., 39D 
cedo-nulli L., . oh ADO 
eretaceus Iien., . 1395 
daucus L. . . 429 
granulatus L., e429 
leucostictus Hwass., 395, 429 
maculiferus Sowb., . 395 
mindanus Hwass.,. . 395, 429 
mus Hw., . . 429 
pusio Brug., . . 895 
Copper, Black oxide, . 120 
Pyrites, eal 
Silicate, Pal20 
Corallodendron, . . 55 BE 
Corallophyllum LB. & Kth., 51, 55 
Corbicula, 57, 213, 414, 421, 422, 
494 425, 426 
Africana Desh., . 224, 225 
Agrensis Pr., 75 
Angasi Pr., . 80 
antiqua, . 421 


Index. 


PAGE. 
Corbicula Australis, Si 
Bengalensis Desh., Fe eee Al 
Bengalica Desh. . . 220, 221 
iBlandrangveraeens sei) 4 0 atl 
brunnea Pr., . : 66, 67 
Chemnitziana Pr., 60, 78 
colonialis Pr, . . . . 416 
consanguinea ’Pr., : . 417 
Conn y=) 63; 64, 65, "1, 5 PALE 
erassula Mouss, bit ‘94 6, 217 
Crosseana Pr., ie 2h TA: 
Cumingii Desh., 73, 217,218, 219 
cuneiformis, . ae fe Ser 421 
densataiConty ae. =. 421 
difficilis Pr., . 62, 63, 64, 65, 71 
ducalissRra sme 27s 220 
erosa Pr., . 213, 214 
Forbesii Desh., 5 gh eee Pal 
jlumimea,. =. = 59) 60; 61 
gracilis Pr., . 73, 226 
grandis Desh., 226, 228 
inaequilateralis Pr, . 80, 81 
' insularis Pr, . . ". 414 
Japonica Pr., . . 68, 69 
Karki Pr., 66, 67 
Lamarckiana Pr., we tee OF 
Largillierti Desh., 78, 79, 80, 
223, 420, 421, 422 
Larnaudieri Pr., : . 415 
Leana, Pr., Sa eS a2 08 
leviuseula Pr., . . 64,65, Ti 
Linneana Pr., 5 i) 
lutea Mor., 61, 62 
Lydigiana Pr., . 214, 216, 216 
Malaceana Desh., 65; 1 
Malaccensis Desh., . 65 
Manillensis, 125 14: 
medioeris Pr., 414, 415 
minor Pr., : a, 80 
Moreletiana Pr., Se ae 4G 
Miilleriana Pr., - bys ath 0) 
THOR iy yg DIT Pali DALE) 
obsoleta, 420, 421 
oecidens Benson, 219, 220, 415 
parvula Pr., . 76 
Pexdta Pra 5 SM 
Pfeifferiana Pr., . 4 ley 
Pisidiiformis Pr., 914, 215 
Primeana Morch, 226, 228 
Primeana, Mor., 58, 68 
prolongata Pr., . 5 TO 
Ipulchella,...+. - ae 2a 
purpurea Pr., . . i Pal 
pusilla, F » . 225 
Quilonensis Benson, . 16, 224 
radiata, . See Gh, KD 22D 
rhomboidea Pr, 5+ howe 66 
Sayana Pr., 70, "1, 72 
similis Desh.,) . 226, 228 


491 
PAGE. 
Corbicula solidula Pr., . Bhp aaetl 
squalida Desh., 2 218 
Stimpsoniana Pr... . - 222 
striatella Desh., 72,74, 222, 417 
subradiata Pr., . 5 gly 1S 
suleatina Desh.,. . 79, 80, 223 
triangularis Desh. . 215, 216 
trigona Desh. . . . 82, 221 
tumida Desh., 76, 219, 220, 416 
Venustulay rye eee ate 
violacea Pr., . ia Ht 
vulgaris Pr. Cher) aos saat) 
Woodiana Desh., 226, 221, 
928, 299 
CorBICULAD, . 57, 213, 414,°418 
Corbula contracta Say, . . . . 151 
CorviDAg, . 289 
Corvus carnivorus , Bart., . 289 
Americanus Aud., + 289 
ossifragus Wils., ; 2 289 
JOTINGID A, c » OS S82 
Coturniculus Henslowi ‘Aud., 28K 
manimbe, . . . 475 
mexicanus Lawyr., . 474 
passerinus Wils., . 287 
peruanus, . . ANS 
Cotyle flavigastira Lawr, 3 
riparia L.., 285 
Ur opygialis Lawr., 3 
CrACIDany fi cnr. d 12 
Crao Ina, 2) ewer 12 
Crax globicera ts : vieahes 12 
Crepidula conveaa Say., Ja Pot pap Oe 
fornicata Lam., 150, 152, 194 
unguiformis Lam., 150, 152, 194 
Cribrella, : 
Crotophaga sulcirostris Sw., 11 
CRoToPHAGIN A, 11 
Crucibulum aur ioulatur Chem., 5 429 
Ctenodiseus, . . . 245 
CucuLipa&, wi sp 177, 291 
Cumingia ¢e//inoides Con., 151, 152 
Cupidonia cupido L., 291 
Cyanocitla cristata L., ; 289 
@yanospiza ciris Ia, 2 9. eG 
cyanea lL, . 179, 286 
Cygnus 4 mericanus Shar pl, » . 29d 
Cylindrella, 160, 161, 162 
Chemnitzeana at eee, LG 
elara Pf., P een 160 
decollata Nyst., stays 161 
Cumingiana Pe, ee ale 161 
elegans Pf., 161 
elongata Chem., 161 
Goldfussi Mke., . 160 
Greyana C. B. Ad., Bn AS: 
ipilocered rit wripsts «an ye) LOL 
porrecta Gould, . 4 ASI 
scaeva Gund,, 161 


492 


Index. 


PAGE. 
Cylindrella subula Fer., a) Kaye 
turris Pf., . 160 
Cyphorinus cantans Lawr., 5 
cantans Gm.,. 5 
Lawrencii Sel., 5 
Cypreea exanthema L., . . 429 
nivea Gray, . . 429 
pediculus L., 429 
rotunda Kien., 429 
spurea L., . 429 
succincta L., 429 
suffusa Gray, 429 
CYPSELID 2, Se See ee temas)! 
Cyrena, 83, 232, 285, 236, 417, 419, 

420, 425 
Africana Krauss, . 224, 225 
Agrensis Kurr, . 75 
Bengalica Lam., . 88 
Bernardiiana Pr, 83, 84, 8 86 
Ceylonica Lam., . 85 
Chilina Pr., 418 
Cochinensis Hanley, 236 
compressa Desh., €2 
Corbiculeformis 'Pr., : 236 
Cy prineeformis Pr., 88, 89 
Cyprinoides Quoy, 90 
exquisita Pr., Se uali 
fotris Pr... 419, 420 
fluminea Mouss., . .« 225 
Gauritziana Krauss., . 224. 
germana Pr. 417 
Largillierti Phil, 78, 79 

laevis Pr., 233, 23 
Mérchiana iPr; 232, 283 

nitida Desh., 85, 86, 23 
oblonga Quoy, , 420 
Papuana Less., . SipeS6 
ponderosa Pr., 87, 88 
Primeit Morelet, sues 
proximea Pr., 85 
regularis Pr., 90 
Siamiea Pr.,. 86 
similis Desh., sete 1690 
similis Gray, 226, 228 
sinuosa Desh., Subse fol 
sphaerica Pr., 86 
subradiata Kurr, 75 
sublobata Desh., 91 
Sumatrica Soub., teyee of 

triangularis Metealfe, 234, 

235, 420 
ventricosa Desh., +, 21283 
Woodiana Lea, 226, 227 
Cyrtosia Pack., 5h Sine) 
Cytherea convexa Say, . ; 152 
Daenis ultramarina Lawr., 179 
Dactylopus, oa: 143 


Daedalocheila Beck, 


PAGE. 

Dafila acuta L., : 13, 297 
Daphnella lymnziformis Kien, . 429 
Daremma Walk., . 354 
Deilephila, . . 203 
calverleyt Grote, . 203 
lineata Fabr., ~ = 203 
Demiegretta Vaudenay Wils. a oe 
DENDROCOLAPTLE, f 4,127, 180 
Dendrocolaptes Sancti-thome Lafr., 180 
DENDROCOLAPTINA, 3 4 
Dendrocygna autumnalis ss 138 
Dendreea coronata L., ys 
Dendroica estiva Gm., VIA, 179, 284 
Blackhurnie Gm., : . 284 
Canadensis L., . 284 
castanea Wils., . 284 
coronata L., . . 284 
discolor Vieill., . 284 
maculosa Gm., . 284 
palmarum Gm., : . 284 
Pennsyluanica at : . 284 

pinus Wils., . . 284 
striata Forster, . . 284 
ligrina Gm., . . 284 
virens Gm., : . . 284 
Dendrornis ebwrneirostris, 481, 482 
guttatus Lawr., Se gee 
mentalis Baird, . . 481 

nana Lawr.,. . Set 
pardalotus Vieill., . 4, 180 
Dentalium, . . 429 
Deweylite, . . 249 
Diaphora Alb., S ene, elo 
Dilophonota Burm., 354, 355, 356 
alope Burm., , B55 

cacus Burm., | 8DD 
caicus Burm, . . 855 
earicae Burm., 355, 856 
cinerosa, sys 
congratulans, 355, 356 

ello Burm., 355 
guttularis, . B55 
meiancholica, . 855 
merianae, . . . 855 
obscura, : 355, 356 
oenotrus Burm., Ap groiany 
pallida, 355, 856 
rimosa, . 355 
stheno, . 355 
Diludia G. & R., . j 354 
brontes: |...) bite . 854 
collaris, Ase. . 3d4 
Jlorestan, » « « 4 + . 8d4 
Jasminearum, . 354 
Diplodonta semiaspera Phil., . 429 
Diplogrammus, ee ela 
Diplopterus n@vzus hil: 5 HET 
Diplothyra Smitha Tryon, . 152 
Dioptis, . ‘ . 443 


—— 


el wo 


Dirpiia, ; 

tarquinius, 
Diseus Fitz, aS Alaa eae 
Dolichonyx orizivorus L.,. . 98, 
Dolium galea by, : 

permnatun Mart., 
Dolomite, . 
DonAciDAX, 


Doricha bry -ante Lawr., : 

ee 

enicura, , 

evelyne, 483, 
Drepanodes Guen., 

aquosus G. & R., 

puber G. & B., 

varus G. & R., ; 5 De 
Dryoeampa, 375, 379, 


DryocamPrnt, 


Index. 





Dysithamnus rutiy entris Lawr., 131 
SemucinereUus, 131 
striaticeps Lawr., 130 

Eacles, . 378, 379, 380, 381, 386 
imperialis Hiibn., 380, 381, 386 
magnifica Walk., 381 

Eehini ister, ; 245 

Eepantheria, 3 308 369, 371, Sie 
leucarctioidesG. & R., 369, 

ail Bi 

Selo; 6 fo © 368 

Ectopistes migratorius L.,  . Zon 

Eeremophila cornuta Wils., 289 

ELAINEINe, 8 

Elainea © hiriquensis Lawn, 176 
Frantzil Lawr., SOPOT 
semiflava Letine = © lt, We 
subpagana Sel. . 178, 176, 177 

Ellopia Treits., . . é 455 
bibularia G. & Roe : 455, 457 
endropiaria G. & R., 447 
flegitiaria Guen., 5g ater 
jiscellaria Guen., 456, 458 
pellucidaria G. & Rae 456 

Emarginula octoradiata Gmil., 429 

1D mbernagra striaticeps Li afr., 180 

Empidias fuscus Bon., . 290 

Empidonax acadicus Gm., 290 
flavescens Lawr., 5 a LOR 
flaviventris Baird, Ren 2190) 
minimus Baird, . 290, 402 
pectoralis Lawr., . . 402 
TravineAud=s "ss — . 8; 290 

indvopia Guen., . 444, 458 
amoenaria Guen., 447 
aniliaria H—S., . 6 
arefactaria G. & K., 444, 446 
astylusaria Walk., . 446 
textrinaria G. &. B., . 449 
vinosaria G. & R., . 448, 449 


MAY, 1867. 


495 


PAGE, 

fndropia vinulentaria G. & R., 446, 449 
iE nnomoseneitssan nee 443 
angularia, 5 bela es . 444 
coloradaria G. & R., . 443 
tiliaria, 444 
subsiquaria Hiib., 288 
UN ONne | Bete E> foc 196, 197, 203 
camartus Cr., 196, 197, 203 
danwn, 197, 2038 
gorgon Cr., Aes 197 
lugubris L., 196, 197, 203 
E'pidote, ar . 189 
Erato « -ypracoide Ss C B. Ad., . 395 
Erennetes pusi/lus ion . 100, 294 
Erinnyis Hiibn., 196, 200, 354 
alope Drury, . 196, 203 

GOLCIESN Olean eae 196, 203 
einerosa Gr., ’ PAIS PAU? 
congratulans Gundl., . 200, 203 

AU Wirnin so = = U9G) 205 
guttulari is W allk, eo eee 0B: 
melancholica Gr., 196, 201 
merianaeGY., . . 196, 202 
obscura Fabr., ee 202 
oenotrus Cr, . 196,201, 203 
oalindan Gikee-ee F 203 

iZGena Gund ae nA) 
rimosa GY., 196, 201, 203 

S001. O70 in = 6 LBS 
stheno, . sn . 202 
Erismatura rubida W ils., fete 298 
Erycrntp &, Ser oor 
Erynnis Schk., : 354 
uchronia, < |..-. eee 576 
Muchronia Pack, . . 376 
Hudryas, . . . 364 
Eugonia, : . 443 
Eulampis chlorole mus Gould, 98 
Eulima areuata C. B. oe : 395 
incerta Orb., 39 
Euparypha Hartm., i 40 
Eupherusa cupreiceps Lawr., . . 348 
eximid, 134, 135, 349 
niveicauda Lawr., x) eQl34 
Euphonia crassirostris Sel., AS wi 
hirundinacea Von., 174, 175 
purpurea Lawr., . . 466 
violaced, 175, 467 
Lupithecia Curtis, nis gi 459 
anguilineata G. & R.,. 459 
geminata, . . 459 
Eupseudosoma Grote, 371 
Eupyrrhoglossum, ae 203 
Bua Jeera, 8h 203 
Euscirrhopterus Grote, . ssid 
Euspiza Americana Gm., 180, 286 
IQUSHROE,, 5 Gc ne 462 
Fatconip”, , 178, 184, 279 
36 Ann. Lye. Nat. er Vou. VIII. 


494 


Faleo enatwn Bon., 
Fasciolaria Tulipa ‘Lmk., ; 
feldspar, 109, 186, 187, 
Fissurella barbadensis Gml., 
cancellata Sowb., 
gemmulata Ry., 
graeca Dp 
pustula L., 

Florida caerulea L., 

FoRMICARID&, 

FoORMICARIN 4, 

ForMICIVORIN &, 

Formicivora melaena Sol., 
schisticolor Law ry 
virgata Lawr., 

Franklinite, ae 

RINGIMGID A seen ey LO 

Fruticicola Held, 

Fuliea Americana Gm., 

Fuligula viola, 

Fulix affinis Forster, 
collaris Don., 
marila L., 

Fusus decemcostatus Say, . 
muricoides C. B. Ad., 
nitens C, B. Ad., 


6, 130, 180, 


I Ws 
19, 25, 
100, 


150, 


Galatea, 
Galatea radiata, Meee 
Galeoscoptes Carolinensis L., 
Gallinago Wilsonii Temm., 
Gallinula galeata Licht., 

martinica L., 
Gambetta flavipes Gm., 

melanoleuca ee 
Garnet, 4 
Garzetta candidissima J A Jacq. 
Gastrodonta Alb, . . . a 23 
Gastropacha, 
Gelochelidon A nglica Mont., 
Geomelania, . 5 
Geothlypis Philadelphia Wils, ; 

trichas L., ; 
Geotrygon Veraguensis Lawt 1B 
Glauconome Jayana Pr., 

oblonga Pr., . 

rugosa Ry 
Glyphorhynehus ‘pectoralis Sel. 
Salv, 

110, 


499 


424, 


7) 


Gieiss, , 
Gengylostoma Alb., 
Goniobatis Ag., ’ 
meleagris Ag., 
Graculus carbo L., 
dilophus Sw., 
Grallaria dives Salv., 
gigantea Law2i 
squamiger a, S 6 
Grallaricula Costaricensis ‘Lawr, 


Index. 


PAGE. 


2719 
429 
191 


. 429 
, 429 

. 429 
. 429 


429 
292 
401 
6 
6 
6 
172 


6 


| 948 


286 

38 
295 
296 


| 296 


297 
297 
151 
396 
396 


425 
4.99, 


. 282 


293 


295 


295 
294. 


. 294 


187 
292 

36 
379 


299 


161 
283 
285 


o49 


108 
107 
108 


160 
113 
161 


PAGE. 
Grallaricula ferrugineipectus Sel., . 347 
Granite. f 22 WS 
Grapta Kirby, 439, 433 
C-argente um Kirby, . « 433 
faunus Edwads., . 432, 438 
gracilis G. & s 432, 433 
Greenockite, 250 
Guiraea cerulea L., 286 
Hadrostomus albiventris Lawr., 475 
affinis, . 475 
HArMATAPODIDA, 295 
Haematopus palliatus Temm., 296 
Haemorrhagia G. & R., Mie 43) 
buffaloensis <G. & R., 435, 
437, 439 
floridensis G. & R., 435, 439 
fuscicaudis (Boisd.), 435, 441 
gracilisG. & R., 485, 487, 439 
thysbe G. & R., 485, 438, 
39, 441 
Haliaetus leucocephalus L., e280 
Haliplana discolor Coues, . 104, 105 
fuliginosa Gin., 104, 105, 184 
payana Lath., 104 
Harelda glacialis ., 297 
Harporhynchus rufus tf : . 282 
Hazis Boisd., : S800 
Hedymeles Lndovici (anus Le 286 
HeLicacea, 23 
ETCH Ay a 22 
Helicella Lam., 20 
HELICELLINAE, oo 20 
Heticma®, . LS) 22 
HELICINAE, ce ets) ellis 
Helicopsyche, . : 145, 149 
Colombier nsis Brem., =e 49 
minima Brem., 5 leery welts! 
Shuttleworthi Brem., 147, 149 
Heliocheilus Grote, 5 BH 
Heliodoxa Henryi Lawr., . . 402 
Jamesoni, . 405 
Heliomaster Selater7 Cab., as! 
spectabilis Lawr,, . 472 
Heliomata G. & R., eo) 0 OOK 
Helix aoe. 60 WIS23),.28, 40 
aeule ata Miill,, 24 
aeruginosa Gould, ; 40) 
albolabris Say, 19, 21, 24, 
Da Beh IY) 
algira L., : <tr i 28 
alternata Say, .20, 23, 32, 153 
annulata Case, .. ais 
appressa Say, 19, 21, 24, 33 
arborea Say, 20, 22, 81, 39, 153 
arbustorum L., 25 
areolata Sowb., rile 40 
Ariadnae Pf., 18, 24, 33 
arrosa Gould, 40 


Index. 495 


PAGr. Pace. 
Helix aspersa Mill, . . . . . 84 Helix fallax Say, . 18, 24, 33 
asteriscus Morse, . 32, 163, 16: fastigans 8. W. Say, 19; 23; 33 
AridowmuOrbs 2.5.25... 40 fatigiataSay, . . 19,21, 2 
auriculata Say, 18, 23, 24, fidelis' Graiya yg.) 3 10 
30, 33 Jraterna Say, . ess 
auriformis Bland, = 32 ‘friabilis W. G. Binn., Piano 
MUR SIve nse «L824. 33 fuliginosa Grit 2On 2p 22. 
Ayersiana Newe., Se een ec) 265228) Sil 
barbigera Redf,. . 24,29, 33 fulua Drap:, . < 20; 22531, 39 
Baskervilles Pi, . . . . 40 germana Gould, 18, 24, 30, 39 
Berlanderiana Morie., 19, 3 GlaphyTra save, yo eee oe: 
BiCOStOL Ieee Fs (23 OSGOOD o 5 oe 0 UD, B 
BOOUMORGARI AE. 2 2S gularis Say, . . 20, 23,28, 31 
BridgestiNewe, . . . . 40 Gundlachi t tae J. P20E 29553 
bueculenta Gould, . . 24, 34 harpaSay, . s of Pee Bu 
bulbimna Desh 2 . . . . 34 . Hazardi Bland, 5 EERE Be 
COGUCOMEIA RE AON O24 25: 27 3  ierdsiye is 0s Oe tare 
Californiensis Lea, . . . 40 hippocrepis Pf., 18, 24, 29, 
capsella Gould, . . 20, 22, 3 a0), 3%) 
CarpentertNewe, . . . . 40 hirsuta Say, 18, 24, 29, 33, 
Carpenteriana Bland, DATE Se, 153. 154 
cellaria Mull, =. . «20, 22 8 hispida L., . NE) DS sey 
cereolus Muhlf.,. 18, 21,23, 32 Hopetonensis Shuttl., 119 2453. 
chersina Say, . 20, 22, 31, hortensis Miull., te eh ao: 
158, 154 Hubbardi Brown, af Seti Roe 
ChastiveBiandys 25. 3 hydrophila Ing, . . 20, 81 
Cui RO) UGH. SE Ea ee incrustata Poey, . . 24, 32 
(CUCINA, —— a, Lo a ee ee mls: indentata Say, . 21, 22, 31, 153 
clausa Say, . . 24, 25, 26, 3 inflecta Say,. . . 18, 24, 23 
Columbiana Lea, ~ AS Aue infumata Gould, eae eee a()) 
concava Say, 19, 20, 23) 025, 1165 Ingallsiana Shuttl., 24°95, 34 
conspecta Bland, . . 163, 164 inornata Binn.,. . . . . 8i 
convera Raf.,. . Me ve cy gel inornata Say, . . 20, 22, 26 
Cooperi W. G. Binp., a Shay ey intercisa W. G. Binn., . . 40 
costara Nill ee a) Ss 38 interna SBy,. - . 20; 23, 31 
cullellota Thems, =. . = 39 intertexta Binn., . 20, 22, 31 
Cumberlandiana Lea, 20, 28, 32 introferens Bland, . 29, 80, 388 
delitescens Shuttl., . 23, 24 jejyuna Say, - . . .. . 934 
demissa Binn., . . 20, 22, 8 Kelletti Forbes,. . Jere) 
dentifera Binns TES WEG) kopnodes W. G. Binn., 24, oil 
devia Gould,. . . . . . 40 labiosaGould, . . .. . 40 
dinesta Goutd, ~ 2. BER DE. 8} labrosa Bland, . . Oe) BIS 
Dorfeuilliana Lea, 18, 29, 33 labyrinthica Say, 19, 23, 25, 
Downieana Bland,. . . . 34 32, 153, 154 
Dupetithouarsi Desh. . . 40 levigata Raf, 20, 22, 26, 
Hdgariana Lea, 18, 24, 29, 33 Pils Bill 
Edvardsi Bland,. . . 29, 33 lasmodon Phill.,. . 20, 23, 32 
egena Say, . . . 20,31, 34 lamatapets anne eee 
electrina Gould, 19, 21, 22, Lecontii Lea, . 19,24, 29 
Salas leporina Gould, 24, 29, 30, 383 
elevata Say, . . . 19, 24, 33 levis, Pin 3 Cas faa ee 
Wliotti Redt., 31 WTO SEND 0 a 6 2,22, oll 
espiloca Rav., NAS Limatula Wards 539225" 31 
ewryomphalus Pf, . . 27, 28 lineata Say, . . 20, 23, 82, 153 
euspira Pf, . <u ee ee loricata Gould, 19, 24, 29, 3 
Cranatg Rice oe, a 30 lucubraia Binns 29. 4 226 
exigua Stimp., . . 18,23, 32 lucubrata Say, . . . . . 22 
exoleta Binn., . 19, 24, 25, 3 macilenta Shuttl, . . 20, 23 


Habricit Beck, . . . 22, 3 major Binn., - 19, 21, 24, 34 


496 


Helix maxillata Gould, . 24, 29, 


Mazatlanica Pf.,  . 


Index. 


PAGE. 


99 
oo 


164 


microdonta Desh., Se Bet re en 
mailvum Morse, tee 32 
minuscula Binn., 20, 28, 32, 153 
minutissima Lea, . 5 ee 
Mitchelliana Lea, 19, 24, 26, 3 
monodon Rack., 18, 19, 24, 
29, 33 
Mooreana W. G. Binn., 29, 383 
mordax Shuttl., a, 23, 32 
Mormonum Ree ee: LO 
Midlani Bld. & Coop., . . 338 
multidentata Binn., 20, 23, 82 
multilineata Say, . 19, 24, 3 
muscarum Lea, =F ete aE 
Newberryana W. G. Binn., . 39 
Nickliniana lice ei eets ae | 40 
nitida Miill., 20, 31 
obstricta S Say, 19, 24, 25, 33 
oppilata Mor., . . 19, 2 32 
Oitonis seta ene 22 
palliata Say, 19, 21, 24, 95, 33 
Pandorae ¥ orbes, ee . 40 
Pennsylvanica Green, 19; “4, 
26, 34 
perspectiva Say, . 20, 32 
Pisce Mn ee AO 
placentula Shuttl.,. . 20, 22 
planorboides Raf., 19, 20, 
21, 23 
polygyrella Bld. & Beek 5 
porcina Say,. . Si ah PUTS: 
PostelizanaBlandy- 9) 33 
profunda Say,. . 19, 24, 34 
pulchella Miill.,. 18, 25, 34, 153 
pura Ald., LO205 2 22 
pustula Fer., . 19, O4, 2) os 
pustuloides Bland,. 29, 80, 33 
ramentosa Gould, . . . . 40 
vedimita W. G. Binn., . . 40 
reticulata, Pf,  . 5 AO) 
Roemerz Pf.,. . 19, 4, OB. 34 
rolundata Miull., — . : 23 
rufescens Penn., . 19,25, 38 
Rugeli Shuttl., . . 19,24, 33 
Sayi Binn., . - 19, 24, . 34 
se ulptilis Bland, Se ie aS, 
septemvolua Say, OMAN 2S. oe 
solitaria Say, . 20, 22, 32, 39 
spinosa Lea, 19, 21, 24, 20, 
30, 33 
sportella Gould, 19, 21, 22, 
23, 25, 32, 165 
stenotrema Fer., 20, 21, 24, 
29, Be 
striatella Anth., 20, 28, 32, 
39, 153, 154 
strigosa Gould,. . 19,28, 3 


Helix submerzs Migh,, . . . . . 
subplana Binn.,. . . 22, 
suppressa Say, 23, 28, 31, 

153, 
tenwistriata Binn.,. . . . 
Texasiana Morie., . 19, 24, 
tholus W. G. Binn., . ie 
thyroides Say, . 19, 24, 
Townsendiana Lea, 19, : 25, 
Traskii Newe.,. . . 
tridentata Say, Hal9) 24; ‘33, 
triodontoides Bland., . . 
Troostiana Lea, 19, 223) 

24, 
tudiculata Binn., ’ i 
uvulifera Shuttle ae elo Ross 
Vancouverensis Lea, 19, 20, 

21, 23, 25. 32, 


varians Mke., . . 
vellicata Forbes, . . 


18, 25, 


ventrosula Pf. . 24, 
MUnclay Nall) ae ate) Lee ere 
viridula Mike. . - te; aay 
volvoxis Parr., 19; 21, 23, 
Morten weirs ae a oy, 23, 
WenCHUPINIGWO 5 5.46 5 6 
vultuosa Gould, 19, 24, 29, 

SOA oS. 
Wheatleyi Bland, : 
zaleta Say, 

Helminthophaga celata S Say, : 
Chinysonte Gap lanai re nr 
peregrina Wils., 174, 
(ODS MW 3 a 
ruficapilla Wils., : 

Helmitherus vermivorus Gm., . 

Hemeroplanes, . . ; 
pseudothyreus Grote, : 

Hemileueca Walk., . . . . 376, 
MEME sy Ue 576, 

ITEMILEUGING, = cy (A) ae aolOsnodil, 

Hemitomes Gray, . sew : 

Henicocichla auroc apilla Wisc 

Herodias egrettaGm.,. . -. 12, 

Hesperia Fabr., . _ “leis. 


bimacula G. & Rue : 


pocahontas Seudd., — . 2 
Hesrermpar, . . F poe 
Hesperiphona vespe rtina C oop. 
Heulandite,  . ie) 2a 
Hierofaleo Telandic US s Sab., A 
Himantopus nigricollis V ieill., 12, 
XIRUNDINID, |. 2) eee, 289, 
Hirunpinivz, yee é rae 
Hirundo eequatorialis Lawr. ‘ 

alowentris; . se Me > 

bicolom Vieilles a) ; 

horreorum Bart. . . 9, 


lunifrons Say, . . 


Histrionicus forguatus L., 


Hfolorhinus, . . Warat 
vespertilio Gill, oye 
HolospiraAib., . . . 


Hornblende, . . 
Hornblende Slate, 


Eivaliagbers 7) 0 3 S. s 
(CEN, Seah. ie Ona er 
Schum eee. 

Hyalite,.. 


Hydrochelidon fissipes As 
Hyprops SYCHIDAR, 
Hygromia Risso,. . 
Hylopbilus pusilli:s Lawr. 
Hylotomus (DUAGHIE Min 5 
Hyloicus Hibn., 

plebeia Fab., 


PO eyes ates ips sas. 
Ehyperchuria =| 0s 0 83 ¥- 
var id, 


Hiyperitis amicaria Guen., 
Hypopithys, .. : < 
Hy potriorehis columbarius s L., 


Tanthina planispira Rv., 

Iberus Mont., AME oe ae 

bistalOae bites eae hate 
Ordii Bon., . 

Teteria viridis Gm., 


Icreripa, . mleib: 


Icterus Baleamore the é 
mesomelas Wagl., 


SYOOTROUIS Whey) ye 
Lindo yee es oe ae Re 
evcina sets: ee). eee ee 
Imonmnagnetze “2 Sa’. 

spathic, 

specular, ae Tee 
Isogonostoma Fitz. . . . 


Isthmia Bollesiana Morse, 
corpulenta Morse, . . 


CECGhO es) MAS!) os 
Coulda ie 
HOOT. on ne 
OGTR = 5 ne 


ventricosa Morse, 
Junco hyemalis L., 


Kaolin, : 
Kellia planulata Stimp. 
LET OOO, hs ees tes, Amn 


Itaconian, 4 <a) faye 
Lacosoma Grote, ay tc) Coe 
Lacuna vincta Turt., 


Lampornis Veraguensie Gould, 


JER 6 2 ee ot me 
amenities 2s ceed 4:09; 


Index. 


Saat Sy 


CO 


200 
205 


19 
292, 
299 


) 


wt 35 
289 
289 
180 
289 
249 
426 
191 
189 
193 

18 
209 
210 
211 
210 
210 
208 
207 


463 


AGAR IDs ae eee Ss 
Larus argentatus, 
Delawarensis Ord, 
glaucus Brunn., 
FHutehinsii Rich., 
MGM UNUSMla | eee ee 
Smithsonianus Coues, 
Laumontite, 0 
Leda Limatilen Stimp., : 
Legatus albicollis Vieill., 


enn oaplilaves meen een ae 
ILENNOEAES 5.02 2) eee sare 
DECC ie Sh os oc 
Chersissi es 2 eee 
Leucarctia Pack. . . . 


acraea Pack.,  . 
Leucodora Johnst., 

ciliatas Shes) Sy ees 
Mia Albi See. 
Lima scabra Born., 
Limacodes Latr., . . . 

inornata G. & R.,. 

seapha Harris, 
Limax agrestis L., 

campestris Binn., 


Jimny 5 6 6 5 a 6 
Bulla yen Se oeeoNe 
Ie, 6 5 o 4 ¢ 
Madrepore, . . 256 
Porites, 


Limnzea columella Say, 
desidiosa Say, 
humilis Say, : 
Limosa fedoa ibe 2 : 
Hudsonica athe 
Limulodes Matth., ore 
paradoxus Matth.,. . 
Limulus Polyphemus. 
Tiotia eruentata Muhlf., 
LipavuGina 3 
Lipaugus aihonti iseus Lawr., 
LIrHoPpHAGl, . . - 
Litiopa, F : 
Littorina Aopanth Phil, 
lineata VOrb., 


littoralis F. & H., 152, 


muricata L., Zi he - 
mespilum Miahit, bps 
yudis Gould,. . . . 
ziczac Chem., 
Lophodonta Pack., : 
angulosa Pac ‘k., MN ke 
georgica, Ph ae 
Lophody tes cucullatus L., 
Lophophanes bicolor L., . 
LoPHOTIDAR, . . : 
Loxia Americana Ww ils., 
leue opte va Gm. ee ea 
Lucina auwrantia Desh., . . 


bpornm. 





497% 


PAGE. 


998 
299 
299 
219 
999 
999 
999 
192 
152 
1707) 


&. 
bo 
L 


> Lo 
te 
_ 


ie eS ¢ 


py 


140 


288 
288 


- 429 


498 Index. 


, PAGE. 
Lucina jamaicensis Spl... .  .  . 429 
OULU ee eee 9) 

pecten Luk, : she ee) 
quadrisule ata ad’ Orb., a VAIO 
peunsylvanica L., . . . . 429 
ROGULCAG OU. ee ee eee) 
HOGAPHOO Wire oo ag Soe ‘oa DB) 
Meudiase bs, Ma). ep ee ee PNA 
lovers; ea) Pe 4625164! 
Lyonsia hyalina ( Yontnd. Py PETER TSO 
Macroceramus Guild... 161, 162, 163 
amplus Gund, <2 2 (seas 
GOSSC Ee a et eee IG 

Gen enna en Sees 
Maugeri Wicd a aan een (Gill 
signatus Guild... . . 161, 162 

HRA OOP NB agg ce go OM 
Macrocyclis Beck, . . . 18, 23, 36 
Macroglossa Boisd., see ewe 3 5 
MAGCROGHOSSING 9. a) Ae eS 


Macroramphus grisews Gm., 100 


293, 
scolopaceus Say, . . . . 298 
IMacrosila ire eee, (uso os 854: 
CHUGR RA Woe BP ae loa tak qe alii! 
carolina, 353, 354 
CODGTMTO 5 3 5 5 Bae, Bw! 
OCU om Ce eee aD Od: 
b=maculata, . . . . 353. 354 
rustica, waar} 3 oy DR, ad! 
Mactra br Gailenaa Link, Sees 45 
lateralis Say, 2 . = W51, 152 
SHOWS SONA oa. 5 4 4 5 LEP 
solidissima Chem.,. . . . 152 
Magnesite, LE Wrest oes eS 
Magnetite, Pa 2 Ee 193 
Malacoptila cnor nata Du. Bus, ele Ga 


verapacis Scl. & Salv., . . 183 
Mangelia candidissima ©. B. Ad., 396 


densestriata ©. B. Ad., . . 396 
Vicia CB Ade eenens OG 
Manhattan’Group, . . . . 2. 120 
Mareca Americana Gm., . . . . 297 
Penelope ie: haere cl 
Margarops fuseatus V ieill, eee oko 
Margarornis brunveicauda Lawr., 130 
brunnescens Sel., . . 129, 130 
guttata Lawr., . . . 128, 129 
rubiginosa Lawr.,. . . . 128 
Squamigera, . . 128, 129, 130 
Marginella albida C.B. Ad, . . 396 
apicina Mke., . . . 396, 429 
chrysomelina Redf., . . . 396 
Cinctasken: ene IG 


conoidalis Kien, . . . . 396 
fluctuata C.B. Ad. . . . 394 
guitata Mke,, 9... , «, 429 
wmbricata Hands, + . . . 396 


PAGE. 

Marginella interrupta Lam.,. . . 396 
Lavalleana V@Orb., . . . 430 
maculosa Wien, . 430 
marginata Born, 396 

nivea ©, B. Ad., 396 

nivea Born, . 396 
pallida I, . . 4380 
pellucida Pf., 430 
Mariella, A Ti See 
Mar tesia Smithii Try oni Mid 2Felbe: 
Megarhynechus Mexicanus Lafr., 182 
Melampus bidentatus Say, : 153 
Melanehroia Hiibn.,. . 441, 499. 443 
Sumosa Grove . 443 
geometroides Walk., i . 443 
regnatrix G.& R., . 441, 448 
Melanerpes erythrocephalus ae 220 
Melanetta velvetina Cass., S29 
Melina perna L., . 430 
Melospiza Tincolnin Aud., 286 
melodia Wils., 286 
palustris Wils., . 286 
Melozone /eucotis Cab., . 481 
Mergulus alle L., 300 
Mergus Americanus Cass., 298 


serrator L., 


. 298 


Mesodon Raf., ay ley Dt 337) 
Mesomphix Raf, . . . 22,28, 34 
Mesotype, 122 
Myiarchus Lawrencii Giraud, 182 
Mica EE Ee ea OBIS ORS 
Micromesus, 136 
Micropalama himantopus Bon., 100, 294 
Microphysa Alb, 92 22. 9292330 
Milvulus tyrannus L., ae eliint 
Mimus polyglotus L., . . . 282, 283 
Mitra barbadensis Gml., . . 430 

dermestina Lmk., . 430 

nodulosa Ginl., af Ov. 5430 

puZlla Aves ee . 430 
Mitrephorus aurantiiventris Lawr., fie 

pheocerus, . . Woe er alyis) 
MitruJaria eque stris Dee cA Bawa) 
Modiolus americanus T. @H., 430 

modiolus L., RN tee W430) 
Mniotilta varia L.,. . . . 174, 288 
MNromm riba.) Sn ete eee Onelufetera lio) 
Mniovitrin®, 6 
Modulus lentieularis ¢ ‘hem., _ 430 

perlatus Wood, . 396 
Molothrus pecoris Gm., 289 
Molybdenaer \- ~. | tae ate 190 
Momoripa#, . . Bt 177 
Momotus Lessoni Lesa 177 
MONOTROPACEAE, 2 2) 5 99, 56 
Mormon areticus L., 300 
Moreletia Pf., tl nag! 28 
Moracttiip™,.  . 2838 
Murex Antillarum Hands, 397 


Index. 499 


PAGE. PAGE. 

Murex brevifrons Lam. . . . . 396 Natiea triseriata Say, = 50) 194) 95 
connuscenue Mart. .=\). .  . 696 INauclerusiumeatusibe 3 3 4)... 280 
pauperculus C. B. Ad., . . 430 Neetris fuliginosus Strick, . . . 298 


pomifor mis Mart.,. . . . 430 Nemertes,. . SO eo BOE Si 
‘arispina Lam., >. . . 397 Nemopnman Ks aup., ~~) ses) 140 

RUS okey eee. - 480) INemophis Kau ys 6) ssuellsss 140 
SHEER ATs en). 3960 Ib oO LENO, 6 Fe gg EKO) 
MUSOU pasa kaye. . + 186 INerine Johnst., - SUE enraee So!) 
Mya arenaria Linn, . 151, 152, 153 coniocephala Jobnst., s 2 6 OSS 
MiychostomarAllbraye) ue: = = 1Gl Nerita peloronta li) 2 ee er to0 
Myiodioctes Canadensis L., . . . 285 varia Meus, 2 = 2 = 2430 
chrysocephalus Useh.,.  .  . 470 wartegata Chem., . . . . 430 
epost ee ee) 6. 284 INeritinn chlori7alinkes sue eo 
USHULS WHS ea ys 3 = 299 Jamaicensis C. B. Ad., . . 397 
superciliaris Lawr., . . . 470 onnatal CBs Age em neenentS Oni 


Myiodynastes nobilis Sel., 5 NOt pupa L., ee a3) 


Myiozetetes marginatus Lawr.,. . 8 Vangenec lie anager teeet0 
Texensis Giraud, else DERCUS so on BO) 
MYLIOBATIDES, z : 1385 Nettion CarolinensisGm., . . . 297 
MSnORAnINEENNLS laewe 4 sds 136 CLEC ee eee OK 
Ri lichate me eins 86, 137 “Newberrya ‘Torr. | 2.2008 vo 
aquila, es cela | Notodontan ges Jane neeoiio esi: 
Californicus Gill, We 24 '€s si Nucla mrouunans iy. 0) nenlion 
beats een, payts ays Numenius borealis Forster, . . . 294 
vultur,. . Mee. os. 1G Hudsonicus Lath., . . 100, 294 
Myliobatoids, eM Matin) coo longirostris Wils,, . . . . 294 
Mylorhina, . . . 5 o « IR INC mame Em, = 5 2 5 . BS 
Myobius atricaudus Taare ee Sey Chea 7icyeqa | nicl eae ne ST 
barbatus Lawr., . . . . 8 Nyetherodius violaceus L., 98, 292 
sulphureipygius Sel., .. .  § Nyetiardea GardeniGm., . . . 292 
Myozetetes Columbianus C. & IL, Hin ONGATPEPAT.TO AIDS 0 eu ei se eles 432 
Myriarchus erinitusL, . . . . 290 NymphidiaFabr, . . . . Bal, 353 
Myrmelastes corvinus Lawr., . . 7 borealis G. & I, Fail chy, 
Myrmeciza exsu/ Sel., . . 133 jaune Ney, 05 I, BNI, BE 
lemosticta Salv., 133 Nymphidium. . oh OO 
stictoptera Lawr., . 5g May OL: ae ere et a. SW) 
Myrmotherula albigula Lawr., .. 131 
Mytilus edulis L.,  . . . , 152 Oceanites oceanica Khui.,. . . . 298 
% MOdtolus eee eee 52) 1194! @dontostoniay Ors ee [le 
plicatulus Desh., 152 Odostomia canaliculata C. B. Ad., . 397 
solida C. B. Ad., heen 
Nanina, . Peer te OT) AOeceticus;, 5 379 
Nae day eee. | cs a PA ero! Genceandanni all. ; 202 


Nassa ambigua Pult., es eee ts0) aOidemia Americana Sw., 


~ 
oO = 
-I bt 


obsoleta § Say, 3 , . ial (woNeMONGS G62 a ce 20 

trivittata Say, 150. 151, 194, 195 Oliva fuloeda, Ky, «2 3 430 

vibes Say, ae eee aS) Ue ilby2 VCO. EVE.) ee ee, eto) 
Natica cancellata laam., . - . . 397 PU WIN se ee NI) 

cine Wi, o 3. & 6 6 0 Sid) parvula Mart., . : . 430 

(ORT IRE, 5) Ge 5 BU reticularis Link., . . . . 430 

duplicata Say, . . . 150, 152 Oniscia oniseus Lmk.,. . . . . 439 

heros Say, 2 152, 194, 195 Oporornis agiis Wils.,. . . . . 283 

nitida Don., . . Eg eo formosus Wils.. 2. 

proxima, ©. 1B Ad. . . . 480 Oreotrochilus Estelle, . . 

PUSila SAY ew es at) ap ol D2 OFEOpy Lay 7 ie tele 

rugosa Ch, = . = = 391,430 calolema Salv., . 

Rigosa Ganiely ies He: \rialayeane ai cinereicauda Lawr., 

Sagraiana d’ Orb., 2 Chie ge e8O hemileuca Salv., 





sulcata Born... . - «397 leucaspis Gould, . 


500 





Index. 


PAGE. 

Oreopyra venusta Lawr.,, . . . 484 
Q@EGBANCHACEAE...« 1. © >. = tbo 
Orthite,. . . . . - 2 age 1938 
Orthor hynehus e Pile ene ‘ie 98 
Ortyx graysoni Lawr., EE 476 
pectoralis, a, ice gee ET 
Viergincannis lb ee. ee oe 

Ostrea borealis Lam., . . . 150, 152 
frons Linn., . . . 430 

j Virginiana Lister, .. 152 

Otus Wilsonianus Less., . . . . 281 
Ovula acicularits Lmk, . . . . 430 
givbosa mks, == 430 
Rachylia, 9): Aras. pr tis 203 
ficus Linn. or ear 
inornata Clem., 5 203 
resumens Walk., . . . - 203 
Pachyrhampus cinereiventris, . . 182 
cinnamomeus Lawr., 182 

niger, « So Salicy? 

polye hropterus V ieill., . 182 
PackardiaG. & R.,. . . 373 
albipunetata, . . 373 
elegans, 5) 2/9.) iv om 313 

fusca; OAL 2 ae 373 
geminata, . 5 373 
Ocellatan -) ete Byte ue mete 
Pandion Carolinensis Gm., 2, 280, 281 
Pandora trilineata Say, . . 152, 194 
TpeUNIVEL ID Cuan ee hs ke EELS O 
insignis Cab., . . 40, 46, 485 
Pantographa Led., Bh Reichs SRV vec A OAL 
limataG.& R.,. . . 464, 465 
seripturalis Led., . . . . 465 
Banmacellice sss) 2. ie ee uRomns ALERT 
PaRipDzA, . Seg alttsh eee 
Parra gumnostoma W agl., eden allisy: 
Parus atricapillus L., . . 283 
Carolinensis Aud., 2283 
Parula Americana L., ~ 283, 
Passer domesticus L., Hn he mee Si 
Passereulus guttatus Lawr.,. . . 473 
Savanna Wils., —. . 286 

GOSET GUUS su, ©) | aS Ss ellis 
Passerella tliaca Merr., . . . . 287 
Patella Antillarum Sowhb.,  . . 430 
pallescens Phil... 5 ZESXO) 
Rabmiaeltelds) 5 susene seme Oe Soma 
Pecien imbricatus\Gm., - = = ~. 430 
mradions aml, oc =) bee alias 
Islandicus Chemn., : 150 
Magellanicus Lam. . . . 150 
RUUCLEIES PONT Jae eee 450 
Ormatusyiamk., 9s. 2 )aeimt 430 

miczac l., . oe lee 430 
Pectunculus decnssatus ae 430 
minimus Gm... . 430 


RHO ey ae 


PAGE 

PELECANID As... ¢ Laer eee mL S eS 
PEGECANIND <2), the Speer 15 
Pelecanus fuscus L., . . 18, 101, 298 
erythrorhynchus Gm., e298 
Pelidna Americana Cass,. . . . 294 
Pelionetta perspicillata L., Ole 
Penelope purpurascens Wag)., » 12 
IPENELOPIND. (. 1:0 vse oe. We 12 
PERDICID AS Gc.) Aes . 292 
Pergesa, Fame) 0 eae 
thor Ries Hubn, ey ws 208 
Perigonia Boisd., . . . 99, 203 
divisa H—S., . . . 199, 203 
lefeburti Lucas, Woes) e208 

jusca. abr lei 199, 203 
Perikline, . =. . Sas eos 
Perisoreus Canadensis ie ; 289 
PGrtNGle. “i, 8 Mate eee ee ». Si 
etricolase es as eee ; 494 
dactylus Say, ~ . 2 1625 a94) 
lapicida Chem.,. . . . 430 
pholadiformis Lam., . 152 

; typica Jon, - By 2 !510) 
Petrochelidon albilinea Lawr., 5 ee a ae) 
leweoptenaulia wine ke ae et eer ae 
Meyenti Cab., . . Ay Pay We 
Phaeton aethereus L., ... . 102 
Jluvivostris Brandt... . 108 
Phaethornis Cassini Lawr., . . B47 
PHALACROCORACIDIE- aie OS 
Pivalacniase- 2s ae alowon Css Oeme ee 
laccoon) 2) a miscOmeclens so 
phovoncs seen 380 

NEQUE gs See oe eee 381 
PEATE SE NEDA yaa et a ee 
PHALAROPODIDA, . . td ei ee OO 
Phalaropus W¢/sonii Sab. : Eii.O5 
hyper bores eve a LO! 
LEMOS Wi oe > 299 
PHANEROPNEUMONAG =) cr 20 clea rues: 
Pheueticus chrysogaster, . . 498 
tibialis Baird, . . Het 7T8 
Pheugopedius atrogularis Salv., . 179 
Philampelus,. . . - 2 2 2035205 
Gieeo Oren 5 5 5 IIs) 
hormbeckiund, a = sire 198 
jussiewae Clem.,. . . 198, 199 
labruscae \ainny i eS 

linnei G. & R.,. 198, 199, 208 
lycdon Crs” <a een cS 

vitis, < .. - LOM MOS 99; 203 
Philohela minor Gm.,. . . 298 
Philomacus pugnax L., . . . «. 294 
Philydor rufobrunneus Lawr., . . 127 
virgatus Lawr.,. - . . , 468 
Pheenicothraupis erythrolema, . . 10 
fuscicauda Cab., . 9, 10, 179 
ruoicoldes, |. = meee, 9,9 ShO 
Pholas crispata Linn.,. . . . . 152 


Index. 


PAGE. 
Pholas truncata Say, ee blow, 
Pholisma Nutt.,. . DI os, 5D 
Phosphate of Lire, 190 
Phosphorite, 5 Damen 0 
Phryganea, 144, 147 
PHRrYGANIDAE, . 146 

Vhyllodoce 
aaa Oersted, 333, 306 
Physa heferostropha Say, . 152 
Piaya eee Scl., Sumesae (Ciac 
Pris, , 183, 291 
PICINA, Wl 
Picus borealis Vieill., F291 
pubescens L.., . 291 
villosus L., 291 
Pilidium, 307 
Pineria, . alles 
Pinieola Co inadensis Briss, . 288 
Pinna muricata I.., . . 430 
pernula Chem., 430 
Pionius senilis Spix, . 184 
Pinilo ehlorura, , 481 
er ythrophthalinus ie . 288 
Pisania pennata Brown, 2% 430 
Visidium, . 91, 419 
Ann ald? Ope 52 
casertanum Bourgt, 92 
Noy-Zeiandicum Pr., Slee Be 
Pithys bicolor Lawr., a 
Jeucaspis Lawr., 6, i 
PLAGIO‘REMATINAE, 138 
Vlagiotremus Gill, Se eclveye) 
spilistius Gill, 140, 300 
Planaria, eet 
angulata Mull, 308, 340 
Planaxis nucleus Lmk , , 420 
lineatus Da Cost., 430 
Planorbis deflcctus Say, mS Mp2 
parvus Say, . 152 
Patanus occidentalis, 290 
PLATYRHYNCHIN#, ; 7 
Platyrhyuchus cancroma Tar ‘Henny 
superciliaris Lawr., 7 
Piatysamia Grote, . . 379 
californica, 379 
cecropia, 379 
columbia, ; 379 
PLATYTHYRINI, os ’ 364 
Pl.tythyris G. & R., e 361, 362, 363, 364 
fasciata G. & R., 362, 863, 364 
vitrina G. & R., 861, 353, 364 
Piectrophanes Lapponicus L.. 288 
nivalisL., . 288 
Ple vrotoma albida C. B. ds 5 Skyy 
Augustae C, B. Ad, oor 
badia Pr., : . 396 
cerinum Kurtz & Stimps. pe alio 
coccinatu Rv 5 BUT 
fucata Ry. . 430 
fusiformis CB: ay 897 
minor ©, B. Ad., 397 

MAY, 1867, 


501 


PAGE. 
Pleurovtoma monilifera C. B. Ad., . 397 
pygmaea C. B. Ad., . . 397 
Plicatula spondyloidea Meuseh., . 430 
Pneumodermon, Sit? . 241 
Podieceps cornutus Gm., . 800 
cristetus L., . . 300 
griseigena Bodd., 300 
Podilyimbus podiceps L., 360 
Poecetes gramineus Gm., 286 
Polioptila ewrulea L., 282 
superciliaris Lawr., 178 
Polydora Bose, 323 
ciliatune Clap., OU 
cornuta, . o24, 38 
Polygyra Say, LOSE 2as som 
Polymita Beck, , 18, 25, 38 
Porzana Carolina V ieill., 295 
Noveboracensis isles ee 295 
Procellaria leweorrhea Vieill., 298 
pelagica L., 298 
PROCELLARID, 298 
Progne purpurea Te Poed Tee 285 
Proserpina Gray, . 15, 17, 155, 186 
bidentata C. B. Ad., . 16, 156 
depressa Orb., 16, It, Wao) Wow 
globulosa Orb., 16, 156 
linguifera Jon., SAS ATS 
nitida Gray,. . 15, 156, 157 
pisum ©. B. Ad., 15, 156 
pulchra, ; Smee ee ay tls) 
Swifti Bland, 16; 155, 156 
)RoSFRPINACEA, UBS bE Nas 
PROSERPINAD, oe 
Proserpinella Bland, 157 
Berendti Bland, lian 
PSAMMOBIDAE, . . 425 
PSEUDOBRANCHIA,.. . pelts 
Pseudohazis G. & R., St 
Pseudohazis eghanterina, .. 377 
Pseudohazis hera, SR zit 
Pseudosphinx, 203, 354 
tetrio Linn., 203, 354 
PsirracrDAk, 11, 184 
PSITTACINAL, see 1] 
Psittacus pule er ulentus Gm, Bie anon | alll 
Psyche Helix, . ‘ 146, 147, 149 
Planorbis, 146, 149 
PsYCHIDA, . . Siete ie! 
PS chocampa G. ER. S74, 375 
eoneolor G. & R. _ aS: 
Psychonoctua Grote, .. ele: 
Pteroglossus er yoropygins Gould, . Les 
Pterospora, 55 
PrTLODONTES, 373 
Puffinus Anglor um ‘Temm., . 298 
major Faber, . . 298 
obscurus Gm, 298 
PULMONATA, 15 
PUD Ay a7 eyeten sais vines 126 
armifera Say, ; lia2 
hadia, . » 2be 
36 Axy, Lyé. Nav. Hist. Vor. VII. 


502 Indew. 


PAGE. 

Ripaoignanata; os. ee ae ee ee 
Jlandi W. G. Binn., . . . 211 
Californiea Row., . . 156, 167 
COMMACLO SANG 1 ~, is deter ay uivie 
decora Gould, Bas Boe acca yt CYT 
Rowellii Newe., . . 166, 167 


TUPICOLL SAV, | = 14. LOD Lod: 
Pupilia Blandi Morse, 7.0 217 
Purpura jloridana Con, . 2. . 430 

galew Chem, 2-8 5% 430 

LT APU TE NUE Eee Ss Coe lai, 

RidvUuO, WAM; fo eee ee ae 

plicata Mints 3 3 8. ee 

Hypey aes Weng) ae oho 5 i ER 
ES ORATDINE! 8D y's soy cae eee te me a tae 
LUC OULLG en ere Ney WM ret se 
Pyramidella dolubrata is niches Ea 
Pyrauga estiva Gm, . . . 175, 286 


TPOAGY ctr Dine Rie Se Re rete aN ah UREA 
Pyrgisoma biareuatum, . . 480, 451 
— Kieneri Bp Usa on® eyo) 
Xantusit Baird, . . 480, 481 
UAQRODG J ter eh Eee ge eRe Ce LOS 
Pyrowene, ‘ NO ice is 2) 
Pyrrhopheen: \ “Ries feri Boure., ce 
Pyrtia ecnalic ulaia Br Ww, . Io, a9 
COMIC POS ete lads 


Pytilus humeralis Lawr., . Each GH 

poliogasler, pele bee Comb. SOP Uy ATR S82 
Orcaitenmran, yener we aliOO) UL Siem oO 
QQuerquedula discors L., . . 101, 297 


Quiscalus macrourus Lw, Po EMO 
MOPSUCOLOM Li murine Uren 239 
Malice. ye) Us eerie Rea Is) 
Rallus erepitans Gm, rate eieead Gaciet , Uneuhee Che) 
elegans TANUEGL Seyi et nas OMe ae eo Ob 
Virginianus Ls BS a eA 
RAMPHASTIDA,. 5. sts; aes 
Ramphastos carinatus Cie ot ete tee 
piseivorus L., so Bboe 
Ramphocelus dimidiatus Ts afin sue plnia 
MaSseramit BOD. - nae LiO. ming 


Ramphocenus rufiventris Bon., 6, 182 
Ramphomicron heleropogon,. .  . 45 
olivaceus Lawn, . . . .- 44 


SME oo Oe Si ree: ti) 
Ranella caudata Say, . .. . . lol 

ponderosa RY... .0 1 A300 
Reeurvirostra Americana Gm... . 295 
RECURVIROSTRIDAE, . ... . OD 
RECURVIROSTRINAE, . A yeh ed ene Hs 
Regulus calendiwla L., . .. . 282 

Sacra Licht. 2 es wh ao 
TCT eS 08 Oe irey aM at LIE) 
Rhinoptera, . . al sorels.o, 


adsper rsa M. IH, malas Yor ecollate: 
Lalandii M. ifige Ce yee eG 
vespertilio Givard,. . . . 137 
Rhyaecophilus solitarius Wils., . . 204 
Rhynchocyelus — flavo-olivaceus 
Teeny.’ SS, Came mie es tS 


Rhynchoeyclus sulphurescen 
cimereiceps, . . . 
Rhyneops nigra L.,. 
Ricinula ferruginosa Ry., . 
nodulosa ©. B. Ad., 
TOSCa Ry., Eee ea 
turbinella Wien., 
tissa tridactyla L.,. . . 
Rissoa aculeus, . 5 =. 
Catesbya Orb. 2. 
evassicosta C. B. Ad., 
melanura C. 3. Ad., 
minor ©, B. Ad. . 
minua Stimp., . 


multicostata C. B. Ad., 


scalarella C. B. Ad., 
sealaroides C. B. Ad., 


ter yericosa CoB sad 


Kiubelite, Pen erie se 
ROUEULCN Ce Mae, Wie er. 


SS: agda Be sek, 7 A 5 5 
Saltator fulvi 1\ eatEis Lawr., 
grandis, . Mar i 


ler riicline i. awr., 
meagnoides Latr., 
WO IEUS, 4 2 . 
OLIDUSCEUS, 2. 
plumbiceps B Baird, | 
rufiventris Vig. 
sirvaiipects Lafr., 
Vigorsit Gray, . . 
Samia Liabn., 
cynthia, 
SARCORAMPHINUE, . . 
5 ieoramphus pape Gs 
Saturnia, . 
eal: anteri ina Boisd., 
Saxicava distorla, . 
SAXICOLIDZ, . . nt 
Saxicola avanthe 1 Make 
Sealaria crenata L., .. 
lamellosa Luk... . 
lineata Say, ot ce 
Sealatella Alb, . . . . 
SENORUMI Gis: tcs UNO eat ae 
ScLEURINZE,. . . 
Scleurus Gauwlemalensis Sel., 
MeKICANUS Lawr., ‘ 


Si hitemas 


Scoleocophagus ferrugineus Gin, . 


ScoLopacIpDA, . . mee 
Scolopax rusticola oh egies 
Scolopsis eens J. Gilliams 
WCOPSIQS10 lin: ween 
SCOLDION a i p- he eee 
ScurmBRANCHIATA, . . . 
Seiurus aurocapillus L., . 
Ludovicianus Vieill., 
Noveborucensis Gm., 
Semele purpuruscens Gm. 
AaINentaile:.  .. yan paaeea ae 
See shed GY oF NM emcee ca de 


Ss bo bl 


99 


Ge t 


Sesia rnficaudis Walk.. ‘ 
Setophaga ruticilla L., 97, 
Sialia sia/ish.,. 

Sigaretus deprdssvus Phil. . L 
Siphonaria alternata Say, . 
Sipunculus nudus, 2... - 
Sitta Canadensis, . . 

Carolinensis es 

SMERIPTHINI, oe 


Solarium infundih ulifor mis C hems 


Soleeurtus Caribeus Conrad, 

Solemya velum Say, . 

Solen ensis L.,  - 

Somateria molliasiina De 
spectavis ls. |. 

Spatula clypeata, ie ee. One 

Spermophila atriceps Baird, 
AURIiMmaAwr i) 29 
aurita Bon., Z 
badiiventris Lawr., 


cinerea Lawr., . . .- 
Ginerea Latt,, . . . 
collaris Lawr., . . 
COPD Nest Dates: 
fortipes Lawr., .. 
Hickeit Lawr., . . 


echisticea Lawr., . 
semicollaris Lawr. 
LONG RLEOUG ae anes 
SPERMOPHILIN AB, aoe 
Sphaerium, . . : 
portiomeinn Say, 
secs Prime, . 
Sphaerosiderite, 4 
Spheie, boson ens re 
SRAUNGIDA Is easel yuo 
SPHINGINI, . 2 ep eee 
SPL eke SU Saal 
afilicta Grote, . 
brontes Drury, 


carolina Li Hea © a 
CL CRST SE UD eet Ny Se 
GUNG GGN DE Age Sh One 


cingulata Vabr., 2. 
GOmVolvalte ss. sate 

4s; mate . . nf 
drupiferarvm Si., 
fasciatus Sulz., .. 


KGbnide Swit ve; 

NP MLIOTUS Giles vata ie es 
RUG URIS no, gy oe 
rustica Kabr., } 

Sc Yron, 5 . A fe . 
Sphinx wis Smih, bl a 


Sphyropicus varius Li. . 
Spirerbis spiri/Mon Gould, 


se Lam., 
Spizella monticolaGm., . . 
MuUsella Wale, eee 
socialis W ils., i: 


Spondylus fimbriatus Meusch., 
Squatarola //elvetica 1, 


Tn ( len, 


Paar. 


457 
285 
282 
431 
43 

314 
IRS 
285 
dda+ 
A3B1 
152 
152 
152 
297% 
998 


ASI 


479 
10 


480 

10 
419 
142 
152 
189 
193 
1455 
oro 
oon 
~ B55 
203 
903 
203 
354. 
RQ 
oD 


203 


aod 
197 
23 
196 
193 
29) 
318 
318 
286 
286 
236 
431 


295 


Staurotide, . . 
STENOPID As oem k 
Stenopus Guild, . 
ceruentatus Guild., 
Guildingi Bland, 
Stenotrema Raf, . 18, 24, 
Stercorarius Bujoni Boie., 
parasiticus 10% Bu belmes tee 
pomalorhinus Temm., 
Sterna Antillariam Less., 
Forsteri Nutt., 
hirundo L., 
macrura Naum., 
paradisea Brunn., 
payanensis Gm., . 
Trudeau Aud., ; 
SHONDKO, SG eae 
Strepsilas interpres iene : 
Streptopelia risoria L., 
SrRiGID®, . . Sede. 
Strix pratincolu Bon., : 
Strombus alaius Gmel., 
aceipitrinus Mart., 
dubius Sowb., 
gigas ibe A « 
Goliath Che, . 
inermis Sowh., . 
pugelis li, . 
Starnella magna li, . 
mericanasel., . . 
Suceinea aurea Lea, 
avara sa y> 
camupesty 4s Say 
Groenlandica Beck 
Hawkinsi Baird, .. 
Haydeni W. G. Binn., 
Hp PAUY See 25 
abliqua >ay, ee 
ovalis Gould, 
Siliimant Bland, 
Stretehiana Bland, 
Verrilli Bland, . . 


Sula hassana Briss. 

Til r Me . . és 
OULD, 5 a ate . 
Sur SMa eee ze 
Syeniite. 





SYLVICOLIDA, 
SYLVIID 


Symphemia sx nvipealinale (ine 


Synualiaxis nigrifumosa Lawr., 


pudica, | ear 
Synel urepus, Raho ne eg 
my ntomls, ae < ae 


Syrnium 7 Milas Forster, 
Syzygia Gade: — eae ah: 
GRC eae 
Tachypetes aquilus L., 
Tachy phonus Napeusis Lawr. 
Surimamnus, . 
tibialis Lawr., . 


D085 


Paar. 


192 
21 


(is aly) 


159 


157, 158 
28 


37 
299 
298 
208 
299 
299 
Yay 
299 
299 
104 


999 


Se 2 23 th 
2 OM 
CO GO! pad) pas 


i OD. 


By Re CA 


9) 
ace 


4: 
4 
4. 
2 
1 
1 


> 1 


— 





Index, 


O04 
Paar, 
Tanagra diaconws Less, . . 175, 179 


TaNaGRIDE, 9, 41, 126, 174, 179, 


286 
Tanagrine, i) 
TANTALIDA, 192, 
‘Tarsodactylus, 301 
caudatus, 302 
expansus Hitch., 301 
Te bennophorus Caroliniensis Binn. 155 
J54 
Tectura festudinalis Gray, . 194 
Weleaviubny ee aie eee On aoe 
polyphemus, . 318 
Tellina bimaculata 1.., 443) 
caribaea A Orb., 5 
carnaria L., 451 
fuusta Soldr., 431 
fusca Phit., 152 
interrupta Soldr., eS) 
laevis Chem., 5 ABI 
pisiformis L., . 431 
radiata L., . 5 vial 
tenera Say, bz 
tenta Say, 152 
Tellurium, ee Ue tl 
Terebella cone hilega, yt se AU | 
GU INR a ay BAD, BHU 
Medusa, : pm: eee 
HEDULOSA Eee et eet aD Bel 
Terebra hastata Gml., . 431 
Teredo dilatata Stimpson, 152 
PETRAONTD HEY 2010p NE so. 29] 
Tetraphi Wine: ‘ 192 
Vhalasseus Caspius Pallas, Se Gee) 
regius Gamb., . °. * 103, 299 
Thallium, . . . 247, 249 
Thamnophilus aflinis Cab., 182 
Hollandi Lawr., 180 
doliatus, ke . 469 
jleucopygus Lawr., . S01 
melanocrissus, 181 
melanwrus, sil 
nigrescens Lawr., : . 469 
tenuifasciatus Lawr., . 468 
transandeanus, 18] 
Thaumatias chionurus Gould, 349 
leucogaster, . . 404 
viricaudus Lawr., . 404 
Thelidomus Swain, : 144 
Braziliensis Sw., . 144 
Thryothorus brunneus Lawr., 178 
leucotis Lawr., 
longirostris Lawr., 5 
Ludovicianus Gm, . 283 
Pouestis | Cabs al eo 
ey ATAU a es he ay lie! 
striolatus, . 5 
tbyareustmmemier <i, 350 
GOUDIte > eae mee ee oOO 
Ahewguin, | 4 4 eae er Sollee sta Bion 
AORN egies ure MES) ee ene rs ame 564 


Pach, 

Thyris Illig., « « 361, 363, 364, 365 
fenestrella Seop., 363 
‘Jugubris Boisd., 365 
‘maculata Harr., 363 
Tigrisoma tigrina Gm. 12 
Tinnunculus sparverius L., 280 
oY haa Wiley 3 97 
Titanium, ‘ 109 
‘Tityra albitorqnes s Dubus:, ments 
Todirostrum cinerenwn ice . bz 
Tolype, = ote 


MOvvarihe OA see Alon” DAS OU ics 


Tornatella punctostriata Ad., 150 
TOUT TRUDE © lashee ee eats oumhee 
Woxopneustes sy, een Peer 245 
Toxotrema Raf... 37 
Trachelia Pfr., lod 
Trachypteridae, Hime tian 
UP emote a te) eee rN) Oona 
TRichopteryema, . . . . 406, 409 
Tringa canutus L., 294 
TRINGIN», : lz 
Tringoides mac paren ipa Se Aye! 
Uriodopsistats <9 oem Loe te Oe 
Triton chlorostomaun Lam., 398 
pulchellus C. B. Ad, 398 
tesselatus Ry., . 398 
Tritonium anti/larun a Orb., fale 
chlorostomum Lmk., . 451 
cynocephalum ae . 431 
femorale I.., . . 43i 
labiosum W ante . 431 
piliare Le Ful 
parvun C. B. Ad. . 431 
pulchellum C B. Ad., . 431 
(estacenm Meusch., . 4a 
variega wn Lmk., ues “ota 
Trocuitipm, 4, 43, 45, 177, 1838, 402 
ER ROCHTTINGE cet un sae 4 
Trochilus colubris L., ogi 
Trochus agglutinans Lam., . . . 148 
angulatus C. B. Adeue 396, 398 
conchyliophorus Auct., Poe PES. 
fasciatus Born., Sop et’ At 
liuidas (PHVe ey ie weno we ue 
Troglodytes aedon Vieill., at OR 
Americanus Aud., : 273 
livenvalis Wolss 2) = eens 283 
inquictus Baird, Py ae 174 
PROGLODMIIDA, % (oor Ds ae lee ase. 
TroGLopytin &, pA ES fe ak aD 
Trogon atricollis, . . . . 3, 4, 183 
aurantiiventris Lawr., 3 
Massena Gould, 183 
melanocephalus Gould, 183 
tenellus Cab., -g7=. 3. 4, 183 
TROGONIDEtat).) |. ame eet 
TROGONIN®, : 3 
Tropaea Hibn., . 378 
lugs... 368 
Truneatella, 161 


ee 


PAGE. 
‘Tryngites pufescens Vieill,, _ 294 
Turbinella brevicawdlata Ry., , » 431 
leucozonalis Lmk., . 431 
nana Rv., . . 431 
scolymus, _ 431 
Turbo ecalear L., . 398 
pica lL, 2 4 43) 
Turpip2, de Vide 28h 
Turvinz&, ; wed 
Turdus fuscescens Steph, . 281 
Grayii Bon., > Ge 
migratorins L Ae . 281 
minimus Lafr., : 7 
mustelinus Gi. - 281 
neevius Bon., . 281 
Paliasi Cab., Sy PSH 
Swainsoni Cab., So OAM 
Turritella bicingulata Lam., . . . 398 
exoleta L., 398, 431 
imbricata L., . 398 
variegata, . . 898 
TurTURIN,, | 
Typhis, ee. ote Od 
TyRANNIDH, . 7, 133, 176, 182, 
290, 402 
TYRaNNINZ, 8 
Tyrannulus semiflavus Sel. & Salv. , 182 
Tyrannus Carolinensis Gm,. 182, 290 
griseus Vieill., 98, 182 
satrapa Licht , . 182 
Ulostoma Alb., 5 US 
Uranite, ; 92 
Uria arra Pallas, : . 300 
grylle L., . 300 
lomvia Brunn , Ld, Sy ew) 
Urochroa Bougueri Boure, . . . 43 
leueura Lawr., A8 
Urocoptis, 5 NOH 
Urostiete Benjamini Boure., 44 
ruficrissa Lawr., 2 44 
Urubitinga anthracina Nitzseh, 184 
Utamania torda L., a a. 300 
Vallonia Risso, 18, 25, 38 
Valviatae: 2057: aaa 144 
Valvata agelutinans Guppy, . 148 
arenifera Lea, 144, 146, 
147, 148, 149 
depressa Pfr., 147 
sincera Say, 144 
unicarinata, re Pays Sere LAE 
Velorita, 235, 418, 421, 425 
Cochinensis Han., 236, 237, 421 


Index. 


S06 

Pagn. 

Velorita Cyprinoides Gray, 236, 237 
parvula Pr., . 418, 421 
Venus, Bes 235, 424 
flexuosa L., . 431 
gemma Tott., » LB2 
granulata Gunl., . 431 
Listeri Gray, . 431 
maculata L., . . 431 
mercenaria |. , 151, 152 

notata Say, . 162 
paphia L., . 431 
pygmea Link., . 43) 
semilis Gray, 226, 228 
subrostrata Lmk., 5 Geil 

ziczac L., . 431 
Vermetus, : . 431 
Vertigo Gouldii Binn., a lise 


ovata Say, ys : 5 


Vireo flavifrons V ieill., 285 
Noveboracensis Gm., .- 285 
solitarius Wils., Be Ar lsth 

VIREONIDA, He esa Oy LAO eee 

VIREONINA, Maes seer! Fi) 

Vireosylvia altiloqua Vv ieill., Siti te 
atripennis Lawr., 5 97 
Bogotensis Bryt., ... - = fi 
gilva Vieill., . 285 
olivacea, Be awa dire te) 
virginalis Lawr., . . . . 97 

VitrInea, INR SaaS een Te 22 

Waitrin ell abes ce mtsihe ete ieee a et 

Vivianite, ~ 192 

Vv olatinia jacarina joe . 176 

Volvaria pellucida Schm, rs . 431 

\VULTURIDAR, = * Sas ey D2 

Xema Sabinii Sab., : . 299 

Xenophora trochiformis Born., . 431 

Zenaida amabilis Bon., . 98 

Zenaidura Carolinensis Wis Bg CN 

Zink Blende, 248, 249 
Granulated, 200 
len ~ PEND) 

Zonites Gray, ate ee 20 
Mont., : 20265 Zi 

Zonotrichia albicollis Gm., eles WES 
leucophrys Forst., . 286 
melanotis Lawr., . 473 

Zy giena, Ste se Ve Ok 

ZYGAENIDAE, 364, 365, 441 

ZYGAENINAE, 365, 441 

Zy gobatis, . . 135 













Lite AN Erk 
' 
rT ae ee 
A} 7 at obobrGsdl eke 
4 4 Chaat 4 





we Sel iit ane, Dae 
ie Seah 







ee | aot ts, 
Hint de i ehahcntnad High Py yes ; 
7 hes i 







4 gk aPhis: 
iia: ayy Boe 
Abin 
ot 


ER 


og b pAa 


Yace 61 15th line from the bottom, for Cubicula lutea read Corbicula luted. 


7) 9th 
77 Tth 
153 12th 
“138th 
289 17th 
290 17th 
291 10th 
854 5th 
400 6th 
428 18th 
478 Sth 


“ 


ee 


top, 
bottom, 


“ 


‘s 


= Cyrene Agrensis read Cyrena Agrensis, 


“ Corbicula violaceu read Corbiewla purpurea. 


dele both. 


* and Tuntington. 


for Cyanocitla 

“ Myriarchus 

“ Red-billed 

“ rerpentinus 

“ sequitorialis 

“ Madegascariensis 


“ Eervantes 


read Cyanociita. 


Myiarchus. 
Red-bellied. 
repentinus. 
aquatorialis. 
Madagascariensis, 


Cervantes. 


oh 





ivi iy On 
: 


oy a 
Vt 


1) an 





Vol VITT 


Li C.NAtLLs/. 





er 





My A gud 


Way Ty 
RUM 
SEARO 


a 
= 

& 

Ye 
& 
S 
€: 
SS 





AMMO IBIROMA SONOIR4E 














BHL 
i 





Blank Page Digitally Inserted 





a 


\ — A 
TTT TTA Tun \ 
— “A 


a 


N US & 


a 


a \iueQsi ei AAAS 
ess = = 


ui 
ee 


A. Meisel, ing 








Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. « Vor. VIII. Puate III. 


















































U9 ‘snusyrds snuve.yorb nid 


Avog ‘snypya00 srsdoumyo 








‘Ss "QDU 





"lL Dlg 








































































































































































































. Porites 
s I\ Gs 4 ,| Muclrepore 
Any y =| Shells.c&. 


\\\/ is y 

Nae FH fe 
A uv 

ee) Pas 





BG eat 
0 den,” | Shells 
M5 | | 
i\ | | Shells ance 
(| j/ | | Mecdtrepore 
SSR) 
el, 
el eats 
Ween Limestone 
Oi) “are 9 
0 19 00 
iSqe 
i a. fs O 
t Ny : ) 
Vo - ~Q 
Ht, 0 : 
Loa 
a _o 
‘| fai 
Corals 


() 
Vee cg, , ; 
ts Sour Shelis ete 


He ae St Wanita 
| Dace TS, aime stone 


AEE as 


=| Shells 








\: a Radrepore 


ee 


ae ee 22 ‘ : 
fen ee fel SER LESEL 


s 
no 
a 
ied 
ne 
< 
+ 





Ann. Lyc. Nat. History. NY. Vol. VI0 Plate TV 


dak 










Yay 
AXA \\ 












\ Lay 44, V 
Ni 
WVINEV QE A “= 
Meets dine trys ba ony GN 





of#eead 
coeoe 
eoo9e 
o00°9 
209090 












\ ya ‘ om ig Povites 
V yi} \ a, atte 
(As { yy vey VI) as Niro z 
H fi Wy 4 & \ A Aig “¢ - swe, 
HM! GoM NMI. Yt Shells.et- 





7 | || Marble 















8 | NY | | 
| i 
Boe Vi | 
3 : 
yj A At 
aS \ | 
Lu 
Sy aN 
St ~ ae “9 | : 
On aa NY eae if ’ ao anel 
™ : NYS ccalre por 
a mats STINT “| area 
is 7) Sk > ; 
> oy | i 
S ; <4 White 
ae: » 6 ® | | Limestone 
Te 2 ; 
DY 
Onn 
~N Sar 
p B 


Scale: 3 [eek to-4 rnch-. 



















SKN: Corals 
47, y £7 6 t 
So" CAE ORC bgp Shells ete 
, f White 


5G Limestone 


SH) 









TOG ¢ -? rae aa \ 
Ay 


(> 









See 
SNS 7 


Key of Sombrero, WT. 


AM. JOURNAL OF MINING 4/TH.37, PARK KO WOM Y. 





e 
$A. 


é 
eth aeres tre pat 





Vol 


story, N.Y.‘ 


Hi 


Ann. Lyc. Nat 


AA OANA GUO SY fo hayy 


yayl 07 eud7seuMI'T fO79IT B 
JIVIS TVLNOZIYHOH 


7 79n8? wag 


y 
g 
3 
23 
y 8 
Se 
29 
ER 
si 





37 PARK ROW, N.Y 


JOURNAL OF MINING LITH 


AM. 





& 
LC 
E 
ri 





Wak 


PL. 





A. Ag. del. 


Pi Vik 











PL. VIII. 


ral 


= at av sbe" SNS) 


(= Se 





A. Ag. del. 




















iy 


y 


A 





XI. 


1b 








Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y. Vol. VIII. Plate 12, 








1. Citheronia regalis, Hitbner, %. 
2,3. Citheronia sepulcralis, Grote & Robinson, %. 


PEAR 





Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. ¥. Vol. VIII. ; Seria 





it 


° 


” 


1 


Go 


o 


Is 





Citheronia mexicana, G. & #.,¢. +.. Platythyris fasciata, G. & RQ. 
Charidea bivulnera, G.& R., %. 5. Platythyris fasciata, %, (reverse). 
3. Arctia mexicana, G. & R. 4. 


’ 
i 
> 
. * 4 
» « Py 
4 
* _ 
= ‘ 
2 
? 
. if ‘ 
» * 
of’ oe 
7 f- es * 
. 7 . “ 
a 
«= . “ad 
. F ” 
“s 5 
v * 
* 
7 > 
* 
* 
* ‘ 
a 
*. - 
a 
« r,, ® ie 
Lika Gg 
i 
P A > 
. 
; a / 
a ibe 
s - "Ga? a 
. ‘ 
‘ * 
7 : 
« ‘a oe 
On 7 ; a 
’ . a "3 
* ——— 
* . 
. . ret oe 
* “ad cael 
& Ad 
‘ . ww “ 
7 » 
<a 
¢ 4 
2 4 
* “ » 
“7: 
~ 
> ‘ 
) J 
A’, & 
itn, var 
» . 2} 
Pua ) 
Ot 
4 - 
“ _ Tr 
‘ . 
i a) 
- ry ae ¥ h, , 
okie? 
» 
: ~ Ce 
et rT tae” 
~*~ p " * 
» f 
. 7 7 
a o- é ar -, 
¢ We) oe ee LT, siya 
vee B « a r) 
7 a, Biss ae + watt - > 
." 2 
a TR. 
‘ i ited 
ay ars 
a a4 , 
i a. ’ ‘“ 
s af h 2 : i i 
= >= 7 calle 7 
& Py Gl et 





Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. Vol. VIII. Plate 14. 





1. Cherocampa laevis, G.é& R.,?. 3. Ecpantheria leucarctioides, G.¢ R.Q. 
2. Cherocampa ceratomioides,G.&R 9.4. Ecpantheria leucarctioides,4.é R. 4. 
5. Psychocampa concolor, G. & R., %. 








[oe ts ‘. iv Muted: 


Ann_Lye. Nat Hist. NY Vol. VITIT. Plate 13. 








Bowen& Co. hth Philada 





Ann. Lye. N. Hist., N. Y. Vol. VIII, Plate 15.A. 








= i 


. VIII, Plate 16. 


Vol 
































' 


a> > 


vite h Shite ete 


: 
Ve